THE WORKS OF That Late Most Excellent PHILOSOPHER AND ASTRONOMER. Sir GEORGE WHARTON, Bar. Collected into one Entire VOLUME. By JOHN GADBURY Student in Physic and Astrology. LONDON, Printed by M. H for John Leigh, at Stationer's Hall, and A●●●sham Churchill, at the Black Swan, near Amen-Corner. 1683. To all the Learned and Loyal SONS OF THE MUSES, But chiefly such as are related either by Blood or Friendship, to the late Learned Sir GEO. WHARTON, Baronet. IS THIS COLLECTION Of his Excellent LABOURS DEDICATED, By J. GADBURY, The Unworthy Collector of them. To the Impartial and Ingenious Readers of these Learned and Loyal Collections of the Works of Sir George Wharton, Baronet. Gentlemen, THE Worthy Author of the ensuing Discourses, was a Person of Exemplary Learning, Loyalty, Honour, and Generosity; and his Courage, Adventures, and Sufferings, were so eminent and remarkable in the late times of Rebellion and Anarchy, that to express them truly, and equal to his Merit, would require the Pen of a Plutarch or Suetonius, or, at least, that of One of his more Learned Friends and Admirers, whereby his happy Memory might be the more justly and punctually preserved from the consuming Rust of Time, [which by degrees devours all things] whereas it may suffer much by reason of my Inability in Art, and want of Materials for such a Performance; though (I must tell you) it cannot for want of Candour and Respect. The loss of his Person I esteemed very great, as well to his King and Country, as Relations, and not easy to be repaired. But that the Muses, or Republic of Learning might not be deprived of so great a Son of Science, without some Pillar or Monument remaining, whereby he might in after Ages be remembered; I have thought fit (for Reasons hereafter mentioned) to make this Collection of the most useful of his Learned Labours, and do here transmit them to Posterity for their Advantage and Service. Learning and Loyalty were the Twins of his Noble mind, which though they were Virtues united in him, I shall here speak alittle of them separately, and as succinctly as I can. First, For his Loyalty— in our late never-to-be-forgotten Intestine Divisions; this our Author being then in the prime of his Years, and in a full Possession of a good Estate, descended upon him from his Ancestors; but with other Loyal Persons, discontented at the then growing Rebellion, which like an Envious Cloud, began to overspread and darken the Splendour of the Monarchy; He (as I heard himself to express it) turns all his said Inheritance into Money; and (being a Son of Mars as well as of Hermes) as his Allegiance and Honour bound him, he espouses his Majesty's Cause and Interest, and raises a Gallant Troop of Horse therewith: And as far as he was able, opposed the Kings and Kingdoms Enemies, endeavouring to settle his Sovereign in his Throne, and restore Peace to his bleeding Country. But God Almighty (sure as a Punishment for our Sins, both then, and yet of too deep a Scarlet-dye, to be quickly purged, and rendered white as Wool, was pleased to permit the Rebellious Party to prevail against his (then) most Sacred Majesty, and his Arms: And this worthy Man (with many others) became so much a Sharer in that dismal Calamity, that, after many Noble and Generous Hazards of his Person in Battle, he was at the last (the Rebel-Party being too powerful) totally routed near Stow in Gloucester-shire, where the Noble and Valiant Sir Jacob Ashley was unfortunately victored, and taken Prisoner. In which Battle his whole Troop was cut off, and himself at the same time received several Scars of Honour, which he carried to his Grave with him. That good, but unfortunate Prince, King Charles' the First, of ever Blessed Memory, (in whose Cause our Author thus engaged) being not alittle troubled, as with the unhappy Loss in General, so with this Loyal Persons Misfortunes in particular, thus sustained in his Service, was most graciously pleased in some little time after, to confer upon him (in Consideration of his just and faithful Services, as well as his great Losses) an Honourable Place in his Train of Artillery, which he held during the Remainder of the Wars. He served his Sovereign faithfully, the King as bountifully requites his Services: Few lose by just and Loyal Services performed for Pious and Royal Princes. By this alone Example, methinks, the restless Plotting Nonconformist should learn to be obedient, and know Allegiance to be, non only his Duty, but Advantage; since of all Gratitude, that which proceeds from Princes, is the Greatest, the most Godlike, and obliging. But if our Dissenters (a Title-Rebellious People pride themselves in, and love to be distinguished by, if they, I say) shall in stead of thus signalizing their Loyalty, make it their main work to approve themselves such a Race of true Protestant-Christians, as a late execrable Book (called the Life of Julian) most boldly, but falsely affirms the Primitive Christians to have been, I shall for ever cease to wonder at their constant and causeless Murmurings, or their mutinous Tenets or Actions, since their lost, or Planetstruck Passive Obedience, is always swelling them into a Malicious Hatred, and Provocation against the Government; and by degrees (if let alone) into an Active Rebellion. And this their Hypocritical Zeal, and pretended Piety we sadly remember, was written by them in Horrid Dismal Characters, (and at large too) in our late unnatural Wars, and testified to be true with the Blood of many Thousands, the Ruin of Multitudes of Families, the most horrid and barbarous Murder of the best of Kings, and sundry of the Nobility, Gentry, and Clergy, the sad and lamentable Banishment of his present Gracious Majesty, and together with him, all the Royal Line. These were (but some of) the Effects of the Dissenters Zeal in Anno 1641. begins; of which Year (to do them right) they do not delight, yea, may be ashamed to hear. The wretched Consequences therefore of such a Piety all good People have reason to dread; and also to be very watchful that they do not permit or encourage the like damnable Premises to grow up among them For certainly, even Turks themselves are more tolerable than such Christians. But this Obitèr. It having pleased God, in his Anger, (who alone is the Setter up of Kings, and the Disposer of Crowns and Sceptres) to suffer his late Majesty (I say) to be overcome by his own perjured Subjects (for they had all sworn Allegiance to him) in that most Bloody Rebellion; this Loyal Gentleman is thereby deprived of that his Majesties said Bounty to him, and (with the King himself and all the Loyal Party) put once more) to his Shifts. And what doth he now? Turn to the strongest side, like the Dog in the Apologue, who had defended his Master's Goods and Interest as long as he could, but when overcome, comply and share in the Booty? No! He had a Soul too Noble and Loyal for such base and degenerous Purposes: But rather, like the great Scripture-Philosopher, would still retain his Loyalty and Integrity; and he did so to the last. For being now (as we have said) with all the Loyal Party left naked, and devested of every thing, nay, almost of his Hope too; and his Arms of no longer use to him (unless he would join with the Rebels, a thing he totally abhorred!) He patiently and cheerfully betakes himself to his Arts; of which he had (formerly) worthily proceeded Master at Queen's College, Oxon. And rather than not serve the King, his Sovereign Lord at all, he condescended to write, among other things, even Almanacs, and thereby took occasion to assert his Majesty's Honour and Interest, and in that contemptible way, to make known and enlarge his Authority as much as in him lay to do, when he could perform it no longer by his Sword. And for his several Loyal Endeavours by his Pen, he had soon made way for New Troubles to attend him, being for that Cause looked upon as a great Eyesore to the Men in Power of those Tyrannous Times, and had provoked them so far (as you'll find in several Parts of these his Works) that they thought fit frequently to seize his Person, and restrain his Liberty, hoping thereby to restrain his Pen; and accordingly clapped him up close Prisoner in the Gatehouse, and Newgate sometimes, and other while in Windsor-Castle; in which several (to him) doleful Places, he constantly (though like a Bird in a Cage) continued singing forth his Ditties of Loyalty, thereby remembering the then Ruling Rebels, that there was a Lawful King still in Being (though God had suffered him to partake of a large and dolorous Exile) unto whom they all ought to pay their Duty & Allegiance, as he himself truly did. Thus we see that even Prisons (the most hated and loathed of Places) and a Reduction to the very lowest Ebb of Fortune cannot permute a truly well-grounded and inbred Loyalty, nor yet the greatest Temptations of Gold and Glory in such a despised Condition, prove an Annulet of Power sufficient to warp or bend a worthy Mind from his Allegiance. In this suffering Condition he continued from the Surrender of Oxford, which was on June 24. 1646. sharing in the common Fate or Misfortunes of all the King's Friends, feeding upon the Garlic and Onions of the Usurpers Tyranny, rather than to eat Quails at the Tables of Rebels; keeping a more than Twelve years Lent, being little better than a Hewer of Wood, and Drawer of Water, at the Command of those, who (in Right and Justice) were but his Fellow Subjects: I say, in this Condition he continued until the most happy and Glorious Restauration of his present most Sacred Majesty, which was on May 29. 1660. And when the true Son of Great Britain's Hopes appeared, the Clouds that had most enviously so long benighted all Loyal, Honest Men, began to scatter apace: And then our worthy Author (among the rest) crept out of his Obscurity, and received Warmth by those powerful Solar Rays his Majesty's most happy appearing had so seasonably scattered over the Nation, to the acquitting of it from its many years bewildered Condition, and had a Readmission into his former Place and Office. And not only so, but in a short time after, He received also an Additional Preferment of good Consequence; which Places of Trust, he discharged so well and so faithfully, that his Majesty thought sit, in Consideration of his former Sufferings under, and for his Royal Father, and particular Services to himself, to confer the Honour of Baronet by Patent, upon him, and his Heirs for ever; which Honour his Son, Sir Polycarpus Wharton now most deservedly enjoys. Thus this truly Loyal Person lived in the Favour of two of the Best of Kings, and was thought worthy to be rewarded by them both; and died in the Favour of his present Majesty possessed of that Honour and Office the King had so freely bestowed upon him, and thought he so well deserved. This is a true, though short Description of his Loyalty, his Sufferings, and Rewards. And, I hope, some others that knew him better, and are better furnished for such an Undertaking, will present the World with a larger Account of this worthy Persons Original, Life, and Actions; and thereby make amends for my Defects whatever they shall appear to be; which would be (I confess) an extraordinary Delight and Satisfaction to me, that have thus meanly endeavoured to preserve his Memory. For I would have a Worthy Good Man no more forgotten, though dead, than I would have the Sun forget to shine again, after it hath left our Horizon in an Evening. And when such Persons are suffered to slide to the Shades of black Oblivion, unremembered, it is no small sign of a wicked, vicious, and profligate Age. Secondly, as to his Learning. This our Author was not only Naturally Loyal, but was blessed with a great acquisition of Learning too. He was both an Excellent Scholar, and singular Artist, understanding both Languages and Sciences, as sufficiently appears by this Miscellaneous Treatise here published, which is of excellent Service to all men that are inclined to a Courtship of the Muses. So that we may most justly say of this Collection, as it is reported, once a learned Critic said of Virgil's Works, viz. That if all the Books in the World were burnt, and that only remaining, some Vestigia of all kind of Learning might be found therein. And that you may know that this is no Romantic Story, but more than Fancy or Opinion, even a very real and demonstrative Truth be pleased a little to observe with me, how many several sorts of Persons and Sciences we shall find obliged by these his Learned Labours. 1. If this Excellent Treatise fall into the hands of the Venerable Theologue, (to say nothing of the near Relation Astrology hath to Divinity, as the Learned Dr. Gell, Dr. Swadlin, and others have most learnedly proved) here he will meet with the Original of all the Fasts and Feasts of the Jewish, as well as Christian Church, so excellently and elegantly set forth, and with such awful Respect to the Preservation of the Honour of God, and the Continuance of Sacred things in Use among us, that had he been bred to that Holy Function, more could not have been said in so short a room upon that Weighty, Grave, and Tremendous Subject.— Sure hereafter such mistaken Clergymen, who have drank too liberally at John calvin's Fountain, and thereby imbibed his Poison breathed forth against the Stars, and the Magnifiers of God in his Works, without either serious Examination or Consideration, will cease to Calumniate Astrologers, and the laudable Science of the Stars, and be brought to confess upon their reading this Treatise, that some of them (at least) believe they have Souls as well as Bodies, and do (as the Holy Church itself) assert their Immortality, and hope for Salvation by the Blood of the blessed Jesus; abandoning all sorts of Atheism, Blasphemy, and Imposture. 2. Should the Reader hereof be a Learned Physician, whose business it is to correct the Corporal Infirmities, which the Stars (by God's Permission) inflict upon Mankind, he will meet in this Collection a most Learned Account of the Crises in Diseases, Illustrated by a Famous Example, and also how the Crisis itself is really made by the Motion of the Moon, and is either Safe or Dangerous, as she applies to Stars therein, either Benevolent or Hurtful, by good or bad Aspect. Nor is it a trivial, but formidable Truth, That Astrology conduceth to the Knowledge both of the Theory and Practice of Physic. And that it is the very Eye thereof, no Learned Physician will disdain to own, that hath but seriously read and considered the Second Aphorism of the first Section of the ever Famed Hypocrates, Prince of Physicians. Nay, Galen himself wrote a Book which he entitled de Diebus Criticis. Hasfurtus wrote an Excellent Treatise of Physic by Astrology, under this Title, de Medendis Morbis ex Corporum Coelestium positione: Goclenius, Cardan, Camerarius, Argal, cum multis aliis, etc. have affirmed the Excellent Use that is to be made of Astrology in Physic. Nay, sundry Learned Physicians, to my knowledge, do, at this day study the Stars, although, for the avoiding vulgar Censure, they seem not publicly to own it. 3. Doth the Curious Astronomer fortune to be the Reader hereof? How many several sorts of Subjects will he meet herein to divert himself by way of Exercise, in that most Sublime, but difficult Study. Viz. An Excellent Demonstration of the Aequation of the Celestial Aspects, etc. An Account of Years, Months, Days, and also of the divers Epoches and Aeras in use in any Nation or Country of the whole World. A most Learned Discourse about the Holy Feast of Easter. Apotelesma, or the Nativity of the World, and Revolution thereof. An admirable Account of the Nature and Effects of Eclipses. Multiplicatio effectus Syderum secreta.— Variety sufficient to employ a man's whole Life in the Study thereof, and attended both with Profit and Delight. 4. Should this Choice Collection (as who knows what may happen?) fall into the Hands of the thinking Politician, he may find work enough therewith to busy his Curious Genius, armed with the deepest Cogitations, that even Saturn itself (in Horoscopo) can confer; if he please but to contemplate our Learned Author's Discourse of the divers Causes of the Mutations, Inclinations, and Eversions of Empires, Kingdoms, and Countries, etc. A Province of Study very large of itself, though here curiously contracted, yet most aptly and usefully distinguished into Causes Remote, and Propinquate; and those again subdivided, and pursued with such strength of Reason and Argument, that he must be forced to allow the Author, not a Stranger to, but an Excellent Master in Politics. 5. Let the Natural Philosopher be the Reader hereof, and then his most Elaborate and Learned Discourses of Comets and Eclipses, the Caballa of the Twelve Houses, etc. will, not only most usefully and seriously, but delightfully entertain him. They being all of them Subjects so weighty and worthy in themselves, and so rationally handled by our Author, that they will not only satisfy his curious Enquiry with a Demonstration of the Truths to which they pretended, but even draw out his Soul into Admiration, when he shall find so much of Apodictical Reason urged in the defence of these Curious and Critical Subjects, for which formerly, even the greatest Clerks, and wisest of men were of Opinion, there was no Reason to be given. 6. Nay, let the Peruser of this Learned Collection be either Historian or Chronologer, he will not fail to find herein somewhat worthy of his Pains and Reading. The Account of Years, Months, Days; the divers Epoches and Aeras; the World's Nativity, etc. Gesta Britannorum, being a succinct Chronology for almost Seventy Years. All these (I say) are of singular use and Advantage unto such Readers, and will worthily compensate their time. 7. The sober and diligent ginger, who makes it his Business or Study to find out the occult Influences of the Stars, and how, and by what Mediums they affect the lower World, may hereby learn how the Sun, Moon, and Stars praise their Creator. The very best, and most learned among them may be taught afresh, the Reasons of their own Principles, which before they took (in many things) upon Trust. And the Ignorant and Illiterate among them may also learn to be ashamed of their Foolish-Figure-casting, when by this Book they shall be showed the Vanity and Falsehood of their Practices, and be convinced of their want of Reason for what they do. The Truth to Science predictive is here truly taught, and the Impostures of Knaves and Cheats are learnedly and truly discovered. The Ingenious and Intelligent Artist will easily find what part of this Book directs to the Knowledge of these Matters, without any particular Pointing. 8. The watchful and industrious Meteorologer, who makes it his Work to attend the Motions of Winds, Rains, Thunders, and Tempests, Frosts, Fogs, and also Fair-Weather, may out of this Storehouse be furnished with apt and certain Rules whereby certainly to presage the various Alteration of the Air. A Speculation so greatly useful, but so little understood, even by our common Calendariographers, that the most of them may, at some times (if at least they have but Modesty and Honesty enough) be well and heartily ashamed to look upon their own foolish Almanacs. So regardless and nescious are they of the very Principles that lead to a Just Discovery of this most Noble and Useful Knowledge. The neglect whereof hath made the Vulgar Countryman, from his common and daily Vision of the Clouds, to pass for a Zoroaster in Chief, in Comparison of most of our Annual Writers, whose exposed skill he yet most justly (though Satirically) taxes, and parallels with his Comical Observations made upon the Frisking and Winding of his Brinded Cows-tail, which yet is a Favour afforded them however, equal to what Gassendus Indulges. Howbeit, let these Rules of our worthy Author be heeded, and then the grave Gassendus that sets the Artists Knowledge in this matter below the Beasts that Perish, shall rather be laughed at, than believed; and a constant verity be herein discovered to every reasonable man's admired daily Satisfaction, which before has been as constantly doubted. 9 And that no useful or delightful pleasant knowledge might be wanting in this Collection, the witty Chyromancer, whose more than common Happiness it is to look into the delicate Palms of Ladies, may, by our Learned Authors Excellent Translation of the Ingenious Rothman upon that Subject, be instructed how to please his soft and amorous Clients, by discovering to them their various and mutable Minds and Fortunes from the divers and sundry Crosses, Lines, and Incisures engraven in their fairer Hands. And it must needs be a more than ordinary Satisfaction to an enquiring mind to observe the orderly and exact Harmony that is truly found between our Hands and the Heavens. For there cannot be at the Birth of any Person, Man or Woman, of what Condition soever, a Planet weak or strong in the Heavens, but the Mount or Hill of such Planet in their Hand will answer it punctually, and prove it to be so: The Seven most remarkable places in the Hand agreeing to the number of the Planets that are constantly moving in the Heavens. 10. Lastly, if the Prince or Emperor of the Muses, the Poet I mean, happen to wander in this Field of Learning, he also will be certain to find great Relief and Refreshment. There being to be found in our Author's choicest Poems such High, Rare, and Plentiful Flights of Fancy, such clear and curious Strains of Wit, such smoothness of Expression, etc. that for the Subjects therein treated of, he will scarce furnish himself any where so well and so happily. Nay, his Poems do abound not only with great Judgement, but with such apt and excellent Characters as well of Loyalty as Rebellion, that the nimble Dramatic Poet whose business▪ it is to furnish the pregnant Stage in these our fertile days, may borrow hence with Advantage. It is indeed little less than a complete Encyclopedia, or Summary of all Sciences. And had it not been great pity that so much exquisite Learning should have been lost, by lying scattered among Twenty a●d more several little Pamphlets and Almanacs; wherein both the Memory of this Learned Author, and his excellent Works had not only been buried: without the hopes of any probable Resurrection, but (you see) the Learned in all Faculties, viz. The Divine, Physician, Philosopher, Chronologer, Politician, Astronomer, ginger, Meteorologer, Chiromancer, and Poet, cum multis aliis, etc. had been deprived of the benefit of so Rich and choice a Treasure. It it now time to tell you how I came to concern myself in this laborious undertaking, (for I'll assure you so it hath proved much beyond my thoughts of it at the first) and also what my Design is in this Collection and Publication, which I shall briefly do. And herein I must crave leave to tell you, that I had the Honour to be very well known to this Learned Author, and derived sundry Favours from him (as studying some of the same Sciences in which himself greatly delighted) which I have freely acknowledged in an Epistle to my Doctrine of Nativities, Printed Anno 1658.— But his greatest and never-to-be-forgotten Friendship to me, was, in my late unfortunate Troubles (an apt time indeed wherein to try a Friend) when I was by the most Execrable of Villains, accused as a Traitor to my King, [a Crime I ever did, and ever shall abhor and abominate with my Soul!] which Misfortune no sooner befell me, but I quickly made it known (by a Letter) to this worthy Person (who knew me much better than my wretched Accuser) praying his good Word and Assistance to the King on my behalf; who (w●ll knowing my Innocency as to such a horrid Crime wherewith I was charged) upon the receipt of my Letter (being exceeding Lame of the Gout, and unable to wait on his Majesty in Person) he was so generous and readily kind as to write a Petitionary Letter to the King on my behalf, and enclosed mine to him therein, and sent it by an Honourable Hand, unto his Majesty; an Action which at any time must be esteemed a more than ordinary Favour; but at that time, my Circumstances considered, it was so great a One, and so signally obliging, that I must with Gratitude say, He was a great Instrument under God, to preserve my Life. And that which exceedingly troubled me, was, that when I had obtained my Liberty, I durst not go to the Tower to give him my Personal Thanks (so strong and threatening did the Tide of popular Prejudice run then against all truly Loyal Persons) for fear of meeting more Swearers in ambush, and s● prove the unhappy occasion of either drawing a Cloud upon this Worthy Person that had been so kind to me, or of bringing myself into another Damned Plot! Plots being then so frequently spawned, that there was a New one almost every Week. [College himself, who no doubt, very well knew, tells us of Twenty.] So that this Learned Person died before I had the Honour to see him after my Enlargement. My desire therefore is, That this my Collection and Publication of his Works may remain to Eternity as a Mark of my Thanks and Gratitude to this Worthy Author's Memory, which I am only sorry I can perpetuate at no better a Rate. But the Monument I have here built for him, being of his own prepared, and curiously polished Materials, may therefore be more likely to remain durable to the Honour of his Name and Posterity, than any thing I could have added hereunto, or yet framed of myself, de Novo. And it is no small or mean Honour to Astrology, and also to the learned Astrologers (of which and whom the ignorant Part of the World think so cheaply and enviously) that so learned and judicious a Gentleman, as was Sir George Wharton, Baronet, should so many years together, be, not only a very great and serious Student in it, but give his public Suffrage for it; and at the last to Die satisfied, that he knew there was Real Truth in Celestial Influences, though they were too frequently abused by Spurii, non veri Filii Artis, as himself in one of his Excellent Discourses most truly speaks; whose Learned Works alone as here published, if well weighed and considered, are sufficient to convince the Enemies of Astrological Learning, That there is an Absolute and Vnerring Verity lodged in the Art, though difficult indeed to be understood: None being fit, but the Mercurial Columbus to discover the America of this Noble Science. Astrologus nascitur, non ●it. Gentlemen, I am Yours, And Astrologers Votary, JO. GADBURY. Brick-Court, by the Deans-yard, Westminster, October 23. 1682. A TABLE OF THE CONTENTS OF THIS BOOK. 1. AN Account of the Fasts and Festivals as well of the Jews, as Christians, with the Original and End of their Institution: from pag. 1. to pag. 33. 2. A Learned and Useful Discourse touching the right Observation and keeping of the Holy Feast of Easter: from p. 33. to p. 37. 3. Apo●elesma, Or, the Nativity of the World, and the Revolution thereof: from p. 37. to p. 46. 4. Of the Epochaes and Aerae, commonly used by Chronologers and Historians, with a brief Explanation thereof: from p. 46. to p. 69. 5. A short Discourse of Years, Months, and Days of Years: from p. 69. to p. 90. 6. Of the Planetary Aspects, both Old and New, their Characters, and Aequations: from p. 90. to p. 101. 7. Something touching the Nature of Eclipses, and also of their Effects: from p. 102. to p. 110. 8. Of the Crises in Diseases; to find out the same, and how to judge thereof, according, to Durret: from p. 110. to p. 126. 9 Of the Mutations, Inclinations, and Eversions of Empires, Kingdoms, etc. from p. 126. to p. 140. 10. An Excellent Discourse of the Names, Genus, Species, efficient and final Causes of all Comets, etc. from p. 140. to p. 184. 11. A Discourse teaching how Astrology may be restored: from Morinus: from p. 184. to p. 189. 12. The Cabal of the Twelve Houses Astrological, from Morinus: from p. 189. to p. 208. 13. An Astrological Judgement upon his Majesty's March, began from Oxford, May the Seventh, One Thousand Six Hundred Forty Five: from p. 208. to p. 222. 14. Bellum Hybernicale: Or, Ireland's War, Astrologically Demonstrated from the late Celestial Congress of the two Malevolent Planets, Saturn and Mars in Taurus, the Ascendant of that Kingdom, etc. from p. 222. to p. 272. 15. Merlini Anglici Errata: from p. 272. to p. 311. 16. Multiplicatio effectus Siderum secreta, ex Cardano: from p. 312. to p. 321. 17. A brief Account of the Causes of Earthquakes: from p. 322. to p. 324. 18. Sundry excellent Rules, showing by what Laws the Wether is governed, and how to discover the various Alterations of the same: from p. 325. to. p. 331. 19 A Collection of sundry of the Authors most Excellent Poems, as Printed in several of his Loyal Works: from p. 331. to p. 415. 20. Gesta Britannorum: Or, a succinct Chronology of the Actions, and Exploits, Battles, Sieges, Conflicts, and other signal and remarkable Passages, which have happened in these Dominions from the Year of Christ 1600. unto the Year 1667. from p. 416. to p. 514. 21. XEIPOMANTIA: Or, the Art of Divining by the Lines and Signatures engraven in the Hand of Man, by the Hand of Nature, etc. Together with a learned Philosophical Discourse of the Soul of the World, and the Universal Spirit thereof: from p. 514. to the End of the Book. A SHORT ACCOUNT Of the FASTS and FESTIVALS As well of the JEWS as CHRISTIANS, With the Original and End Of their INSTITUTION. IT will not (I hope) be denied, but that as God by his Extraordinary Presence, hath Hallowed and Sanctified certain places; so, they are his Extraordinary Works, that have worthily advanced certain times; for which cause, they ought to be with all men that Honour God, more Holy than other Days. The Times so advanced are— The Festivals and Fasts of the Jews. Christians. Of the Jewish Festivals and Fasts— Some were Instituted by Divine Authority. The appointment of Men. The Jewish Festivals Instituted by God, are— First, The Sabbath, or Seventh-day in every Week: so called from the Hebrew, Scabath; which signifies a day of rest, or a time set apart for Holy rest: which day God consecrated to his Worship, because He thereon rested from his Work of Creation. The end whereof, was; I. Civil and Oeconomical, for the ease and refreshment of their Bodies, whose strength had been Exhausted by Labour.— Sex diebus facies Opera tua, septimo autem die quiescens, ut quiescat bos tuus, & asinus tuns, & ut respiret filius ancillae tuae, & peregrinus. Exod. 23. 2. Ecclesiastical, for the worship of God, and meditation upon his Divine works. 3. Spiritual (1.) As being a Type of that Spiritual Rest, whereby we should cease from the works of the World, and the Flesh, that God might work in us by his word and Spirit. And (2.) as shadowing unto us that endless rest, which all of us hope to enjoy with God in the World to come. II. The Neomeniae, or Feasts of New-Moons, Celebrated the First day of every Month, initiating, with the New-Moons; which was Instituted in memory of the Light Created by God; to the end. 1. That by this means his People might be alienated from the Superstitions and Idolatry of the Ethnics, (who subjected the Months to the Planets, Stars, and Signs Celestial) and know that God is the only Lord, Governor, and Moderator of the Stars, and Signs themselves, and consequently of the Months and Years, and Time in general: And therefore give unto God the greater thanks, who ordained all these things for the use and benefit of mankind. 2. To Typify man's Renovation by the Illumination of the Holy Spirit, which is still required of all the faithful: Nisi enim homo per Spiritum Dei renatus fuerit, regnum Dei videre non poterit. III. The Third (ordained by God) is the Pasch, or Passover, so called from the Hebrew Pasach, or (as others read it) Phase, which signifies to leap, or to passover, or beyond. This was Instituted, Anno Mundi, 2447. and celebrated from the Fifteenth day of the First Month Abib, (called afterwards Nisan) to the Twenty First day of the same, inclusively; that is, for Seven days together: Yet so, as that the First and Last thereof, (viz. the Fifteenth and Twenty First) were held more Festivous, and sacred than the rest. These Seven days were likewise called the Feast of Azymes; and the First of them the Pasch, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, because that thereon the Paschal Lamb was eaten— 1. To c●ll to mind, and as it were consecrate to Eternity, God's miraculous deliverance of the Israelites from their Bondage in Egypt. 2. For a sure testimony of the perpetual Mercy and Power he would show to his People. 3. To Typify Christ Jesus, and our deliverance perfected by him. IV. The next Solemn Feast instituted by God, is that of Pentecost; so called from the Greek 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, but termed by the Hebrews Schesuothe, that is, the Feast of weeks, because celebrated after the Seventh week from the former Feast of the Passover, as may be seen in Exod. 34. Levit. 23. and Deut. 16. But it truly signifies the Fiftieth Solemn and Festival day from the Second of the Azymes, in which sense St. Luke takes it, Acts 2. where he saith, Cum autem compleretur dies Pentecostes; and (Chap. 20.) Speaking of St. Paul, festinabit (saith he) ut si quomodo posset, Pentecosten ageret Hierosolymis. By this name also are meant all those Fifty days, betwixt the Second of Azymes, and the Fiftieth Festival day. And so the Author of the Vulgar Edition understood it, who renders these words of Acts 2. in the Plural Number, viz. Cum complerentur dies Pentecostes, etc.— It is also called Festum Primitiarum, from the First-Fruits, or the Bread Offered, which was made of the new Fruits, Exod. 23. This Feast was Instituted; 1. In memory of the Law given by God on Mount Sinai, the Fiftieth day after the Israelites departed out of Egypt. 2. That by the Ceremonial Oblation of two Loaves made of the New-Fruits, to the Lord, men might be admonished, they received all Fruits, and so all things else for preservation of Life, from the bountiful hands of God, and be also excited to beseech God, not only for a blessing thereupon, but also to make a sanctified use thereof. 3. To Typify that Pentecost, wherein Christ, after he had ascended, proclaimed the Law (not that which was written in Tables of Stone, but) in the Heart and mind, the Law of the New Covenant, that happy day, on which the First-Fruits of the Holy Spirit, were miraculously poured down on the Apostles. V. The Fifth, was the Feast of Trumpets, which is called by the Hebrews, Sichron The●uah, for that (on the First day of the Seventh Month Ecclesiastical, or first Political) the sound and noise of Trumpets or Cornets were every where heard by Commandment of God, as in Levit. 23. Mense septimo primâ die mensis, ●rit vobis sabbathum memoriale, clangentibus tubis, & vocabitis Sanctum, omne opus servile non facietis in eo. For the cause of this, some of the Jewish Rabbins do believe it was Ordained in memory of Isaac's deliverance from being sacrificed: and that God commanded, a noise should be then made by the Trumpet (or Horn of a Ram) for that a Ram was caught by the Horn in a Bush, and sacrificed in his stead, Gen. 22. Others think it very unlikely, that so public and solemn a Feast, should be Instituted for the deliverance of a single Person, but rather, to commemorate those grievous Wars which the Israelites undertook, First against the Amalekites, and afterwards against the Ethnics, and to the end they might be admonished, that this human life of ours is nothing but a perpetual Warfare upon Earth. Others otherwise conjecture, but their Fancies are too large for my Limits. VI Next to this, in the same Month, and on the Tenth day thereof, was the Feast of Expiation celebrated, as you may read it Commanded, Levit. 16. In which annual solemnity, an universal Expiatoric, or propitiatory Sacrifice was performed for the sins of the People: Whereby the whole passion and Fruits of our Saviour's Death, were yearly shadowed out to the Life, by the whole Church. Howbeit, the Jews say, it was Instituted in memory of God's favour to them, in forgiving their sin of Idolatry, committed by their making of the Calf in the desert. VII. The Feast of Tabernacles, called by the Hebrews Chag Hasuke, and celebrated next after the two former, viz. From the Fifteenth of Thisri, to the Twenty First day inclusively, that is, for Seven days together, yet so, as that the First day was more Solemn and Festivous than the rest, as may be seen in Leviticus Chap. 23. The end of which Feast, you have there likewise, in these words,— Ut discant posteri vestri, quod in tabernaculis habitare fecerim filios Israel, cum educerem eos de Terrâ Egypti. And during this ●east, the Israelites lived abroad in T●bernacles, in remembrance that their Fathers a long time so lived, after God had delivered them out of the Land of Egypt. VIII. Next to this did immediately follow, the Feast of the Congregation, or great and solemn Assembly, celebrated the Twenty Second day of the Month Thisri, and called by the Hebrews Hatisiph, also Azereth; that is, an Assembly on Collection: Or, a Retention and Prohibition: because that when the Seven days of the Feast of Tabernacled were expired, the People restrained it one day longer: Or because upon that day, they were prohibited the doing of any work: Or, because the People were restrained to contribute Money for the use of the Sacrifices: Or, because it shadowed out a Collection of all Nations; or, a gathering together of the elect in the Kingdom of Heaven; or, (lastly) from the Collection of Fruits, for that on this day were offered the Primitiae of the Serotine Fruits, and that thanks were therefore given unto God. Howbeit, it was as an Appendix to the Feast of Tabernacles, as may be seen in L●viticus. 23. and Numb. 29. But here note, that Jeroboam, who revolted from Rehoboam the Son of Solomon, with the Ten Tribes, commanded the precedent solemnity of Tabernacles (which the Jews were commanded by God in the ●aw to celebrate in the Seventh Month, Thisri) to be kept in the Eighth Marhesuan: That so by little and little, he might wean the Sons of Israel from the rights and customs of their Fathers: as in 1 Kings 12. IX. The next instituted by God, was the Septennial Sabbath, or Sabbathical year, which took beginning from the Tenth day of the Seventh Month. For as the Jews every Seventh day, so their Land every Seventh year kept a Sabbath: The Observation whereof consisted in these two things especially.— That 1. The grounds should lie untilled. 2. Debts should be remitted. And therefore Moses, Deut. 15. called this year, the year of Shemita, that is of dismission; because that both Agriculture or Tillage, and Debts, were this year Commanded by God to be forborn and remitted, Exodus 23. The causes of this Feast, were partly Civil, partly Mystical. 1. To teach them, not by continual Ex●rcise to suck out the Earth and make it barren; for that as all other Creatures, so likewise the Earth, hath need of intermission and rest. 2. To teach them Gratitude and Mercy. Gratitude to God, for the Fruits of the Earth. Mercy to the Poor, whereof is had a principal regard in this Law. 3. To mind them of Adam's first estate, wherein only the voluntary Fruits of the Earth were fed upon. 4. To shadow unto them an Eternal Sabbath, that is, a Blessed life, in which all the Labours and Miseries of the present, together with the exactions of Creditors shall have an end, and the sins of Believers be remitted. X. The Tenth and last of the Feasts instituted by God, is the year of Jubilee, (that is a year of Rejoicing, or of Remission,) celebrated every Fiftieth year; for so 'tis Commanded, Levit. 25. Numerabit tibi septem Hebdomadas Annorum; that is, Seven times Seven, which makes Forty-Nine years: Therefore the year following this, was the Fiftieth and wholly Sabbathical: whence (if you account Exclusively to another year of Jubilee) you have only Forty Nine years, and so 'tis numbered in the Eighth verse of the last cited Chapter of Leviticus; but if inclusively, that is, if you account both the former and the latter, you shall have Fifty years; and so 'tis reckoned Verse 10. of the same Chapter, which manner of account is most used by us at this day. For thus a week is said to have Eight days, counting both the Sundays: But one of them excluded, there remaineth but a true week, or a Seven-night. In this year, not only the Bondmen of Israel, were (by God's command) set free from their Masters, and the Prison doors thrown open; but all Debts were likewise remitted: and the Grounds, Vineyards, Houses and other Possessions returned to their first owners. For it was not permitted any man to sell his Grounds or Houses to another by a perpetual contract; but only the use and Fruits thereof till the year of Jubilee: For so God Commandeth Levit. 25. Sanctificabitis Annum Quinquagesimum, & vocabitis remissionem in Terra cuncta habitatoribus terrae vestrae: ipse ●st enim Jubilaeus vobis: Revertetur quisque ad possessionem suam, & unusquisque redibit ●d familiam suam; quae Jubilaeus est, & quinquagesimus Annus erit vobis, etc. The end of which is, (as likewise was the former,) partly Civil and partly Mystical. 1. For, First, God therein so ordained things, that the Families of the Israelites should not be destroyed, but more especially that Family, out of which the Messiah was to come. 2. To show unto us, what a special regard he hath of the Poor, to put them in hope of a better condition for the Future, and also lay down a way to Brotherly Communion, so far forth as the condition of this Life will permit. 3. And as the Olympiads were in use among the Greeks, the Lustra, among the Ancient (but the Indictions among the Later) Romans, whereby they supputated time; so also that the Hebrews should be accustomed to Number their times by Jubile's, so soon as possessed of the Holy Land. 4. To shadow unto them (by this Public Jubilee, and Solemn Joy) the Lord Jesus, and the whole business of their Salvation. And this himself alluded unto, Luke 14. Where he saith, Se illum esse, qui tempus illud acceptum & annum beneplaciti aut gratiae Divinae indixerit. Hitherto of the Jewish Festivals ordained by God himself, and Commanded diligently to be observed by his People. It followeth now that I give you the rest which were instituted by Men, and received of the Church, for the Honour of God, and to commemorate His exceeding great Mercies and Benefits. The Jewish Solemnities instituted by Men, are,— I. THe Jejunia quatuor, or Four Solemn Fasting-days, whereof Mention is made by the Prophet Zachary, Chap. 8. 1. The First of which is, The Fast of Jerusalem besieged, which (notwithstanding it be the last, according to the order of the Months, yet it) is the first in respect of the Order of the thing done. This was celebrated the Tenth day of the Tenth Month Thebith, on which day Nabuchadnezzar first Pitched his Tents before, and besieged Jerusalem, 2 Kings, 25. 2. The Second is, The Fast of Jerusalem taken by Nebuchadonozor, celebrated the Ninth day of the Fourth Month Tamuz. 3. The next is, The Fast of the City forsaken, or desolate, celebrated the Ninth of the Fifth Month Ab, because that on this day in this Month, the City and Temple were set on Fire; first by Nebuchadonozor King of Babylon, and after that by Titus. 4. The Fourth, The Fast of Godolia, or Gedalia, (who was left in Judea by Nabuzarda, and slain by the treachery of Ishmael) celebrated the Third day of the Seventh Month Thisri. II. To these Four Fasts (during the Captivity of Babylon) was annexed the Solemn Fast of Queen Hester, instituted in Memory of the Three-days Fast she Commanded, when about to apply herself to King Abasuerus, on behalf of the Jews, Hest. 4. and celebrated the third day of the twelfth Ecclesiastical Month Adar, whereon all the Jews throughout the Kingdom of Persia should have been slain by persuasion of Haman, as 'tis in the same Book of Hest. Ch. 3. and 9 Afterwards this day became more Celebrious, for the signal victory of Judas Machabaeus, who overthrew the Army of Antiochus, with Nicanor the Captain of it. 2. Machabaeus, Cap. ult. III. The Jews likewise celebrated, of Old, the Fast of the Tables of the Law broken (which Moses when descending from Mount Sinai, dashed against the Ground, and broke in Pieces, as being offended at their Idolatry of worshipping the Calf) the Seventeenth day of the Fourth Month Tamuz. IV. The days of Purim, or the Feast of Lots; so called because Haman had cast the Life and Death, as it were, of the Jews, upon the hazard of a Lot, which Feast was first celebrated by Mordochaeus and Hester, the Fourteenth and Fifteenth days of the last Month Adar; in memory of the Lords most wonderful Protection, when Haman had laid his inevitable Plot, to Man's thinking, for the utter-extirpation of the Jews even in One Day, Hester, Ch. 3. V. The Feast of Comportion of Wood (mentioned by Josephus, lib. 2. de. Bell. Jud. Ch. 17.) celebrated in the Fifth Ecclesiastical Month Ab, in memory of the wood comported, or brought for perpetual Nourishment of the Holy Fire in the Temple of Jerusalem; according to the Law of God Nehem. 10. VI The Encaenia, or Feast of Dedication, or Consecration and Renovation of the Temple, instituted by Judas Machabaeus. For when Antiochus Epiphanes came out of Egypt into the Holy Land, and so to Jerusalem, he reduced both the City and Temple, everted the true worship of God, carried away the vessels of the Temple, and therein placed the Idol of Jupiter Olympius, as you may read, 1 Mac. 1. But Judas Machabaeus (having undertaken a War against the Captains of Antiochus, overthrown their Armies, and recovered the City) Purged the Temple, threw down and burnt the Idol, and again Dedicated both the Altar and Temple to the Worship of God, in Memory of which this Feast was celebrated. He also ordained, that the dedication of the Temple (which was made at the first in Eight days,) should be renewed and celebrated by Anniversary holidays, for Eight days together, with Rejoicing and Gladness, beginning from the Twentyfifth of Cisleu, 1 Mac. 4. And this is the Feast, whereof St. John the Evangelist maketh mention, and whereat (he writes) our Saviour Christ himself was present. VII. The Solemnity of the expiation of the Tower of Jerusalem instituted by Simon Asmonaeus (Brother to Judas Machabaeus) on the Twenty third of Ijar. For having by, Famine taken the Tower of Jerusalem (which a Garrison of Antiochus had until then defended, and vexed the Citizens with continual excursions) He cleansed the same as on this day, by a Solemn Rite, to the great Rejoicing of the whole City, and Commanded it to be every year Celebrated by Posterity, with Festival Joy and Gladness, 1 Mac. 13. VIII. Lastly, The Marriage Festivities (observed by the space of Seven days, Gen. 29.22. and Judg. 14.10.) which are Honourably mentioned by Christ in his Parables, and vouchsafed his presence and first Miracle, John 2. And these are the Feasts and solemnities celebrated by the Ancient Jews, whereof so frequent mention is made in Scripture. For the rest (instituted after their Destruction and Repudiation, and observed by the Modern Jews in all places wheresoever they are dispersed; as the Feast of the New-year, The Feast of Reconciliation, The Feast of Gladness, or Joy of the Law; The Feast-days of the Equinoxes and Solstices, etc. none of which are discerned in the Old Testament;) I shall forbear any mention of them, putting here a period to the Festivals and Fasts of the Jews. Of the Festivals and Fasts of the Christians; whereby any of an Ordinary Capacity may quickly understand the main Body of our English Calendar. NOw, as touching the Solemnities of the Christians, we find not any one certainly declared in all the New Testament, neither any Man bound to the strict Observation of those which were used of Old by the Jews: Yet, because the exercise of Godliness may be oft times interrupted through the infirmities of the flesh, and cares of the world, and that nothing is more convenient, nothing more necessary to the confirmation and increase of Faith, and the Exercise of Christian Religion, than that Men should have certain Days, whereon frequently to meet in the public Assembly, to hear the word of God; seeing that Faith cometh by hearing thereof: Therefore hath the Christian Church very worthily set apart certain Festivals, holidays, or Solemnities, and Commanded the same to be Religiously observed in the public Congregation, that so all daily Labours and Politic Affairs being laid aside, we might thereon entirely apply ourselves to the public service of God, to reading and Holy Meditation, with Joy and Gladness, as well of Mind as Body. The first of which is the Lordsday, or the weekly Feast of the Resurrection of Christ; not instituted by Christ, or God himself, but by the Apostles of Christ, in the room of the rejected Jewish Sabbath. To the end,— 1. That Christians might not seem to be tied and obliged to Judaisme, and the Ceremonies of the Jews, or rather their superstitions, but testify the abrogation of the Mosaical Feasts, and manifest the Liberty received by Christ. 2. That as the Jewish Sabbath did continually bring to mind the former world finished by Creation; so the Lordsday might keep us in perpetual remembrance of a far better world begun by Him, who came to restore all things, to make both Heaven and Earth new: for which cause They Honoured the Last-day, We, the First, in every Seven throughout the Year. 3. Because that Christ on this day Rose from the Dead, perfected the work of Man's Redemption, and so entered into the Glory of the Kingdom of the New Testament. 4. That we can by no other Creature more congruously apprehend the Majesty of the Mighty and Supereminent Christ, than by the most Glorious Light of the Sun, the Ruler of this Day: for it is written, Et in Sole posuit Tabernaculum suum: & exiit de tribu Juda, cujus signum (Leo) est Solare Animal. The other holidays we divide into General (that is, such as are generally celebrated of all men, and termed Solemnities, as the Circumcision, Epiphany, Purification, Annunciation, Resurrection, Ascension, Pentecost, Trinity, etc.) and Particular, which are kept but by some particular Church, or of some whole Country or Communion, called Commune; (as the holidays constituted in memory of the Apostles,) or else by some one Bishops See, Parish, or Town, called the proper holidays of the Place, as the days of some Saints or Martyrs: Quae tamen Omnes (saith Origanus) sive universales, sive particulares sint, & vel per integrum diem, vel matutino saltem tempore, Sacrae habeantur. They are again divided (in respect of the days whereon they fall in the Calendar,) into Movable and Fixed. The Movable Feasts are those, which howsoever they are celebrated on the same weekday, have yet no fixed seat in the Calendar, but in divers years, fall upon sundry days of the Month. Such are all the Lords days throughout the year, and so indeed the interjected Days, which are Fixed to Certain Weeks.— Whereof in the first place.— The Lord's Day (when any happens) betwixt the Feast of Circumcision and Epiphany, hath no certain name assigned it, save only the First or Second Sunday (which it is) after Christmas. But the Lords days that follow after the Epiphany, are denominated according to the Numeral Order by which they succeed the same. As the First Sunday after it, is called the First Sunday after Epiphany; The Next, the Second, etc. Whereof there are in some years Four, in other years more, or fewer, according to the greater or lesser Quantity of the Intervallum Majus. Howbeit, the Sunday next preceding that of Septuagesima, is always the last of the Sundays after Epiphany. The next Four Lords days are thus nominated, viz. Septuagesima, Sexagesima, Quinquagesima, and Quadragesima; the first three whereof had their Names from the Order, by which they precede Quadragesima: As Quinquagesima is so called, because the next anteceding Quadragesima: So of the rest. Septuagesima is said to have been instituted for three Reasons. 1. For Suppletion, that is, supplying, or making up of that which lacketh. For, in regard some have not only not Fasted upon the Friday (and therefore Sexagesima instituted, as anon I shall tell you,) but neither also upon Saturday; because thereon our Saviour Rested in the Grave, in token of our future Rest; (And indeed 'tis noted out of St. Augustine, that the People of Asia, and some others, grounding their practice on a certain Tradition of the Apostles, did not Fast upon the Saturday,) to supply therefore the Seven days of Sexagesima, was thereunto added this Week or Seven-night, called Septuagesima. 2. For the Signification thereof; In that by this time of Septuagesima, is denoted unto us the Exile and Affliction of Mankind, from Adam to the End of the World: and therefore are all Songs of Joy intermitted by the Church, during the time of Septuagesima. 3. For Representation of the Seventy years' Captivity in Babylon: wherefore, as then the Israelites laid aside their Instruments, saying, Quomodo cantabimus Canticum Domini, etc. So the Church, her Songs of Praise, during all this time. As touching Sexagesima, you must know that Melchiades, Bishop of Rome, and Martyr (who flourished Anno Christi, 311.) instituted that none should Fast upon Friday, because of the Lords Supper and Ascension; as upon that day: so neither on the Sunday, which (being the First day of the week) Solemnizeth the Resurrection, thereby to put a difference between the Christians and Gentiles: Therefore, it pleased the Ancients, (for Redemption of the Fridays in Quinquagesima,) to add this other week to the Fast, which they called Sexagesima. Now, concerning Quinquagesima: Forasmuch as the Church hath Commanded a Fast consisting of Forty days before Easter called Quadragesima, or the Holy time of Lent, wherein there is but Thirty six days, besides the Lords Days, on which she fasteth not, in regard of her Joy for his Resurrection: Therefore to supply this defect, there were Four days of the precedent week added to the Quadragesimal Fast. After which it was (first by Telesphorus Bishop of Rome and Martyr, who Flourished Anno Christi, 141. And since that by Gregory the Great,) Decreed, That all Priests should begin their Fasts Two days sooner, viz. Two days before the Four so added. To the end, that as they preceded the People in Dignity, so they might precede them also in Sanctity. Wherefore to the Week of Quadragesima, was this other added, named Quinquagesima: Which is also called Esto mihi, from the entrance of the Ecclesiastical Caution thereon used, taken from Psalm 30.3. Esto mihi in Deum, Protectorem, etc. Of the Fast of Lent. VErstegan saith, That the Old Saxons called March by the Name of Lenct-Monat, that is (according to our New Orthography,) Length-Month; because that then the days did first begin to exceed the Nights in Length. And this Month being by our Ancestors so called when they received Christianity, and consequently therewith the ancient Christian Custom of Fasting, they called this chief Season of Fasting, the Fast of Lent, because of Lenct-Monat, wherein the most part of the time of this Fasting always fell, and hereof it cometh that we now call it Lent, or rather the Fast of Lent. Sir Richard Baker saith, it was first Commanded to be observed in England, by Ercombert the 7 th' King of K●nt, before the year of Christ, 800. Of Ash-wednesday. THis is the Head, or Beginning of the Quadragesimal Fast, or Holy time of Lent, dedicated (by Gregory the Great) to the Consecration of, and Sprinkling with Ashes, being therefore called Dies Cinerum, or Ash-wednesday. And yet (as Hospinian confesseth) there is extant an Homily of Maximus Bishop of Tours in France, with this Inscription, IN DIE CINERUM; which shows the institution thereof before his time: For that Maximus Taurinensis lived 170 years before him, viz. Anno Christi, 440. Quadragesima is so called, for that (as before hath been noted) it is Forty days distant from Easter, comprehending the Fast of Lent, as kept by the Primitive Christians, in Imitation of our Saviour's Fast of Forty days, and Forty nights in the Desert. It i● otherwise named Invocavit, because that thereon i● sung Invocavit me & ego exaudiam eum, or taken out of Psal. 91.14. This is the First Sunday in Lent. The Second Sunday in Lent is called Reminiscere, from the entrance of the 6 verse of Psal. 25. Remeniscere miserationum tuarum Domine, etc. The Third, Oculi, from the entrance of the 15 verse of the same 25 Psal. Oculi mei semper ad Dominum, etc. The Fourth, Laetare, from the entrance of th● 10 verse of the 66 Chapter of Isaiah, Laetare cu● Jerusalem, etc. it is called also Dominica de Rosa, from the Golden Rose, which the Roman Bishop carrieth in his Hand before the People in the Temple: Likewise Dominica de Panibus, for that thereon the Miracle of the five Loaves, in the Gospel, is explained We in England rightly call it Midlent-Sunday. The Fifth, Judica, from the entrance of Psalm, 34. Judica me Deus, discern causam meam, etc. The Sixth, Dominica Magna, or the great Lords day, because of the great and ineffable good thing which befell the Faithful in the following week, viz. Death abolished, Slander removed, and the Tyranny o● the Devil loosed by the Death of Christ. It is also called Palm-Sunday, from the Branches of Palms, which the Jewish People strewed on the ground, when our Saviour entered Jerusalem. The Wednesday next after this, is the Council day of the Scribes and Pharisees: The Thursday following the Parasceve, or preparation of the Legal-Passover; and the Night thereof, the Institution of the Supper. This is otherwise called Maundy-Thursday, from a Ceremony anciently used by the Bishops and Prelate's in Cathedral Churches and Religious Houses, of washing their Subjects Feet: Which Ceremony is termed the fulfilling the Mandate, and is in imitation of our Saviour Christ, who on this day at Night, after his last Supper, and before his Institution of the Blessed Sacrament, washed his Disciples Feet, telling them afterwards that they must do the like to one another, which is the Mandate whence the day is denominated. At the beginning of the aforesaid Ceremony, these words of Christ (uttered by him anon after his washing their Feet) Joh. 13.34. are sung for an Antiphon: Mandatum novum do vobis, ut diligatis invicem, sicut dilexi vos. And lastly Good Friday; being the Day of the Passion and Cross of Christ, whereon he suffered and satisfied for the Sins of the whole World. Next to the great Week succeeds the Pasche, or Feast of Easter celebrated (not in memory of the Angels Transit in Egypt, according to the Jewish Custom, but) of the Resurrection of our Saviour. And yet we retain the name Pasce, not only because the Lamb which of old was killed by the Jews in the Passover, was a Type of the Lamb of God, Christ Jesus, which was slain and sacrificed for the salvation of the World: but because at that very time ●e passed from this World to his Father, (for Paesah or Phase, signifies a passage) or because that then a passage is made, from an Old to a New Life. It is called Easter from Eoster, a Goddess of the Old Sa●cons, whose Feast they kept in April: or (as Minshew hath it) because at that time our Sun of Righteousness did rise, as the Sun in the East. And ●his is the foundation & Basis of all the Lords days in the year. After this doth immediately follow the Quinquagesimal Interval of Fifty days betwixt Easter and Pentecost, which was kept by the Primitive Christians as a whole Festival, in Honour of the Resurrection and Ascension of Christ, and the Glorious Mission of the Holy Ghost, with exceeding great Rejoicing and Gladness. It containeth Six Lords days, or Sundays: Whereof, The First is called Quasimodogeniti, from the entrance of 1 Pet. 2.2. Quasi modo geniti Infants, rationabiles sine dolore lac concupiscite. It is otherwise called Dominica in albis, in respect of the Angels that appeared at the Resurrection in White Garments; and because such as of Old were Baptised on Easter day, did wear and walk in White Garments all the Week after, until this day, on which they laid them aside: Or, for that those, who had then been Baptised, were confirmed of the Bishop, and put on other White Vestments, which they wore till the following Sunday. The Second Sunday after Easter, is called Misericordia, from the entrance of the 5 verse of Psal. 32. Misericordiâ Domini plena est terra, etc. The Third, Jubilate, from the entrance of Psal. 65. Jubilate Deo omnis terra, etc. The Fourth, Cantate, from the entrance of Psal. 98. Cantate Domino Canticum novum, etc. The Fifth, Vocem jucunditatis, from the like entrance, Vocem jucunditatis annunciate & audiatur, etc.— This is also called Rogation Sunday, and the Week following, Rogation Week; Invented or Restored by Mamercus, or Mamersus Bishop of Vienna, Anno Christi, 452. and so called à rogando Deum, as being once (we cannot say now) Extraordinarily consecrated above all other weeks in the year, unto Prayers and Supplications.— 1. Because Princes about this time undertake their Wars. 2. For that the Fruits of the Earth (being in their Blossom) are in great hazard: In both which respects all Christians have good occasion at this Season especially, to Pray. In this week also, it hath been an ancient and good Custom (continued till of late days) to make perambulations and processions in every Parish and Township, for viewing and considering the ancient Bounds and Limits, to prevent encroachments and contentions. On the Thursday also of this Week, (which is the Fortieth day from Easter) was wont to be celebrated the Feast of Christ's Ascension, which is the Consummation of all he did and taught whilst on Earth, and therefore termed Foelix clausula totius Itinerarii filii Dei, the very Sabbath of all his Labour in the work of our Redemption; The Sixth Sunday after Easter, is called Exaudi, from the Entrance of Psal. 27. Exaudi Domine vocem meam. etc. After which doth succeed the Solemnity of Pentecost, so called, because the Fiftieth day from the Resurrection of Christ. It is vulgarly called Whit-Sunday, or White-Sunday, from the Catechumen, who were clothed in White, and admitted to the Sacrament of Baptism on the Eve of this Feast. But Verstegan says, it was Anciently called Wied-Sunday, that is, Sacred Sunday; for that Wied, or Wihed signifies Sacred in the old Saxon. Which Festival, as it was of old Celebrated by the Jews, the Fiftieth day after the Passover in memory of the Divine Law promulgated on Mount Sinai: so is this Fiftieth day after Easter, by all good Christians, to commemorate the Mission of the Holy Ghost thereon, which is the only best interpreter of the Divine Law. Next the Feast of the Holy Trinity, (bearing the Lord's day following) which was instituted by Greg●ry the fourth, who held the Episcopal Chair, Anno 827. in Honour of the Holy Trinity. The Thursday next after, is the Festival of the Body of Christ, commonly called Corpus-Christi day, which Urban the fourth, Bishop of Rome instituted about the year of Christ, 1264. The Sundays following this of the Holy Trinity, are all of them called according to the Numeral order whereby they succeed Trinity Sunday, until the First of Advent. Lastly, the Four Lords days immediately preceding the Nativity of Christ, are called the Sundays of Advent, ab adventu Domini in carnem: and were instituted by the Church, to the end that from the First of them, until the Nativity of our Saviour, our minds might be prepared to a sober life, and a pious Meditation of his Birth then approaching: Parate viam Domini, reclas facite semit●s Dei nostri. And these are the Christian Solemnities, or Holy days, rightly called Movable. The Fixed or Stative, are they, which notwithstanding they fall upon divers day● of the Week, yet do they not Change, but always fall upon one and the same day of the Month, and so have a Fixed and certain 〈◊〉 in the Cal●ndar. Of this sort are, The Circumcision of Christ, the Epiphany, and all other the Feasts of Saints and Martyr's, except the Movable before recited. The Circumcision (which is the first in the order of th● Calendar) in Commemoration of the Mystery of his Legal Circumcision, when He, who was the Truth and Substance did at once fulfil and take away the Type thereof. The Epiphany, or Apparition, or the Feast of Twelfthday after Christmas, so called and celebrated in Memory and Honour of Christ's Manifestation, or Apparition made to the Gentiles, by a Miraculous Comet or Blazing Star, by virtue whereof He drew and conducted the three Magis, or Sages, (commonly called the three Kings) who, upon sight of that Star, came out of the East into the Country of Palestine, or Jewry, to adore him in the Manger, where (a Twelvemonth after Christ's Birth) they presented him with Myrrh, Gold, and Frankincense, in testimony of his Regality, Humanity, and Divinity, whereof Prudentius in the following verses: Hic pretiosa Magi, sub virginis ubere Christo Dona ferunt Puero, Myrrhae, & Thuris, & Auri; Miratur Genetrix tot casti ventris honores, Seque Deum genuisse, Hominem, Regemque Supremum. Which are thus excellently translated by Dr. Edward Spark, in his Primitive Devotion. The Wise men, here, Choice Treasures do dispense, To Christ and Mary, Myrrh, Gold, Frankincense: While thus astonished at this glorious thing, A maid, at once, to bear God, Man, and King; Or, from the Holy Ghost's appearing in the Shape of a Dove, at his Baptism thirty years after, (for this sixth day of January was the day of his Baptism, and therefore it is also called by Alcas Cyriacus, an Arabic Manuscript of Astronomical Tables, in the Arch Bishop's Archives in the Oxford Library (as the Learned Dr. Hammond tells me) The Feast of Epiphany; or, Benediction of Waters: The Vigil whereof was of Old called Vigilia Luminum, and the Ancients were then wont to send Lights one to another. This day was anciently celebrated by the Romans, in Honour of Augustus Caesar, for the conquest of Parthia, Egypt, and Media, which were thereupon added to the Roman Empire, wherefore the Church, willing to change that Solemnity for a better, instituted this of the Epiphany in the room of it. The testification of his true Incarnation, was by the Feast of the Purification of the Blessed Virgin, when Jesus was presented in the Temple, and proclaimed by Simeon and Anna to be the Messiah. This Feast was instituted by Justinian the Emperor, Anno Christi, 542. Saint Mathias, who being one of the Seventy Disciples, was (after the Ascension) chosen Apostle, by Lot, in the room of Judas the Traitor; He Preached the Gospel in Macedonia, and (coming afterwards into Judea) was there first stoned, by the Jews, and th●n beheaded after the Roman manner, Anno Christ●, 51. The Feast of the Annunciation of the Blessed Virgin, is kept in remembrance of the time when the Angel Gabri●l declared our Saviour's conception, or In●a●nation by the Holy Ghos●. Saint Mark the Evangelist, who Penned the Life, Acts, Miracles, Death, and Resurrection of our Saviour. He was the first Bishop of Alexandria, where he Preached the Gospel, and so all over the bordering Regions from Egypt to Pentapolis. At the same Alexandria, in the time of Trajan, he had a Cable-Rope tied about his N●ck, by which he was drawn from the place called Bucolus, unto that other called Augets, where he was burnt to Ashes by the Furious Idolaters (against whom he had preached) Anno Christi, 63. and buried at Bucolus. Saint Philip, and Saint James, both Apostles and Martyrs: The first, of the City of Bethsaida, who preached the Gospel in Phrygia, and converted the Eunuch Candaules. He is said, by some, to have sent twelve Disciples into Britain, for conversion thereof. But at length the Painims laid hold on, and Crucified him, at Hierapolis about the year of Christ 53. The later, viz. Saint James the lesser, Son of Alpheus, the Author of that excellent Epistle bearing his Name, who was for his Wisdom and Piety, surnamed the Iust After the Ascension he was Created Bishop of Jerusalem, where (when he had governed that Church for thirty years' space) he was first stoned, and afterward placed on a Pinnacle of the Temple, from whence he was precipitated, and then (lying with his Thighs broken, and half dead, lifting up his Hands to Heaven) knocked on the Head with a Full●rs club, in the seventh year of Nero. The Feast of Saint John Baptist, son of Zachary and Elizabeth, and who was of the Tribe of Levi: of him that showed us the Lamb of God, the Son of the Father, which taketh away the Sins of the World: who nevertheless was beheaded by H●rod the Tetrarch, at the request of Herodias (the Relict of his Brother Philip) Anno Christi 30. Saint Peter, and Saint Paul, the first whereof was chief of the Apostles, and Preached the Gospel in Pontus, Galatia, Cappadocia, Bythinia, and (in the end) at Rome, where he was afterwards Crucified, under Nero, with his Head downward, (for that was his desire) and there also buried. The latter, viz. Saint Paul, who (being called of Christ himself, after his Assumption, and numbered in the Catalogue of the Apostles) Preached the Gospel from Jerusalem to Illyricum, Italy and Spain; and was beheaded at Rome under Nero, Anno Christi, 68 on the third Calends of July; as was also Saint Peter, with whom he there lieth buried. Saint James (the greater) Brother to Saint John, Son of Zebedee, an Apostle and Martyr, who preached the Gospel to the twelve dispersed Tribes, and was slain by the Sword (or Beheaded) by Herod Agrippa, in Judea, Anno Christi, 45, where also he was buried, and so consequently the first of all the Twelve Apostles in Christ's Kingdom. Saint Bartholomew, who was Nephew (some say) and Heir to a King of Syria, yet both an Apostle and Martyr. He preached the Gospel to the Indians, where by the Command of Polemius King of India, He was the first day beaten with Cudgels; the next, Crucifi'd and Excoriated, or flayed alive, as fastened on the Cross. And last of all (whilst Breath remained) Beheaded, Anno Christi, 51. Wherefore it is called Duplex Festum, some keeping also the Twenty Fifth, as we the Twenty Fourth, of August. Saint Matth●w, who being a Jew by Birth, and a Publican or Toll-customer by Profession, became a Disciple, an Apostle, an Evangelist, and Martyr. He wrote the Gospel of Christ in the Hebrew tongue, and delivered it to James (the Brother of our Lord) than Bishop of Jerusalem. The same he preached in Ethiopia, where he was entertained by the Eunuch (Chamberlain to Queen Candace) whereof mention is made in the Acts: And prevailed so far that Aeglippus the King, and his People came to Baptism: but there reigning after him one Hyrtacus, who hated the Apostle; by his Command he was run thorough with a Sword, in the year of Christ, 71. Saint Michael (the Archangel) is he, who figured Christ, and fought for his Church against the Red Dragon (or the Devil) and his Angels. Saint Luke born in Syria, by Profession a Physician of Antioch, an Evangelist, and the Penman of the Apostles Acts: who accompanied the Apostles in their Peregrination, but Especially Paul, and died at Ephesus in the Eighty Fourth year of his Age, where also he was buried, Anno Christi, 74▪ But many years after Translated, (together with Andrew and Timothy) to Constantinople in the time of Constantine, Son to Constantine the Great. Saint Simon Zelotes, and Saint Judas the Brother of James, both Apostles of Christ. The first of which was born in Cana, a Town of Galilee, (being the son of Mary and Cl●ophas, according to Eusebius, lib. 3. Ch. 11.) and preached the Gospel in Egypt and Persia; whence he returned and succeeded Saint James in the Bishopric of Jerusalem, where he was Crucified under Trajan, in the 120 year of his Age, and so the last Martyr of all the Apostles. The latter, viz. Saint Judas, (likewise called Thaddaeus, and Lebbaeus) who preached the Gospel to the Edessaeans, and throughout all Mesopotamia: and was slain at Berytus in the time of Agbarus King of Edessa, where also he was very honourably buried, Anno Christi 51. The Feast of All-Saints, is dedicated to all Christ's Apostles, Martyrs, and Holy Confessors in general. Of Saint Andrew, the Brother of Simon Peter, by Profession a Fisher, yet an Apostle and Martyr: Who preached to the Scythians, Sogdians, Sacians, and in the Middle Seabastopolis: After that in Cappadocia, Galatia, Bythinia, and along the Euxine Sea: Lastly in Thrace, Macedonia, Thessally, and Achaia, where (in the time of Vespasian) he was Crucified, by Aegeas King of the Edesseans, and buried at Patris, a City of Achaia, about the 80. year of Christ. Saint Thomas Didymus, Christ's Apostle and Martyr, who Preached to the Parthians, Medes, and Persians: So also to the Caramans, Hircans, Bactrians, and Magicians: and was slain with a Dart at Calamina, a City of India, where he was Honourably buried, Anno Christi 35. The Feast of Christ's Nativity, which without all doubt, was on the Twenty Fifth day of December; as is fully proved by that Learned Gentleman, Edward Fisher Esq in his Vindication of our Gospel Festivals; a Book never as yet (that I know of) answered by any of the separation, although Printed (and reprinted) ever since April, 1649. It is commonly called Christmas from the old Saxon word Maeppan whence the English Miss, and Mass, signifies a Feast; and accordingly with them any Holy or Festival day is called Maeppan 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that is Mass day: and so doth the Greek 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, and the Latin Missa, from whence the common word Mensa, is but lightly removed, and signifies the Meat, and not the Table only (— Mensaeque remotae, in Virgil, the Meat taken away; and Mensae secundae, the second Course) and all this from the Latin, Missa, because ad Mensam mittitur, it is sent or served up to the Table. So the Reverend Dr. Hammond. In the Northern parts of this Nation it is called, Yule, from the Latin Jubilum, which signifies a time of Rejoicing and Festivity. By the Western or Latin Church, Luminaria, or the Feast of Light: because they used many Lights and Candles at this Feast; or rather, because Christ the Light of all Lights, that true Light, than came into the World. But for the high and Excellent Titles which the Christian Churches gave this Feast; See the above mentioned Mr. Fisher, Sect. 3.— And this is the Basis and Foundation of all the other Christian Festivals, and aught to be Celebrated accordingly. Of Saint Stephen the First Martyr, who was Ordained one of the Seven Proto-Deacons, Ut bona communia curaret, eaque viduis & pauperibus rectè distribueret, who zealously refuted the erroneous Opinions of the Jews concerning the Messiah, affirming Jesus Christ of Nazareth to be the true one foretold by the Prophets: and (being therefore accused of Blasphemy) was condemned and stoned to Death, by the Jews at Jerusalem, Anno Christi 35. Saint John (the Brother of Saint James) who was also an Evangelist, and the best beloved Apostle. He preached the Gospel in Asia: but the Emperor Trajan exiled him into Patmos (an Isle of the Egaean Sea) where he wrote his Gospel, afterward published at Ephesus, by Gaius his Host, and Deacon, After the Death of Trajan, he returned from Patmos, and remained at Ephesus, until he had lived 120 years, where he died of an Apoplexy, Anno Christi 104. Lastly, of the Holy Innocents' of Bethlehem, slain by Herod the Great, in our Saviour's stead, though not for his sake: amongst whom his own Son (as some Historians affirm) escaped not his (till then) unheardof cruelty: which gave Augustus Caesar that occasion to say, Melius est esse Herodis Porcum, quam Puerum: Better it was to be Herod's Hog, than his Son. But touching this, see the Learned Mr. Gregory, in his Episc. Puerorum. For the rest of the Saints and Martyrs, as it cannot be expected they shall all of them be couched in this small Volume: so neither are they especially in favour with the times, and therefore forbear I any further mention thereof. Of the Ember Weeks. THe Ember Weeks (so called from the Greek 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, e. i. Dies) are four in every year, as may be seen in the Calendar, and anciently Wednesday, Friday, and Saturday, in each Fasted, according to the old verses. Post Cineres; Pentec. post●rucem, postque Luciam, Mercurii, Veneris, Sabbatho, Jejunia fient. They are of great Antiquity in the Church, and called by the Latin Fathers,— Quatuor Anni tempora. For (beside the first Institution of them, for quarterly Seasons of devotion, proportioned to each part of the year, as the first Fruits of every Season, that the whole and each Division of it might be thereby blest; and again (beside their answerableness to those Jejunia quatuor, or Solemn Fasting days of the Jews before mentioned, that we Christians may not be inferior to them in that Duty) an admirable use is assigned to them in the Church, in imitation of the Apostles, Acts 13.3. Others think they are called Ember days, or days of Ashes, from the no less Ancient than Religious Custom of using Hair-Cloath and Ashes in time of public Piety and Penance: Or, from the Old Custom of eating nothing on those days till night, and then only a Cake baked under the Embers or Ashes, which was called Panem subcineritium, or Ember-bread. Of the Vigils, or Fasting Eves of Festivals. IN the Apostles days, and some time after, when the Poor Christians durst not appear in public, because of the continual Snares, Treacheries, and Persecution of Tyrants and Enemies of their Religion, they were forced to meet in the Night time, for the Exercise of their Devotion. And in the first Church after the times of the Apostles, when they stood not in Fear of any Persecution, they publicly watched and Fasted in their Churches all Easter Week long; but especially on the Eve of the Resurrection. The Vigils of this Feast (saith Eusebius, lib. 4. de vita Const.) were made as Light as day, by hanging out great Waxed Lights throughout the whole City, and Lamps, mystically expressing the light of Salvation, which was then ready to shine forth. Whence grew the Custom both for Christian Men and Women, to watch and Fast on the Eves of great Solemnities, in their Churches, and at the Sepulchers of Saints and Martyrs; whereof Flavianus and Diodorus of Antioch, are said to be the Authors. Afterwards by the persuasion of Leontius, Bishop of Antioch, this Custom of Watching and Fasting at Sepulchers, was restrained to the Church only about the year of Christ, 375. But, forasmuch as in process of time, these Nocturnal and promiscuous Watchings, occasioned much wickedness, therefore were the Women interdicted access thither, eò quod saepe (saith the Canon) sub Obtentu orationis, scelera latenter committantur.— At length the Vigils themselves were inhibited; and these Fasts (which are kept on the Eves of the greatest Festivals, and observed as well as the Holy Fast of Lent,) instituted in their stead; howbeit, they are still called Vigils, as being the Name of a Duty therein. And this was confirmed by Innocent the 3. about the year of Grace 1210. For the very purpose of the Church of God (saith Judicious Hooker) both in the Number and in the Order of the Fasts, hath been not only to preserve thereby, throughout all Ages the remembrance of Miseries heretofore sustained, and of the causes in ourselves out of which they have risen, that Men considering the one, might fear the other the more, but farther also to temper the mind, lest contrary affections coming in place should make it too profuse and dissolute; in which respect it seemeth that Fasts have been set as Ushers of Festival days, for prevention of those disorders as much as might be, wherein notwithstanding the world always will deserve, as it hath done, Blame; because such Evil being not possible to be rooted out, the most we can do, is in keeping them low; and (which is chiefly the Fruit we look for) to create in the minds of Men, a Love towards frugal and severe Life, to undermine the Palace of wantonness to plant Parsimony as Nature, where Riotousness hath been studied, to harden whom pleasure would melt, and to help the Tumours which always fullness breedeth, that Children as it were in the Wool of their Infancy, died with hardness, may never afterwards change Colour: That the Poor, whose perpetual Fasts are Necessity, may with better contentment endure the hunger which Virtue causeth others so often to choose, and by advice of Religion itself so far to esteem above the contrary; that they, which for the most part do lead sensual and easy lives; they which are not plagued like other men, may by a public Spectacle of all be still put in mind what themselves are.— Finally, that every man may be every Man's daily guide and example, as well by Fasting to declare Humility, as by Praise to express Joy in the sight of God, although it have herein befallen the Church, as sometimes David, so that the speech of the one may be truly the voice of the other, My Soul Fasted, and even that was also turned to my Reproof. A Learned and useful Discourse touching the right Observation and Keeping of the Holy Feast of Easter, occasioned by a Complaint against the Almanac-makers, to the King and Council, Anno 1664. as if they all had been mistaken in the Celebration of this great Feast. IN the year 1665. the Holy Feast of Easter falls out on March the 26. which is the Sunday following the first Full Moon nex● a●ter the Vernal Equinox. And therefore, I hope, we Almanack-writers shall not this year be accused for mistaking the time thereof, as all of us were the last year 1664. a whole week; though without any just cause on our part, Nevertheless somebody (who would be thought wiser perhaps than yet the world thinks him) made it looked upon as a great discovery, and more gloried in it than ever I heard Columbus did of his discovering America: yet was so purblind as not to discover Five whole Weeks of the like Error but the very year before. Our Easter then falling not till the 19 of April, which should have been the 15. of March according to the good old Rule of the Church. Nor indeed was it any new thing, or any Error at all of ours, that the Celebration thereof should the last year fall seven days later than it ought to do, that being the twentieth time it hath so happened since the year of Christ 1600, viz. In the years, 1602. 1609. 1610. 1613. 1616. 1619. 1620. 1623. 1626. 1630. 1637. 1640. 1643. 1646. 1647. 1650. 1653. 1657. 1661. and the last year, 1664. and so will again (unless the Julian Calendar, which yet we follow, be reformed) in the years, 1667. 1669. 1673. 1677. 1681. 1684. 1685. 1687. 1688. 1691. 1694. 1697. and 31 times more before the year of Christ 1800. Nor is this all: For there often happens a whole Month's Error as to the time of the Celebration thereof, having already fallen out so three years since that of Christ 1600, viz. in the years, 1625. 1652. and 1655. and so will again (without correction of the Calendar) in the years, 1679. 1682. 1720. 1723. 1747. 1750. 1774. 1777. and in the year 1807. For in those years there will happen (from the Aequinox) two Full-Moons before our Easter can be kept. Nay, there falls out very often no less than 35 days (or five Weeks) error in the time of our Easter, having already fallen out so no less than eleven times since the year 1600. viz. in the years, 1603. 1606. 1614 1617. 1622. 1633. 1636. 1641. 1644. 1660. and (as I said before) in the year, 1663. and so will again (without amendment of the Calendar) in the years, 1671. 1674. 1690. 1693. 1698. 1701. and just twenty times more before the year 1800. But in the years, 2437. 2446. 2491, etc. there will be 42 days Error, and sometimes afterwards no less than 49 days: And, after the year 2698. (if the old Calendar should still be continued) it will never again happen according to the Rule of the Church, which fixeth it on the Sunday following the first Fullmoon, next after the Vernal Equinox. One Cause of which Errors is the Precession of the Aequinoctium Vernum, which from the first Nic●ne Council to this time, hath anticipated no fewer than Eleven days, falling now the Tenth of March, whereas at the time of that Council it was on the Twenty first of the same Month. And the reason of this Anticipation is, for that the Julian year exceeds the true Solar year, by 10 Minutes, 48 Seconds, or thereabout, which causes the Aequinoxes and Solstices yearly to change their places, and fly backwards so many Minutes and Seconds. The Lunations also, by reason of the too great Quantity allowed them, do in every 19 years anticipate almost an hour and an half, and in 312 years and a half, one whole day: and therefore not exactly to be found by the Golden Number, although on those Lunations the Feast of Easter dependeth, as of it all the rest of the Movable Feasts: which is another cause of those Errors, and both together the First occasion of the Roman Emendation, whereby that Church doth always produce Easter on the Sunday following the first Fullmoon next after the Vernal Aequinox, according to the Decree of the Nicene Council. Now here I could willingly (and indeed intended to) have demonstrated how all this might be remedied: but that multiplicity of business (which Steers my thoughts another course) and the Narrow limits I am here confined to, do both obstruct and discourage me. All therefore I shall further say is this, I do much wonder that this Lyncaeus (whoever he was) that so vainly boasted of his discovery of that one Weeks pretended Error in the time of Easter, and therefore traduced us all with Ignorance or Inadvertency, should himself not yet discover that real Error of the first of those Rules prefixed to the New Common Prayer-Book Printed by John Bill, and Christopher Barker. Anno 1664. (the very year of that his great Discovery) which pretends to show how to know when the Movable Feasts and holidays begin, viz. Easter-day (on which the rest depend) is always the First Sunday after the first Fullmoon, which happens next after the One and Twentieth day of March. And if the Fullmoon happens upon a Sunday, Easter-day is the Sunday after. For although that Rule be true enough in respect of the Gregorian, yet it is altogether mistaken, as being in no wise applicable to our Julian Account (which yet the Table of Movable Feasts in the said Common Prayer-Book, calculated for 40 years, regardeth only, and which must be followed until his Majesty shall think fit to command a better,) and therefore very improper for that place. But I hope the Most Reverend Father in God, his Grace, the Lord Archbishop of Canterbury, will make it his concern, not only to cause this Error to be rectified, but in due time also move His Sacred Majesty to assume the Glory of a better Emendation of the Calendar, than yet the Roman Church can boast of. APOTELESMA: or, The Nativity of the World, and Revolution thereof. I'll not trouble myself, or the Reader with the various Opinions of Men and Nations concerning the Lapsed years of the World's Creation; some being utterly lost in conceits that repugn Philosophy, others swayed with Philosophical Conjectures destructive to Divinity, and the rest miserably varying one from another: For the Heathens afford us no satisfaction, [Epicurus, and Aristotle will not allow it had any beginning.] The Jews are wretchedly dissenting in their accounts; [Philo and Josephus irreconcilable.] The Samaritans differing from the Jews, and indeed all others, The Jews from the Christians, and they amongst themselves; Scaliger and Petavius of the Latins, Clemens Alexandrinus and Nicephorus among the Greeks. 'tis true, Longomontanus (a most learned modern Astronomer) with a silere amplius nequeo, takes boldly upon him to discover this grand secret from the motion of the Sun's Apogaeum supposing the Sun's Eccentricity immutable, and the Apogaeum a yearly motion of One Minute, One Second, Fifty Thirds, Fourteen Fourths, styling it Illus●re testimonium de Mundi Exordio, & duratione hactenus.— For, by positing the Sun's Apogaeum in the beginning of Aries at the Creation, and his Perigaeum in the opposite point Libra: He concludes of 4000 years (within a half) betwixt the Creation and the Passion of our Saviour; and till the 1588. th' year of his Incarnation, 5554. (allowing 33 whole years for our Saviour's Age, with addition of the time intercepted betwixt his Nativity and Passion.) And this, this learned Author grounds on the accurate Observations of his learned Master Ticho-Brahe. (who indeed concluded the progress of the Sun's Apogaeum, (S.S.S.) till that year, 55 degrees, 30 Minutes. And to the End we might compare the same with the Observations of sundry old and late Astronomers, throughout the respective Ages they lived in, exhibits to our view the following Table of,— The Place of the Sun's Apogaeum, from the beginning of the World, and the true Vernal Aequinox. In the several Ages of— Years of the World. Deduct. Observat. Difference. Hipparchus Rhodius, 3810 65 16 65 30 14 Min. C. Ptolemaeus Alexandria, 4099 70 3 Albategnius Maham. 4849 82 53 82 16 37 Min. Guarterus Norimberg, 5454 93 43 94 15 32 Min. Nicolaus Copernicus Tur. 5492 94 23 95 8 45 Min. Tycho-Braheus Dan. 5554 95 30 95 30 0 Min. Whereby it appears that the moved Apogaeum of the Sun proportionably deduced (according to the Annual motion here allowed it) throughout the respective Ages of their Astronomers, differs no where more than 45 Minutes, from what it was observed by them, Ptolemy excepted, who (as saith Longomontanus) too confidently maintained that Hipparchus' supposition of the Sun's Apogaeum had continued invariable until his time; his observations: being without all question violently fitted to such a purpose. And (to say the truth) were it that we had the Sun's Apogaeum precisely and uncontrollably so determined by Longomontanus, or otherwise by any other; very well it might be called Illustre testimonium of the World's Original. But forsomuch as later Authors do all or most of them differ (more or less) from him in the Annual motion of the Sun's Apogaeum, and consequently in the place thereof, (for instance Bullialdus, who makes it this year (viz. 1655.) much less than he, viz. 3s. 6°. 26′. 27″. by abating 5 Seconds of what Longomontanus allows for its Annual Motion;) I dare not confidently build upon this Foundation: which would (this year 1655.) compute of above 5621 years since the Creation, yet that far short of what arises from Bullialdus, whereby the Age of the World should now be no less than 6091 years; both of them exceeding (but the later by far) that Account which the latest and best Chronologers sit down with. So that hence (also) we receive very little or no satisfaction. But let the Age of the World be what it please: the Season of its Birth I undoubtedly take to be Spring, the particle of time in which that mighty Giant (the Sun) began his unwearied course (according to appearance from the first scruple of Aries in the Meridian of Mesopotamia, where Paradise is, by men very learned both in Divinity and Geography, affirmed to have stood, unless we admit of such Allegories as make Paradise to signify a place of Pleasure, and the four Rivers, Four Cardinal Virtues; or hoist it up in the Air under the Moons Orbit, fancying those Rivers to fall down from thence, and running under the Ocean to rise up again in those places where now they are found: the one Opinion being as unwarantable as the other. For, it is as true as truth itself, that God instituted the beginning of the Ecclesiastical year at the Vernal Aequinox: whereby he restored to the People the Beginning of the years which the Patriarches had observed before them, and which they by their long Conversation with the Egyptians had discontinued, whence the soundest, both Divines and Historians conclude, that God restored to the Israelites the Ancient account of the year and the true beginning thereof, partly to the end it might be a memorial of their departure out of Egypt, partly that the World's Creation might be recorded, and partly that it might be a Prophecy o● Christ, who was to suffer at this time. So that the Creation, the celebration of the Passover, and the Redemption of the World (by the Death of Christ) do all of them fall out at the same time. Now that the Patriarches had this beginning of the year, who can doubt it? They had the most natural account of the year, and such is that which fixes its Original at the Vernal Aequinox. For seeing the Mode of Perfection is twofold, One cum res fit, the Other cum facta est, the consummate Perfection doth in no wise appertain to the Birth of the thing, but the Inchoate, and (as I may say) Vernant. For illustration whereof it may be added, That the Spring is the most beautiful time of all the year, and the most proper for generation of things: Which Moses not Obscurely implieth, where he saith, Terram germinasse herbam vir●ntem. Neither is the Objection of Adam's plucking Fruit from off the forbidden-Tree available, it being very well known that in some Eastern Countries (yea elsewhere) they have Fruit growing twice a year; t●e Poma aurea of Spain, both at Spring and Autumn. No● does the great Volume of Heaven but confirm this Opinion, whilst the Dodecatemory of Aries Commences the natural year, wherein the first Conversion, or change of these sublunary things is caused. To conclude this point, The Chaldaeans had their Learning and Wisdom from the Hebrews: Now forasmuch as they appointed the beginning of the year at the Vernal Aequinox, as did also the Persians; 'tis v●ry pro●able they borrowed this account of the year from t●e He●●ews: and therefore saith Scaliger, Exerc. 257. Mundum verè ortum primò, & autumnaut sapientes & credere par est. So runs (also) the sentence of pious Antiquity. Hâc est illa dies quinta & vigesima Marti, Q●à verbo Domini mundi textura peracta est: Mortuus hâc Adam: Mortem hàc devicit Iêsus: Hâc est casus Abel: fuit hàc ●actandus Isaacus: Hâc Pascha indictum: Hàc David Rex dicitur unctus. Which is thus much after my rude version. This is (of March) the Five and Twenti●th day, Whereon God finished th' Heavens, ●arth and Sea, And all therein: when the first Adam died: And when the Second [JESUS] Crucifi'd: When Abel's blood was by his Brother shed, And Isaac's ready to be offered, The Passover proclaimed to begin, Wh●n Holy David was Anointed King. Of the World's Revolution. IF this than be the Season of the year wherein the world had its Birth, as the most learned Divines, Chronologers, and Astronomers have unanimously concluded: It followeth next, that we consider the Revolution thereof.— Now to find out the temporary moment of the Sun's Revolution to the first scruple of Aries (where he was in the Radix of the World's Creation) hath been by some accounted impossible; by others a task very difficult and uncertain. And (to say the truth) such has been the wide difference herein amongst Astronomers, until of late days, that the Calculations (how nice and curious soever) made from the several Tables they published, (howbeit, every man with equal confidence and commendation of the verity and exactness of his own,) have wanted that precise concurrence which is requisite to raise thereon so complete an Astrological Structure, as might withstand the Tempestuous Storms that frequently arise from the Turbulent Sea of Ignorance and Malice. Whereof Cardanus was so sensible, that (because he would not run the hazard of his Credit, so great in the World) he rather wholly neglected the (than so) doubtful Cusps of the Houses in these Revolutional Figures, saving thereby the labour of erecting Schems, than from such uncertainties to raise alike incertain Judgements. In which respect he prescribes a regard only to the places and Aspects of the Planets. And indeed should we grant the Tables Astronomical (what as yet we find not in them; I mean) the exactness aimed at and coveted by all men: yet, till the long sought for, and hitherto unfound certainer way of attaining the true Longitude be discovered, some discrepancies (more or less) will be always occurring. In the mean while, I could wish, that some ingenious Artists would apply the Directions of Daniel Santbeck. (Probl. Astronom. and Geom. sect. 1. Prop. 10.) who by the help of a Geometrical Quadrant there described, sets down the manner of observing the true time of the Aequinoxes, whereby they may discover, not only how far the Calculations made by the Tables differ from (but also which Tables come nearest) Observation; and by this means make choice of the best, whereon to ground their Judgements Astrological. But forasmuch as all, or the most of our Annual Prognostics, are commonly extant before the Vernal Aequinox, on and about which day those Observations ought to be made, it cannot be expected that we should here proceed upon those grounds, the Birth of what now we present you with, anticipating its fortune in the Press not less than Four Lunar Revolutions: Wherefore all we can do here, to do fairly, will be to make choice of the best Astronomical Tables, in which Number 1 rank the Philolaick as solving the Phaenomena nearest exactness, when handled by a Skilful Artist, and reduced (not upon the bare credit of every prostituted Catalogue of the difference of Meridian's, but) with regard had to Elliptical Observations, determining (so near as may be) the true Longitude: otherwise great Errors may ensue, especially in the time of Solar Ingresses, Eclipses, and other Lunations, and yet the Tables Excusable. These things well considered, I cannot see with what show of Equity we should be derided, or Astrology exploded, in case we arrive not at such preciseness in our Annual Judgements as is looked for from us, by those which know not the handling of a Science, whose subject is so remote, whose paths be so variously winding and intricate. Or, why should Astrology be contemned or slighted for want of Perfection more than all other Arts or Sciences, since really there are none without some defect or other; nor any one that can truly say, it is free from every scrupulous exception: For (omitting Physic and the rest, which cannot justly boast of nigh so much Perfection) what Geometrician can stand up and truly tell me, he hath found out the exact Quadrature of a Circle or the Duplication of a Cube? What Algebraist can resolve the so long sought for Equation of three discontinued Numbers in Algebriaque proportion? And should therefore those noble Sciences be rejected as vain and foolish, and the Professors be no better accounted of than Impostors; when nevertheless we cannot but confess the most Excellent and daily use made of Geometry, both at Sea and Land, very well knowing that the Geometrician can Square a Circle, (though not precisely, yet) so near exactness, as leaves the issue of his endeavours without any sensible Error? In like manner, because the Astronomer determines not precisely the true places of the Planets, (howbeit very near the same, and the Eclipses of the Luminaries, to admiration) the ginger sometimes strays a little in the Species and times of the Events thereon depending; shall we therefore (altogether excusing Astronomy) lay the whole blame and weight of our Indignation on Astrology, whose Effata suppose the Planets true places, which are Scientiarum apices, the Perfection of Sciences, that God (in his Wisdom) would not have known ab initio, but reserveth only to some peculiar Men and Ages? I confess it is but too true, that (like as in all other Sciences, so) in this, as there are and ever have been some Heretics and Miscreants, who rail and exclaim against Astrology, (for no other Reason, but) because they apprehend it not, so there are a sort of loose and ignorant pretenders (Spurii, non veri filii Artis:) who expose to sail their lying Oracles, do exceedingly blemish and disparage the Science, administering thereby great advantage for the Malicious to inveigh and rail against it, both from the Press and Pulpit and to bespatter the more able and honest Profession thereof with the Titles of Figure-Flingers, Cheats, Impostors, and (I care not what) other abusive Epithets. But should we (which my Soul abhors) set light of the Deity, because Caligula and Lucian would not grant any? or suspect the Regiment of the World, because Sardanapalus, Epicurus, Lucretius and Nero denied God's providence? or esteem of human things more than Sacred, because the Machiavelists teach that Polity might consist without Religion, accounting it nothing but an empty name, and the Bond or Give of Polity? Or should we condemn the whole Catholic Church, because of the many Ravening Wolves and subtle Foxes crept into (and now so miserably dispoiling) her? Or decry all the Clergy, because some Time-buggering Changelings have dishonoured the Function, seduced their Auditories, and preferred their Worldly interests and carnal Ends of Pride, Vainglory, Strife, Covetousness, and desire of Pre-eminence above their Brethren, to the Truth and Peace of the Gospel? Should we (I say) for the incredulity of some, condemn what (for doing so) might d●mn us? Or for the impiety and hypocrisy of a few, cast dirt in the Face of a whole Covent of Learned and Religious Men? Let the Enemies of Uraniah themselves be Judges, if we might not be justly taken for Fools or Knaves, or Knaves and Fools in Folio? And let all rational men say, whether they be less, or any other, that have causelessly and publicly so derided and railed at us. Of the Epochaes or Aerae, commonly used by Chronologers and Historians, with a brief Explanation thereof. EPochae is derived from the Verb 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, which signifies to stop or stay; as if it were an Inhibition or Retention, whereby that which continually flitteth, is restrained and fixed; that so from thence the Remains may be measured. For whereas the Celestial bodies are Circumagitated by Motions, and that time is the Measure of Motion, they must necessarily require some beginning and determinate time, from whence to be numbered, as well in Praecedentia as in Subsequentia. As therefore (in the consideration of Celestial Motions) there is a certain place of Heaven described by a Line, from which those Motions are Counted; so likewise (in Time) a known and famous beginning, whence the Years, Months and Days, both before and after the same, are reckoned. This Epochae is vulgarly called the Radix, whence that which remaineth is supputated, as from a foundation and Term, à quo. It is also named the Aera, which word was Originally (but ignorantly) taken from the Spaniards writings; afterwards much used by Astrologers, and at length translated to other writers. For, at the first, Aera, was not one word, but several, which (being falsely and confusedly joined) the Spaniards used but as one: and so at length it was also received by the Latins. For, whereas the sole delation of the Empire, on Augustus Caesar, became of happy consequence to the Spaniards, they therefore (in Honour of him) so provided, that the great and noble Actions of their Princes and People, should be reckoned from Augustus Caesar.— For Example, in this manner: Acta sunt haec Toleti, Calendis Martii. A. E. R. A. Caes: CCI But in process of time (the points being omitted, by the Negligence or Ignorance of the Registers and public Notaries) those Letters were confusedly written as one word (the first syllable whereof was the Dipthong A) and had a declination assigned it. It is likewise by some called Hera, but very corruptly; for so the Spanish Dictionary of Antonius Nebrissa, wherein it is made to signify a Monarchy. So, Hera Mundi, Hera Christi, Hera Ordinationis Julianae; and generally any other time computed from the beginning or rise of an Eminent and Illustrious Nation, Religion, or Sect, is called Hera. Now, forasmuch as the business and benefit of these Epochaes, or Aerae, is, that the times past may thereunto be compared and applied, as to a term prefixed: I have here accommodated the Reader with the most Illustrious Epochae observed at this Day, when they Commence, how they agree, and may be reduced to that of our Saviour, (the most Famous of all amongst Christians, in limiting and determining of their Affairs) for that such as be rightly instructed in the principal Intervals of years do best understand the differences of times, which are Various, and reap far greater profit in the Histories they read. A view of the more notable Epochae. EPOCHAE. Anni Period. Julia. Mens. Perioda Juliana, 1 January 1 Mundi Creatio, 765 January 1 Aera Olympiadum, 393● July 8 Urbs condita, 3961 April 21 Epocha Nabonnassari, 3967 February 26 Obitus Alexandri Magni, 4390 November 12 Aera Chaldaeorum, 4463 October 15 Aera Ordinationis Julianae, 4668 January 1 Aera CHRISTI DEI, 4713 Calend. January. EPOCHAE. Anni Christi. Mens. Aera Martyrum Copcitar. 284 August 29 Aera Turcica Hegirae, 622 July 16 Aera Jesdagirdica, 632 June 16 Aera Sultanica, 1079 March 14 Aera Gregoriana, 1582 October 5 The Julian Period, albeit but feigned and invented by Scaliger, through a continued Multiplication of the three Cycles of the Sun, Moon, and Roman Indiction, used in the Julian year, is Registered among the most Famous Epochae, as being the Vehiculum by which we are safely carried through a Series of years. This Period commenceth 4713 complete years before the Common Aera of Christ; or in the 4714. inchoate before his Nativity. Therefore the first of January, in the year 1657. (Old Style) begins the 6370. year of the Julian Period, the First whereof is Bissextile. The Epocha, or Aera of the World's Creation, falleth out in the 765. year of the Julian Period, which was Bissextile, 3949 complete years before the Birth of Christ. (juxta Historicam veritatem.) wherefore the year 1657 is the 5660. Current year of the Worlds Aera; Sed haec tamen incerta, & juxta varias Chronologorum sententias immutata. Besides, The Greek Church numbereth from the Creation to Christ's Aera, 5508 complete years, and begins it in the 5509. Current from the Antecedent Calends of September. Therefore the year 1657. Current of the Christian Aera, beginneth the 7165. current year of the World, according to the Grecian Account. The Latin Church (according to Eusebius) doth reckon from the Creation to Christ's Nativity, 5199 years, counting from the Julian Vernal Month of March. And therefore the year of Christ 1657 is the 6856. year from the Creation, which must (as I said) be computed from March, for that (according to this Account) the Months January and February belong to the year 6855. The Jews, Hebrews, and later Rabbins, do number from the Creation to the Nativity, 3761 years, beginning their Account from the first day of the Month Tisri, which then agreed to the seventh of October in the Julian year. And therefore the year of Christ 1657 is the 5418. year from the Creation, according to their Account. The Aera of the Olympiads, or the first year of the first Olympiad, began in the Summer of the 3938. year of the Julian Period, in the 3174. year of the Creation: Therefore the first year of the Christian Aera agrees to the 766. Olympiad Current, or the 4. year of the 194. Olympiad, which began the Summer before. Therefore the Summer of the year of Christ 1657. begins the first year of the 609. Olympiad. This Epocha of the Olympiads, is so called from the plains of Olympus, nigh to the Temple of Jupiter Olympicus, in the Country of Elis, not far from the City Pisa, and the River Alpheus, where the Certamina ludicra, or the Olympic Games were first instituted, by Hercules Alemenus, Anno Mundi, 2757. in honour of this Jupiter. Quibus homines Ethnici (saith my Author) ad immortalium Deorum cultum, & ad vires exercendas excitati sunt: The Judges therein being the Citizens of Elis. After Hercules his Death these Games were discontinued for more than 400 years, and until Prince Iphitus renewed them, Anno Mundi 3174. and caused them to be Celebrated every fifth year. The Epocha of Rome's Foundation, agrees with the 3161. year of the Julian Period, April 21. (being Paliliorum & Urbis Romae Natale Festum) with the 3197. year from the World's Creation, the 3. year of the 6. Olympiad, and the 753. current year before Christ. Therefore the year 1657. April 21. (old stile) began the 2410. year from the Foundation of Rome. The Epocha of Nabonnassar (the most ancient and famous of all other Astronomical Epochae) took beginning with the Death of the King in the 3967. year of the Julian Period; the 3203. of the World; the first of the 8. Olympiad; the 6. of the City; and the 747. before Christ. Therefore the year 1657. July 5. (New Style) but June 25. (Old Style) begins the 2406. current year of Nebonnassar. This Nabonnassar is not the same whom the Arabians, Hebrews, and some late Mathematicians (amongst which Andreas Argolus is One) following Alphonsus, do merely (I suppose) for the similitude of the Names, call Nebuchadonosor, or Nabuchadnezzar King of Babylon. For by examining the Interval of the 423 Egyptian years between the Empire of Nabonnassar and Alexander's Death, with some famous actions during that time amongst the Jews and other Nations, according to the Sacred and Profane Histories; we shall find that Nabuchadonosor was 140 years after Nabonnassar. Besides, Funccius, Bucholcerus, Buntingus, Colmannus, and others, especially Reinholdus, (Tab. Prut.) believed him to be the same with Salmanassar King of the Assyrians. But Scaliger, Calvisius, Christmannus, and Origanus conclude him for either that King of Babylon which (2 Reg. 20.12.) is called Baladan, the Father of Berodach, (or Mardochempadi, as Ptolemy calleth him) or else that King which Scaliger, by this name, calleth the first in the dynasty of the Babylonians, which revolted from Artica (King of the Medes) and erected a New Kingdom, wherein he reckoneth Twenty Kings, until Cyrus' King of the Persians. The Radix or Epocha of Alexander the Great (which the Arabians call Aera Philippi) began the 4390. year of the Julian Period, the 3626. of the Creation, Nou. 12. the 425. of Nabonnassar, and the 324. Current before Christ. This Epocha was used by Hipparchus Ptol. Theon. Alexandrinus, (in Canonibus 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉) and Albategnius.— The year 1657. July 13. (Old Style) the 23. (New Style) began the 1982. year from the Death of Alexander. Although it be not denied, but that Alexander died at Babylon Anno aetatis suae 33. and in the 453. Olympiad: Yet, as touching the day of his Death, all Authors are not of one Opinion. For Paulus Crusius refers it to May 20. Buntingus to the 9 and Christmannus to the 23. of June. Scaliger, (who would ever be singular) to July 25. But howsoever it was, Astronomers fix it to the 12. Nou. (the first of the Egyptian Month Tooth,) because Astronomers do not always, like Historians, record the Res gestae on the days they happen, but for the most part refer their Epochaes to the beginning of the years publicly used, and follow the vulgar computation days, for their greater ease in Calculation. The Syrian, Syro-graecian, Alexandrean, or Chald●ean Aera, which the Jews, and the Writer of the History of the Maccabees used in the Jewish affairs, began in the 4402. year of the Julian Period, the 3638. from the Creation, the 436. of Nabonnassar, the 12. of Alexander, and the 311. before our Saviour. The year 1657. was the 1968. current year of this Aera, but from October began the 1969. This Epocha is reckoned from Seleucus Nicanor (a most potent Monarch) who ruled with great fortitude in Syria Caldaea, and other bordering Regions, as far as the River Indus. It is termed Alexandrean, not that it commenceth either from the Empire or Exit of Alexander, (for his Death precedes it above twelve years) but because that after the Death of Alexander the Eastern Empire became Bipartite, or divided into Asia and Syria; whence this Epocha is also called Di●lcarnain, i. e. Two-horned, from the two Horns, or two Empires, which sprang from that one Eastern Alexandrean Empire. In 1 Machab. 1.11. it is called the Aera (or beginning) of the Kingdom of the Greeks. It is also called Aera Contractuum. The Julian Epocha, or the year wherein Julius Caesar corrected the Calendar began in the year 45. before our Saviour's Incarnation, in the 4668. of the Julian Period, the 3934. year of the World, the 709. of the City, and the 732. Olympiad, or the 4. year of the 183. Olympiad. Wherefore the year 1657, was the 1702. from the Julian Emendation. Julius Caesar having observed the year instituted by Romulus, to consist but of ten Months, or 304 days, which agree not with the 12 Conjunctions of the Luminaries in a year, and the Custom of the People every where reckoning the year by Months: Neither the year instituted by Numa Pompilius (consisting of 12 Lunar Months) with the motion of the Sun, the only measure of the year; that he might provide for, and gratify his Subjects in this respect also, and perpetuate the memory of his name to Posterity; by the help of Sosigines (an Egyptian Mathematician) whom he brought with him from Alexandria, then corrected the year, ever since (from his name) called Julian, by ordaining it to consist of 365 days, 6 hours. JESUS CHRIST, the Son of GOD, and Saviour of the World, was incarnated in the 4713. year of the Julian Period, the 3949. of the Creation, the 4. of the 194. Olympiad, the 753. current year of Rome's Foundation, and in the 748. Current of Nabonnassar. The Aera of the Ethiopians, or Abyssins', (called Dioclesian, the Aera of Martyrs, or the Aera of the Cophti Martyrs, for by all those Names it is so called) used by the Alexandrians, and Egyptians at this day, began in the 4997. of the Julian Period, the 4233. of the World, the 4. year of the 265. Olympiad, the 1033. of Nabonnassar, the 18. day of the Month Athyr, but with the 284. of Christ. And therefore the year 1657. is the 1373. complete, but the 1374 current year of the Dioclesian Aera beginning August 29. When Dioclesian the Emperor had gained a great name of Prudence, and therewith so delighted and flattered himself, that needs he must be Worshipped as a God; he Commanded all the Subjects of his Empire to observe the beginning of his Reign, and from thence to reckon their years; whereby it came to pass, that from the 284. year of Christ (in which he came to the Empire) this Aera called (from his name) Dioclesian, took its beginning. It is called [The Aera of Martyrs] because of the exceeding great Tyranny which he exercised in the time of his Government against the Christians: [The Aera of the Cophti Martyrs,] from the Country and City (so called) near to the River Nilus wherein were cruelly destroyed a multitude of Christians, by sundry exquisite and unheardof Torments. True it is, that this grievous persecution fell out in the 19 year of his Reign: Nevertheless, the Cophti, in the Notations of their years, do account the beginning of the Persecution from the first of Dioclesian's Reign. So that the Dioclesian Aera is the same with that of Martyrs. The Turkish Aera from Hegira, or the Flight of Mahomet from Mecha, began in the 622. current year of Christ, July 16. The years are Lunar, repeding towards the heads of the Julian years. And the year, 1657. commenceth the 1067. of Hegira. But hte Turk● do reckon 11000. years till the present, because 537. Arabian or Turkish years, make scarce 527, Julian: Or (as Scaliger will) 235, Arabic years, but 228 Julian, wanting a day. This Mahomet (or Mahumed) is the Turks great Prophet, or rather grand Impostor, whose Law is the Alchocran. Arabia was the Nest that bred and fostered this unclean Bird, Medina the place of his Birth, Mecha of his Burial; both which are therefore had in great Veneration. The Persian Aera is twofold, Jesdagirdick and Gelalaean. The Jesdagirdick, or the years from the death of Jesdagirda, began the 632. year of our Saviour, June 16. And the year of 1657. began the 1026. of that Aera. This Jesdagird was the last King of the Persians, whom Ottoman the Sarazen Emperor overthrew, and at once deprived him both of Life and Kingdom. The Sultan or Gegalaean Aera, began the 1079. current year of our Redeemer, March the 14. in the 448. of the Jesdagirdick, on the 18. day of the Month Pharavardim, or Pheurdim. And the year 1657. began the 579, of this Aera. This Sultan Gelal (so called by the Persians) was Emperor of Chorosan, and Mesopotamia, who by the help of 8 Persian Mathematicians, then corrected the Calendar of that Nation. For having observed that the year, (Equally numbered from the Aera of Jesdagird, after the manner of the Egyptians) was lesser than requisite, as not exactly Solar; and that the Months by degrees did run backward: That the Julian year agreed not to the Sun's Motion, but was greater than it should be, and by little and little, (yet with a slower Progress than in the Egyptian year) crept forward, they invented a peculiar quantity of the year somewhat lesser than the Julian, and a little greater than the Gregorian, but by much exceeding the Egyptian. This year thus invented, and fixed as aforesaid, they named Senathi Gelali, that is to say, Annum Majestatis, the Majestical year, either for the singular worth of the Promulgator, or the Dignity and Eminency of the year itself: They likewise called it Neuraz Elsultani, (i. e.) the Aequinoctial year of the Emperor, because it commenced at the Vernal Aequinox. The Epocha of the New Roman Account (for Caesar's was also Roman) began in the time of Pope Gregory 13. Anno Christi 1582. When Christopherus Clavius, the two Italian Brothers (Antonius and Aloysius Lilius,) with some other Mathematicians, corrected the Julian Calendar, which was (and still is) called therefore Gregorian, Pontifician, Clavian, or Lilian. The year 1657. was the 75. of the Aera, which takes beginning October 5. of the Julian year hereby made the 15. of the Gregorian. This Correction was thus. They substracted 10 days (from the 4. of October unto the 15. of the same Month Exclusively) in the year 1582. that thereby they might make the Vernal Aequinox (on which the Movable Feasts depend) agree to the 21. of March, as it was by the Nic●ne Council established, Anno 324. And (to retain the same for future times invariably upon the same day,) they appointed, that of 400 years, in the First, Second, and Third Hundred years, the Leap-day (which in the Julian year happeneth) should be omitted, and not intercalated, but in the 400. year, that the Leap-day should not be omitted, but intercalated: For Example, over and besides the 10. days substracted as aforesaid, in the year 1700. by Omitting the Leap-day, the Gregorian year shall be 11 days shorter than our Julian year; and so in the year 1800. it shall be 12. days shorter: and lastly, in Anno 1900. it shall be 13. days shorter; but in the year 2000 by keeping and intercalating the Leap-day, it shall still be but 13 days shorter, and so forward. But yet this Correction wants of Exactness, and hath need of another Amendment. Here follows a Table of— The Anticipation of the Gregorian Calendar. A. 5. October, D. 10 A. D. 1582 D A. D. D. A. D. D. A.D. A. 24. February, 11 1700 14 2100 17 2500 20 2900 12 1800 15 2200 18 2600 21 3000 13 1900 16 2300 19 2700 22 3100 How to reduce the years drawn from other Epochae, to that of our Saviour Jesus Christ. LEarn first what y●ar before or after Christ, any other of the more Notable Ep●chae takes beginning: it being a ta●k very easy (where the fixed Solar years consisting of 365. days, 6. hours, f●re, are used) to reduce them to the Series of years respecting the Birth of our Saviour. For if they be drawn from an Aera before that of Christ, let the number of years by which such Epocha is described to happen before Christ, be substrac●●d from the years of the Epocha given, and the remainder shows what year of our Lo●d agreeth thereunto. But when the given years of the Epocha proposed are less than the Interval of years, by which it precedes Christ's Aera, and so Substraction cannot be made, as before; let the given years of the Epocha be substracted from the Interval, and the residue will declare the Current years thereof before Christ. Moreover, if the given years be deduced from an Aera succeeding that of Christ, then add the interval of this Epocha from the Radix of Christ to the years proposed, and the Aggregate gives the number of years from the Birth of our Saviour, agreeable to the given years of the Epocha proposed. As for Example: I desire to know in what year of Christ the Arabian Aera commenceth, which Arzachel the Astronomer referreth to the 932. year of Dhilkarnain. Now, because the Aera of Dhilkarnain beginneth Anno 311. ante Christum, I subtract 311 years from 933, and the remainder 622 shows the current year after Christ, in which the Arabian Aera Commenceth. Again, I would know how many years the 452. year of the City, is before Christ. Here (because the Aera of the City falls out 753 years before Christ, which cannot be substracted from the proposed year, being greater than it) I deduct 452, from 753, and the remainder 301 is the number of years that the 452. of the City precedes our Saviour's Aera. Lastly, I demand what year of Christ corresponds to the 1373. year of Dioclesian. The Dioclesian Aera (as already I have told you) began Anno Christi 284. Now, by adding 284, (the interval of this Aera from Christ) to 1373, (the year proposed) I find that the Aggregate 1657. is the number of years from the birth of our Saviour, agreeable to the 1373. year of Dioclesian. How to reduce the Tetraeterides of the Olympiads, to the year of Christ. TO reduce the Olympiads proposed to the year of our Saviour: First, Subtract an Unite from the number of Olympiads given, and then Multiply the remainder by 4. To the Product, add the current year of the Tetraeterid proposed, and the Sum is the elapsed years from the first Olympiad. Now if this Sum exceed 776. (for so many years their Radix preceded that of Christ's) deduct 776, from thence, and the residue shows the Current year of Christ: But if it be less, Subtract the same from 776, and what remains gives you the year before Chris.— For Example: I would know what year of Christ agrees to the first year of the 609. Olympiad:— First I Subtract 1, from 609, and there rests 608. Then I Multiply 608, by 4, and the Product is, 2432, unto which I add 1, (for the year of the current Tetraeterid) and the Sum is, 2433. Lastly, I Subtract 776, from 2433, and the remainder 1657, agreeth to the proposed first year of the 609. Olympiad. Once more, I would know what year of our Saviour corresponds to the 3. year of the 93. Olympiad, in which the Moon (according to Zenophon) is said to have been Eclipsed? First, I Subtract 1, from 93, and (the remainder) 92. being Multiplied by 4. produceth 368 years. To which I add 3, the current years of the given Tetraeterid, and they make 371, which being deducted from (because they are less than) 776, there remaineth 405, which is the year of Christ, agreeable to the proposed 3. year of the 93. Olympiad. How to convert the wandering and uncertain years of the Egyptians, from Nebonnassar, into the years of Christ. To change the Egyptian account Inchoated from Nebonnassar, in the decurrent years of Christ, is the design of the following Table. Anni N●b. Ann. Ant. Christum Prim. Tooth. C●●it in Anni Nab. Ann. Post Christum Prim. Tooth. Cadit in 1 747 26 Feb. 836 88 1 August 4 744 25 Feb. 960 212 1 July 100 748 1 Feb. 1080 332 1 June 220 524 1 Jan. 1204 456 1 May 228 521 31 Dec. 1324 576 1 April 348 401 1 Dec. 1448 700 1 March 468 281 1 Nou. 1452 704 29 Febr. 592 157 1 Octob. 1453 705 28 Febr. 712 37 1 Sept. 1456 708 27 Febr. 748 1 23 Aug. 1460 712 26 Febr. Post Christum 1462 714 26 Febr. 749 1 23 Aug. 2923 2174 26 Febr. 752 4 22 Au●. 4384 3634 26 Febr. Mens. Egypt. Dies Mens. Egypt. Dies. Tooth. 30 Phamenoth 210 Paophi. 60 Pharmuthi 240 Ath●r. 90 Pacon. 270 Clio●a●. 120 Pa●ni. 300 Tybi 150 Epephi. 330 Mechyr. 180 Mesoti. 360 Et post Me●●ri ●●agomenae quinque 365 The use of which Table is thus. SEek in it the number of years from Nabonnassar, which you desire to turn into Julian: Or (when you find them not precisely) the next greater. From which Number so found, deduct the proposed years, and the remainder added too (if the time proposed be before Christ,) or, if after, Substracted from the year of Christ, (which stands on the right hand the Table over against the Number of Egyptian years) leaves the year to be reckoned before or after Christ, as the Title directeth. This done, take (in the same part of the Table) the day of the Julian year agreeable to the first of the Month Tooth, and then divide the remainder of years (after the first Substraction) by 4, For, if the Quotus, (which must ever be augmented by 1, when aught remaineth after Division, otherwise not at all) be added to that day of the Julian year, you have the Seat of the first Egyptian Month Tooth, in the Julian Calendar. And (the head of the year being found) 'tis quickly seen how the days of the Egyptian Months agree. For, take but (in the Canon of Egyptian Months) the Elapsed days from the head of the year to the day proposed, and add the Sum to the day of the Month in the Julian year (unto which you have found that the first of Tooth agreeth) and you have the day of the Month in the Julian year, according to the Egyptian proposed. But if the years proposed be from Alexander and following the Egyptian Ordination; then (because there are just 424. years betwixt the Aera of this King's, and that of Nabonnassar) add but 424 years to the given years from Alexander and with the Sum, as you did with that of the years of Nabonnassar, find out the corresponding of the Julian year: for it will be the same with that which would be found with the years from Alexander. Lastly, the day of the Julian year thus gotten, you cannot be ignorant of the Gregorian; for, by adding but to the Julian, the difference of days betwixt them for the Century proposed, you have the day in the Gregorian. As for Example— Theon (in his Commentaries upon the Six Books of Ptolemies Syntax) maketh mention of a Solar Eclipse observed by him at Alexandria, in the 1112. year of Nabonnassar, the 22. day of the Month Payni, I desire to know what day of the Julian year agrees thereunto. The next greater Number of years from Nabonnassar (for I find not the year proposed exactly) are, by the Table beforegoing, 1204. and the years of Christ answerable, on the right hand, 456 after Christ, together with May 1. Therefore I Subtract 1112, from 1204, and there remaineth 92 years, which 92 deducted from the found years after Christ, leaveth 364 for the current years after our Saviour. This done, I divide the first remainder 92, by 4, and the Quotient is 23, and nothing remaining; which added to May 1. gives May 24. for the day unto which the first of Tooth agreeth. Now, seeing that from the Series of the Egyptian Months, 210 days are completely elapsed with the Month Pachon, and that the proposed day is the 22. Current of the following Payni, together making 292, I add 292, to May 24. (unto which the first of Tooth answereth,) and it produceth March 13. Therefore the year of Christ, 365. March 13. post Christum, in the Julian year agreeth to the proposed time from Nabonnassar. How to convert the Turkish and Arabic years from Hegira, into the Inchoate, or current years of our Saviour. Table of days in the Turkish years. Anni Dies Anni Dies Anni Dies 1 354 14 4761 27 9568 2 709 15 5315 28 9922 3 1063 16 5670 29 10276 4 1417 17 6024 30 0 106317 0 5 1772 18 6378 60 0 21262 0 6 2126 19 6733 90 0 31893 0 7 2480 20 7087 120 0 42524 0 8 2853 21 7442 150 0 53155 0 9 3189 22 7796 180 0 63786 0 10 3543 23 8150 210 0 74417 0 11 3898 24 8505 240 0 85048 0 12 4252 25 8859 270 0 95679 0 13 4607 26 9213 300 0 106310 0 Days in the Turkish Months. Mubarram, 30 Sephar, 59 Rabie, I. 89 Rabie, II. 118 Guimadi, I. 148 Guimadi, II. 177 Regeb, 207 Sahabeu, 236 Ramadhau, 266 Schevall, 295 Dulkadati, 325 Dulhajati, 355 Dulbittsche, Turc. 355 In Ann. abundanti, 355 Days in the Julian years. 1 0 0 0 365 2 5 0 2 0 0 0 730 5 0 0 3 0 0 0 1095 7 5 0 4 0 0 0 1461 0 0 0 5 0 0 0 1826 2 5 0 6 0 0 0 2992 5 0 0 7 0 0 0 2556 7 5 0 8 0 0 0 2922 0 0 0 9 0 0 0 3287 2 5 0 10 0 0 0 3652 5 0 0 Days in the Julian Months. Months Common Bissex. January 31 31 February 59 61 March 90 91 April 120 121 May 151 152 June 181 182 July 212 213 August 243 244 September 273 274 October 304 305 November 335 336 December 365 366 First, by the Table of Days in the Julian year, resolve the Interval of this Epocha, from that of Christ, into complete Days. Next, The time proposed in the Turkish account, into days, by the Table of days in the Turkish years: For they being all collected into one Sum, the same will give you the number of Days, wherewith by the Table of Days in the Julian year, you may find out the Month and Day designed from Christ, as followeth:— Seek out in the Table of days in the Julian year, the Number of (if you find not the same exactly) the next lesser than the Sum of Days before found, and take the opposite years on the lefthand. Then from the Sum of Days first collected, subtract this next lesser Number, and with the remainder (if less than 365,) find out in the Table of Days in the Julian Month, the Month and Day of the Julian year; and so you will have the Year, Month, and Day, from Christ, congruent to the proposed from Hegira.— But, if the remainder exceed 365 days, you must therewith re-enter the Table, and thence take the next lesser number of Days (as you did before) together with the Opposite years on the left hand; which add to the former; so continue your Work, until there remain fewer Days than 365. that you may collect the Julian years as aforesaid.— For Example. I desire to know what day of the Julian year agrees to the l057. from Hegira, the 7. day of the Month Saphar. First, then, the interval of the Turkish Epocha, from that of Christ, is 621 years, July 15. complete; which thus are resolved into Days. 600 Julian years give 219150 Days. 20 years give 7305 1 years gives 365 621 June complete 181 621 July Current 15 The Total Sum of Days in the interval 227016 900 Arabic years give 318930 Days. 150 years give 53155 6 years give 2126 1056 Maharran complete 30 1056 Saphar Current 7 Aggregate of Days, is 601264 Now, to convert this Aggregate of Days into Julian years, the Work stands thus— 601264 The number next lesser, is 365250 which giveth in Julian years— 1000 There remaineth 236014 The number next lesser is 219150 which giveth 600 There remaineth 16864 The number next lesser 14610 which giveth 40 There remains 2254 The number next lesser 2191 which gives 6 There remains 63 Sum of years 1646 Whereby you find that 1646, Julian years agree to 601201 days. Now, forasmuch as there remains 63 Days, 59 whereof are elapsed with February, and the other 4 to be accounted in March: therefore I conclude, that is 1647. Current (after the Julian Computation, but the 14 of March in the Gregorian) agrees to 1057. from Hegira, the 7. day of the Month Saphar. 1 0 0 0 365 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 730 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 1095 0 0 0 4 0 0 0 1460 0 0 0 5 0 0 0 1825 0 0 0 6 0 0 0 1990 0 0 0 7 0 0 0 2555 0 0 0 8 0 0 0 2920 0 0 0 9 0 0 0 3285 0 0 0 10 0 0 0 3650 0 0 0 Days in the Persian Months. Pharavardin, 30 Arripebest, 60 Chortar, 90 Tyrma, 120 Mertar, 150 Sacheiar, 180 Mecherma, 210 Apanma, 245 Wabak,— Aderma, 275 Dima, 305 Pechmam, 335 Asphander, 365 I intended some further Examples of this Nature, but I forbear them at present, presuming that he who well understands this, may by the like method, convert also the years of other Epochaes into the Julian, and the Contrary. Et de Epochis hactenus. Notae Vulgares, or the Common Notes of the Julian year. 1. Of the Lunar Cycle, commonly called the Golden Number. Meton (th' Athenian) first this Cycle found, Which Nineteen civil years devolveth round: For all Lunations make return therein, Nigh to the Place where first they did begin. To find it, add One to the year of Christ, (For when his Star appeared in the East, That was the Prime) then by Nineteen divide The Aggregate, and what remains beside Resolves the doubt; The Quotient doth declare How many Periods revolved are: But when (Division made) there leaveth nought, Nineteen itself's the Golden Number sought. 2. Of the Solar Cycle, or Cycle of the Sun. 'Tis called Solar, for that therebies known The Sundays Letter, not his Motion: Now, if to th' year proposed (Since Christ did come) You add thrice three, and then divide the Sum By twenty-eight; what's left (that being done) Is evermore the Cycle of the Sun. If Nought remain, 'tis the whole Cycle out, The Quotus counts how oft 't hath wheeled about: 3. Of the Dominical Letter. Seven Hebdomaick Letters used be, And those are A. B. C. D. E. F. G. The Solar Cycle shows us which doth stand For Sunday, when Bissextile is at hand. The Sunday Letter (styled Dominical) Upon what day o'th' Month that day doth fall: Behold the Table, and you'll quickly see, How they from year to year do still agree, Until the Cycle be complete; and then There's nothing further, but begined again. Tabulae literarum Dominicalium. 1. G. F. 2. E. 3. D. 4. C. 5. B. A. 6. G. 7. F. 8. E. 9 D. C. 10. B. 11. A. 12. G. 13. F. E. 14. D. 15. C. 16. B. 17. A. G. 18. F. 19 E. 20. D. 21. C. B. 22. A. 23. G. 24. F. 25. E.D. 26. C. 27. B. 28. A. 4. Of the Epact. Epactae from 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 is derived, Th' are adventitious Days, fitly contrived To adequate the difference that appears Betwixt the Solar, and the Lunar years: To know which by Eleven multiply The Golden Number; part the factus by Thirty; and (if your Work be not amiss) The Number that remaineth Epact is. 5. Of the Roman Indiction. This Cycle (when Augustus taxed all The conquered World) became Indictional; That even the places which remotest laid Might know when Rome would have her Tribute paid, How many Peaceful years were overpast, And what to come, before th' unwelcome last: The first Fifteen (whilst she her Rule did hold) Required (in token of Dominion) Gold: The second, Silver (for the Soldiers Hire) Iron the Third, (their Armour to repair.) But now the Roman Legions broken are, 'Tis useless, though it keep the Calendar. For this, add to the year of JESUS, Three, And let the Sum by Fifteen parted be: For what remaineth is the thing desired, The Quotient, the Periods expired: If Nought remain, thrice, Five this Name doth bear; Caesar's Decree proclaims it tribute year. The use of these Notes is to find out the Movable Feasts in both Accounts, viz. Julian, and Gregorian. A short Discourse, of Years, Months, and Days of Years. A Year is the principal and most ordinary part of time, whereby not only the Ages of Men, the World, and of other things, but also the Times of almost all Actions in the World, viz. their Beginnings, Progress, Durations, and Intervals, are measured and numbered. It is a Periodical Revolution, or a Great Circle of Months and Days, in which the four Seasons, Spring, Summer, Autumn, and Winter, are, after one Revolution of the Sun, ordained to return in their courses. It is called Annus, from Annulus, a Ring; for that a Motion in a Ring finished, beginneth again without end: wherefore Virgil; Atque in se sua per vestigia volvitur Annus. Or, it may be Annus, from Anguis, a Snake; for that the Egyptians, before they had the use of Letters, represented it by a Serpent or Snake biting her own tail: or (as some will have it) Annu● ab innovatione, because the virtues and strength of all Vegetables are renewed and passed over by the Course of Time. But because the spaces of time called years, are divers with divers Nations, greater in some, and lesser in others, and for good reasons reduced to the rule of the Celestial motions, by which the years are measured, therefore are they rightly divided into Astronomical and Political. The Astronomical years are measured, either according to the Periodical motion of the Sun, or the Conjunction of the Moon with the Sun, and therefore twofold; Solar and Lunar. The Solar year is that space of time, in which the Sun by his proper motion departing from any one point of the Ecliptic, returns to the same again; and this is either Natural, or sidereal. The Natural year is the space of time, in which the Sun (departing from one of the Tropical, Equinoctial, or Solsticial points, and running through the whole Ecliptic) runneth to the same point again. It is called Natural, because it seems to be destinated by Nature, for the mensuration of time: and because of the Sun's double motion, in respect of us; it is also twofold, Mean and True. The Mean motion is ascribed to the Mean Equinox and Solstice, and containeth 365 d. 5 h. and 49′. 15″. 45‴. 52 ' ' ' '. 48v′ and this is the Rule and Level of all years. The True motion (called also Apparent and Inequal) is ascribed to the true Equinox or Solstice: or, it is the space of time, in which the Sun (by his motion according to the succession of the Signs) returns to the True Equinox or Solstice. But this increaseth or decreaseth according to the swift or slower progress of the Equinoctial and Solsticial points, and containeth in its greatest quantity 365 d. 5 h. 56′. 53‴. (such as was about 64 years before Christ, near to Hipparchus his time, and of late again in the year of Christ 1652.) at the least 365 d. 5 h. 24′. 38″. such as was about 921 years before Christ, and 794 years after Christ, near to Charles the Great, and not far from Albategnius their times. The sidereal year is the space of time, in which the Sun returns to the same Star (be it Fixed or Erratical) from whence he departed, wherefore this also is either Fixed or Movable. The Fixed is referred to the Fixed Stars, and its quantity always invariable, containing according to Thebith (who lived Anno Dom. 1195. and was the first Author of it) 365 d. 6 h. 9′. 12″. according to Copernicus' 365 d. 6 h. 9′. 40″. but according to Tycho 365 d. 6 h. 19′. 26″. 43‴. 30 ' ' ' '. The Movable is referred to some one of the Planets: and either to Saturn, whose Mean quantity is 378 d. 2 h. 12′. 13″. or to Jupiter, whose Mean quantity is 398 d. 21 h. 12′. 9″. or to Mars, whose Mean quantiry is 779 d. 22 h. 40′, etc. Now the Lunar year is that, wherein the Moon, ●fter some Conjunctions with the Sun, meeteth and uniteth again with him, not far from the former place: And this year also 〈◊〉 twofold, viz. Commune, containing 12. Synodical Lunations: or Embolismal, which containeth 13. And again, each of these is either Mean (the Rule of all the Civil Lunar years) or True. The Mean common Lunar year contains 354 d. 8 h. 48′. 38″. 7‴. 38 ' ' ' '. the Embolismal 383 d. 21 h. 32′. 41″. 18‴. 16 ' ' ' '. The True exorbitates more or less from the Mean, as will appear to him that considers the Motions and Syzygies of the Luminaries. The Political or Civil years be such as are every where used for distinction of times, wherein a respect is had either to the motion of the Sun or Moon only, or to them both together. 1. The Egyptians have regard to the Sun, who make their year to consist of 365 days exactly: for, they have 12 Months in the year, every one containing 3● day●, and at the end they add 5 Intercalar days. And such years the ancient Hebrews observed before the Alexandrean Aera, yet so, as that they intercalated one whole Month of 30 days in every 120 year. The like years also (but without the Intercalated Month) the Persians used, who from the Aera of J●sdagird (beginning Anno Ch. 632.) unto the Gelalean, or ye●r of Christ 1079. have numbered 447 Egyptian years: for then the Persians' (aft●r they had observed the year (which for some while they had used) to be too small, and the days of their Months by little and little anticipated; they (I say) by Authority of the Persian Emperor, Alb. Arsalam) instituted an Emendation thereof, and to the 4 th' year for the most part, and sometime also to the 5 th'. they yet add a day, as we do in our Bissextiles, but in 648. years they include 33811 weeks, or 236677 days, so that this year of theirs consists of 365 d. 5 h. 48′. 5″. 20‴. 2. The Romans, who use a greater year than the Egyptians and ancient Persians. For, according to Julius Caesar's constitution, their year consists of 365 d. 6 h. which 6 hours do make every 4 th'. an Intercalar, containing 366. days, whereas the Commune consists but of 365. And this year is not only used by the Muscovites, who (retaining the Names and Quantities of the Roman Months) begin their year the First of September: and likewise by the Syrians, or Syro-Graecians, who number their Months and Days according to the Julian manner, although they give them other names, as hereafter shall be showed; but also by the Habassines, the Cophti, and Ethiopians. But according to the Emendation made by Pope Gregory the 13 th'. the year consists of 365 d. 5 h. 49′. 12″. and so not quite 4″. less than the Mean Solar year: For, because (according to that Account) there are in every 400 Julian years (consisting of 146100 days, three Intercalar days omitted, it is evident that 400 Gregorian years contain but 146097 days, which (if divided by 400) quoteth the aforesaid number of days, hours, and scruples of a year. Now, that the reasons of this Emendation, and so the Julian and Gregorian years themselv●s may the better be understood: we must know that in the Julian year, the odd 6 hours are not reckoned every year, but once every fourth year, being then increased to the just length of a Natural day, which is always put at the 25. of February, so that the Letter F. (as this present Bissextile 1660.) is twice repeated, and St. Mathias day observed upon the latter, according to the Verse, Bissextum sextae Martis tenuere Calendae, Posteriore die celebrantur festa Mathiae. So then the Julian year is twofold, viz. Commune (consisting of 365 days) and Bissextile (of 366 days.) It is called Bissextile of Bis and Sex, twice six, because the sixth Calends of March is twice repeated; Intercalar, because of the day that is put between; and Leap-year, for that by this Addition of the day, from thenceforth the Fixed holidays, and the like, do as it were leap one day farther into the Week, than they were the former year. But this Julian Account is very erroneous. For though the mean Tropical year consisting (according to the Alphonsins) of 365 d. 5 h. 49′. 16″. it is plain that the Julian year exceeds it 10′. 44″. thereby causing an apparent anticipation of the Equinoctial and Solsticial points, insomuch that the Vernum Equinoctium (whose place at the first Council of Nice was the 21. of March) is now come to be upon the 9 th'. or 10 th'. the Emendation of which Error, Pope Gregory the 13. hath very well performed, by substracting 10 days from the 4 th'. of October unto the 15 th'. of the same Month exclusively, Anno 1582. that thereby he might make the Equinoctium vernum (whereon the Movable Feasts depend) agree to the 21. of March, as it was by the Nicene Council established Anno 324. By means whereof all their Months begin ten days sooner than ours, (their 11. day being the first of the English, and our last of every Month the 10. of theirs.) And to retain the same Equinoctium vernum for future times invariably upon the same day, he appointed that of 400 d●ys, the 1.2. and 3. hundred, the Leap-day, (w●ich in the Julian year happeneth) should be omitted and not intercalated: but in the 400 year that the Leap-day should not be omitted, but intercalated, as you may see in Maginus his Secunda Mobilia, can. 11. fol. 40. And this is the Account received in all Countries professing subjection to the See of Rome: but we (wiser than all the World besides) do still retain the old Julian Account, so erroneous (as I said before) that in process of time (if no correction be made) our Saviour and St. John must exchange their Tropics, i e. The Feast of Christ's Nativity will fall in June, when now the Sun enters Cancer, and that of the Baptists in December, when now the Sun enters Capricorn. And the main reason objected against an Emendation here, is, the Confusion would follow about the Dates of our Civil Contracts, Deeds, Bonds, Bills, Payment of Rents, etc. But (to say no more) if all Bissextiles were omitted but 52. years, that alone would gradually and insensibly, without the least inconvenience, bring us two days before the Gregorian, and be agreeable to the Sun's place at our Saviour's Birth; whereas the Roman (being reduced only to the aforesaid Council of Nice) would be two days less exact. And if after that the Bissextiles be kept as before (except in every 132. year, wherein a Leap-day must be exempted for ever) or else, that one Leap-day be struck off every 100 year (except in each 400) for ever, there would need no more to have our Christian Festivals kept according to Primitive Observation. For, by supposing the Tropical year to be (after Bullialdus, 365 d. 5 h. 49′. 4″. 21‴. the Annual redundancy allowed it by Caesar will be 10′. 55″. 39‴. which compleateth one day in 132 years, and but 2′. 25″. 48‴. over, and three days in 400 years, with 51′. over, which make but one day in 11294 years very inconsiderable. The Arabians, Indians, and Turks, account by the Moon, who make up their year of twelve Synodical Lunations, and in thirty years, wherein their Period is completed, they account 19 years of 354 days, and 11, viz. the 2.5.8.10.13.16.19.21.24.27. and 30 th' of 355. days; so that by this account the whole Period consisteth of 10631. days. And therefore one Lunation (whereof there are 360. in the whole 30. years' Period) containeth 29 d. 12 h. 44′. The Romans also in times past, had respect to the Moon, in their description of the year according to Numa Pompilius his Ordination, as Macrob. testifies Lib. 1 Saturn. cap. 13. But they that regarded both the Luminaries were, 1. The ancient Hebrews, from their departure out of Egypt, to the time of the Alexandrean Aera. For, in that Interval of time, They instituted the Ceremonies of the Temple, according to God's Command, and the Motion of the Moon. And although they retained some things of a Pristine Form, so that their year was as it were mixed, being partly Solar, running back in some sort, to the Equinoxes and Solstices; partly Lunar, according to which their Feriae and Festivities were directed: yet by little and little, they anticipated the Equinoxes, until at length Alexander the Gre●t being dead, they received the Grecian year, as is plain by the Books of the Macchabees. 2. The Atticks and Grecians: for, although they principally fitted their Descriptions of the year, to the Course of the Moon, and made up a year of 12 months; yet observing that the Lunar year did not answer to the Sun's Revolution they therefore intercalated a whole Month, sometime in the 3 d. and sometime also in the 2 d. year, according to the Calippick Period: whereby they both accommodated their year to the Sun's Motion, which alone defineth a year, and kept the Equinoxes and Solstices within their just limits. 3. The Jews of these days: who about the time of Constantine the Great, framed a peculiar Calendar by the Industry of Rabbi Hillel; wherein they brought the Moon's Motion (which defineth the Feasts) to agree precisely enough with the Sun's: so that the Equinoxes and Solstices could not easily be removed from their places. 4. They that follow the Roman Calendar, do not altogether neglect the Lunar year, but think likewise that the same ought diligently to be considered, both because every of the months should have names given them fitted to their Qualities and Operations: and also for that the Movable Feasts especially Easter (the foundation of the rest) might more exactly be determined. Moreover, as no year hath any certain Natural beginning, being every moment revolved in itself: so Hypothetically, or at the will and pleasure of Nations, it beginneth and endeth, at any place or time. For, Astronomers, who in their Ephemerideses begin the Tropical year from the Winter, and there end it, as the numbers expressing the Quantity of the True or apparent Tropical year do manifest, are yet wont, by a Common Custom, to begin the Tropical year, as well the Mean as True, from the beginning of the Signs of the Zodiac or the Ingress of the Sun into Arie●, because this point of the Equinox is very famous, about which the Sun begins to put forth his virtues afresh, openeth the Earth, and quickeneth all things thereon growing. But they begin the sidereal year from the first Star in the Horns of the Ram, for that Arie● is esteemed of as the chief of all the Asterisms. The Egyptians, although they begin the year from the Noon of the first day of the month Thoth: yet that first day is affixed neither to certain Equinox nor Solstice, but wandereth throughout all the Months of the year: because they make no reckoning of the odd hours, or Quadrant of a day, whereby the year exceedeth 365 days: by which means it anticipateth one day in every four years. The like may be said of the Old Persian year, which (although they began it from the first day of the first month Pharavardin, exactly agreeable with Choeac the Egyptian fourth month) had like that of the Egyptians also wandered through all the days of the year, unless a Correction had been made within 1460 Julian years, which make 1461 Egyptian. But a new corrected Persian year commencing from the Vernal Equinox, and called Neuruz, Esulthani, or an Imperatorian Equinoctial year, was introduced, the use whereof is to this day retained in the most ample and potent Empire of the Persians. The Romans (by the appointment of Romulus) began the year from March, about the Vernal Equinox: but afterward, by the decree of Numa, and the approbation of Julius Caesar, they began it from the shortest day thereof, or from the Winter Solstice. And therefore Ovid: Bruma anni prima est, veterisque novissima solis, Principium capiunt Phoebus & annus idem. But forasmuch as we see the Winter Solstice to outstrip the first day of the first month January, by 9 days in the New Calendar, and by 19 in the Old; the Roman year at this time answers not to the beginning thereof, as constituted by the Ancients. The Muscovites and Russians begin the year from the first of September of the Julian year: neither differ they almost any thing in the Names and Feasts of the Months, from the Julian Account. The Venetians begin their year from the first day of March, perhaps because at that time the Foundation of their City might be laid. There are those also that begin the year from the Birth of Christ Decemb. 25. as from which the Christian Epocha is deduced. But we begin it vulgarly the first of January. Howbeit the Church of England, and the date of all writings and such like have their year to b●gin upon the 25. day of March. The Syrians, or Syro-Graecians begin their year from the first day of Octob. of the Julian year, unto which they apply the first month Tisrin prior, and so begin their year after the Autumnal Equinox. The Cophti, Ethiopians, and Alexandrians, upon the 4. Calends of September, viz. 29. Aug. of the Old year, and so begin their year before the Autumnal Equinox. The Atticks, from the Summer Solstice, or from the New Moon next to it. The Hebrews have a double beginning of the year Ecclesiastical, whereby they begin the year from the New-Moon next to the Vernal Equinox: and Civil which begins it from the Autumnal New-Moon next to the Equinox. Therefore in Politic affairs the Jewish year is deduced from the month Tisri, but in Ecclesiastic from the month Nisan. The Months by which we measure the year, (so called à metiendo vel mensurando) are twofold, Astronomical and Political. The Astronomical (called also Natural) are considered according to the Motion of the Sun and Moon; and they be either Solar or Lunar: The Solar are the spaces of time wherein the Sun runs through a twelfth part of the Zodiac. But because the Sun's Motion is twofold, Mean and True, the Solar month is also twofold, one Mean, the other True. The Mean (or Equal) being the rule of all Solar Months, is the space of time, wherein the Sun by his Mean motion dispatcheth a twelfth part of the Zodiac; and it is always 30d. 10h. 29′. 6″. 18‴. 50 ' ' ' '. But the True (or apparent) is the space of time, in which the Sun by his True Motion runs through one Sign of the Zodiac: and seeing this Motion is unequal, it also constitutes unequal Months, longer about his Apogaeum in Cancer, where his Motion is slowest and shorter about his Perigaeum in Capricorn, where his Motion is swiftest. The Lunar Months referred to the Moon's motion, are threefold. Periodical, Synodical, and the Month of Illumination. The Periodical is the space of time, in which the Moon by her motion returneth to the same place of the Zodiac from whence she departed: which (according to her Mean motion) is performed in 27 d. 7 h. 43′. 5″. fere: but according to the true, one hour at the most, more or less. The Synodical, is the space of time from one Conjunction of the Luminaries, till the next Conjunction following. The Synodical Mean Month, in which the Luminaries do meet together by mean or equal motions, and which is the Rule and Measure of all Lunar Months is 29 d. 12 h. 44′. 3″. 10‴. 58 ' ' ' '. 10v. But the True, whereby they are joined by their true motions differeth sometime 14 hours from the Mean: and so is either so much greater or lesser. The Month of Illumination (or Apparition) is the space of time intercepted betwixt the first day whereon the Moon is seen after her Conjunction with the Sun, and the last day of her being visible, which the vulgar take to be 28 days: nevertheless this is not always so; for sometime she is seen sooner, and sometime later, and accordingly vanisheth: (1.) as her Latitude is Northward or Southward: (2.) or her Motion swifter or slower: (3.) or in Signs Ascending and Descending, Right or Oblique. Lastly, the Political Months are Civil or usual, whereby every Nation distributes the year as b●st pleaseth them. But not only the Proportion, but also the Denomination of the Months differ according to the variety of Nations and People. For the Egyptian Months, are these: 1. Thoth. 2. Phaophi. 3. Athyr. 4. Choeac. 5. Tibi. 6. Mechir. 7. Phameneth. 8. Pharmuthi. 9 Pachoa. 10. Payni. 11. Epephi. 12. Mesori, all consisting of 30 days: and to the end of their last month Mesori, they superadded 5. days more, making their whole year to consist of 365 days. The Persians these, 1. Pharawardin. 2. Adarpabascht. 3. Chardad. 4. Thir. 5. Mardad. 6. Sebeheriz. 7. Mehar. 8. Aban. 9 Adar. 10. Di. 11. Behemen. 12. Asphander, or Asp●ir●●, all likewise consisting of 30 days, to which are added in the Common year 5 Intercalar days, and 6 in the Intercalar year, which they call Musterka. The Romans (according to the ordination of Romulus, who was Founder of their City, and the first King) had at first but only 10 Months in the year, as Ovid testifieth in this Distich: Tempora digereret cum conditor urbis in Anno Constituit menses quinque bis esse suo; Wherein they included 304 days. The first of which was March, which Romulus so named, à Marte, from the God Mars, or for that he would have the Roman Nation Martial and Warlike. The second April, ab aperiendo, because then the pores of the Earth are opened. The third, May à Majoribus, or à Majo, i. e. Jupiter: or à Madefactione, because of the wet and moisture then caused at the rising of the Pleyades and Hyadeses. The fourth June à Junioribus, or from Juno the Wife of Jupiter. The 5. Quintilis. 6. Sextilis. 7. September. 8. October. 9 November. 10. December, as is also witnessed by Ovid in these Verses. Martis erat primus mensis, Venerisque secundus, Haec generis princeps, ipsius ille pater. Tertius à senibus, Juvenum de nomine quartus, Quae sequitur numero turba notata fuit. Four of these 10. Months were called Pleni, the other six Cavi. The Pleni were March, May, Quintilis, and October, containing 31 days, the other six Cavi, April, June, Sextilis, Septemb. Novemb. and Decem. consisting of 30 days. But Aurelius Cassiodorus saith, that this Calendar continued no longer than Romulus reigned, being 38 years: of which years (if they followed our measure, as very like they did) there elapsed in that space 45 Romuleian years, and 200 days ferè. Yet others say this Calendar lasted but only 24. Romuleian years, agreeable to 20 Julian ferè. But Numa Pompilius the 2 d. King of the Romans (perceiving his Predecessors year too concise) thereto added 51 days, which (together with other six that he took from the 6 Caval Months of 30 days) he disposed into two other New Months, in such sort that he assigned to the first month Jan. 29 days, and to Feb. 28. January is so called, either à Januâ, because an entrance is thereby made into the year, as through the Gate into the Hall; or from Two-headed Janus, looking back upon the end of the past, and the beginning of the following year. February, à Februo, that is to sacrifice, because then the Romans sacrificed to Pluto (who is also called Februus) and to other Infernal Gods for the Souls of their Ancestors: which Ovid 1. Fast. seems to intimate, At Numa nec Janum, nec avitas praeterit umbras, Mensibus antiquis addidit ille duos. And thus were all the Months of the Numan year ordained, (and so the year itself) to consist of unequal days (in honour of an unequal number accounted of as sacred by the Pythagoreans) excepting only February, which had an equal number of days allowed i●, lest if all of them had run either by an equal or unequal number, they should have made a like consummation. And hence arose this disposition of the Months. Jan. 29. Febr. 28. Mar. > 31. Apr. 29. May 31. June 29. Quint. 31. Sext. 29. Sept. 29. Oct. 31. Nou. 29. Dec. 29. Wherein although Jan. and Feb. were put before March, and so March not made the First but the Third month: yet nevertheless Quintilis (now not the 5th. but the 7th.) retained still the name Quintilis, as did also the other following months in their order. But when Numa observed that by this quantity of the year (which is Lunar, and conformable to the Grecian year) the Sun returned not to the same point of Heaven; he reduced and accommodated this Lunar year to the Sun's Motion, by an Intercalation of a New Month consisting of 22 or 23 days, which afterwards the Romans called either February-Intercalar, or Mercedonian, and which once in two years, they intercalated by turns, lest March should be removed from the beginning of the Spring, or that more years should be accounted from the building of Rome, than justly the true quantity of the year would allow of. But although this kind of Intercalation, so restored the Numan year, which without it was merely Lunar to the Sun's course, that the Equinoxes and Solstices were in a manner fixed to the same months: yet when afterward they observed it somewhat exceeding the true and natural Quantity of the year, and that the Archpriest (whose business it was to correct the Intercalation) had oftentimes intermitted it, and either out of Malice and Favour (whereby any man might be rid of, or longer continued in his Magistery, or the Renter of the Tribute, or Customs, or other public things, either gain or lose by the Magnitude of the year) several ways depraved it: it fell out that Anno V. C. 708. (after the Numan year had been in use 670. complete years) the Correction made by Julius Caesar was received. For, Julius Caesar (the first Monarch of the Romans) having learned the Mathematics at Alexandria, observed, that yet there was almost 10 days and 6 hours wanting in the Numan year, to the full completing of the Solar year, and by the advice of Sosigenes the Mathematician, whom after his overthrow of Pompey, he brought with him out of Egypt, to Rome: he added those ten days, whereof to January, Sextilis, and Decemb. two days, but to Apr. June, Sept. and Novemb. each of them one: whence Jan. Mar. May. Quint. Sext. Oct. and Dec. had 31 days, and the rest (Febr. excepted, which had but still 28) 30 days, as you may read in Macr. lib. 1. Saturn. cap. 14. Therefore presently in the first year of the Julian Ordination, not only Quintilis (which was afterward called July, in honour of Julius Caesar the Dictator) had 31 days assigned it, but also the month Sextilis, which was likewise called August in honour of Augustus. The words of the Senate you may see in Macrob. citato loco. And hence came it that the Civil Roman months were numbered as at this day, according to the Verses. April. terdenos, Jun. Septemberque November, Uno plus reliqui, viginti Februus Octo, At si Bissextus fuerit, superadditur Unus. And although the year hath since been Corrected by Gregory the 13th. Bishop of Rome, yet do the order of the Months and the number of days continue the same in the Corrected, that they did in the Old Julian year: they differing only in this, that in the space of 400 years, the Julian Account exceeds the Gregorian by 3 Intercalations, or 3 days, as before you have heard. Moreover, these Roman Months are divided into Calends, Nones and Ides. The Calends be the first day of every Month, from which the days are reckoned backwards, calling the next day preceding pridiè Calendas Januarii. They are called Calendae, or Kalends quasi Colendae because in old time they were used to sanctify the first of every Month in honour of Juno, according to that of Ovid, Vendicat Ausonias Junonis cura Calendas. Or they be called Calendae of Calo, to call, because the common people were called or convocated on the first day of every Month, to hear the number of Nones. The Nones be certain days placed in every Month, whereof the most hath but 6, and the Month that hath least but 4. They begin at the Ides, and end at the Calends; and take their name (as some say) of Non, because during that time the Romans sanctified no day to their God, as may appear by Ovid, Nonarum tutela Deo caret, etc. Or they might be called Novae, by reason of the renovation of their Images every month, or Nonae, à Nundinis, from their Fairs or Markets, because the number of Nones limited the duration thereof in every month. Lastly, the Ides (so called ab iduando, which (in the Tuscan tongue) signifies to divide) do part every month in two, and are a number of 8 days following the Nones, according to the order of the Calendar and the Verse, Octo tenent Idus menses generaliter omnes. Now as the first day of every month is called Calendae; so the Nones in the 4 months, March, May, July and October, are the six days from the Calends, or they fall upon the 7th. day of those months: but in all the other Months they are the 4 days from the Calends, or happen on the 5th. day of every month: And the 8 Ides do fall upon the 8th. day from the Nones. All the other days (being accounted, by an Inverse order, from the Nones and Ides of their own, and from the Calends of the following Month) are noted with the number of days by which they antecede the Nones, Ides, and Calends. All which is manifested by the following old Verses. Prima dies mensis cujusque est dicta Calendae, Sex Nonas Majus, October, Julius & Mars; Quatuor at reliqui dabit Idus quilibet Octo: Ind dies reliquos omnes dic esse Calendas, Quas retro numerans dices à mense sequente. The Syrian, or Syrochaldaean months (as used by Albategnius, Alphraganus, and at this day by this people) agree with the months of the Julian year, in number of days, and manner of Intercalation: but ●●ve a different beginning: For the first month of 〈◊〉 ●●●ians agrees to the 10th. of the Romans October, 〈…〉 the 11th. of their November, the 3d. to 〈…〉. of December, the 4th. to the 1st. of Jan. 〈…〉 consequently the rest of the Syrian do truly 〈◊〉 with the Roman months, in respect of the 〈…〉 and Number of days. (1) The first Syrian month (being their Tisrin 〈◊〉) hath 31 days, (2) Tisrin posterior 30. (3) ●anun prior 31. (4) Came● poster. 31. (5) Sabat, or Asbat 28. in the Commune, 29 in t●e Bissextile (6) adar 31. (7) Nisan 30. (8) Jiar 31. (9) Huziran 30. (10) Tamus 31. (11) Ab 31. (12) Elul 30. In the same manner also are the Syro-Graecian months, howsoever the Names of them differ: For, (1) Hyperberetaeus, which agrees to Octob. containeth 31. days, (2) Dius 30. (3) Appellaeus 31. (4) Audinaeus 31. (5) Peritius 28 in the Commune, 29 in the Bissextile. (6) Dystrus 31. (7) Xanthicus 30. (8) Artemisiu● 31. (9) Daesius 30. (10) Panemus 31. (11) Lous 31. (12) Gorpiaeus 30. The Habissins' and Cophti, a people of the Inner Africa, deduced the most of their months from the 29th. of the Julian August, allowing to each of them 30. days. The first month they call Tuth, (2) Papa, (3) Hathur, (4) Chiak, (5) Tuba, (6) Amschir, (7) Pharmahath, (8) Parmuda, (9) Paschnes', (10) Peuna, (11) Epip. (12) Musra, unto which they add 5 days in the Commune, and 6 in the year Bissextile. But their app●llations have been changed by the Egyptians. From the same 29. Aug. do the Ethiopians reckon their years, the Names of whose months follow. (1) Mascaram, (2) Tikmith, (3) Hadar, (4) Tach●has, (5) Their, (6) Jac●●tith, (7) Magabi●h, (8) Miazia, (9) Ginboth, (10) Seine, (11) Hamle, (12) Nahase. The Arabians and Turks begin their year ab Hegira Muhamedana, and beginning from their first Month Muhartam, do give to each of them 30 and 29 days, by turns. (1) The first therefore hath 30. (2) Spehar 29. (3) Rabie prior 30. (4) Rabie posterior 29. (5) Giumadi prior 30. (6) Giumadi posterior 29. (7) Regeb 30. (8) Sahaben 29. (9) Ramadhan 30. (10) Schewal 29. (11) Dhilkahda 30. (12) Dhilhaga; or Dhilkitsche 29 days in the Commune, but 30 in the Intercalar year. The Hebrews and Jews do use these Names of the Months. The first which begins in Autumn, is called Tisri, from Thirosch, which signifies New-wine, or a Vintage; for in this month they gathered their Grapes. It was anciently called Ethanim, and consists of 30 days: (2) Marcheswan, (called by the Ancients Bul) 29. (3) Cisleu 30. (4.) Tebeth 29. (5) Schebeth 30. (6) Adar 29. (7) Nijanor Abib 30. (8) Jiar, or Ziph 29. (9) Sivan 30. (10) Tamus 29. (11) Ab 30. (12) Elul 29. days. And this number of days is attributed to every of the Months in the Commune, Ordinary, or Mean year, containing 354. days; but when the year is Commune, Full, or Abundant, then is one day added to the second Month Marcheswan, and the year consists of 355 days. So when the year is Commune deficient, ●hen is one taken from the third Month Cisl●u, and then the year hath only 353 days. The Hebr●ws Emb●l●me ●xce●ds the Commune year by 30 days, and th●n is Ad●● (an Embolime of 30 d●ys) ins●●ted b●fore th●ir last month, but then the last month is called Veadar, as if adar iterated: and t●e Em●ol●me ●s they be Commune or Mean, consist of 384 days, or Abundant of 385 or Deficient of 383 days. The Attic, or Athenian Greeks, do name their Months in this manner, (1) 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. (2) 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. (3) 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. (4) 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. (5) 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. (6) 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 (7) 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. (8) 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. (9) 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. (10) 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. (11) 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. (12) 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. At the end of which, sometimes the third, sometimes the second year is joined an Embolime of 30 days, that so the Account of the year may in some sort agree with the Sun's motion. Of the Planetary Aspects, both Old and New, their Characters, and Aequations. KEpler (the Lyncaeus of the last Age) defines an Aspect in this manner: Aspectus est Angulus à Radiis Luminosis binorum Planetarum in terra formatus, efficax ad stimulandum naturam sublunarem. It is (saith he) an Angle made in the Earth by the Luminous Beams of two Planets, of strength to stir up the virtue of all sublunary things. The ancient Astrologers took notice but of five that were effectual, namely, the Conjunction, Opposition, Quartile, Trine, and Sextile: The first whereof, although it be not properly an Aspect, yet if the word Aspect be to be taken in a larger sense, the Conjunctions may be so termed, for that in it the Planets have their virtues United: And as Sound is the Basis of Harmonical Proportion, and an Unit the beginning of Number; so is the Conjunction the ground of the other Aspects. But although the Ancients numbered no more that were effectual, yet surely all Aspects are so (more or less) which being multiplied in themselves beget others that are greater, even till they finish the whole Circle, and they are very many, indeed innumerable, because there are infinite Regular Figures to be expressed, or at least imagined, by the continual duplication made of their sides, whose efficacy or force emitted from above, some attribute to Pythagorical Numbers, (and therefore as many ways as an Aspect is found to be effectual, so many Numbers of the intercepted Degrees are observed:) Others say, and believe, it depends only upon the Nature of the Signs; (and so every Configuration of an Opposite sign produces alteration:) And this is cleared in the Crises of Diseases Hence the Learned Kepler (after many praevious Meteorological observations) added more Aspects to the Old, whose formal cause is drawn from 7 Figures described in a Circle, viz. a Triangle, a Quadrangle, a Pentagon, a Hexagon, an Octogon, a Decagon, and a Dodecagon; from whence arise these Aspects in Order. Planetary Aspects, Old and New, and Characters, etc. ☌ Conjunction, is distant in degrees 00 SS. Semi-Sextile, 30 Dec. Decile, 36 Sq. Semiquadrate, or Octile, 45 ⚹. Sextile, 60 Q. Quintile, 72 □. Quartile, 90 Td. Tridecile, 108 △. Trigon, 120 SSq. Sesquiquadrate or Trioctile, 135 Bq. Biquintile, 144 VC. Quincunx, 150 ☍. Opposition, 180 For if the Semi-Sextile containing 30 degrees be multiplied by 6 it produces a greater Aspect of 180 degrees, viz. an Opposition. But if by the whole Zodiaque, or 12 Signs, the Factus is 360. (the number of degrees contained in the whole Circle) and so of others. But because some Aspects are more Effectual than others, therefore are they (respectu graduum, Scientiae and Congruentiae, necnon Efficacitatis) thus to be Disposed: viz. ☌. ☍. □. △. ⚹. SS. Q. Bq. Vc. Dec. Td. Sq. SSq. whereunto are added (as in the last and lowest degree of Dignity and Efficacy) the Quindecile, Hexadecile, Vigintile, and the Icositesseragonall, (or figure of 24. sides) which are only considered in Venus and Mercury with the Sun. These Radiations or Aspects were diversely taken by Astrologers before Regiomontanus: for some acc●unte● the place of the Aspects in the Aequator, others otherwise, as Regiomontanus himself observes, Tab. Dir. Probl. 31. Now, as touching their Aequation there hath been, and yet is some difference depending amongst Astrologers: For a sort of Pretenders (very strangers to Mathematical Demonstrations) do wilfully neglect the latitude of the Planets in Direction: And all their Reason is, because (as they think) Ptolemy, 3. Quadripart. does the like; which smells too rank of Ignorance: for if they rightly understood Ptolemy, they might plainly perceive his Examples there do suppose the Promissors and Significators within the Ecliptic, and therefore no Latitude to be considered; whereas Doubtless, if he had directed any of the Planets having Latitude, he would have regarded their Latitude, very necessary to be known, as himself acknowledges, Cap. de Applicationibus, De bis, qui non nutriuntur in Figurâ aequicruria, and elsewhere. But these men are laughed at. The truth is, Ptolemy made question only whether or no it ought to be observed in the Sextil, and Trine Aspect; And if he had exploded it (which is not to be credited in so great and famous an Artist) 'twas possible Ptolemy, (being but a Man) might therein have erred as well as in other things. However, such as say they follow him, do utterly reject it, affirming, that these Radiations are not to be considered as they proceed from one Point of the Heavens to another, but according as they concur in the Centre of the Earth, where they do Angulum Constituere: which (say they) is always the same, whatsoever Point or place they proceed from, with Latitude, or without. Another sort there are (and they otherwise very Learned) who will have them Aequated bo●h in respect of Longitude and Latitude, in which Number is Leovitius, and Johannes Blanchinus, the latter of which prying (as he thought) deeper into the matter, and making great account of a little space of time, (Neglected by Ptolemy) in taking these Aspects; assumes their Aequation for a great Circle passing by the Centre of a Star having Latitude; and inclined beyond the Aequator; Proving that the Quartile Aspect ever falls within the Ecliptic, and is to be accounted without Latitude: that the Opposition always retains the same Latitude, which the Body of the Star doth, though of Contrary Denomination; the △ and ⚹ half the Latitude (the ⚹ of the same, the △ of a contrary Denomination) and shows that these Radiations cannot possibly make an Angle in the Centre of the Earth, unless they first truly behold one another in the Heavens; whose configuration admits of variation in respect of Latitude. And to this Opinion Argol freely subscribes, rejecting the Aequations of Regiomontanus and all others, as void of Demonstration, averring this most agreeable to observation, having had (as he saith) experience thereof in more than a 1000 Genitures. But Oranigus (as great an ginger and Mathematician as any of the other) although he denies not but that the Square and Opposite Aspects do always retain the same Point of the Zodiac, wherein they are made, and require no alteration thereof; so that the Latitude is not to be Changed, in the Quartiles (because they always terminate in the Ecliptic) howsoever it be in the Oppositions that (they terminating on the Contrary part) the Latitude admits of contrary Denomination; which the Diametrical Line passing by the Centre and cutting the Plane of the Ecliptic demonstrates: yet (neglecting any Aequation of the Latitude, which indeed never ought to be regarded in the Aspects, as sufficiently appears by the Doctrine of Triangles, and the Dimension of the sides of these Aspects in the Globe) he Aequates them only in respect of Longitude, which (in my Opinion) is a way the most exact and Rational of all others, and approved of by the most and best of Modern Mathematicians, provided we consider them (as they do) in respect of the Ecliptic, not of the Aequator. Howbeit, it will merit the Pains if in Directions we observe both, (viz. that of Blanchinus, and this of Origanus) and by comparing severally the just time of every Accident; we shall quickly Discover, which of the two may best Challenge our Observance. But because the Latter is most regarded, and considering how requisite it is to be known of all that Practise the Genethliacal part of Astrology, I shall here give you the Grounds, and manner of this Equation by the Diagram, and directions following. The Diagram. Wherein let the Point A. represent the Star Arcturus (mentioned in the 9 th'. of Job,) whose Latitude from the Ecliptic, is 31 Degr. 2 Min. North, from which Point as from its Pole or Centre, the Circle B. C. D. is described by the Interval of the Hexagon, or Sextile Aspect, viz. A. D. 60 degrees. And let B. E. D. represent the Ecliptic, and A. E. the Latitude of the Star. N●●, to determine how much is to be counted in the Ecliptic for the Sextile Aspect of the Star proposed: In the Spherical Orthogon, A. E. D. we have given A. D. 60 degrees, A. E. 31 degrees, 2 Minutes, the Latitude of the Star, Ergò, E. D. shall be 54 degrees, 18 Min. by the following 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. As the Sine Compl. Lat. Star,— 58°. 58′.— 9932914. To the Radius,— 10000000. So the Sine Compl. Basis, A.D. 30. 0.— 9698970. To the Sine Compl. E. D.— 54. 18.— 9766056, The Sextile Aspect,— Lat. 31°. 2′. Next, to get the Longitude of the Trine Aspect, Subtract the Arch of the ⚹ 54°. 18′ from the Semicircle, and the remainder counted from the Place of the Stars Longitude limits the △ thereof: For look how much the ⚹ Aspect wants of 60 degrees in the Ecliptic, by reason of the Stars Latitude, and just so much the △ exceeds 120 degrees. Example. The Sextile Aspect of the Star Arcturus is here found to be 54°. 18′. which is 5°. 42′. short of 60 degrees. Now if either 54°. 18′. be deduced from 180. or 5°. 42′. added to 120 degrees, the remainder, or Aggregate 125°. 42′. is the Trigonal Arch of Arcturus: and that added to the place of the Star, gives the △ sinister thereof 25°. 4′. of ♒, So likewise if you add the Hexagon Arch 54°. 18′. to the Longitude of the Star ♎ 19°. 22′. it gives you the place of the Sextile sinister of Arcturus ♐ 13°. 40′. whose Point opposite, ♊ 13°. 40′. is the Trine Dexter of the same Star. But if you deduct the said Hexagon Arch, 54°. 18′. from the Longitude of the of the Star, the residue points out the ⚹ Dexter thereof, ♌ 25°. 4′. In like manner, if you would know the Semi-Sextile Aspect of a Planet whose Lat. is 7 degrees,— Subtract the Sine of the Compl. of the Latitude, from the Sine of the Compliment of the given Aspect, and the Sine of the Compliment of the Remainder is the Arch of the Ecliptic, or Distance of the given Aspect; as appears by the work. SS. Aspect, 30d. Sine Compliment 9.937531. Lat, Planets, 7°. Sine Compliment 9,996751. Arch, 60°. 45′. 9,940780. Sine of whose Compliment 19°. 15′. is the Distance required. 9,688972 And from this ground is Calculated the following Table for Aequating the Aspects of the Planets and Stars, Extended to 60 degrees of Latitude from the Ecliptic (if in it you will reckon the Aspects, as do all Modern Astrologers) or of Declination from the Aequator, if you had rather side with Antiquity:) The use whereof is so Obvious by what I have said, Examples are Needless. A Table for Aequating the Aspects of the Planets and Stars. Degr. of Latit. Latitude from the Ecliptic, or Declination from the Aequator. Sextile Arch, ⚹ Degr. M. Trigonal Arch, △ Deg. Min. 1 60 00 120 0 2 59 59 120 1 3 59 57 120 3 4 59 55 120 5 5 59 52 120 8 6 59 49 120 11 7 59 45 120 15 8 59 40 120 20 9 59 35 120 25 10 59 29 120 31 11 59 22 120 38 12 59 15 120 45 13 59 7 120 53 14 58 59 121 1 15 58 50 121 10 16 58 40 121 20 17 58 29 121 31 18 58 17 121 43 19 58 4 121 56 20 57 51 122 9 21 57 37 122 23 22 57 22 122 38 23 57 6 122 54 24 56 49 123 11 25 56 31 123 28 26 56 12 123 48 27 55 52 124 8 28 55 31 124 29 29 55 8 124 52 30 54 44 125 16 31 54 19 125 41 32 53 52 126 8 33 53 24 126 36 34 52 55 127 5 35 52 23 127 37 36 51 50 128 10 37 51 14 128 46 38 50 37 129 23 39 49 57 130 3 40 49 15 130 45 41 48 31 131 29 42 47 43 132 17 43 46 52 133 8 44 45 48 134 12 45 45 0 135 0 46 43 58 136 2 47 42 51 137 9 48 41 39 138 21 49 40 21 139 39 50 38 56 141 4 51 37 23 142 37 52 35 42 144 18 53 33 49 146 11 54 31 43 148 17 55 29 20 150 40 56 26 36 153 24 57 23 22 156 38 58 19 21 160 39 59 13 53 166 7 60 00 00 180 0 To find out the Time of the Aspects. WHat an Aspect is, etc. you have formerly heard; and now I will show you how to find out the time when they happen, which is thus— Get first the Diurnal Motions of the Planets, whose Aspect you desire, to the Day whereon you find it will happen: And if the Planets be both Direct, or both Retrograde, let the Less Diurnal Motion be deducted from the greater: but if one be Direct, and the other Retrograde, add their Diurnal Motions together, and the Aggregate is the Diurnal Excess. In the next place take the Places of the Planets (as you find them in the Ephemeris) to the Noon-tide preceding the Aspect, and by substracting the place of the Planet that is swifter in Motion from the place of that which is slower, you have their distance in Longitude: which had, the Analogy, will be as followeth.— As the Diurnal Excess to 24. hours, so the distance of the two Planets to the time of the Aspect. Example. Be it required at what time the ☉ and ♄, are in a Quartile Aspect, the first of April, Anno 1652. April 1. ♄. 22°. 30′. ♋. Diurnal Motion of ♄. 0d. 2′. April 1. ☉. 22′ 15. ♈. Diurnal Motion of ☉. 0. 59 Their Distance, 0°. 15′. Diurnal Excess,— 0d. 57′. If 57′. require 24h. what 15′? Answer, 6h. 19′. Or, if you will work by Logistical Logarithms, add the Logarithm of 24 hours, to the Logarithm of their Distance, and from the Sum subtract the Logarithm of their Diurnal Excess, and the remainder is the Logarithm of the time of the Aspect. Thus,— The Logarithm of the Distance of ☉ and ♄. 15′. 1, 801773. And the Logarithm of 24 hours added 1, 801773. Logarithm of Diurnal Excess, 57′. 859751. Logarithm of the Aspect sought 6h. 19′. 942022. Which 6 hours, 19 Min. is the time of the Aspect desired in the Meridian of Uraniburge, (for which place Eichstadius Calculated) from which 1 hour, 15 Min. (the difference of Meridian's) leaves 5h. 4′. for the time of the Quartile Aspect between ☉ and ♄ in the Meridian of Kendal, on the said first of April 1652. The like in any other. Of the Aequation of time, in respect of the Inequality of Natural Days. THe Natural Days are two ways considered, equal and Inequal. The equal are the mean days, consisting of one whole Revolution of the Aequator, and an additament of so much time, as is answerable to 59′. 8″. 19‴ 45 ' ' ' '. (the mean motion of the Sun in one Day.) The Inequal are the true or apparent days, which consist of so much time as the Revolution of the Aequator is made in, with an additament of so much time as agrees to the true motion of the Sun in one Day. The Inequality therefore of these Days arises from this Inequal additament, and that for two causes respectively. 1. The first of which is the Inequal Motion of the Sun in the Ecliptic, for the Sun being moved in an Eccentrical Orb, it so happens, that in equal spaces of time, he describes inequal Arches of the Ecliptic: and therefore it must needs follow that the Ascensions of the Aequator, or additaments agreeing thereunto are also inequal: And this Experience itself tells us; for the Sun runs through one half of the Zodiac, viz. the six Northern Signs, ♈. ☿. ♊. ♋. ♌. ♍. not in less time than 186 days, and about 6 hours: but the other half, viz. the six Southern Signs, ♎. ♍. ♐. us. ♒. ♓. in 178 days, and almost 22 hours. 2. The second is the Obliquity of the Zodiac, which causes an Inequality or difference (as well in a right, as Oblique Sphere) betwixt the Right Ascensions of the Aequator and Zodiack. Whence it appears, that the difference betwixt an apparent, and a mean or equal day, is called the Aequation of Days; for that by this Aequation, the Natural mean days, are converted into the true or apparent. Wherefore seeing that Inequal days cannot be the measure of equal motions, it is requisite that those Inequal days be converted to equal, (so oft as we intent to supputate the Equal motions by the Ephemeris) but contrary wise when we would reduce the Equal or mean Days to apparent or Inequal. Something touching the Nature of Eclipses, and also of their Effects. AS the Stars of Heaven are the most Excellent Characters of the Divinity, Power, Wisdom, and Glory, of their Creator, in that they are written and engraven by the Finger of God himself (the Father of Lights) Quibus invisibilia Dei intelliguntur ac providentur, ipsoque aeterna ejus Potentià Quibus Gloria Dei enarratur: so among the Celestial 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, the Doctrine of Eclipses takes precedence, because that from their observations, the Primary Foundations of the whole body of Astronomy are Confirmed, Evinced, and Demonstrated. For seeing that the Sun is Eclipsed only in his Conjunction with the Moon, and the Moon in her Opposition to the Sun, we conclude the cause of the Sun's Eclipse to be the Interposition of the Moon betwixt him and the Earth, and the cause of the Moon's Eclipse, the Interposition of the Earth betwixt her Body and the Sun's. Thus the Solar Eclipses do manifest the Moon to be Lower and less than the Sun: The Lunar, Evince the Earth not founded infinitely below us (as Xenophon Colophonius trifled) But that the Heavens (under us) are distant from the Earth as far upwards, (in respect of those that be our Antipodes) as here they are: and consequently, that the Earth is not Cubical, nor Pyramidal, Scaphoidal, or otherwise Hollow, Nor Tympanoidal, nor Cylindroidal, but on every side perfectly Round, or terminated by a Globosous Figure: Because that not only the Shadow of the Earth (in the Moon's Body) is always, and on every part observed to be round: but also for that such as live Eastward do number more hours from their Meridian, for the beginning or ending of an Eclepse than such as live Westward, proportionally to their distance. By Eclipses also of the Moon, we know that the Earth is moved (or Placed) in the middle of the Zodiaque, because that she is Eclipsed only in the Opposite Places thereof. The Oriental or Occidental Eclipses of the Moon tell us, one half of the World is always visible, and that daily one half of the Zodiaque Rises above the Horizon. The Lunar Eclipses best discover to us the Longitudes of Places upon the Earth: and assure us the Earth and Water make but one Globe. That the Mountains of the Earth are not to be compared to the bigness thereof, the equal roundness of the Shadow tells us: Wherein we observe no Hiulcity or Cleft, by reason of the Valleys, nor yet any part thereof extended more than the rest, because of the Mountains. And, although the true and certain place of the Moon, cannot be tak●n by any Instrument whatsoever, because of her Parallaxes: Nature, or rather the God of Nature hath supplied this defect by her Eclipses. For the Moon posited in Mediis Tenebris, is then understood to be in Opposition to the Sun. By these defects therefore, the Motions and Mutations of the Moon are found out, and rationally Demonstrated. Lunar Eclipses Demonstrate the Shadow of the Earth to be Conical, Terminating in a Sharp Point: And in the same places of the Moons Transits to be sometimes thicker, otherwhiles more slender, notwithstanding a certain Rule and Respect had to the Sun's Motion: And consequently that the Sun is moved, (or so seems to be) in an Eccentrical Orb. Hence likewise we gather, That the Sun is far greater than the Earth, and the Moon lesser: so the Solar Eclipses demonstrate the Distances of the Luminaries from the Earth to be different, and therefore to be moved in Eccentriques or Epicycles. Hereby also is found out a Rule for measuring the Distances of the Sun and Moon from the Earth, and the Magnitudes of their several Bodies. And lastly, by Eclipses of the Luminaries, The God of Nature forewarns this sinful world of the Revolutions of Kingdoms and States, the Death and Detriment of Princes, Governors and Great men, of Heresies, Sects, and Seditions in the Church, Alterations of Laws and Customs, of Drought and Inundations of Rivers, Wars, Famine, Plague and Pestilence, In a word, the vicissitude of all sublunary things. Levate in Excelsum Oculos Vestros, & videte quis creaverit ista. Something farther touching the Doctrine of Eclipses, Chiefly, from Morinus. NOw, as touching the Effects of Eclipses, it hath been an Anciently received Opinion: That whatsoever the Sun and Moon, and the rest of the Planets and Stars, bring to pass upon these Inferior Body's, is done by virtue of their Light; which if granted, it must necessarily follow, that the action of the Luminary deficient, being diminished in Partil, or wholly intermitted, in Total Eclipses, these Sublunaries should meet with and suffer great Alterations: because the Sun and Moon are the Primary Celestial Causes of all Sublunary Effects. But Johannes Baptista Morinus, Astrolog. Gallic. Lib. 11. tells us, That Light doth only Illuminate, and nothing else. And (Lib. 12.) That besides Light, there is an actual Heat in the Sun, and in all the Stars proper and peculiar Influences, which penetrate the body of the Earth, and do not less affect and dispose it from the places beneath, than such as are above it. And therefore Eclipses of the Luminaries are not to be considered only, as to a privation of their Light, in these Sublunaries; but as those Eclipses are never, but in their Conjunctions or Oppositions, whereby they emit their Influence more powerfully than in any other Aspect whatsoever. Wherefore both Astronomers and Astrologers observe the same moment of time, in which the middle of an Eclipse happens; The first, whereby to rectify the Tables of their Motions: the Later, to the end that by a Celestial Figure (erected to that moment of time) they may see what Effects an Eclipse may produce in these Inferiors; not in respect of the Light deficient, which (saith he) the Learned Astrologers regard not, but of their Influence. Which being permitted, he further saith— That in superterranean Eclipses of the Sun, we are deprived of his Light and Heat, Totally, if the Eclipse be Total, and in part, if but Partil; and that so long as the Eclipse lasts. But we are not deprived of the Sun's Influence: or at lest no longer than while the Sun is under the Earth, which every night causeth a Total Solar Eclipse, for many hours together. For as the Influence of the Sun (whilst under the Earth) penetrates the same (as is evident from the Figures of those are born by night) so the Influence of the Sun above the Earth, penetrates the Dense and Opacous Body of the Moon Eclipsing him: which neither the Sun's Light, or Heat, could penetrate, she being as black as Ink itself, whilst under the Sun's Discus, as (by an Optic Tube) may easily be observed. But Subterranean Solar Eclipses (at leastwise such as be Total) do more affect the upper Hemisphere of the Earth, than the Superterranean: and the Reason is, because the Influence of the Sun is not of infinite virtue: and therefore if it should penetrate the Earth's G●obe, it could be but faintly through both the Globes of the Earth and Moon. In those Eclipses therefore (at least such as are Total) we suffer by reason of the Imminute Influence of the Sun toward us: which (he thought) might be the cause, why for 30 years together, so much War, and all manner of mischiefs raged in this Hemisphere of the Earth, which Europe divideth. For as much as all that while, very many Total, and nigh Total Eclipses of the Sun, happened in the Lower Hemisphere, as may be seen in Origanus, who very carefully hath noted and supputated both Superterranean, and Subterranean, whilst scarce two notable Ones fell out in our Hemisphere. Moreover he saith, that in Lunar Eclipses, we are deprived of the Light and Heat of the Sun, which at other times is reflected by the Moon; wholly if the Eclipse be Total; but in part, if Partil, and only so long as the Eclipse lasteth. But we are not more deprived of the Influence and Elemental Efficacies of the Moon, than if there had been no Eclipse at all: because that between Her and Us, there is nothing interposed, which might dull or diminish her Elemental or Influential virtues. And this is true (at least in respect of Influence) as well of Subterranean as Superterranean Lunar Eclipses. Whence it is, that the Sublunary Nature is more affected by Solar Eclipses than Lunar, by reason of the thereon imminute Influence of the Sun towards us: and in all Eclipses the Influx of the Moon, exceeds the Influx of the Sun, but most in Lunar Eclipses. He condemns the Ancients, who thought, that in Eclipses the Action of the Deficient Luminary ceased upon these Inferiors: because they supposed the Luminaries to Act by Light only; and were therefore unhappily Opinionated that some one of the Lesser Planets might execute the Office of the Deficient Luminary. Again he saith, that the Earth and its Inhabitants are more strongly disposed by the Eclipses of the Luminaries, than by the other Conjunctions or Oppositions of the Sun and Moon: because virtus unita fortior est. But in Eclipses the Rays of the Sun and Moon are united upon the same time, (or very near it) which is drawn from them to the Earth. And the Earth is found (in a Solar Eclipse) within a Cone which drawn from both the Luminaries as from its Base, binds the Earth by its Ambite. But in a Lunar Eclipse 'tis found within a Column; the extremes whereof are the Disci of the Sun and Moon, Besides, in every Eclipse both the Luminaries are under the Ecliptic, where the Zodiacal virtue most flourisheth. Whence it followeth, That an Eclipse, by how much greater and of longer continuance it is, by so much greater are the effects it produceth. Because that in great Eclipses the Central Rays of the Sun and Moon, are more united in the same Line which passeth over the Earth, and remain longer united. Then he condemns Ptolemy and all other Astrologers, even till these present days, as much mistaken about Eclipses, in these two following things. First, in limiting the places of the Earth to which the Effects of every Eclipse belong. For that they would have them appropriated to those Regions and Provinces which are under the Sign wherein the Eclipse falls, or others of the same Trigon, according to that distribution of the Earth which Ptolemy hath allotted to the twelve Signs of the Zodiaque. But forasmuch as that Distribution is but a mere Fiction (as he hath endeavoured to prove, Lib. 20. Sect. 1. Cap. 2.) it is evident they have erred in limiting certain places of the Earth, wherein the Effects of an Eclipse shall happen: and the rather, for that an Eclipse (as every other Lunation) is an Universal Cause, universally active throughout the whole Circuit of the Earth: but in every place thereof particularly Active, according to the particular posture of the Eclipse, and of the whole Heavens in respect of that place of the Earth, wherein yet an Eclipse is frequently not allowed to have any Effect, according to the Ancients: because the place is not under the Sign wherein the defect happens, or any of that Trigon, which (saith he) is Hallucinatio intolerabilis, & ab Astrologicis principiis alienissima. And to such as (by way of Objection) do offer Ptolemy's Doctrine, viz. Pro locis particularibus & urbibus advertere ad loca Luminarium, & Cardines figurae Coelestis, sub qua urbes ipsae conditae sunt, aut ad Medium Coeli in Genituris Principum, qui ipsis urbibus dominantur. Ac si haec familiaritatem, seu convenientiam habeant cum locis Luminarium & Cardinum, in figura Deliquii, Effectus ad ipsas urbes pertinere: He thus Answers; That the Celestial Bodies have no Influence on things made by Art at lest per se, as he seems to have proved, Lib. 20. Sect. 4. Cap. 8. and therefore overthrows the foundation of that Doctrine of Cities, although it should be deduced from their Radical Figure, whereof notwithstanding scarce any One remaineth. Now, as to what belongs to the Medium Coeli of Princes, admitting the Familiarity aforesaid, viz. That an Eclipse happens in the Medium Coeli of the Radical Figure of a Prince: Or that in both Figures to wit, that of the Geniture, and the Eclipse, the Medium Coeli should be one and the same; that Eclipse indeed shall have signification upon the Actions and particular Fate of the Prince: But as for what concerns the Citizens, Earth, Water, and Air, as Plagues, Barrenness, etc. they shall not be thence foreseen, unless peradventure by Accident, so far forth as the Prince (being actively or passively disposed to War) by the similitude of the Figures, Plagues and Barrenness, etc. may thence ensue. But these things contribute nothing to the Constitution of the Air, at least of Heat, Cold, Moisture and Drought. 2. The second thing wherein he charges the Ancients to have Erred, is, in determining and limiting the Subject upon which an Eclipse shall especially operate, by the Form and Nature of the Constellation wherein the Eclipse falls; saying that if the Constellation be Human (as Gemini, Virgo, Aquarius, Men shall be affected: and if Beastial (as Aries, Taurus, Cancer; Leo, etc.) Beasts so and so called. For that these names do not truly agree to the twelve Signs of the Zodiaque, which ought properly to be called by the names of the Planets there predominating, whose Natures they resemble. Thus much Morinus: whose new and uncouth Doctrine, till either it be Refelled, or Received by the Learned, suspends my Judgements in this matter. Of the Crises in Diseases; to find out the same, and how to judge thereof, according to Durret. CRisis is thus defined by Galen. Est velox & repentina morbi mutatio, quâ Infirmus vel ad salutem vel ad mortem deducitur: and indeed every swift and sudden Mutation, whether it be in the Moon, the Air, or in a diseased Body, is by him so called: for that it seems to execute the Judicial Sentence, be it for the Life or Death of the Patient. It is so called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, which in Latin is judico, decerno, or sententiam fero; whence these Days are Metaphorically termed Critici, Judiciales, or Judiciarii, Decernentes, or Decretorii. The cause thereof is twofold, Internal, External: The Internal is taken from its own proper Principle, the which is also twofold: For, 1. Either Nature would expel some Noxious Humour. 2. Or else the Humour itself, not yet digested, nor prepared to Excretion, offending Nature, either by the quantity or quality thereof, breaks out violently. The which Hypocrates, seemeth also to grant, Lib. 4. de Morbo, saying, Conturbatur homo dumfebricitat, cujus reisignum est, quod horror alias atque ailàs per corpus transcurrit. The Ext●●nal cause is from some Alteration of the Spirit or Air, namely, when the Humours are changed from what they were by Nature, as from a Cold to a Hot, or from a Dry to a Moist condition, & contra. For Hypocrates (Aphoris. 6. and elsewhere in his Book De Nat. Hum.) tells us, that Heat and Moisture in the Body move forward the Crises. For (saith He) some Diseases proceed from naughty Diet, others from the Air we attract, by means whereof we Live. Wherefore Diet (as it breeds such and such Humours) is the Internal, and Air attracted the External cause of the Crisis. That the Qualities are altered by the Influence of the Stars; and especially the Luminaries, is a thing not now to be doubted: it being sufficiently apparent in the four seasons of the year, how the Air with all Plants and Animals, etc. do diversely admit of Alteration: and therefore the Watery Humours and the Spirit (being Aerial) are observed to operate more when they are excited, than otherwise: As when the Harp. is touched, it moves men to Dancing; when the Trumpet Sounds, to War like Employments. Hence it appears that the universal Cause of all Crises is the Influence of the Heavens: For, the Celestial Bodies, by their Heat, Light, Motion, and Configuration or Aspects (to which St. Augustine adds Afflatum, that is, Inspiration or Instinction, and St. Thomas, Aptitudinis Efficaciam, a virtual Aptitude, or fitness) do rule and govern, not only the Four Elements, but all Elementary Bodies, and especially Man, from the very first Moment of his Birth, until the Ultimate Minute of his Death, inciting him sometimes to Mirth, another while to Sorrow, now to be Sick, anon Well again. For, as Aristotle saith, Ex irroratione Coelorum felicia & infaelicia germinantur in Terris, etc. But as touching the Efficient Radical cause thereof, the Philosophers (making a deeper Scrutiny thereinto) do attribute it to the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, or Unity, as that which primarily and radically governs the whole Universe, as the Agent and first Act, from which, by which, and into which, all things are at length Resolved: Wherefore the Pythagoreans named the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, or Unity, Apollo; because that as from Unity all Numbers take their Original and Increase: So are all things not otherwise than from One alone. Surely the same Act, (which is the Word) works centrally and alone, from the Centre to the Circumference, (for God is contained in the Heavens, as a Centre is within its Circle:) but by a different manner, according to the variety of the Subject whereon it appears: The Form or Essence of the Agent not being changed; which is always Permanent and the same. Wherefore it is evident that there is but only One Agent in every Region of this World, and but only One Act of his; yet divers and sundry Effects, according to the manifold condition of the Organical Subject, the thing Receiving or Suffering. Whereof more in Dr. Flood, in Cris. Mysterio. There are two Principal sorts of Crises; the One, as in Acute Diseases, and Lunar. The Other, in Chronical Diseases, and Solar. Such Crises as take their Original from their proper Principle, or from an Internal cause, as do the Crises Synochorum, depend upon the Motion of the Moon. But such as Proceed from the Air, or from an External Cause, as do the Crises of all Pestilential Fevers, are governed both of the Sun and Moon: Of the Sun, if respect be had of the year; if of the Month only, then of the Moon. Wherefore Acute diseases follow the Motion of the Moon, and her configurations, or Aspects to the place she was in at the first beginning of the disease. But here we must Note, that in Acute Diseases, the Aspects or Radiations of the Moon, viz. her Quartiles and Oppositions, are not to be counted as if they should begin from her Conjunction with the Sun: but from the degree and minute she is in at the Beginning of the Disease, until her return to the same Radical Point, which is performed in 27 days, 8 hours, or thereabouts. Of Acute Diseases, some be Acuti simpliciter, simply Acute; some Acuti, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, seu Decidentia, or from Mutation, and Degeneration; some Peracuti, very Sharp, others Perperacuti, Exceedingly Sharp. Acuti simpliciter, are they which from the 8. to the 10, 11, 14, 20, and 21, day, Run to the very height; some whereof are called Menstrui, because absolved within the space of a Lunar Month. Acuti ex decidentiâ, from Diminishing, or Degeneration, are such as are judged imperfectly: For sometimes they wax worse in respect of the Symptoms, and are sometimes Remitted, according as the Moon meets with the Good and Evil Aspects of the Good or Bad Planets: And oftentimes they Degenerate from being Acute, and become Chronical. As when a Pleurisy turns into an Empiema, or an Ulcer in the Breast: So when a Quotidian Fever becomes a Hectic, or from an Intermittent degenerates into a Quotidian, & Contrà. And these Diseases are judged within 40 Days. Peracuti, are such as are judged the 5, 6, 7, and 8, days, in which number are the Febres causones, Synochae, Cholera, Angina, Peripneumonia, Lethargus, and the like. Perperacuti, be such as are absolved within the Space of 3 days or 4 at the utmost, and in that time terminated, either with Recovery or Death; of which sorts are all Pestilential Fevers, the Apoplexy, Pleurisy Frenzy, etc. Chronical Diseases follow the Motion of the Sun, Acquiring a Crisis after the 40 th' day, and Judgement when the Sun attains to the Quadrates, as is Evident in Hectiques, Dropsies, and Quaternaries: When he comes to the Sextiles and Trines there are only some Indicative Motions made of such Effects as follow in the Opposition. Nevertheless they are oftentimes Anticipated, or Protracted, according as the Planets (he meets with) help or hinder; and for the better if by Nature those Planets be Benevolent; if Malevolent, for the worse. And the like we are subject to in the whole course of our Lives, Nam & Morbus est Modus vitae Partialis, as Campanella (Lib. 4. Medicinal.) most ingeniously observes. Moreover the Crises are thus generally distinguished, viz. Salvae, Dubiae seu suspiciosae, Judicatae seu periditatae, & non Judicatae. Crisis Salva, or safe, is that which happens without any great and Pernicious Accidents. Crisis Dubia, doubtful, or Suspicious, which appears with great and Pernicious Accidents, and is the most dangerous. Crisis Judicata, or Hazarded, is, when on the 4 th' day the Signs of Concoction do appear, and therefore p●aesage the Disease to be judged on the Seventh day. Crisis non judicata, or not Judged, is when the Crisis is absolved the Seventh day, yet was not to be Judged the Fourth day, by any sign of Concoction. Hence the days themselves are divided into Three Class●s: For, 1. Some are called Critical (nomine Generico.) 2. O●hers Judicative, on which Sentence is Pronounced. 3. O●thers Intercident, (the which are Posited between the judicative and Critical;) whereon the Diseases is Remitted. Many other Distinctions there are amongst Physicians, not so proper for this Place: For here I intent not to enumerate all belonging to Physic, but such only as concern Astrology. Nor shall I need to say any thing of the Sympathy and Antipathy, Power and Efficacy of the Stars, my room being so Narrow, and the same amply handled in several Learned Authors: Only, I think it requisite, (before I come to the manner of Acquiring the Critical and Judicative Days) to say something concerning the Terminus à quo, or the Point of time from whence they take their Original. Seeing therefore that by these Critical and Decretory days some Notable Alteration would be foreseen; tending either to the Health or Death of the Patient; 'tis fit we begin our Account from the first Notable Point of the Diseases Invasion: For, to Assign a beginning to the Disease, is a thing very hard to be done, as Galen himself confesseth, Lib. 1. Cap. 6. Exactè primum Principium ferè est insensibile. The time when the Sick-party takes his Bed, is the beginning of his Decumbiture, but not the beginning of the Disease: For, a Man that is strong and robust endures a Disease more easily, and takes not his Bed so soon as a Man that is tender, weak, or fearful of Mind; who suspecting himself upon every Idle Pinch; gets forthwith to Bed: Nevertheless in many Diseases, (as the Vertigo, Epilepsy, Paralysis, Apoplexy, Haemorrhagia, Pleurisy and the like,) it is easy to find out the precise Beginning or Hour the Disease Invadeth: And the Learned in Astrology do believe and affirm, that the Moment of time to be taken for the beginning of the Disease, is the very Instant in which a Man shall perceive any manifest Hurt, or Malady in his Body, as when he begins to lie down and be Sick of a Fever: but not when the Head aches, or that he suffers any other trivial Symptom: Because these are not Fevers, but rather Febrium Nuntii, the Messengers of Fevers. Thus Hypocrates observed his Indications from the day a Man Sickened of a Fever, but not from the day whereon he perceived a Heaviness of the Body only, or was troubled with the Headache. For, by how much sharper and more violent the Fever is, by so much is it the more Manifest to sense, and impossible the first Assault, or Invasion thereof should be hid from the Patient. It now follows that I show the manner of numbering and determining these Critical days by the Motion of the Moon; because the Radix and Fountain of this Doctrine is of all Astrologers, and by Hypocrates and Galen themselves said to consist in her Efficacy, and in the Motion and Position of the Parts of the Zodiaque. And first I will show you the manner of finding out the Critical and Indicative days by an Octogonal, or Figure of 8 sides, according to the Opinion of Hypocrates and Galen, the construction whereof follows. First, find the Place of the Moon to the beginning of the Patient's Decumbiture as before you were taught. Next, let a Circle be described and divided into 8. equal parts, representing the Zodiaque, wherein the Moon is moved: And let the Degree and Minute the Moon is in at the Hour of the Patient's Decumbiture, be Posited in the first division or Angle of the Figure, which shall be accounted as the Ascendant or First-House. Thirdly, Let 45 degrees be added thereunto, a● to the Radical place of the Moon, (for so many, degrees are the Angles of this Octogonal Figure distant one from another) and by this means you have the Moons Place in the Second Angle, called the First Indicative: Unto which if you add 45 degrees more, it gives you the Place of the Moon in the Third Angle, in which the First Crisis is Celebrated; being always elongated from the Radical Point by the space of 90 degrees. After this, Add 45 degrees to the place of the Moon in the Third Angle, and the Aggregate giv●s you the Place of the Moon in the Fourth Angle, wherein is made the Second Indicative: and if thereunto you again add 45 degrees, they make 180 degrees, the direct point of Opposition. And so by a continued Addition of 45 degrees, until she return to the Radical Point of the Decumbiture. By which means there will be Four principal Angles in which the Crises are observed, and 4 Less principal, wherein the Days-Indicative are Demonstrated. Lastly, let the Planets be inserted in their respective Places of the Figure thus Delineated, to the time of the Patient's Decumbiture. Now seeing it is manifest (by what hath been said) that the Critical days are made in such time as the Moon (counting from the time of the Decumbiture, or the first Paroxysm of the Disease) shall have run through one fourth part of the Zodiaque, or 90 degrees, wherein she produced the first Crisis, or Alteration in the Disease, which commonly happens on the Seventh day, yet we must note that it may fall out on the Sixth, (if the Moon be swift in Motion) or (if slow) on the Eighth day. And because this Aspect is Evil Naturally, by reason of the Signs Disconveniency in Qualities, Passive, or Active, therefore a War commences between the Disease and Nature, whence it is deservedly called Criticus Primus, the first Critical Day; whereon if it happen that the Moon be afflicted by Saturn or Mars, or the Lord of the Eighth, this Crisis (the Disease growing worse and worse) tends unto Death. But if the Disease end not this Critical day, you must wait till she comes to her Opposite Point, which f●lls out commonly the Fourteenth day; and sometimes the Thirteenth or Fifteenth, according as the Moon is Swift or Slow in Motion: For then the Second Crisis is to be looked for. Whereon if yet the Disease be not Loosened, than we must attend the M●ons access to her other Quadrate, in which shall be the Third Crisis, viz. the 20 or 21 day, according to the Moon's Swift or Slow Motion: And if the Disease continue still, we must mark when the Moon returns to her Radical Place, for then the Lunar Month is finished, whose Period is 27 days, and 8 hours, and the Fourth and Last Crisis accomplished in Acute Disease's. Wherefore if the Disease shall persevere beyond the Lunar Month, we must thenceforward have regard to the Motion of the Sun, and the r●st of th● Planets: For then the Acute degenerates into a Chronical or long continued Disease: as Quartan Fevers, and the like. A● for the Second species of the Critical Points, called Indicative, they are such as fall exactly in the Middle of every Quadrature: For when the Moon attains the half of her Quadrate, that is 45 degrees of the Zodiaqu● (accounted from the first assault of th● Di●●●se.) which makes up the Octile. or Semiquadrate Asp●●t, there (by the same Reason) she begins to op●r●●e, as she will in the next subsequent Critical 〈◊〉 wh●●h●r it be to Good or Evil: And this falls out the Fourth day, wherefore it is called of Hypocrates and Galen, Index Diei Septimi sequentis. The second Indicative (the which Hypocrates and Galen six upon the 11 th'.) may also be upon the 10. or 12. days, according as the Moon (in the Point intermediate) shall hasten from the First Quarter or Quadrate to her Opposition, and have run through 135. degrees (from the time of Decumbiture,) which makes the Trioctile or Sesquiquadrate Aspect. And so of the rest, etc. This done, we must observe the Disposition of the Heavens to the time when the Moon comes to the foresaid Angles, and that according to the generally received Precepts and Aphorisms. But to make this the clearer I will illustrate all by— Example. A Gentleman fell Sick at Paris of an Acute Disease, Anno 1641. the Second of January, about 8 a Clock in the Afternoon: at which time I find the Moon in 10 degr. 19 Min. of ♒. wherefore I put this Sign with the degree and Minute in the first Angle, as it were the Ascendant. In the Next place I add 45 degrees to 10 degr. 19 Min. of ♒. (the Radical Point of the Moon) and it gives me 25 degr. 19 Min. of ♓. for the place of the Moon, the First Indicative: And by adding 45 degrees thereunto, I get the place of the Moon, for the Cusp of the Third Angle, 10 degr. 19 Min. of ♉. (the Point of the first Crisis:) And soby a continued addition of 45 degrees, it produceth the Fourth Angle, (25 degrees, 19 Minutes of ♊. (the second Indicative) The Fifth Angle, (in which is observed the Second Crisis) 1● degrees, 19 Minutes of ♌. (being the Point Opposite to the Radical place:) The Sixth Angle, 25 degrees, 19 minutes of ♍. (designing the Third Indicative: The Seventh Angle, 10 degrees, 19 minutes of ♍. for the point of the Third Crisis: And lastly, the Eighth Angle (wherein is the Fourth Indicative) 25 degrees, 19 minutes of ♐. These had, I therein insert the Places of the Planets, respectively, and so I have it complete, as the following Figure demonstrates. Now to know when the Moon comes to the 10. degree, 19 Min. ♉. (for in that point she beholds the Radical Point, or her place at the time of the Decumbiture with a Quartile Aspect, viz. 10 degrees 19 min. ♒.) you must do as followeth: First, look in the Ephemeris on what day the Moon comes to the degree of the Sign that beholds her Radical place with a Quartile, which you will find to be the 9 th'. day of January, for on that day at Noon her true place is 6 degrees, 11 minutes of ♉. and the 10. day at Noon in 18 degrees, 34 Minutes of ♉. wherefore her Diurnal Motion is 12 degrees, 25 minutes, and the distance from the place of her Quadrature, 4 degrees, 8 minutes, which had, I reason thus— As her Diurnal Motion, 12 degr. 25 min. to 24 hours; So the Distance, 4 degr. 8 min. To 8 hours, ferè, the Critical time desired. In the same manner do I find out the Time of the other Crises and Indicatives, and after that the state and disposition of the Heavens, agreeing to every Critical Phasis, as is evident by the following Synopsis. Abacus, seu Sypnosis Calculi Figura Octogonalis. Species of Critical Days. The Motion of the Moon. The time of ●very Critical Phasis. The state of the Moon in respect of her Place in the Ralix, with the Syzygies, and the Mutual Aspects of the Planets, January 1641. S. V. Decumbiture. d. 10 ●. 19 ♒ D. 2 H. 8 M. 0 P. M. ☽ app. ♀. and ♄. ⚹. ☽ ♂. □ ☉ ♂. □ ♃ ☿. ♂ ☉ ♃ ☿. 1. In●icat. 25 19 ♓ 6 5 43 Manè Octile o● S●mi-qu●drate. 1. Critic. 10 19 ♉ 9 8 0 P. M. Quartile Sinister, □ ♂ ☿. 3 h. 11′. 2. Indicat. 25 19 ♊ 13 2 36 P. M. Trioct. Sinister, △ ♄. 10 h. 57′. showing a Bad Crisis. 2. Critic. 10 19 ♌ 17 5 50 Manè Opposition. 3. Indicat. 25 19 ♍ 20 3 44 P. M. Trioct. Dexter, △ ♃. 4 h. 28′. showing a happy and propitious Crisis. 3. Critic. 10 19 ♏ 23 9 1 P. M. Quartile Dexter. △ ♀. hor 22. 36′. 4. Indic. 25 19 ● 2● 12 9 P. M. Octile, or Semi-quadrate. 4. Critic. 10 19 ♒ 29 16 17 P. M. Th● Radical pla●e. The Story of this Observation concerns a Person, who after a long and wearisome journey was suddenly assaulted at the time aforesaid by a Quotidian Fever, attended with a dry Cough and a Pleurisy: The Fever grew to a 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. For indeed the Night before it seized on him, he was in a grievous condition; and the Third day he was quite without any Shivering, nor brought it any Intermission to the Patient, when the Moon passed 10 degrees, 19 minutes of ♒. (a Sign of Infirmity) at which time she applied to Venus and Saturn, in a long Sextile of Mars, who afflicted Jupiter and Mercury (both in Combustion) and likewise the Sun himself by a Quartile Aspect. The Sixth of the same Month of January the disease grew worse, for then the Moon came to an Octile, or Semi-quadrate Aspect where the first Indicative was celebrated: at which time there was no Aspect with the Moon, and therefore a doubtful or unfortunate Crisis was to be feared. The Ninth day (about 8. a Clock) produced the First Crisis by a little Sweat, about which time both a Cough, and a Pain he had in his side, left him; but his Pulse beat inordinately for thr●e hours after, the Tritaeophia remaining. Wherefore Galen, Lib. 1. Epid.— Proprium est Febrium 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, ut & malignarum exacerbari diebus Criticis. The which also Mars seems to argue by his Quartile Aspect with Mercury about the same time. Moreover both these Quartiles, namely that of the Moon to her radical place, (♉. to ♒.) and the other of Mars to Mercury, (♈. to ♑.) are differing in Qualities as well Active as Passive, which aggravates the mischief: Besides, it is to be noted, that the Signs ♒. and ♉. are Signs of Infirmity. The Thirteenth day when the Moon came to a Trioctile Aspect in 25 degrees, 19 minutes of ♊. Saturn afflicting her by a Trine, showed that an evil Crisis was to be feared. The Seventeenth day, at 5 hours, and 50 minutes, in the Morning, the Moon possessing the degree Opposite to the place she was in at the Decumbiture, viz. 10 degrees, 19 minutes of ♌. wh●n there was no Aspect good or bad unto her, promised the Patient no hopes of his Health.— And then indeed he was in greatest fear of himself— Notwithstanding,— The Twentieth day about Four a Clock the Moon entered the 25. degree, 19 minutes of ♍. and came to a Trioctile with the Radical Place of the Moon in the third Indicative, (Jupiter benignly Irradiating the Moon by a Trine about the same time,) denounced a propitious Cris●s to ●nsue. The Twenty-third day, about Nine a Clock in the Evening, the Moon perambulating 10 degrees, 19 min. of ♍. (wherein fell the second Critical day) applied to the Trine of Venus. At which time she Produced a wholesome and propitious Crisis: For on this very day the Fever began to leave him, and soon after he recovered his Health. Quod sanè miram rerum Medicarum cum coelo Harmoniam & consensum arguit. Now that the Cause of this Crisis arising from the Stars, may yet more plainly appear: I will hereunto add a Celestial Figure, erected after the Rational manner, with a Judgement Astrological thereupon. Judicium Astrologicum ex Figurâ Decubitus Rationali. Figura Decubitus Rationalis Ad Annum 1641. Mens. Januarii, Die. Hor. Min. 2. 8. 00. Lat. 480. 50′. T. Ap. ☽ add ⚹ ♂ & ☌ ♀. The Principal significators of this Figure are, (1.) The Ascendant, and (2.) Mercury Lord thereof in Capricorn, a movable Sign, Retrograd, and Combust in the Fifth House, (3.) The Sixth House, and (4.) the Lord thereof in Aquarius a Fixed Sign, strong and powerful in his own House, the Moon in the Cusp of the Sixth House in Aquarius. The Sun in the Fifth, afflicted at the beginning of the Disease by a Quadrate of Mars in Aries, (a Fiery Sign) and Lord of the Eighth House. Whence it appears that the Disease proceeded from Choler engendered of a Churlish Melancholy Humour, according to the Aphorism, Sol à Marte ad Initium Morbi quovis modo infortunatus, aegritudo erit Cholerica ex humore bilioso orta. Furthermore, Jupiter in a movable Sign in the Fifth House, (which rules the Stomach, Liver, and the Sides, etc. combust and wounded by the Quartile of Mars, brought the Pleurisy upon him; and because Mercury (Afflicted by the Malevolent Planets) is hereby rendered Malevolent, he gave him the Dry-Cough. Moreover, the Moon in Aquarius applying to Saturn argues that the Cause of the Disease proceeded from the Weariness of a Journey, according to the Doctrine of Hermes and Hypocrates. Now for determining the length or shortness of the Disease, consider these Aphorisms. Sexta Domus in Signo Fixo, Morbi Longitudinem pollicetur. Item, Saturnus existens Dominus sextae, & in Signo Fixo, longum praesagit morbum. Rursum, Saturnus Dominus Sextae Domino Ascendentis fortior, Morbi Incrementum denotat. Postremò, Luna Domino Sextae applicans, Incrementum Morbi portendir. Seeing therefore that Mars (in a fiery Sign) afflicts both the Luminaries, namely the Sun by a Quadrate, and the Moon by a long Sextile, which is equivalent to a Quadrate, I gather that the Principal Authors of this Disease are Saturn and Mars; which together excited a very long Burning Fever: Then Mercury the dry Cough, and at last Jupiter the Pleurisy; the which (together with the Cough) sooner ended than the Fever, for that Mercury and Jupiter were both constituted in a movable Sign. Of the Mutations, Inclinations and Eversions of Empires, Kingdoms, etc. IT will not be (I hope) ungrateful to the Ingenious, if I recollect and commend unto their, and my own contemplation, the Causes of the Mutations, Inclinations and Eversions of Empires, Kingdoms and Commonwealths; and the rather, because (as I suppose) Time never produced an Age so full of Prodigies, nor a Generation of Men so inclined to Novelty, as now the present; wherein every day presents a New Inquiry, every Month a fresh Vicissitude. The Politics distinguish the Causes of all Mutations into Two sorts; First, and Second. The First cause is God, the Creator and Governor of all things: For, notwithstanding the Actions of all Individual Human Creatures be in a Human Power; yet the Constitutions, Governments and Conservations of Human Communions and Societies, or Republics, are not so in the Power of Men, but depend wholly upon the First and Supreme Cause, and the disposition thereof: And for as much as God performs his greatest works in the world by Angels; it is not impossible, or strange, if I say and aver, that every Empire, Kingdom and Republic, hath some certain Angel and Genius peculiarly appropriated thereunto) as a Governor ordained by God. For this is the constant opinion of the Jews, who believe that every Person and Place, hath a certain Guardian Angel set over it; nor do a few Doctors of the Catholic Church believe otherwise, whilst in Dan. 10, 11. there is mention made of an Angel Governor of Persia, and Grece; and that the Apostle (Ephes. 3.) expressly constitutes a certain Order of Angels, which he calls Potestates, [Rulers, or Potentates; or as our English Translation hath it, Principalities and Powers.] God hath set certain Intervals, and Periods of times, to all Empires, etc. amongst which Periods, the 500 and 700. years are accounted most Fatal, as you may see in Bodin, Lib. 4. Cap. 2. but especially in Richterus, Ax. 1.2. & seq. And the natural reason hereof, is, for that in this space of time, there clapseth the sixth Generation of Men; which abateth of, and more and more declineth from, the simplicity, strength and fortitude of those Men, who at first obtained and preserved Empires, by such virtues: For like as the Bodies of Men became weak and feeble in the fourth and fifth Generation, even so also decreaseth the strength and fortitude, whereby Kingdoms are acquired, preserved and propagated. Besides, it hath been observed, that at the end of every 30 th'. year, there usually falls out some one or other Mutation in Empires, etc. because that after so many years, such men as formerly had the Government of Affairs and things therein, do (for the most part) leave their Station: and that from thenceforth New Ones succeed them, who in the space of Thirty years more grow up, and introduce new Customs and Opinions in the Commonwealth: as you may read in Richterus, Axiom, 9 Moreover, it is certain, that as God hath appointed fatal Bounds, and Limits of time to all Empires, etc. so hath he the like Bounds and Limits to all other particular places; and when any change of Empires, etc. is imminent, he commonly raiseth up some great Heroes, whom he useth as Organs, to punish or amend them: yet first revealeth such future changes by certain Signs and Prodigies. Vid. Bodin. Lib. 4. Cap. 2. Riched. Axiom. 19 And thus much of the first cause of the Changes of Empires, Kingdoms, and Republics, etc. The Second Cause, is either Natural, or Moral. The Natural cause, is either Superior, or Inferior. The Superior Natural Cause, is the Motion and Influence of the Planets and Stars upon these Inferiors; touching which, the Ingenious Keckerman, Lib. 1. Cap. 26. delivers this Canon. Coelum, Efficacissimè agit in Corpus humanum, sibi maximè cognatum, atque adeo etiam in corpus tum ipsius Principis, tum Subditorum; ita nempe, ut in corporibus mutat temperamenta: mutatis autem temperamentis mutantur mores; mutatis moribus Principum & Subditorum, Sequitur mutatio Reip.— Heaven (saith he) most effectually Operates upon a Human Body, best agreeable to itself, and so also on the Body both of the Prince himself and his Subjects: to wit, so, as that it changeth the Temperaments of men's Bodies, and with those Temperaments their manners or conditions: and the manners or conditions of Princes and Subjects being changed a mutation of the Commonwealth followeth. And with him agrees that excellent Mathematician and ginger, Origanus' part, 3. Membr. 2. Cap. 1. Non modo in Regnis varias mutationes & translationes animadvertimus, dum modo hos, modo illos Regnare atque aliis Dominari comperimus: verum etiam in ipsa superficie terrae nihil esse perpetuum, & ex collatione temporum & locorum, Siccum humido, humidum sicco permutari, terrasque alias aquis aboleri, alias assurgere deprehendimus: We Observe not only sundry Changes and Translations of Kingdoms, whilst these and these Planets reign, and bear Rule with others: but also that upon the whole surface of the Earth, there is nothings perpetual, and by comparing of Times and Places, perceive Siccity changed into Moisture, Moisture to Siccity; some Countries destroyed, others increased by Waters. Thus He; and that very truly: For although God the Author of Nature, and the First Cause of every Good thing, changes Countries and Transfers Kingdoms at his pleasure: yet seeing he hath engraven in the Book of Nature (and chiefly, in Heaven, which measureth Times) the Motions and Mutations of all things, things that be Invisible even his own eternal Power, for the greatest part; yea and exposed Heaven unto our view, that it might be for signs of Present and Future things: I shall not think it contrary to true Religion, or Good Manners, if (with Fear and Reverence) I inquire the Superior Natural Causes of those Mutations, so long as I ascribe no necessity thereunto; Maugre the Croaking and Coaxation of some few Epileptic Prophets and other Religious Lunatics, who prate and persuade the Contrary. The First Cause, is, the Change of the Absides of the Planets, whereby the Five Planets together with the Sun, transfer the Places in which they are highest and most remote from the Centre of the Earth, so also the Places wherein they are lowest and nearest thereunto; and together with those Places, their swiftness and slowness of Motion, into several parts of the Zodiaque, according to the succession of the Signs: whereof Cardan, Seg. 1. Aph. 37. in these words, Permutationes Absidum, Regna, & Regiones, & Religiones mutant. Changes of the Absides alter Kingdoms, Regions and Religions. Thus from the Change of Saturn's Absis into Cancer, Mahomet had his growth; and by the Change thereof into Capricorn (the Sign Opposite thereunto) receives he Detriment, and at length a final Destruction. Spinaeus (an Excellent Astrologian, and Physician to the Duke of Mantua) in his Catastrophe Mundi, (Genuinely Englished by the Polite Quill of my Oaken Friend Elias Ashmole Esq) tells us, that Mahomet's Destruction initiated Anno 1630, etc. and this he chiefly deduces from the Change of Saturn's Absi● out of Sagittary into Capricorn, which indeed I confess fell out (according to the Prutenick Tables) in the end of the year 1630. But by the more accurate observations of lat●r Authors, the Absis of Saturn continues in Sagittary for many years yet to come; For by the Philolaique Tables (the best extant) it enters not Capricorn until the beginning of the year 1728. and therefore it could not in the least be (unless we will have the Effect precede its Cause) that Mahomet's Destruction commenced (in this respect) in, or near the year 1630. Nevertheless, I believe (with Spinaeus) that the many Revolutions of the Heavens, in, and about that year, have already produced a sensible Commencement of Detriment unto him; yet conclude not his final Destruction, until after the year 1728. Wherein Satur's Absis will be Changed into Capricorn, and that several other Causes concur to extirpate him, and his Law. There is no other change of the Absis of any Planet falling out in our time, save only the Absis of Mars, and this happened (according to Bullialdus) in the latter end of the year 1647. which was from Leo to Virgo: and what a strange mutation ensued the year following, viz. A Dissolution of the English Monarchy, etc. the whole World can witness: which very thing signally confirms that of Ludovic. de Reg. Aph. 9 Mutantur Regna & Dominia, Fides, Sectaeque ac opiniones hominum, dum mutantur Auges Planetarum de signo in signum: dico illarum gentium quarum significator erit Planeta Augis permutatae:— Kingdoms and Governments, Faith, Religions and Opinions of Men are changed when the Auges, (or Absides) of the Planets are changed from one Sign to another; I mean the Kingdoms, Governments, Faith, Religions and Opinions of such Nations as have for their significator the Planet whose Auge is changed. Now all men know, who know any thing of this Nature, that Aries is the Ascendant and Mars (Lord thereof) the significator of England: and so he is of France, Germany, Denmark, and several other places, who are herein no less concerned than the English, as a few years will assuredly manifest. Mutatioque erit ad bonum vel malum secundum Naturam significatorum superiorum illorum temporum, & secundum Naturam signi mutationis: And this change (saith that same Author and Aphorism) shall be to Good or Evil, according to the Nature of the chief significators of those times, and Sign of Mutation. We know Saturn, Mars, and Mercury have born the greatest sway in almost every Eclipse, Revolution and other notable Configurations of the Planets, 〈◊〉, and since that year, especially in Two of the Three Eclipses of 1652. and in the great and Total Eclipse Anno 1653. in March. And as for the Sign into which this change was made, it is Virgo, the principal house of Mercury, a Cold and Dry, Melancholy, Barren Sign: whereby we may easily judge of what Nature the Change is: I spare to Expatiate. Another Cause, is the Change of the Sun's Eccentricity, described of Copernicus (cap. 20 lib. 3. Revol.) by the Motion of a little Circle having the Centre of the Eccentrick in its Circumference, and finishing its Period in 3434 years. The year 1653. Offers it the least that can be (according to Rheinoldus and Copernicus) being 32190. such parts as the Eccentrick hath 1000000, or Part 1. 55′. 53″. 24‴. where the Semidiameter of the Sun's Eccentricity hath 60. The greatest, viz. 2°. 3●. 7″. happened 36 years before Christ; about the beginning of the Roman Monarchy; Georgius Joachim●● Rheticus called this Circle the Wheel of Fortune, by whose Revolutions (saith he) the Monarchies of the world assume their Commencements and Changes: For like as the Roman Empire obtained its Highest Dignity when the Eccentricity was greatest, so the same decreasing, it is very much Impaired, and almost at the Brink of Destruction. But the Turkish Empire began in the First Quadrant, with the Law of Mahomet; and hath been most swiftly augmented proportionably to the Motion thereof, being at this Day, wherein the Eccentricity is at the least, in a Flourishing Estate: But shall henceforward be diminished until the other Quadrant, and alike swiftly (God so pleasing) hasten to Destruction. Indeed, according to Tycho and others of the bes● Astronomers, the Eccentricity is already notably increased, viz. unto Part 2. 9′. or thereabouts Lausbergius makes it Part 2. 6′. 21″. Insomuch that if the Christians of Europe could but henceforth lay aside their Ambition and Avarice, and Live at Peace among themselves, the God of Nature presents them with an Age, wherein they may totally subvert and lay waste the Empire of ●he Turks, and put a speedy Period to the Law of their Prophet Mahomet. A Third Cause is, the change of the Obliquity of the Zodiac, which (when at the greatest) according to Bullialdus, is, 23°. 52′. 53″. And this was Anno Nabonassari, 381. (367 years before the Nativity of Christ) When at the least, 23°. 31′. 7″. and that fell out Anno Christi 1434. so that the mean betwixt these is, 23°. 42′. 00″. In the year 1653. the greatest Obliquity of the Zodiac was 23°. 31′. 55″. For the Motion of the Anomaly of the Zodiack's Obliquity, was 6s. 21°. 49′. The Prosthaphaeresis, 0′. 48″. which added to the least Obliquity, 23°. 31′. 7″. gives us 23°. 31′. 55″. as before. So that the Obliquity of the Zodiac is now likewise increasing; for it still increaseth and diminisheth with the Sun's Eccentricity: Whereby it appears, that the Axis of the Earth's Poles. by little and little changes its Inclination to the Plane of the Zodiac, through some Motion of the Libration. But to find out the Physical Cause thereof, my Reason concludes it almost impossible: For, as Bullialdus truly saith, Scimus rem esse, sed causam motus illius ignoramus, n●c potest humani Ingenii acumen pervidere causas illas: We know (saith he) there is such a Motion, but are ignorant of the Cause thereof; nor can the subtlety of Humane Wit throughly perceive those Causes. A Fourth Cause is, ●he Conjunction of the too Superior Planets, Saturn and Jupiter, which (according to Cardanus) is threefold; [Great, Mean, and Lesser.] The Lesser are they which happen in Signs of the same Nature or Trigon, with others preceding them, and so cannot occasion any great Change; yet are not without their peculiar Effects, as you may see in Card●n, Seg. 5. Aphor. 48. Of these there be ten in Number, which do orderly succeed one another in the space of less than 200 Years. The Mean are they which fall out in a different Trigon, yet not in such as are altogether contrary is qualities; that is, when the Conjunctions pass from a Fiery into an Earthy Sign, out of an Earthy into an Airy, or from an Airy into a Watery Sign; as from Ari●s into Capricorn, out of Capricorn into Libra, from Libra to Cancer. As touching these it is certain they produce sundry Operations: For they alter, in one respect or other, the Estate of Empires, Kingdoms, Commonwealths, and Countries, causing some new Empires and Kingdoms to emerge: Like as that of Al●xander the Great, in an Airy; the Persians in an Earthy, and that of Mahomet in a Watery; as you may read in Cardan, S●g. 1. Aphor. 73. And of these Conjunctions (if so be you account fr●m the change of the Fiery Trigon into the Earthy) th●re falleth out always three within the space of 596 Year●: The First in the Earthy, the Second in the Airy, and the Third in the Watery Trigon. But they are called Great Conjunctions, which begin to be Celebrated in the Fi●ry Trigon, chiefly in Aries, (the first Sign of th● Zodiack.) For when there shall be a Transit made from a Watery into a Fiery Sign, which are as contrary ●ach to other in th●ir prime qualities, as Fire is to Water; then also do great Mutations succeed all the World over: And this is cleared to all Men, who have been ●ut never so little conversant in History. For, if we Calculate backward, and allow for each of these Great Conjunctions 794 Years, and about a half, we shall be reduced from the Year 1603. (in which there happened a Great Conjunction of Saturn and Jupiter in Sagittary) to the Year of Christ 809. in which the Roman Empire (Destroyed by continual Wars) is at length reform and augmented under Charles the Great: Thence to the Year of Christ 15. soon after which succeeded a great Mutation both of the State Ecclesiastical and Political. From thence to the Year preceding Christ, 779; soon after which followed the Institution of the Olympic Games and Times, the Birth of Romulus and R●mus, the Building of Rome, and a grievous Affliction of the Kingdom of Israel, by Tiglath Pileser King of the Assyrians, and at length a Destruction thereof by Salmanassar his Successor. Hence we recede to the 1574. Year before Christ, near unto which Moses was Born, who afterwards led the People of Israel out of Egypt by a Divine Power. Thence to the Year 2368. within one Age after which followed the Universal Deluge; afterwards to the Year 3163. and at length to the Year 3957. about which God Created the World of Nothing. And 'tis good Reason, that like as Rome was Built a little after the beginning of the fifth Fi●ry Trigon, (the first being that under which the World was Created) and afterwards by little and little increased, and amongst other Cities the great Assembly of the Inhabitants, People, and Kingdoms she has subdued, bore up her Head, until at length, (about the six●h Fiery Trigon) she had reduced very many Kingdoms of Europe, Asia, and Africa, to the Form of a Monarchy and Sovereign Empire, and flourished in great Glory; and that from thence the Empire, b●ing divided into two, [East and West,] was observed to be fallen to decay, been troubled with Intestine Wars, and exhausted by the Alienations of Kingdoms and Provinces, until about the seventh Trigon it was restored by Charles the Great, and (in some sort) received its Pristine Beauty: So also shall this Empire, at this time, under the eighth Fiery Trigon, sustain great Mutations; which I rather leave to Experience, than Prostitute my own Judgement at so easy a rate. Nor do only the Great, Mean, and Lesser Conjunctions of the two Superiors, but also their Opposite and Quartile Configurations design great Mutations in the World, as you may read in Cardan, Seg. 5. Aphor. 49. and Seg. 7. Aphor. 6. Other Causes are Comets, or counterfeit Stars, etc. such as that whereof Josephus (Bell. Jud. Lib. 7. Cap. 12.) makes mention, which appeared for a years space in the form of a Fiery Sword, over the City Jerusalem, forewarning her Destruction; or as that at the Death of Mahomet, seen at High-Noon, in the sh●pe (also) of a Sword, which continued the space of a Month, rendering his Death no less Prodigious than was the course of his Life. Or that of the Year 1572. in Cassiop●ia, surpassing of the quantity of the Earth 500 times: Or those of the Years 1604. and 1618. which were no less Miraculous than that the Sun should stand still, as we read it did in the Days of Joshua. or return ten Degrees backward, as once upon the Dial of Abaz; or be Eclipsed so near a Full Moon, as at our Saviour's Passion, being all of them alike estranged from the accustomed Order of Nature. In like manner the Eclipses of th● Luminaries are the Causes of many Changes that ensue in the World, because their Effects are general, pouring forth the●r Influence, not only upon Cities, but even whole Regions subject to the Quadrangle (the Sign more especially) wherein the Defect happens; and no less on particular Persons who have any affinity in their Genitures with the Schemes of such Eclipses: So likewise are the strong Genitures of Kings, etc. Geniturae validae Regna mutant. Mighty Genitures change or translate Kingdoms. Causes adjuvant, are Revolutions of the World, the Progression of the Great Orb, of Great Conjunctions before the Flood, the Birth of Christ, Mahomet, and the like. I could much enlarge myself upon the Progressions of the Great Orb, Great Conjunctions, etc. but shall forbear, in regard the most of them concern Foreign Parts, excepting that of the Great Conjunction before the Flood, which in the Year 1653. was come to the Sign Cancer, and did therefore afflict (according to Albumazar, Tract. 4. Differ. 4.) the Countries of Scotland and Holland with many Changes and Conversions of things, from one condition to another, a Famine and Poverty proceeding from Siccity and Drought; and a general Fear to possess the People of those places, because of their Enemies: Great Mortality and Slaughters amongst them, with abundance of such Creatures as are destructive to the Earth. Thus far have you seen the Superior Natural Causes of the Mutations or Changes of Empires, Kingdoms, and Commonwealths, how far, wherein, and when they concern us, and other Nations. The Inferior Natural Cause, is either within or without Man. That within is the Disposition of the Temperament of the Bodies both of Princes and Subjects, a●d ●o both different Births and Deaths, (as well) of them that Govern (as those that be Governed in) the Commonwealth. That without, is a Mutation either of Fire or Water, and of the Earth, and place where the Commonwealth is constituted: Unto which do belong House-burning, Earthquakes, Change of Ports, Barrenness, Famine, Pestilence, and all other Natural damages, by the which Commonwealths are changed. The Moral Cause of Mutation, is either Internal, or External. The Internal, is either on the Prince's or Subject's part. The Internal on the Prince's part admits this general Canon. The beginnings of Princes are for the most part good, but their Progress worse: From which Change arise great Mutations in Public Affairs and things. The Internal Cause (also) of Changes in respect of the Prince, is either Ethical, or Political. Touching Ethical Causes, there are these Canons: 1. Intemperance and Lust of Prince's occasion change of the Commonwealth. 2. The like when Princes are Effeminate and Cowardly. For, like as Empires are obtained, maintained and kept by Warlike Fortitude; so on the contrary are they lost, or dangerously changed by softness and Pusillanimity. Political Causes of Changes, are either in respect of the Foundation of the Principality, or of the Office and Care of the Prince. As touching the Causes respecting the Foundation of the Principality, there be these Canons: 1. It is impossible any Commonwealth should long be safe, where the Prince comes to Rule, either by a violent Invasion, or a crafty Subreption, without any access to the Principality. 2. The Perjuries of Princes; that is, when they keep not their Oaths made to their Subjects, at the time they were called to Govern, bring upon Kingdoms dangerous Changes and Conversions. 3. The Authority of a Prince decreasing produceth Change; and when the Periods of Empires are divolved, the Authority of those that Govern, faileth. The Causes that respect the Care or Office of the Prince, have these Canons. 1. When the Prince listens not to Wise and Faithful Councillors, Changes are imminent. 2. When Public Judgements are corrupted, and heinous Impieties remain unpunished, Changes are at hand. 3. When the Prince affords not the Subject a Lawful and necessary Defence, but suffers him to be vexed and trampled over by Incursions of Enemies, Changes ensue. 4. When the Revenues of a Kingdom decrease, of necessity a Change must follow: For Moneys are the Nerves of Empires. 5. When the Prince doth too much Poll his Subjects with heavy Tributes and Exactions, a Change succeedeth. 6. When the Potency and Amplitude of Kingdoms arrive at an exceeding greatness, a Change follows for the most part, and the Empire falleth by its own weight. 7. Foreigners rashly irritated, or called into a Kingdom, do introduce a Change thereof. These are the Causes of the Prince his part; there now remain the Causes on the Subjects part; which are (also) either Ethical or Political. Touching the Ethical Causes, these be the Canons. 1. When grievous Wickedness is committed amongst the Subjects, and all Reverence of the Laws shaken off, and that they Live Licentiously, in Lust and Luxury, Mutations follow. 2. When Subjects degenerate from their Pristine Fortitude, and become Unwarlike and Effeminate, Kingdoms are Changed. Political Causes have these Canons. 1 When Subjects begin to have their Princes in hatred, and grow weary of them, Changes will assuredly follow. 2. Punishments and Changes do ever succeed Infidelity of Subjects. 3. Changes of things do always accompany the Disobedience and Contumacy of Subjects. 4. Where nei●her the Laws nor Magistrates are had in Honour, there the Commonwealth cannot be safe or durable. An Excellent Discourse of the Names, Genus, Species, Efficient and Final Causes of all Comets, etc. THE Order which Nature observeth in all things Created doth plainly enough teach us, That whatsoever is Born, passeth and hasteth towards Death: And that all things which have a beginning, necessarily and interchangeably roll towards their End. And, as in Humane Bodies some are more strong, vigorous, and of better Constitution than others, and therefore of longer continuance: Even so in Empires, Kingdoms, and Commonwealths, some preserve themselves longer, for that either they are by Nature more strenuous and stable, (as having propitious Stars, and they well Fortified at the time of their first Foundation:) Or because the Situation of them is Naturally stronger than others, as we see at this day in the Signory of Venice. The like holdeth in Cities and Towns, in particular Families, Laws, Conclaves, and Councils, in Religions, Heresies, and Schisms. The consideration whereof prevents my Wonder at the Vicissitudes and Changes here on Earth: I account it no Miracle to see a Monarchy Eclipsed in its greatest Glory, and the ruin of one, the raising of another. I stand not amazed at the fall of a Prince, nor the furious madness of a People; I dread not the tottering of a State, nor startle at the Dissolution of a Parliament. Now, to foresee and predict these Eversions and Changes, sundry things are to be considered; As Eclipses of the Sun and Moon, Great Conjunctions of the Stars, Comets or New Stars, etc.— But that on which the Eyes of all Europe are at the present fixed, is the Apparition of the Comet the last Year, [viz. 1652.] of which I shall a little Treat, or Discourse of. But first I will present you with an Account of— 1. The Names, Genus, and Species of Comets. COmeta, or Comets, a Comet, (so called from Coma, the Hair of the Head, or a bush of Hairs:) Although it signifies but one Species of the Phaenomenon, when taken in the strictest sense, viz. Stellam Crinitam, or Capillatam, (a Star long-haired by the splendour of his Rays,) or, (to speak with Cicero) Concinnatum Sydus, (a Star with crisped or curled hair) yet in a larger sense it is a Generical, or common name to all the rest set down by Pliny, lib. 2. cap. 15. where (respecting the Accidents of Colours and Shapes) he reckons up these twelve following Species. 1. Comets, that is (in the narrowest sense) a Star on every side hairy; by some termed Rosa, a Rose. 2. Barbata, a bearded Star; not vulgarly distinguished from Caudata, a tailed Star; because (as Fromundus, lib. 3. cap. 4. observes) the difference grows from a respect had to the Sun: For, if by the Motion of the Primum Mobile, it arise in the Morning before the Sun, it than appears bearded, extending its Rays Westward, as did the Comet, Anno 1618. But if in the Evening after Sunset, it is tailed, casting out a long train behind it Eastward, as did the Comet, Anno 1577. 3. Jaculum, a Javelin; because brandished by a long appendix of Rays, in the shape of a Javelin; as that of the Year 1533. in the Month of July, and that other, on which Titus Caesar writ such Excellent Verses, in the fifth Year of his Consulship. 4. Gladius, or Pugio, a Sword or Dagger; the head whereof appears like the Hilt of a Sword, but the Rays (quickly contracting a point) resembling a Dagger rather than a Sword, which is longer: Of this sort appeared one in the Year 1532. and perhaps it is the same which Historians call Metam or Pyramidem. 5. Disceus, or rather Disciformis, the shape of a Dish or Platter, because (glistering or shining in a broad and round shape) it dilateth slender Rays in the Margin thereof, and is commonly of an Amber colour. 6. Pithetes, or Doliaris, because resembling the shape of a Tun, hiding (as in a Concave) the smoky Light and obscure Beams in the middle thereof. 7. Ceratias, or Cornu: the crooked flame whereof is bowed like a Horn, the head of a Crosiers staff, or a Persian Sword. Such was the last of the third in the Year 1618. 8. Lampas, resembling a burning Lamp or Torch. 9 Hyppeus, Equinum Sydus, or Stella Equina, representing the Mane of a Horse; most swift in Motion. 10. Argyrocomus, or, as if you should say, Crinargenteus, or Argenticomus, Silver-haired: Whereof Pliny in these words: Fit & candidus Comets, argenteo Crine ita refulgens, ut viz contueri liceat, specieque humana Dei Effigiem in se ostendens. There appeared (saith he) a white Comet so shining with its silver hair, it could scarce be discerned, and therein declaring the Image of God in Mankind. Which words Fromundus, lib. 3. cap. 4. supposes are relating to the Star of the Magis; perhaps (saith he) for the Fame that Comet had which was seen in the East, and in Judaea in the time of Augustus, wherein the express Image of a little Boy, declared that God was made Man. 11. Hircus, a Comet environed with some kind of Hairs, and a Mane seemingly rough and hairy, by the slender Fiber of its Beams: And 12. Hasta, in the form of a Spear; which late Writers call Veru, a Broach or Spit; and Perticam, a Pole or Perch. All which twelve Species of Comets, Aristotle, lib. 1. Meteor. cap. 8. reduces to two only, viz. Crinitas and Barbatas: Under the first whereof he comprehends all those Species that dilate their Rays (like hairs) on every part, viz. Disceus, Pithetes, Hippeus, Argyrocomus, and Hircus; under the latter, those that stretch or cast out a Tail or Mane (right or crooked) towards one part only, viz. Jaculum, Gladius, Ceratias, Lampas, and Hasta. Iphigines divides them (à motu & substantiâ, from their motion and substance) into two sorts: Alii ardorem undique fundunt, nec locum mutant; alii in unam partem ignem vagum in modum comae porrigunt, & Stellas permeant: Some (saith he) stretch out their Ardour or Light, on every side, and change not their place; others spread forth a flittering fire towards one part, like the hair of ones Head, and pass through the Stars. Others (à materia vel loco) in respect of the matter or place; for that some Comets are Elementary, others Celestial. Astrologers (ab efficienti causa, from their Efficient Cause) divide them into seven Species, according to the Number and Nature of the Planets, calling some Saturnine, others Jovial; some Martial, others Solar; whereof more fully hereafter. 2. The Number of Comets. RIcciolus affords us a History of 154 Comets betwixt the 480 Year preceding Christ, and the Year 1618. Lavatterus and Keckerman agree of 117, seen and observed from the time of Augustus to the Year of Christ 1556. But doubtless there have been many more below the Orisons of Europe; if above, not visible, because obscured by the Rays of the Sun. For Seneca (out of Possidonius) writes how that once in an Eclipse of the Sun, a Comet appeared, which the Sun (being near unto it) had before covered. 3. The Number of Comets at one time. THat there have been several Comets at one time▪ Aristotle witnesses, Lib. 1. Meteor. Cap. 6. Palmerinus (in Chronico) Records two Comets that appeared in the Year 729. both in the Month of January, for the space of fifteen days, one in the Morning, the other in the Evening: The like in the Year of Christ 761. And the Scotch History tells us, that in the Year 1214. there were two Comets seen at a time, one in the Morning going before the Sun, the other in the Evening following after. Anno 1529. there were four seen. Anno 1337. in May, there appeared a Comet, and soon after another, which joined its self to the former, both which were very conspicuous all the June, July, and August following. Scaliger (Exer. 79. in Cardan.) tells us, that at what time the French King Invaded Italy, there was a Comet seen at Sunset, which in few days after overtook and conducted him: And withal addeth, Nos duos simul videmus, alterum matutinum, alterum vespertinum, multis diebus, diversa latitudine haud ita multis abhinc annis. I myself (saith he) saw two at once, not many Years since, one in the Morning, the other in the Evening, for many days together. But in the Year 1618. there were two infallibly seen at once in the Morning in India and Persia. Nevertheless, it hath sometimes fallen out, that when indeed there hath been but one Comet, yet (because perhaps it was first seen in the Morning before Sun-rise, and afterwards became Vespertine, its Declination and Right Ascention being changed) the same hath been mistaken for two, as both Apian and Fracostorius observed of the Comets in 1531. and 1532. Moreover, Aristotle informs us, lib. 1. Meteor. cap. 6. that in the 450 Year before Christ, or thereabouts, Democritus saw a Comet dissolved into many Stars; and Ephorus the Historian affirms, that the great Comet, Anno 372. before Christ, (which preceded the sad Fate of Helice and Bura, two Cities in Achaia, both swallowed up of the Sea,) divided itself into two unknown Stars. So Dio testifies, that the Comet which hovered so long over Rome, Anno 13. before Christ, was afterwards dissolved into many Faces or Stars; and Kepler thinks no otherwise of the two Comets by him observed, Anno 1618. But Nicephorus (lib. 12. Hist. Eccl. cap. 37.) records the quite contrary of that great Star or Comet in his time: For, (saith he) Paulatim ad eam velut apes ad ducem suum ingens aliarum Stellarum vis aggregabatur. A mighty power of other Stars by little and little assembled unto it, as Bees to their Prince or Captain. 4. The time of their appearance. TOuching which, Junctinus, Suesanus, Resta, Gloriosus, Fromundus, and others tell us, they are generated for the most part in Autumn and Winter, yet deny not, but that other times have had their Comets; however, Ricciolus hath culled out only 41 (of the 154 Recorded by him) to prove that the greatest part have happened in Summer: But I know not for what purpose, since the Reasons wherein the other 113 happened are unknown, or (it may be) purposely omitted by him in his Collections, (for in that I find him but too guilty, whensoever it maketh for his Opinion or Interest) and that, as formerly I noted, we know not how many have been hidden by the Sun's Beams, or appeared in the other Hemisphere only. 5. The time they continue. AS for this, Keckerman, lib. 6. System. Phys. makes mention of a terrible Comet beheld by Peter Creusser, an Astronomer, Anno 1527. which continued not above ●/96 parts of a day, or, which is all one, an hour and fifteen minutes. And this is the shortest time we read that ever any Comet lasted. The longest was that whereof Josephus makes mention (Lib. 7. Bel. Jud. Cap. 17.) which was visible a whole Year together, before the Destruction of Jerusalem, for we meet not with any other that lasted above six Months, and but three which lasted so long; the first of which appeared in Nero's time, in the 64 Year of Christ; the second, Anno 603. about a Year before Mahomet's Birth; and the third, in the Year 1240. upon the Eruption of Tamburlaine the Great. 6. The apparent Magnitude of their Heads. WHich never was found to be certain; few of the Ancients having writ thereof, and those few, but a few things. Some have appeared greatest at their first appearance, and by little and little sensibly decreased; others the contrary, as that of the Year 1460. observed by Pontanus. The greatest we read of, was that of the Year 146. before Christ, which is said to have been bigger than the Sun; whereof Seneca, Lib. 7. Nat. qq. Cap. 15. in these words; Paulo ante Achaicum bellum, Comets Effulsit non minor sole. A little before the Grecian War, there was a Comet appeared as big as the Sun. Haly mentions one that appeared Anno 1200. as great as the Moon seemeth, when in either of her quarters. The like Cardan (Lib. 14. Var. Rer. cap. 69.) Reports did appear, Anno 1521. and 1556. Moreover, Haly adds, Lib. 2. Quad. Cap. 9 That the Comet in 1200. had a Head three times bigger than Venus. The Comet in 1532. Fracostorius found to be three times greater than Jupiter. But Tycho, that in 1557. seven Minutes and more than twice so big as Venus, when in Porridge, whose apparent Diameter is (according to Tycho) 3 Minutes, 13 Seconds. The Comet in 1585. was at the first appearance observed, by Tycho, to be almost equal to Jupiter, viz. 3 min. So that of the Year 1590. The Comet observed by Longomontanus, Anno 1618. was somewhat bigger than the Virgin's Spike, yet less than Jupiter. 7. The Apparent Magnitude of the Tail, or Beard of Comets— DO for the most part increase in a few days after their first appearance, and at the end decrease. The Tail of which Aristotle saw, Anno 341. before Christ, was 60 degrees in length. The Tail of that in the 135 Year before Christ, was exceeding great, as Seneca (Lib. 7. Nat. qq. cap. 15.) relates, Attila regnante initio Cometes apparuerit modicus: Deinde sustulit se diffuditque & usque in Aequinoctialem circulum venit, ita ut illam plagam Coeli, cui lactea nomen est, in immensum extensus aequaret. In the Reign (saith he) of Attalus, there at first appeared a small Comet, afterward it mounted and dilated itself on high, and came even to the Equinoctial Circle, so immensly extended, as that it equallized that portion of Heaven called the Via Lactea. The Tail of that in 1533. was observed by Apian to be 15 degrees. That in 1538. Thirty. The Tail of the Comet in 1577. by Tycho, Twenty two. That in 1585. not above a Span in appearance; and that other, 1590. ten degrees. But the Tail of the Comet in 1618. was more notable for Magnitude, and variety of Magnitude than all the rest; for that in the same Nights it appeared of different lengths, not only to sundry Observers in several places, but to the same Observer in one and the same place; now shorter, anon longer, by the quavering extension of its Beams. For Millerus found it, Novemb. 26. when it first appeared, 90 degrees: Kepler two days after. Thirty. December the 4 th'. it was 21 degrees; the seventh day 57 degrees: The Ninth Cysatus found it 75 degrees; and Kepler the same day, but 70 degrees. The tenth day Longomontanus observed it to be 104 degrees. The 14. Rhodius found it 50 or 60 degrees; and Blanchinus on the same day but 36 degrees. But the Tails of those Comets that appeared in the Years of Christ, 70. 400. 1472. and l543. were observed to reach even to the Earth. 8. The true Magnitude of the Head and Tail of Comets. TYcho observed the true Diameter of the Comets Head, Anno 1577. to be Three hundred sixty and eight Germane Miles, and in proportion to the Diameter of the Earth, as 3. to 14. To the Diameter of the Moon, as 1. to 4. and the true length of the Tail at the least 95 Semidiameters of the Earth, and Eighty one Thousand and seven hundred Germane Miles. Longomontanus and Cysatus found the true Diameter of the Head of the Comet in 1618. One hundred and seventy five Germane Miles, and in proportion to the Diameter of the Earth, as 377. to 3600. the length of the Tail continually variable, and very uncertain; excepting only the 29 of December, on which day it was observed to be 445 Semidiameters of the Earth, which answers to three hundred eighty two thousand and seven hundred Germane Miles. 9 The Situation of the Tail in respect of the Sun, Venus, or Mercury, and of the Quarter of Heaven towards which it seems to incline. PEtrus Apianus first Observed, that Comets projected their Tails to the adverse part from the Sun; and to him Cornelius Gemma, Cardanus, Maestlin, Cysatus, Blananus, Longomontanus, and Tycho subscribed: The last of whom speaking of the Comet in 1590. hath these words.— Ex iis vero, quas indicavimus caudae porrectionibus evidenter colligitur, ubique à sole fuisse ad amussim versam; si modo solis positus, cum capite Cometae locis, quos iisdem temporibus obtinuerunt, in vicem conferantur, viz. By these Porrections (or stretchings out) of the Tail (saith he) before expressed, it is evidently gathered that the same have been every where exactly averse from the Sun, if so be the Positions of the Sun, and the places of the Comet's Head (which at those times they possessed) be compared together. Nevertheless, Tycho acknowledges, that the Tail of the Comet in 1577. was directly opposed to Venus, not the Sun, which he rather attributes to some secret Optical Cause, than he would admit Venus could cast out such strong Rays. But whether for some hidden Optical Reason (as Tycho thinks) or because the Head of the Comet is not exactly Spherical, (as Cabaeus supposes) certain it is, that the Tail sometimes seems to recede a little from the place opposite to the Sun; for so Kepler himself acknowledges, pag. 54. Solemn hoc est Cometis quod caudae ipsorum nonnihil ab opposito Solis deflectant. This is ordinary (saith he) with Comets, that their Tails do somewhat incline from the places opposite to the Sun. The like may be said of the Comet in 1618. the Tail whereof Kepler, the 9 th'. of December, found to be rather opposed to Mercury than the Sun. Johannes Hommelius likewise Observed, that the Tail of the Comet in 1556. did not exactly oppose the Sun, so long as it was distant from him less than a Quadrant (or 90 degrees) but that afterwards it tended directly to the Quarter opposite to the Sun. By all which it appears, that this deflection from the opposite place of the Sun, arises per accidens, from the Position of the Sun, the Comet, and Observer; other secret Causes, perhaps, concurring in the matter and shape of the Head, or from the transverse distance and motion thereof: But doubtless of itself, it always respects the Region opposite to the Sun: Whence it is, as before I noted, that Matutine and Oriental Comets are bearded, (their Rays being projected Westward) but the Vespertine and Occidental, Tailed; their Rays being averse from the West, Eastward. 10. The Quarter of Heaven in which they arise, to which they are carried, and where extinct. AS to this, we read of none that were moved by a direct Tract from any one Quarter of Heaven to another opposite thereunto, but all obliquely, unless it was that observed by Haly, Anno 1200. because, he saith, the same was carried by the motion of the Primum Mobile from the East, Westward: Those of the Years 392. 405. 1471. 1475. 1532. 1533. 1539. 1556. and 1618. were moved from the East, Westward; but all of them obliquely, inclining Northward. So on the contrary, Those that move from the West, Eastward, incline either Southward, or Northward: As that great Comet of the Year 373. before Christ, (seen and described of Aristotle) which begun in the West Aequinoctial point, and came thence to Orion's Girdle, where it extinguished. In like manner, the Comet in September, 1607. began to show itself betwixt the North and West Aestival point, having almost 50 degrees of Northern declination, and by a continual Motion (according to the Order of the Signs) the 10 th'. of October it was got beyond the Aequator, (ad Serpentarii Tibiam praecedentem) where it vanished, having twelve degrees and upwards, of South declination. Others have first appeared in the North, and been moved thence Eastward, as that, Anno 54. in Nero's time; others towards the South, as those of the Years 1313. and 1551. Others have at first appeared in the North, as that at the Death of Julius Caesar, in the 44 Year preceding Christ, with many more. 11. Their Motion according to the Succession of the Signs, or contrary; and of the Motion of the Primum Mobile. SOme Comets have moved according to the Succession of the Signs, as those of the Years 1592. and 1607. Some contrary, as they of the Years 1556. and 1618. with many others. Some that were at first Retrograde, have become direct; as that in 1556. and some that were at first Direct, have become Retrograde, or Stationary; as were those of the Years 1569. and 1582. That they have a Diurnal Motion (or a Motion agreeing to that of the Primum Mobile) is evident because that the most part of such as appeared in the Morning, have returned in the dawning of the day, or before; but were not to be se●n at Sunset, or Twilight, in the same place where they were in the Morning, as they should have been if they had remained in the same place, or had moved only by their own Motion. In like manner, the greatest part of those that are seen in the Evening, do so appear, after Sunset, above the West part of the Horizon, that (notwithstanding their Motion according to the Succession of Signs) some set in the West before Midnight; others, at least before the Sun rise next Morning; yet among these some rise in the Evening, and set in the Morning, (as the Comet, 119.) Some are visible all the Night long, or set not at all, (as did those included within the Circle of ●hose Stars that never s●t; viz. the Comets of the Years 1513. 1533. and 1556. and that in 1618. from the 20 of December.) But whether the Comet that hung over Rome, Anno 13. before Christ; and that other of the 70 Year after Christ, which appeared a whole Year over the City Jerusalem, had any common or proper Motion, will not easily be determined. 12. The Arch, or Way of Comets, and the Quantity thereof. AS touching the Arch or way of Comets, there hath been great Controversy, whether all (or the most of) Comets are moved by a right Line, as Kepler, Galilaeus, and some others thought, or by a Circle, as the most suppose, and if by a crooked Line, whether in the Plane of a great Circle of a Sphere, as Regiomontanus, Tycho, Longomontanus, and many Modern Astronomers have demonstrated? This apparent Arch hath been in some shorter, in others longer, the quantity whereof is gathered from the Diurnal Motions in its own Circle, collected into one Sum, or from the Point whence its Motion began, to the Point wherein it vanished; the way of the Comet being traced in the Superficies of the Globe, and measured by the Compass; or else by a bare Ocular Observation of the Astronomer. 13. The swiftness of Comets. IF by a few we may judge of the rest, their Motion is unequal, and that very probably, for so much as we find not, even among the Planets themselves, an equality in their apparent Motion. Some have been swift at the beginning, and by little and little become slower; such were those of the Years 1577. 1585. 1590. 1607. and 1618. Some have been swifter at the middle, than at last; as that in 1472. (observed by Regiomontanus) and that in 1531. (by Apian) so likewise the other in 1556. (by Hommelius) and some swiftest at the end; as that (observed by Pontanus) in the Year 1471. 14. Their Distance from the Earth. FOR the place or distance of Comets, some will needs throw them all below the Moon; in which number are, Regiomontanus, Pontanus, Fracostorius, Apian, Junctinus, Scaliger, Claramontius, and Dassipodius: Others will have them all above the Moon; as Seneca, Cardanus, Tycho, Longomontanus, Galilaeus, Blanchanus, and Rothmanuus: Another sort do allow either of some above and some below, or of some that are sometimes below and sometimes above: In which Rank are, Maestline, Apian, Camerarius, Gloriosus, Clavius, Maurolicus, Fromundus, Licetus, Cabaeus, and Resta. Kepler and Gisatus aver one and the same Comet hath been one day above; and another day below the Moon; yet for the most part above her. But the greatest part of our late Observers distinguish them into Elementary and Sublunary. The Celestial is maintained by many Arguments, whereof that is the strongest, which is taken from the Parallax, or diversity of Aspect. For from hence Tycho and Kepler do prove, that a Star, or any other visible Body impending or moving in the Air, by how much lesser Parallax it hath, is by so much the higher elevated from the C●nter of the Earth. And because many Comets have been found to have lesser Parallax than the Moon, they therefore conclude them further distant from the Earth; and to have had their Course among the Planets. 15. The Colour, Smell, and Diaphaniety of Comets. FOR the first, some have been clear and splendent like the Sun; as were those of the Years 1264. and 1521. Some red and rutilant; as those of the Years 1526. and 1556. Others of a yellow or Gold colour; as that in the Year 1533. Others Silver coloured; as that which Haly observed, 1200. Others of a Leaden, Pale, Ashy colour; as that in 1607. Some of a dim red, inclining to a brown refulgent colour; as those of the Years 1477. and 1585. And others of sundry (yea indeed all manner of) colours, as was that in 1513. Touching the Second, there was only one (in the Year 396.) accompanied with a Sulphurous noisome smell. For the last, Seneca seems to attribute a Diaphaniety to all Comets, per Cometas aciem transmittimus: We see (saith he) through Comets: And Tycho tells us, (in Epist. p. 143.) that he saw the Fixed Stars through the Tail of the Comet in 1577. 16. The Matter, Place, and Efficient Cause of Comets. 1. SOme think Comets not to be any real and distinct thing from other preaexistent Bodies, but rather a mere Emphasis or Apparency, made by the reflection or refraction of the Sun or Moons Rays, in almost such sort as the Rainbow, Halo, and Parelii. 2. Some account them not any thing existing, de novo, but rather a mere Symphasis, or Co-apparency of many known Stars united by a corporal Conjunction, and by that means representing a kind of a longer Star. 3. A third sort think that a Comet is a wand'ring Star, or some Planet (not of the seven commonly known, but some other strange one) seldom appearing, either by reason of its nearness to the Sun, it's too far distance from the Earth, or the grosser parts of the Heaven and Air where it is, and which after some space of time coming to a more convenient distance from the Sun, or nearer the Earth, or else by reason of some intercurrent more Diaphanous parts of Heaven, or the Air; or, for some other secret Cause, becomes conspicuous. 4. Another sort suppose, that Comets are an aggregate of many incorruptible little Stars, formerly joined together as one entire Body, and which (afterwards separating) cease to be visible. 5. Aristotle and his followers hold, that a Comet is a Fiery Meteor, newly generated of the great plenty of Exhalations, drawn up from the Earth and Sea, into the Supreme Region of the Air, where it is easily distinguished from the thin Air, and being well compact obtains a consistency; and for that it is carried about by the Motion of the Primum Mobile, (by which the Supreme Air is also moved) begetteth Fire, and retaineth the same until the Sulphurous Unctuous Fat, and Nitrous plenty of Exhalations, gathered together, (either at first, or successively) administereth Matter or Sustenance of a Flame, which ceasing, the Comet by little and little diminisheth, and at length is wholly extinguished. 6. There are others that think it generated of an Elementary Matter, that is of the more subtle Exhalations, which are mounted so on high by their own Levity, they ascend above the Moon; and by their Crystal-like clearness do, as it were, drink up the Rays of the Planets, (especially the Sun,) and afterwards transmit themselves into a Tail or Beard. 7. Another sort, That a Comet is a Sublunary Matter, arising from the most subtle breathe or vapours, but not so much inflamed as illustrated of the Sun; like as it were to Glass Pots (distained with a yellow or Ruddy colour) and full of water, for the Diaphaniety or transparency thereof. 8. Others be of Opinion, that Comets are made, de novo, of a Celestial Matter, not by Generation of a new substantial Form, but by condensation with a mixture of Opacity and Diaphaniety, which receive and transmit the Light of the Sun: Or by an addition of Light made in the parts of Heaven. 9 A Ninth sort suppose they are generated, de novo, in Heaven, of a Celestial Matter, and afterwards all, or many of them corrupted. 10. Kepler was the only Man believed them generated of Celestial Matter, but that nevertheless some descended below the Moon. 11. Another Opinion is, that if not all, yet that many Comets are ●ither created by God of nothing, as Maestlin supposed, or made of what Matter soever it pleaseth him, Celestial or Elementary, and put into any form or shape to terrify Mortals, and to threaten Calamities to the World; but moved (where he pleased) by Angels and Intelligences. 12. The twelfth and last Opinion is not differing from all the rest, but rather distinguishing Celestial from Elementary Comets, in respect of their Place and Matter: For it admitteth some Comets to be generated below the Moon, (by the breathe of the Terrestrial Globe,) either inflamed or illuminated: Yet that some are above the Moon, and of a Celestial Matter. For my own part, in regard of the incertainty of all other Opinions, I willingly incline to that which attributes the Generation and Government of Comets to God, or the Intelligences: Or to such as reckon them among the Arcana of the World, and the most hidden Miracles of Nature: In which Number are, Messabala, Hagecius, Rhodius, Regiomontanus, Tycho, and many others: For the Dotages of Bodin, and some others, who suppose Comets were the Souls of Illustrious Men triumphing in Heaven: Or of those that thought them to be Fires conveyed to and fro by Spirits: I shall not trouble the Reader with such Phantasms. Having now declared to you the Name, Genus, and Species of Comets; their Number, time of Appearance, and Continuance, the Apparent, and true Magnitude of their Head and Tail, their Situation, Inclination, Motion, Way, Quantity, Swiftness, Distance, Shape, Colour, Smell, Diaphaniety, Matter, Place, and Efficient Cause: It now remains that I give you 17. Their Final Cause. IT has been a received Opinion in all Ages, that Comets are certain Funebrious Appearances, secret Fires and Torches of Death rather than of Life, and were ever looked upon as the threatening Eyes of Divine Vengeance, and the Tongue of an Ireful Deity, portending the Death of Princes, Plague of the People, Famine, and Earthquakes, with horrid and terrible Tempests. Aristotle (lib. 1. Meteor. Cap. 7.) acknowledges, Cometas significare Tempestatem & ventorum intemperantiam atque imbrium: That Comets signify Tempests, Intemperance of Winds and Showers. Cicero (lib. 2. the nat. Deor.) That Comets (or as he calls them) Sidera concinnata, curled or crisped Stars) Bella Octaviano Magnarum fuerunt calamitatum praenunciae, were the Forerunners or Messengers of the great Calamities that ensued by means of the Octavian War. The great Naturalist, Pliny, tells us no less in these words, Comets terrificum magna ex parte Sydus, ac non leviter piatum, ut Civili motu Octavio Consul, iterumque Pompeii ac Caesaris bello; in nostro vero aevo circa venificium quo Claudius Caesar Imperium reliquit Domitio Neroni, ac deinde Principatu ejus, assiduum prope ac saevum. A Comet is a terrible Star, for the most part, and not easily purged away by Sacrifice, as in the Civil War whilst Octavius was Consul: And again, in the War betwixt Pompey and Caesar; but in our Age (saith he) it was in a manner assiduous and cruel about the Feat of Poisoning, whereby Claudius Caesar left the Empire to Domitius Nero; and no less afterwards by his Sovereignty. So likewise Suetonius (writing on Claudius, cap. 26.) Praesagia mortis ejus praecipua fuerunt exortus Stellae Crinitae, quam Cometem vocant: The chief Presages of his Death, were the arisings of the Hairy Star, they call a Comet. Nor are the Poets silent in this particular: For thus Virgil (Prince of Latin Poets) enumerating the Prodigies that preceded the Civil War after Caesar's Death: Non aliàs Caelo ceciderunt plura sereno Fulgura: nec diri toties arsere Cometae. Not from clear Skies ever more Lightning came, Nor such Dire Comets oftener seen to flame. And Lucan, Ignota obscurae viderunt sidera noctes, Ardentemque Polum flammis, Coeloque volantes Obliquas per inane faces, crinemque timendi Sideris, & Terris mutantem Regna Cometen. Unheardof Stars by Night possessed the Skies, Heaven seems to flame: and through the Welkin fire Obliquely flies: States changing Comets dire, Display to us their Blood-portending Hair. Neither were the Holy Fathers of other Opinion; For, S. Damascen (lib. 2. Orthodox. fid.) tells us, Aggignuntur autem & frequenter Cometae signa quaedam interitus Regum, qui quidem non sunt ex iis Astris quae à rerum initio facta sunt; sed jussu divino certis temporibus conflantur, ac rursus dissolvuntur. There are Comets (saith he) frequently generated, that be signs of the Death of Kings, which indeed be not of those Stars that were at first created, but which are gathered by the will of God at certain times, and afterwards dissolved. And Tertullian (ad scap. cap. 3.) after a long Discourse thereof, thus concludes; Omnia haec signa sunt imminentis irae Dei. They are all Signs (saith he) of the imminent wrath of God. But because I would not be over-tedious, take the Testimony of S. Augustine for all, (lib. de urbis excid. Tom. 9) where speaking of a great Comet that impended over Constantinople, about the Year 396. (according to a Revelation first made thereof to a Soldier, and by him to a Bishop, who thereupon exhorted the People to Repentance, and to receive the Sacraments,) he hath these very words, Volens siquidem Deus terrere civitatem, & terrendo emendare, terrendo convertere, terrendo mundare, terrendo mutare, servo suo fideli, viro ut dicitur militari, etc. God being pleased to terrify the City, and by terrifying convert it, by terrifying cleanse it, by terrifying change it; he revealed (as 'tis reported) to a Soldier his faithful Servant, etc. And a little after, Noctis initio tenebrante jam mundo visa est ignea nubes ab Oriente primo parva, deinde paulatim ut accedebat super Civitatem & a crescebat, donec toti urbi ingens terribiliter immineret. Videbatur horrenda flamma pendere, nec odor Sulphurus deerat: Omnes ad Ecclesiam confugiebant; non capiebat multitudinem locus: Baptismum Extorquebat quisque à quo poterat: Non solum in Ecclesia, sed etiam per Domos, per vicos & plateas salus Sacramenti exigebatur, ut fugaretur ira non praes●ns utique sed futura. In the beginning of the Night, whilst darkness covered the Earth, there appeared a fiery Cloud in the East, at first but a little one; afterward, by degrees (as it approached the City) it so increased, till being mighty big, it hovered terribly over all the City: There was seen a horrible flame which descended from it, neither was there a Sulphurous smell wanting. All the People fled to the Church; the place contained not the Multitude: Every one wrested Baptism from whom he could, the health of the Sacrament was extorted, not only in the Church, but also throughout the Houses, Lanes, and Streets, to avoid as well the present, as future wrath of God. Thus far S. Augustine. Of Meteorologers, Let us hear Fromundus, lib. 1. Meteor. cap. 3. who after a long Discourse thereon concludes with Fienus, Cometem non esse Physicam causam calamitatum, sed signum potius ad placitum Dei, utentis Cometa licet effectu naturali; ad terrendos, & emendandos alicubi mortales, quo modo usus est ad foedus cum genere nostro significandum; & licet aliquibus fausti quidam Cometae fuerint aut visi sint, non in hunc tamen finem, sed ad tristiora denuncianda mitti, Principumque exitus & calamitates confarcinare. That a Comet is not a Physical cause of Calamities, but rather a Sign at the pleasure of God, using the Comet, although by a Natural Effect, to terrify and amend Mortals, like as he uses the Rainbow, to signify the Covenant made betwixt him and Mankind: And although Comets may be Fortunate (or seem so) unto some, yet, that they are not sent for that End, but to denounce more sorrowful things, and to heap up the Death and Calamities of Princes. The like saith Franciscus Resta, but the narrow room I am tied to, will not admit of all their Testimonies, in the Original especially. Cabaeus admits some Comets to be unfortunate, others fortunate, both per se, and to all; and also per accidens: Because there is never any thing so pernicious to one, but it profits another; and if one lose an Empire, another gets it: and subscribeth to Cardan, That Elementary Comets are generated of the great plenty of Sulphurous Spirits, which cause, or signify Drought, ●nd Distempers of the Air, whereby the tenderest and weakest Bodies, and those that be most delicately nurtured, and such as be subject to Cares and Watchings, are soon hurt and offended. In which number are all Princes, so likewise tender Bodies, and delicate Females, but that the Death of such is not so much taken notice of, as Princes. Of Astronomers, let Tycho have Audience first: He (Progym. Tom. 1. à pag. 800.) condemns all such, who because of the Errors of some Astrologers, and the weakness of Humane Understanding in attaining the certain Presages of these Portents, deprive them of all Energy, and virtue of signifying; as if God and Nature should dally with these appearances, and would have nothing to be thereby foretell the World. Longomontanus (his Scholar, Append. ad Astr. Dan. cap. 7.) sharply reprehends Thomas Erastus, and others, who allow of some Virtue to Ordinary Stars, yet indulge no Power or Efficacy to Comets: Because (saith he) God and Nature have made nothing in vain, but ordained the Evils themselves signified by Comets to a good End. That is to say, Dearth of Corn, and Barrenness; that the Earth as it were by lying fallow, might in the interim be fitted and prepared to a plenty of all Fruits. So likewise Tempests, that the Air thereby being tossed and tumbled, might be purged from Dregs, Diseases, and Wars, that wicked and ungodly Men being thereby routed out, the World might be renewed, according to these Verses of Palingelius. " Tales ergo homines, imo umbras, tempore certo " Mittit in arma Deus, crudeli morte necandos, " Sic genus humanum purgat, multosque per annos " Qui remanent vivunt hilares, hac parte Remora, " Donec succrescunt iterum mala gramine, rursus " Evellendo acri bello, gladioque secanda. " Tunc iterum immundas dispuniat Jupiter Ollas, " Tunc iterum immissis furtis purgamina verrit. For although these new Phaenomena be locked up in the Cabinet of Nature, in respect of the Matter and Efficient Cause thereof, yet as to the end, they were preordained of God, to signify the Eversions and Changes of Public things, and to pull down the too much Security of Men. Hitherto Longomontanus. Kepler (Physiolog. Comet.) saith, that Comets were made to the End the Aethereal Region might not be more void of Monsters, than the Ocean is of Whales, and other grand thieving Fishes; and that a gross fatness being gathered together as Excrements into an Aposthume, the Celestial Air might thereby be purged, lest the Sun should be obscured, as partly he was in the Year 1547. from the 24. to the 28. of April; or for a whole Year together, as in that wherein Julius Caesar was slain, when being made weak by a Murrey or Bloody colour, he cast but a dim and disdainful Light. And (lib. 3.) he proceeds to the significations of the Comet in 1607. unto which he attributes Drought, Scarcity of Corn, and many other Evils; adding withal that the wisest of Historians and Philosophers testify, That Infelicities and Miseries have always succeeded Comets, not only by the Death of Princes, and changes thence ensuing, but by a thousand other ways: And sums up the Troubles and Calamities which followed the Comet in 1531. in Helvetia, Saxony, and the Baltique Sea; and that of the Year 1532. in Westphalia and Holland. That of 1538. in England: That of 1539. in Misnia, Thuringia, Marchia, Brudenburgica, and Brunswick. That of 1558. (again) in England, France, and Holland. So likewise that of the Year 1569. in Saxony; and those in 1577. and 1580. in several places of Germany, etc. Which done, he declares the Events of the Comet in 1607. and his Judgement of those in 1618. and 1619. unto which I refer the Reader. I have been the larger in these Testimonies of Philosophers, Poets, Fathers, Meteorologists, and Astronomers, to the end all rational and indifferent Men may see and judge, what an awful regard hath ever been had of Comets, and other the like Prodigious Meteors, amongst the Learned; and how far differing from the too prejudicated and uncharitable Censures of some silly Sciolists of this Age, who judge of all things but according to the shallow Current of their own Fancies, or to cherish the predominant Humour of these giddy times. As for Astrologers, I shall not produce them as Witnesses, but Judges, to decide the Portents of the aforesaid new Comet in December, 1652. (the Occasion of this Discourse) and which now I come to handle Astrologically. But first I will give you the Place and Motion thereof. Of the Comet, 1652. UPon Wednesday the Eighth day of December, 1652. (Stilo veteri) about Nine a Clock at Night, I first beheld this Comet below the hinder-most Star in the Constellation of the Hare, but some few degrees to the East thereof. It was likewise seen the same Evening by Mr. Childrey of Feversham in Kent, (as I have it from a good hand) but neither he nor myself could as then perceive any Tail visible; what it had before the Moon was up, I know not. I have heard of some who say they saw it the sixth or seventh day: And 'tis very probable the first appearance thereof might be about the Full Moon, (Dec. 5.) or rather (as I suppose) upon the Quartile of Jupiter and Mars, Celebrated the seventh day of December, whereof more hereafter. The 9 th'. day betwixt 7 and 8 in the Evening, I saw it the second time, under the Foot of Orion, not far from the Hare's Eye; and then there appeared a dim Tail directly opposed the Sun, but after the Moon rose, the Tail was hardly visible. This Evening also it was observed by the Astronomical Reader of Gresham College, (as I am informed) and afterwards (so often as the Air would permit him) till it vanished. It is my unhappiness not to be acquainted with the Gentleman: Yet (by the means of a Noble Friend) I obtained the Longitude and Latitude thereof, as he had found the same by Instrument, from whence I have since Calculated its Declination every day, and here together present them the Reader. Ephemeris Cometae, Anni 1652. Decemb. Hor. Min. Longitude. Latitude. Declination 9 7 0 V. ♊. 10 0′. 39° 10′ A. 16° 46′ A. 10 7 0 V. 5 29 27 51 A. 0 4 A. 11 11 0 V. 2 45 18 20 A. 2 46 B. 12 7 0 V. 1 0 9 0 A. 11 36 B. 14 11 0 V. ♉. 27 30 4 55 B. 24 21 B. 15 10 0 V. 25 30 9 10 B. 28 4 B. 16 10 0 V. 23 45 14 10 B. 32 25 B. 18 9 30 V. 22 50 19 0 B. 36 48 B. 19 9 0 V. 21 40 21 30 B. 38 50 B. 21 9 30 V. 20 40 25 30 B. 42 19 B. 22 8 0 V. 20 25 26 45 B. 43 25 B. 23 10 0 V. 20 10 28 10 B. 44 39 B. 25 10 0 V. 19 30 30 35 B. 46 41 B. 30 6 10 V. 18 50 33 30 B. 49 9 B. By which we see it continued from the 6, 7, or 8. day of December till the 30. (at the least) on or about which day it vanished betwixt Perseus his Sword and Cassiopeia; having run through the first ten degrees of Gemini, and the last eleven degrees and ten minutes of Taurus, by a Retrograde Motion, and that perpetually decreasing. It changed its Latitude from South to North, intersecting the Ecliptic about the beginning of Gemini. It was Stella Caudata, not Crinita, as some supposed, because it had a visible Tail projected towards the North-East parts of the Earth. Now let us hear, and adhere to the Doctrine of Ptolemy, lib. 2. cap. 8. Observandi sunt & Cometae, sive in deliquiis, sive alio quovis tempore effulserint in universalium eventuum consideratione, quales sunt quae vocantur Trabes, Tubae, Dolia ac hujusmodi; etenim Effectus hae pariunt, quales à Marte cientur, ac Mercurio; ut Bella Aestus, motus turbulentos, & alia quae ista sequi consueverunt. Caeterum quibus locis minitentur & intentent effectus suos, ostendunt Zodiaci parts, sub quibus collectae ipsae & incensae, primum exarserint; tum inclinationes Comarum Crinitae pro rationae formae. Ex ipsa verò Collectionis ardentis velut facie ac forma, affectionis species & res, in quam illa pervasura est, innotescet; duratio flammae de eventuum intensione aut remissione, habitudo ad solem de initio eorundem, quando primum invadent, decebit. Nam cum Matutinae fuerint, diuque flagrant, celeriores: Sin Vespertinae, tardiores eventus arguunt. The Genuine sense and meaning whereof, is thus in the Englsh. In the Consideration of general Events, Comets are also to be observed, whether they appear in Eclipses, or at any other time, or of what form or name soever they be; for they produce Effects like those that be caused of Mars and Mercury; as Wars, Strifes, Turbulent Motions, and such other Events as usually follow these. But unto what places they menace and threaten their Effects, those parts of the Zodiac in which they are first collected and fixed, as also the inclinations of the Comets Rays (in respect of the form thereof) do declare. But by the Face and Shape, as it were, of that blazing Substance, the kind of the Effect, and the Matter into which it will change, shall be known. The duration of the Flame shall inform us of the intention or remission of the Events: The Comets positure to the Sun, the beginning of their Operation: For, when they are Matutine and burn long, they argue swifter Events; but being Vespertine, slower. By which words Ptolemy insinuateth three things to be considered in Comets, viz. The Quality, Place, and Time of their Effects. 1. For the Quality or Nature thereof; I am tied by the Rules of Art, to consider (in the first place) the Situation of the Orb, at the beginning, or middle appearance of a Comet, or else to the time of the swiftest Motion thereof: But forasmuch as not one of those three times can certainly be known, I am resolved (by the Examples of Haly, Cardan, Longomontanus, and others) to Examine the Figures of Heaven erected to the Full Moon of Decemb. 5. at 2. a Clock and 26 Minutes in the Morning: And the Quartile of Jupiter and Mars, the 7 th'. of December, at 6 in the Morning; at or near upon which times this Comet (questionless) appeared. And that Planet which shall be Lord of the place of the Comet, and of the preceding Angle, (because the Motion thereof was contrary to the succession of Signs) I shall take to be Lord of the Figure, and Comet, and consequently the Significator of future Events. In the Full Moon preceding (or incident with) this Comet, the Moon was above the Earth (and so the Luminary of the time) in the 24. degree of Gemini; whereof Mercury is Dispositer, and together with the Sun opposing her, Mars Lord of the Angle preceding, applying to a Quartile of Jupiter, and upon the Cusp of the Ascendant. In the Quartile of Jupiter and Mars, the 27. degree of Taurus is the Cusp of the West Angle, the most part of Gemini (viz. 24. degrees thereof) being in the same Angle, and therewith the Comet: Mercury Lord of the place of the Comet; Mars of the Angle precedent, and the Moon in Quartile to Mars, and opposed to Jupiter. Whereby it appears, that Mercury and Mars are as well the Accidental, as Natural Lords of this Comet, and therefore the Events thereon depending of their Nature. 2. Secondly, we must consider it as to the colour thereof: Color enim significat naturam Planetae dominantis; for, the colour of a Comet signifies the Nature of the Ruling Planet. This was of a Fiery Red, but mixed with a dusky Silver colour, which made it look but dim in appearance, (unless in clear Nights before the Moon was up, for than it looked more Rutilant:) and therefore it was likewise in this respect of the Nature of Mars and Mercury, as shall also be the Effects thereof; which nevertheless will not be so Noble, as if it had been of a more Glorious and Splendent colour; Stella, quo magis est lucida, eo nobilioris censetur naturae: By how much brighter any Star or Comet is, by so much it is supposed to be of a more Noble Nature. 3. The Form or Shape thereof is next to be observed; for this also partly denotes the Nature of the Planet unto which it belongs, and by consequence the quality of the Effects: Quae Crinita, versicolor, vel bene caudata, Mercurius est. The Comet that is Hairy, of sundry colours, or very much Tailed, belongs to Mercury. 4. The fourth thing considerable (as to the Nature of its Effects) is the Magnitude thereof, (I mean, first, of the Head of the Comet) for the knowledge of which there are three things necessarily required. 1. The apparent Diameter of its Discus. 2. The Distance thereof from the Centre of the Earth. 3. That the Head thereof be Spherical, or near Spherical. But for my own part, as I was not furnished with Instruments proper for this purpose, so I cannot hear of any one of our Learned English Astronomers (and we have not a few such in Oxford and elsewhere in England) unless at London, the Reader of Gresham College, that made any Curious Observations thereof: What was done by Gassendus, Bullialdus, Hevelius, or other Famous Observers in Foreign Parts, will doubtless e'er long be produced to Light. The Diameter of it (as it appeared to the Eye) was not so little as 15 Inches, (I mean, when it seemed greatest:) And therefore if, as saith the Gentleman, formerly, and but now instanced, All the Symptoms thereof agree with those which have been evinced to be Celestial, it must needs be of a huge and incredible Magnitude: Which imports the Fame, Renown, and Vehemency of its Effects: For, quo major est, Stella, eo est Efficacior. The greater any Star or Comet is, the more Efficacious. Nevertheless, it is true, and I instance it by way of Caution, that lesser Stars do oftentimes Operate more effectually upon Sublunary things, than others that be greater; but it is when nearer thereunto. The like knowledge should (next) be had of the Magnitude of the Tail thereof, (which nevertheless is more uncertain, by reason of the inconstant vibration and ejection of its Rays,) but having not the distance of the Comets Head, nor the distance of the extremity of the Tail thereof from the Centre of the Earth; neither the apparent distance of the Head, from the extremity of the Tail; (which three things are necessarily requisite hereunto,) I forbear further mention thereof. 5. The Fifth and last thing Observable are the Fixed Stars, near to which this Comet first appeared. Touching which, we must note, That this Comet first began in the last part of the Bull's Asterism, wherein are the Horns of the Bull, Aldebaran, and the Hyadeses, Stars so called, of the Nature of Mars: So likewise the Buckler, Foot, and left Shoulder of Orion; of the Nature of Mars, Mercury, Jupiter, and Saturn; and which are usually the Causes of Lightning, Thunder, and Fiery Impressions. Thus than it appears, that the quality of the Events presaged by this Comet, are clearly of the Nature of Mercury and Mars: And to tell you what they are, is the next thing intended. The Dominion of Mercury portends great Calamity unto all those that Live by their own Industry, and such as love and favour the Muses, with the Death of some great Personage, Wars, Famine, and Pestilence; of Diseases, the Frenzy, Lethargy, Epilepsy, and griefs of the Head. Mars presageth of Sickly, Contagious, and unpleasant Winds, the drying up of Fountains and Rivers, Scarcity and Putrefaction of Fruits; much, and often Thunder, Coruscations, and Lightning: The Seas pestered and troubled more than ordinary with frequent Shipwrecks; of Brawling, Contentions, Wars, Vexations, Tumults, Seditions, and other Mischiefs. Of Diseases, most cruel Dysenteries (or Bloody-Fluxes) Pestilent Fevers, and Tertian Agues, and Swellings (full of heat and redness) commonly called St. Anthony's Fire, Frenzies, Untimely Births, and hot Sicknesses; the Hemorrhoides (or Piles) Dotages, Acute and Chronic Diseases, with others of like Nature. And (saith Cardan.) habet ut dixi semper hoc praecipuum Cometes à deliquio distinctum ut Martis de Mercurio furentium damna significet. A Comet (as I have told you) hath always this special distinction from an Eclipse, That it signifies losses and hurt to be done by the Outrages of Soldiers and Mercurialists. He adds further, Dissidium & permutationem Fulgura, Tonitrua, Terrae Motus, Ventos graves, Saevas tempestates, Novas Arts & Inventiones, omnes tamen humano generi perniciosas: That is, Deceit and Bartering, Thunder and Lightning, Earthquakes, Grievous Winds, Cruel Tempests, New Arts and Inventions, yet those Mischievous to Humane kind. Moreover, the same Cardan tells us, (Seg. 3. Aphor. 117.) Cometae Mobiles bella indicant ab externis: That movable Comets do proclaim Wars, from, or by means of Foreigners and Strangers. Again (in another place) Semper videntur, quae contra ordinem Signorum feruntur, mutationes Legum significare. Those Comets which are moved contrary to the Order of the Signs, are always observed to signify Change of Laws: And he gives the Reason thereof, Quod motus is primi Coeli fit, atque ob id à Deo vel supremo Rectore: Because that motion follows the Primum Mobile, and is therefore from God, or other Supreme Governor of our Affairs. Haly Rhadoan is likewise of Opinion, that a Retrograde Comet doth signify, Haereses & Legum turbas, etc. Heresies and varieties of Laws, than which (saith he) none are crueler, seeing that in all other Evils, Men may know they work Mischiefs, but in the Breaches and Debates of Laws and Heresies, and in Wars that be raised by reason of different Laws; when Men exercise their Cruelty upon Infants and little Children, and kill Men with Torments and Fire; lead away Captives into Bondage, spoil the Fields, and destroy whole Cities with Fire, some think they do God good Service, others play the Hypocrites. And our Learned Dee, Aphor. 88 plainly tells us, that Planeta Retrogradus, etc. A Retrograde Planet, or Comet, seems after a sort to infringe the constant Order of Nature, in that it finishes its daily Motion in shorter time than doth the Aequator itself. Let us yet hear what Junctinus says, fol. 318. Si apparuerit aliqua ex Stellis, Cometis, etc. If any one Comet (saith he) shall appear in Gemini, it foreshews an appearance of Wantonness and Fornication, with a Reverence of Venereal Incests in Men: That Religious Persons, and Men serving God, shall be cast down, and nothing regarded. It shall signify Brawling and Contention, Seed-Plots of War and Sicknesses, whereby shall follow the Death of Children and Young Men especially: Moreover, Abortive-Births, Destruction of Birds, Famine, Thunder, and Coruscations, with strong Winds that shall tear up young Trees by the middle. Again, Si apparuerit aliqui ex Stellis Cometis in Tauro, etc. If any Comet (saith he) shall appear in Taurus, it imports the bad state and condition of Men, that little of good shall befall them, and the Injuries of Rebels, that be in those Regions, or Countries towards them. It is also wont to portend the Death of some Great Man, Captivities, Wrongs, and a Toleration of Unlawful things. Besides, Detriment unto whole Herds and Droves of cattle, strong Winds, Corruption of Corn and Fruits, very much Cold in its Season, with a horrible Earthquake, Vehement Sicknesses, and dry Diseases, as Scabs and Itches. And thus much of the Quality, or Nature of this Comets Effects. 2. The Second thing to be enquired after, are the Places and Persons thereby threatened and endangered: For the knowledge whereof, we must consider, (1.) The inclination of the Comets Tail, (or Rays) for look what Regions or Countries the same did respect, and those shall (more or less) be endamaged and hurt by the Effects thereof. This inclined (for the most part) to the North-East Nations of the World: And what they are may be discerned by the Globe or Map, unto which I refer the Reader. (But the places principally designed to endure its Effects, are the Country's Subject to Gemini and Taurus, through which it moved; and those are (according to Origanus) Sardinia, part of Lombardy, Flanders, Brabant, the Dukedom of Wittemberge, Hyrcania, Armenia, Mariana, Cirenaica, Marmarica, and the lower Egypt, Russia, Alba, the Greater Polonia, the North of Swedland, all Ireland, Lorraine, Campania, Switzerland, Rhetia, Franconia, Parthia, Persia, and the Cycladeses Island which lie between Europe and Asia, Cyprus, and the Coasts of the Lesser Asia;— more particularly the Cities of London, Corduba, Viterbium, Cesena, Turinum, Vercellas, Rhegium, Louvain, Bruges, Moguntia, Hasford, Bamberge, and Noriberge. Moreover, Bononia, Senas, Mantua, Tarentum, Parma, Lucerna, Nants, Wirizburge, Carolostadium, Lipsia, Posania, Guesna, and Novogardia (in Muscovia.) 3. So likewise the Regions unto which this Comet was Vertical: For, (as Origanus, pag. 525. Cometae illis regionibus imprimis nocent; quibus sunt verticales, aut in quarum sunt signis: Comets (saith he) do especially hurt those Regions unto which they are Vertical, or in whose Signs they happen. And, our Learned Countryman, Dr. Dee, tells us, Aphor. 54. Quo magis ad perpendicularitatem, etc. By how much more the Radious Axis of any Star, or Comet, comes nearer being perpendicular to any Elementary Superficies, by so much more powerfully that Star or Comet pours out its Virtues upon the place of its Incidence. For the specifical Virtues of the Stars, and Comets, being conveyed to us by their Light; the fewer the Beams are that fall upon the Horizon, the less shall be their Virtue, and that fewer Beams fall upon the place of the Horizon, in their Oblique Position, than when they approach nearer to, or are in their Perpendicularity, is evident to every one but meanly Versed in Geometry and the Optics. Now, what the Regions and Countries be unto which this Comet became Perpendicular, the following Aphorism will determine. Stella verticales sunt illae quae tantam habent declinationem ab Aequinoctiali, quanta est elevatio Poli illius Regionis: Stars that be Vertical, are those which have as much Declination from the Equinoctial, as is the Elevation of the Pole, or Latitude of the place. And therefore all the Regions, Kingdoms, Commonwealths, Countries and Towns, that have from 00. degrees, to 16. degrees, 46 minutes of South Latitude; and from 00. degr. to 49°. 9′. of North Latitude, are herein principally concerned. I'll only instance some few eminent places on this side the Equator, the rest you may see in the Globe. Alexandria, in Egypt. Ancona, in Italy. Athens. Avenio, in France. Babylon. Bactra. Barcino, in Catholon. Basilia, in Helvetia. Berna, in Helvetia. Bethlehem. Bononia, in Italy. Bourdeaux in France. Brundisium. Buda, in Hungary. Burgos, in Spain. Chartres. Compostella. Constantinople. Constance. Conimbria, in Portugal. Corduba. Corinthus. Dalmatia, in Egypt. Damascus. Ephesus. Ferraria. Fessa. Florence. Gades, in Spain. Genova, in Italy. Goa, in India. Halicarnassus. Hamburgh. Hydruntum. Jerusalem. Ingolstade. Leyden. Lions. Lisbon. Lucca. S. Malo. Mecha. Mexico. Morocco. Madrid. Milan. Messina. Marbon. Nants. Naples. Paris. Milan. Pampelona, in Navar. Pelusium, in Egypt. Poitiers. Ratisbon. Rochel. Rome. Salamanca, in Spain. Sena, in Hetruria. Syracuse. Smyrna. Thessalonica. Tholose. Tubinga. Turino. Tarraco, in Cathalo. Tirolis. Tours, in Spain. Valence, in Spain. Valladolid, in Spain. Venice. Vienna, in Austria. Ulms. Ulissippo, in Portugal. Urbinum, in Italy. Here it may be objected, whether England shall not suffer by the Effects of this Comet, as well as other places? To which I answer, That although I find it not Vertical to any part of England, yet, I must needs confess, it wanted but a little of being so in the Southern parts thereof, and cannot therefore be exempted from sharing with other places in the Miseries and Calamities threatened them, especially London, in whose Ascendant the Comet first appeared. Howbeit, England in general shall not suffer by it so extremely as some Provinces and Cities of Italy, France, Spain, Portugal, and other Countries under whose Ascendant it moved, or to whom it was Vertical. It was a Retrograde Comet in Gemini and Taurus, Anno 1553. That immediately preceded a great Earthquake and horrible Winds in the Country's bordering upon the Rhine. A Schism in England, a Famine in Germany, an Inundation of Waters in Polonia, and no fewer than 960 Houses in one Town in Brabant, all of them burnt and consumed by Fire. The Death of Clement the Seventh, and the Duke of Milan: And why not this another Earthquake, and Famine in Germany, or France? A fine new Schism in England; or another such Deluge in Polonia? Why not the like Mischiefs by Fire about Cracovia or Casimyria? Why may not another such Duke, or Prince, a King, or an Emperor give up the Ghost? A Pope or a Cardinal be Poisoned or Stabbed? But Solinumine afflati praedicant particularia: I must not exceed the Limits of a general Judgement, neither the bounds allotted me by the Printer; yet, to satisfy the unbelieving part of the World, that Comets have really ever been the Prodromi (or forerunners) of the Death of one or more such Personages (for those are the proper Subjects of Comets,) I shall here give them the following Catalogue, wherein (to recede no further) are— The Years of the Comets after Christ. The Princes, etc. that Died in the same, or the following Year. 13. Agrippa. 14. Augustus, Emp●rour. 54. Claudius, Emperor. 70. Vitellius, Emperor. 80. Vespasian, Emperor. 213. Severus, Emperor. 340. Constantine, Emperor. 363. Julian, the Apostate. 392. Valentinian, Emperor. 454. Theodosius, Emperor. 571. Albonius, King of Lombary. 603. Maurice, Emperor. 814. Charles the Great, Emperor. 837. Pepin, King of France. 839. Ludovicus Pius, Emperor. 882. Ludovicus Bavar. Emperor. 983. Otho II. Emperor. 1009. Pope John XVIII. 1066. S. Edw. King of England. 1106. Henry IU. Emperor. 1169. Malcolm, King of Scots. 1214. William, King of Scots. 1264. Pope Urban IU. 1301. Andrew, King of Hungary. 1314. Philip the Fair. 1341. Andronicus, Emperor. 1375. Charles the IV. 1402. Tamburlaine and Galeat, Vic. 1450. Amurath the Turk, Emperor. 1456. Ladislaus, King of Poland. 1457. Alphonsus, King of Naples. 1477. Charles, Burgundy. 1505. King Philip. 1506. Alexander, King of Poland. 1512. Pope Julius II. And Bajazet the Turk, Emperor. 1521. Leo the X. 1533. Clement VII. Alphons. Duke of Ferraria. And Duke of Milan. 1558. Charles' V. Emperor. Queen of Poland, and Hungary. And Marry, Queen of England. 1559. Paul IU. Henry, King of France, King of Portugal, King of Denmark, Duke of Venice, Duke of Ferraria, and fifteen Cardinals, with divers other Princes. 1577. Sebastian, King of Portugal. 1585. Osman Turk, Emperor. And Stephen, King of Poland. 1590. Urban VII. And Charles, Archduke. 1607. Charles, Duke of Lorraine. 1618. Mathias, Emperor. And Ann, Queen of England. 3. I come now to the third and last Particular laid down by Ptolemy, and that is the time of these Events. In due search whereof we are to consider the Habit of the Comet in respect of the Sun. Cometa Orientalis effectum suum citius ostendit; Occidentalis tardius. An Oriental Comet doth quickly show its Effects, but an Occidental (as this was) more slowly. And this in the general.— In Specie (saith Cardan) quantum temporis requiritur Prolemaeus non dixit. Ptolemy hath left us no special Rule whereby to know the precise beginning of a Comets Effects. Howbeit, Cardan is of Opinion, that the beginnings thereof are (as in Eclipses) deferred so many Months, as there shall be inequal hours intercepted between the Comet and the Ascendant of the Figure erected to the middle time of its appearance: Yet (saith he) Hoc unum interest quod semina corum quae p●r Cometam significantur, diutius proferuntur. This one thing is considerable, that sometimes the Generation (or Seeds) of those things which are signified by a Comet, are deferred longer: And he gives the Example of our Saviour, at whose Birth there appeared a Comet in the East, which the Wise Men saw, and came therefore to Worship him. (They called it a Star, by a common name, as well because Comets are called Stars, as also for that it was most fair and beautiful, and resembling those that usually shine by Night.) Which Star or Comet (saith he) pronounced the Seditions and Troubles that succeeded by the Promulgation of the Faith of Christ; These many Exiles and Martyrs, and afterwards the Kingdom of Peace and Salvation to be established: The Author and King of which [CHRIST] was born in the very Glory of the Comet, because it appeared in the East. Nevertheless, the Effects thereof, that is to say, the Preaching and Promulgation of his Law, the Seditions and Tumults of the People, the Persecutions, Banishments, Deaths, Wars, and Kingdoms erected in a Christian Name, scarce had their Commencement Thirty Years after, and persevere until this very day. So on the contrary, in 1264. there appeared an unhappy Comet in the East, extending its Hairs or Rays (if we Credit the Story) to the Mid-heaven; which Comet continued almost Nine Months together: Neither sooner vanished it, than Pope Urban died. After whose death, Charles with an Army of Fr●nch, marched against Manfr●dus, and having Vanquished him, possesses himself of the Kingdom of Naples. Two Years after, the Paeni (or Carthaginians) invaded Spain, and there committed great Cruelty; nevertheless, they were afterwards repulsed and slam. At the same time there were great Tumults raised in Hetruria. What followed? In the third Year after the Comet, Banducar, (or rather Bandoduchar) King of Babylon and Assyria, invaded Armenia with a mighty Army, Conquered Antioch, and committed most grievous slaughters upon the Christians. In the fourth Year after the Comet, Conradinus (the Suevian) being Vanquished and taken Captive by Charles, Earl of Provence and Sicily; and (as Aemilius writes) the declared King of Jerusalem was Beheaded. In the fifth Year, Lewis the Ninth, King of France, passing into Africa, was taken at Carthage; or, as others say, at Tunera, and died of a Flux, the greatest part of his Army being first destroyed by Famine and Pestilence: Whose Death was no sooner heard of, than the aforesaid Charles enforced the King of the Carthaginians to a Yearly Tribute. In the Sixth Year, the Scythians (now called Tartars) assisting the Armenians, (the Assyrians or Saracens being Vanquished and fled) freed Asia, and long kept it by the consent of the Christians. So that the measure of time limiting the beginning and ending of a Comets Effects cannot be prefixed, unless, as Ptolemy describeth; for so indeed they may be conjectured: But to adventure on feigned proportions of time, where none is in Nature, were ridiculous. Diuturni Cometae effectuum magnitudinem & diuturnitatem stabilemque in perturbatione quam afferunt statum significant. Effectus minores & minus stabiles minus Diuturni Cometae afferunt. Comets that continue long, saith Origanus, import the Magnitude and continuance of their Effects, and a steadfast condition in the Trouble or Addiction they bring. But such as continue a shorter time, lesser Effects, and not so durable. This Comet continued twenty three days, or thereabouts; and 'tis probable the Effects may continue as many Years; but I dare not conclude so. For although that proportion should hold true, where the Effects of Comets (meeting with no obstruction) terminate per se, their virtue being extinguished, like as it falls out in all other Natural Causes: Yet when another Comet, Eclipse, or Great Conjunction supervenes, which is of a contrary Nature, it everts the Decrees of the former, and so eludes us as to any certain proportion of time limiting their Effects. Teaching how Astrology may be restored; from Morinus, viz. Johannes Baptista Morinus, Doctor in Physic, and Physician in Ordinary to the Duke of Luxemburgh, after his Epistles to the South and North Astrologers, for restoring of Astrology, Printed at Paris, Anno 1628. delivers these six following Articles, etc. as necessary for the Confirmation and Demonstration thereof, by Principles: which Articles, etc. I have faithfully Translated, and here inserted, in hope some Noble Spirits endued with Ability of Parts and Purse, may timely attempt the Prosecution thereof. 1. FIrst, to Collect from the Histories of several Nations of the World, the most Eminent and Notable Changes that have therein happened, in respect of Sects, Empires, Kingdoms, Wars, Famines, Deluges, etc. with the exact times of their Changes, and the true postures of the Constellations and Planets preceding the same. 2. To observe the Changes of the Air, in respect of Heat, Cold, Moisture, and Drought; as also the Winds throughout the whole Latitude of the Earth: And then the different places of Longitude, in their Natures and Qualities, at the same and at several times, Erecting Celestial Figures most congruous for that purpose; and to mark well how from thence, Plants, Brutes, and Men are affected, and all these Observations to compare one with another. 3. To erect the several Nativities of such as died not long after they were Born; of those that be Sickly, or any ways Hurt, Blind, Lame, Ulcerated, Wounded, Burnt, Mutilated, etc. diligently observing the Parts so affected; the which may most conveniently be done in a spacious City, (such as Paris is) where are many Hospitals, and Poor People innumerable, many Surgeons, and every day various Casualties. 4. By help of the Physicians, to find out (if possible) the Beginnings, Species, Accidents, and Solutions of all Acute and daily Diseases, that every where abound, Erecting Celestial Schemes to those Beginnings: And that especially at Paris, where the exorbitant Practice of frequent Blood-letting, does much disturb Nature's Motions and Crises in Diseases, and very often elude and frustrate the Astrological Predictions of the Ancients concerning them. 5. What the Ancient Astrologers have delivered on every Subject, the same to Collect and Observe in several, by diligent reading thereof, and to Correct the Figures of their Experiments, in respect of the Errors of the old Astronomy. 6. To Argue and Determine by Physical and Astrological Reasons, concerning the System of the World, now so much controverted, betwixt the Copernicans and Tychonists: For as much as in this thing (although both Mensurable and Visible) Geometry and the Sight are both defective: Neither can the quickest sighted Man living conclude any thing thence for certain, with what Telescope soever: Because the same Phaenomena are deduced from both the Systems. For, albeit the thing itself be sensible, yet does it elude and surpass the sense of Man: the truth whereof so much concerns Astrology, that Tycho and Kepler thought fit rather to destroy her, than that their own new Systems should not be established. Afterwards, out of the confused sayings of Ancient Astrologers, and the Observations of past and present things, with the proper and Corrected Schemes of Heaven, by accurate Speculation, and dividing rightly, to attain unto the first Causes of Effects, which are the first Principles of this Science, few in number both in this and other Sciences, yet so valid, that from thence (they being firmly established) the whole Science of Astrology, and her innumerable Conclusions, may easily be drawn to a Method. Whence I dare boldly affirm, that Astrology (which is partly a Physical, partly a Mathematical Science) may be more certainly and evidently demonstrated; yea, and in a more Excellent Method, than either Natural Philosophy, or Physic have hitherto been, by any Man whatsoever. Yet, seeing many times for the restoring of Astronomy, and once in the Calendar, many Men (Learned in these Arts) have met together at the Charge of Kings, Emperors, and of his Holiness the Pope, no Man (I suppose) will imagine, that one Man's Life or Labour can suffice for the abovementioned work, it being so very great, so difficult and sublime, but that every one of the Articles require several Persons proper thereunto, and to be encouraged with fair and liberal Allowances. All whose Labours, he who being endowed with Understanding and Wisdom, is made Praefect or Ruler of the Sixth Article, must receive and Govern, that thence he may know how to discharge his Duty. But 'tis much to be feared, this Malignant, and [to Scholars] most Ingrateful Age (the so long wished for and present Opportunity being slighted) will either defraud itself and Posterity of so great a Benefit, or else retard the same for some more Myriads of Heavenly Revolutions, or at leastwise scorn to see it now complete and perfect: When verily this Science is more Divine than all other Natural Sciences; howbeit, through the want of Demonstration, and Abuse, it hath hitherto undergone the Contempt and Hatred of Ignorant Men. But let no Man think I enforce or attempt any thing against the most Holy Roman Church: For, I embrace not only the Ninth Rule of the Index of Books prohibited by the Council of Trent, but also the Bull of Sixtus Quintus, against such as profess the vain and false Science of the Stars and Constellations, which I extremely abhor, and endeavour with all my might utterly to extirpate. Moreover, I deny not, but that the very true Science of the Stars (which what sober Man will deny, if with a Mind elevated above the dregs of the Earth, and the Clouds of the Air, he fix his Eye upon those truly sublime, but yet Naturally known Powers of the Celestial Bodies, and their manner of Operation?) may no less Lawfully be forbidden by the Church, in respect of the Abuse thereof, than the Reading of the Holy Scriptures, according to that of St. Matthew, Cap. 18. If thy Hand or Foot offend thee, cut it off and cast it from thee: It is good for thee, etc. However, from those Excellent Principles of Astrology (newly discovered) it may be Lawful (at least) to assure you, that I can so strongly assert the truth thereof, it shall abundantly appear to all Men, that as it is a Holy and Godly thing to inveigh against all Diabolical Practisers, Vain, Ignorant, and Superstitious Astrologers, and to deter Men from all vain and sinful Curiosity; so, to rage and rave against the Substance of this true Science, whether in Pamphlets or Pulpits, is, in an Ignorant Man unjust and rash, in a knowing Man very Malicious; and that indeed it were far better for Men (even in order to their Salvation) that the Truth and true Use of this Science might be known, than the Falsity, Ignorance, and Abuse thereof should any longer continue, and GOD be defrauded of that Glory, which is by right due to him for his Creating the Heavens. Neither let it trouble any Man, that I pronounce Sixtus ab Heminga, (whom the Enemies of Judiciary Astrology so much Glory in) to be a very Ignorant Fellow: When I can easily make it appear by Experiments and solid Reason too, that both Cardan, and Ptolemy himself, being too much addicted to Universal Causes, (not well weighing particular) did lead Posterity into no final Errors: But if the Blind lead the Blind, what Wonder is it, if they both fall into the Ditch? In the mean time I must Humbly entreat those Rare and Renowned Masters of this Science, if they have gotten or observed any thing in it that is Excellent, they would vouchsafe ingeniously to impart it to me. Thus far Morinus, and enough (I suppose) to satisfy any Reasonable Man, that Astrology is demonstrable; and not only Lawful and True, but Divinely Excellent, and necessary for a Christian: And that none but the Ignorant and Malicious will condemn or oppose the same. Cardan. Seg. 1. Aphor. 25. Difficile est Judicare, per ea quae scripta sunt; longè difficilius artem ipsam tradere: Difficillimum autem artem ipsam invenire. The Cabal of the Twelve Houses Astrological, from Morinus. I Shall not dispute how much Astronomers differ among themselves concerning the Number, Site, Motions, and Nature of the Heavens: Neither here undertake to compose such a strife, nor to censure any Man's judgement therein; forasmuch as at least, in this, they do many of them agree [That there is one supreme Heaven and first Movable, which by its own motion, from East to West, accomplisheth its Revolution about the Earth, in the space of 24. hours; and causeth such a force of stupend Motion, in the bodies subordinate, that it manifestly carrieth with it, from East to West, whatsoever is betwixt it and the middle Region of the Air.] 'Tis true, Kepler (the Lynceus of the last Age) denying (with Copernicus') such a first Movable, makes the Starry Heaven to be supreme, and immovable: And maintaineth, that the Earth (called a Planet by Pythagoras, and placed between the Spheres of Mars and Venus) performs by its own Motion from West to East, an en●ire rotation about its Axis, in the space of 24. hours, the Sun being placed in the Centre of the World. Which supposed so, (as indeed it is by the most Learned of this Age) yet in this doth the Starry Heaven perform the Office of the First Movable, [That the same part of the Earth, by the motion of the whole body thereof, continually cometh into the Aspect of New parts of the Stellified Heaven, whereby that part of the Earth shall be forthwith changed de novo, unless we deny it all power of Operating thereupon.] Whether therefore there be no other Heavens above that of the Fixed Stars (unknown I confess, to the Egyptians, Chaldaeans, Plato, Aristotle, Hyparchus, and even to Ptolemy himself.) Or whether More, according to the Alphonsins; yet this is most certain, and not contradicted by any, That in Mundane Bodies, as the Earth, Water, Air, Fire, and Heavens, there is some First and Supreme, than which there cannot be any higher; otherwise should they be infinite in Operation: And also that these very Bodies are the universal Causes of Physical Mutations, and subordinate one to another in Operation: Therefore in that Subordination, there must likewise be one first and supreme Physical cause, which acteth by itself, and borroweth not of any former the power of Operation. And from that the Middle, and from these the Lowest do receive their virtue of Action: Otherwise, this Subordination of Causes should itself be quite overthrown: For, why should the Middle be said to be Subordinate to the Supreme, and the Lowest to the Middle in their Operation, if that which is lower received no influx or virtue from that which is Superior unto it? And can the Lowest without the Influence of the Middle, or these without the Influence of the Highest, of themselves produce any Effect? The First Cause, therefore, of all things can be no other than the Supreme Heaven, which if (according to the Doctrine of the Ancients) it move, it moveth also the Bodies that be thereunto inferior, yet is not itself moved by any other Body superior unto it. And if (according to Kepler) it be immovable, and endued with Stars, it hath influence, at least, upon the Bodies that be subordinate to it, but receiveth not influence from any other. Therefore either way, the First Heaven shall be the First Cause, or the first Physical beginning of Physical Effects and Changes. For, 'tis but expedient that the First beginning in every kind, should be the most perfect: Therefore shall the First Heaven be in the Lineage of Efficient Causes, which are of the most universal and powerful Active virtue, (which is the greatest perfection of an Efficient Cause) so that there is no Inferior Corporeal Cause, which it moveth not, or into which it instilleth not a virtue or power of Operation; and nothing anew generated in the whole World, which this virtue of itself toucheth not. Which being granted, how can any Man doubt, but that every thing which is generated and born de novo, should be referred to that First Cause thereof? For, it must be referred either to some part of that Heaven, or to that whole Heaven: But it ought to be referred to the whole Heaven: For, the First heaven is not the First and most Universal Cause, secundum aliquam sui partem, according to some part of it, but secundum se totum, according to the entire Body thereof: Therefore every Sublunary Effect, so far as it may be considered secundum se totum, to wit, in its Beginning, Vigour, Declination, and Destruction, must be referred to the whole heaven; yet not confusedly, but distinctly and orderly, as the most orderly motion of Heaven itself requireth. For, as the whole Effect, and whatsoever doth happen from Heaven during the same, correspond to the whole Heaven, and yet the Beginning is not the End thereof; so what was in Heaven of itself the Cause of its Beginning, this same thing shall not of itself be the Cause of the End thereof: (for so no Effect should continue, nor indeed any be produced.) But as the Beginning, Vigour, Declination, and End of things do differ and succeed one another: So the Celestial Causes of these likewise differ amongst themselves, and must succeed one another. But in Heaven, Difference and Succession are not, unless in respect of the parts thereof. Therefore in Heaven are certain parts that be the Causes of the beginning of things, or which do govern the same: Others succedent to those, which rule the Vigour; others that rule their Declination; and lastly, such as govern the End or Destruction of things. What part of Heaven then (Nature herself guiding and teaching us) shall we call the First Cause of the Natural Beginning of every thing? Surely that, which in the very Beginning of the thing, ariseth above the Horizon thereof, and arising causeth the thing itself also to arise. For, certain it is, that of all the places of Heaven, the East is more powerful than the rest, as is testified by all Astrologers, concerning the Rising, Culminating, and Setting of the Stars; and as Experience itself convinceth, in the Change of Air. But a Cause is said to be only more Powerful, in respect of a stronger, and more difficult Effect: Therefore, the stronger and more difficult Effect of things, must be attributed to the Ascendant Part of Heaven, which none will deny to be the Rise or Production of those things. But successively, that Part of Heaven, which is more elevated above the Horizon, and possesseth the Mid-heaven, in the Rise or Beginning of the thing, shall have the Government of the vigour and Operative virtue thereof; That which setteth at the same time, the Declination of it, from its perfect estate: And lastly, That which obtains the Bottom of Heaven, shall be taken for the Cause of its Corruption. And this is the simple, and (of all others) the first Division of Heaven, whereby it is truly and rationally fitted for the Begetting, Increase, and Alteration of all Physical things from their own Nature, and, at length, corrupting them: And which only the Ancient Astrologers frequently used, in their General and Particular constitutions of Heaven, as appears by Holy, in the Figure of the Comet which happened in his time: For that either a more scrupulous Division of Heaven was harder in those days for want of Astronomical Tables: Or because this Division might generically contain, whatsoever another could more specially. But when once some ginger had observed, that Heaven was both made and moved, rather for the sake of Man, than any other Animate, or Inanimate Creatures, and how many things agreed to Man himself, in respect of his more Divine Nature, which did not in any wise to more ignoble Creatures: He supposed, that for Man's own sake also the whole Circle of Heaven was rationally Divided into Twelve parts, (by great Circles drawn through the intersections of the Horizon and Meridian, and cutting the Aequator in so many equal parts) which he called Houses; the first whereof he placed in the East, and delivered to Posterity, That it governed the Life of Man, and from thence might be had and drawn a conjectural knowledge and judgement concerning Life: That the 2. (which followeth the first, according to the Motion of the Planets,) did govern Riches: The third Brethren: The fourth Parents, and so of the the rest, as in the subsequent Figure, the Houses are Ordered and Named. And from him, until this present time hath this division of heaven, and appellation of Houses, continued uncorrupted: Howbeit Ptolemy and his Followers do descent from this Ancient Tradition, seeming to pervert the Division in many places: As when (concerning Children) they principally judge, not from the 5. House, but the 11. which is opposite thereunto: When (concerning the Mother) not from the 4. but the 10. opposite unto it: So (when of Servants, and Animals) not from the 6. but the 12. (the House opposing it) which apparent Error shall hereafter be Corrected. The Order and Names of the Houses Astrological. 1. Life. 2. Riches. 3. Brethren. 4. Parents. 5. Children. 6. Servants. 7. Marriage 8. Death. 9 Religion. 10. Magistracy 11. Friends. 12. Enemies. Now, amongst all other Foundations of Astrology, this of dividing the Heavens into 12 Houses, is the first and chiefest; in that thereupon principally depends the whole Art of Predictions: And the Causes, Reasons, and first Beginnings of this Division, furthest distant from our Understanding, and far more hardly to be found out, by reason, than any other; in which regard very few (if any at all) have undertaken the defence thereof, by any true or probable Reasons, Ptolemy himself (to say the truth) being in this particular very defective. For Lucius Bellantius (who took up●n him the defence of Astrology against Picus) in his 10. Book (written against c. 5. of Picus' 10. Book) after he had enumerated sundry of his own and t●● Ancients trifles, not worthy the name of Reasons, is at length forced to oppose Picus with Experience only, and to conclude him from Objects very ridiculous, and unbeseeming an Artist of his Learning and Gravity, in these words: Quaerere igitur quam ob causam haec v●l illa domus hujus virtutis sit, est quaerere, quare Sol sit Lucidus, cur Ignis calidus, Aqua frigida; quae tamen ex principiis intrinsecis pendent nobis ignotioribus, aut saltem minimè notioribus; which but a little before he had called Profunda Naturae secreta. And indeed all others, who have endeavoured to give the Reasons of these Houses, have produced nothing orderly, nothing of Truth, but mere figments only: So that if anywhere they brought a reason which seemed but to defend one House, the very same really destroyed all the rest. And therefore Alexander ab Angelis, lib. 4. cap. 19 after his Muster of all the Arguments brought by Julius Firmicus, concerning these Houses, he justly refells them, in these wo●ds: Ridiculus sit quicunque ridiculas has rationes nostra refutatione egere existimaret. By which it plainly appears, how easy and free it was for the Enemies of Astrology to hiss and laugh at these Houses, and importunately and impudently to demand, Why Heaven might not be divided into more than 12. Houses? Wherefore the First House is called the House of Life, and placed in the East? Why the order and numeral succession of the Houses is from East to West? And why the Second House is ●alled the House of Riches or Gain, the twelfth of Enemies, Imprisonment and Misery? And so, why the other Houses are called by their Names, and disposed in that order? Seeing (as they pretend,) as well their Order as Names, observe no Order at all, but are rather a mere Chimaera of Confusion, a plain hotchpotch of fiction and foolery, as Picus (lib. 10.) and Alexander ab Angelis (l. 4. c. 27.) do variously, but most wretchedly torment themselves in proving. But know, that the Division of Heaven into 12 houses, (as before in the Figure,) ought not in any wise to be accounted feigned, or as wanting a Natural Foundation: But rather for a happy conception of the most wise and piercing intellect, (provided any humane understanding can of itself apprehend it, and it be not of that universal knowledge God infused into Adam at the Creation) as that which standing upon a real Foundation, declares the universal state of Man in Heaven, wonderfully shadowed, like as in his first Physical Cause. For this Division was by the first Author thereof, Cabalistically conveyed to Posterity, who indeed have in no sorr changed the same; but yet its Mysteries (the spirit of the Cabal) they have not understood, nothing at all being left us by any one concerning them. First then (for more Illustration sake) I say, That the former, first, and simple division of heaven into four Cardinal parts, is not feigned, but natural, and upheld by a natural foundation, as before hath been demonstrated. And that if every one of those parts hath two other parts in heaven of the same Nature, viz. those with whom it makes an Aequilateral Triangle in the Aequator (the principal Circle of the World's first Motion) or which it beholds by a partile Trine in the Aequator. For, the Eternal Trinity is of infinite Love, and the fountain and substance of infinite and most perfect Love, wherein the thing Loving, which is the First; the thing Loved, which is the Second, and Love proceeding from both, which is the Third, are one, not in Genere, or in Specie, but in numero; and therefore the most simple, and most Perfect: Whose Perfection is such, and so universal, that it derives itself into every Trine: And therefore may every Trine be called Perfect: not in any particular or special perfection, but in that first, and most universal perfection of the First Trine, which consisteth in Love, and whereof all Trines do diversely participate, according to the Capacity of their Nature. Seeing therefore the Fixed Stars and Planets do (by reason of their various Motions) oftentimes behold one another with different Aspects in the Celestial Circles, viz. a Sextile, Square, Trine, and Opposition: The first and wise Astrologers (as well for reasons taken à priori, from the infinite and most universal perfection of the first Trine, as à posteriori, from most evident Effects) do generally affirm, that of all Aspects, the Trine is most perfect, and that therein the perfection of the first Trine, viz. Love, is so strong and lively, it is called by them an Aspect of perfect Friendship. Now, forasmuch as this could not be without a similitude of natures, or at least a generical Identity: They rightly concluded the parts of the Aequator, which beheld one another by a partile Trine, to be at least of the same generical nature, and to make up a Triplic●●● of ●he same nature. Whe●●●ore seeing that each of the aforementioned Four Cardinal parts of Heaven doth challenge to itself a peculiar Triplicity of its own nature; by these four Triplicities Heaven is divided into 12 parts, called Houses: Neither was it divisible into more or fewer parts by the Created Quaternary multiplied into the Divine Ternary. And therefore this Division is accounted the most absolute and truly perfect; as containing two Sextiles, two Squares, two Trines, and also the Opposition: Which are all the Celestial Aspects, from whence (not omitting the Conjunction) all variations of the general Celestial Influences do happen. And these Aspects do perfectly agree with all the parts of the Number 12. which are 1.2.3.4.5.6. whereof 1. is referred to Union or Conjunction; 2. (the 6. part of 12.) to the Sextile Aspect; 3. (the 4 part thereof) to the Quartile; and 4. (the third part) to ●he Trine; and 6. (the middle part) to the Opposition: And as there are not more Aspects in the Circle, so in th● Number 12 not more parts. For indeed all 〈◊〉 made by God, in Number, Weight, and M●a●●r●. Thus much premised, I say, that the Life of Man consis●s of 4 Ages; Childhood, Youth, Manhood, and Old-age: And, that in Man there are 4. different things observable, unto which all the other be reduced, as it were to their first beginnings; Namely, Life, Action, Marriage, and Passion. And these agree with the Beginning (or Rise) Vigour, Declination, and End, or D●ath; which four were before insinuat●● generally agreeable to all the effects of Nature. For, Man is said to Rise into the World, when first he enjoys a Worldly Life: To be strong in Action, when he acteth, or reduceth his vigour of doing, into Action: To decline, so soon as a plentiful dissipation of his innate heat and radical moisture beginneth, as at the time of Marriage. And from Manhood (the best time of Marriage) he declineth toward Old-age, and at length Dies, when he sustains the last Passion of Life. Therefore Man's Life, Action, Marriage, and Passion, belong to the same Celestial Principles, as do the Birth, Vigour, Declination, and Death of all other things in the World: viz. Life, to the East; Action, to the Mid-heaven; Marriage, to the W●st-angle; and Passion, to the Angle of the Earth. Whence do arise 4. Triplicities of the same generical nature; and 12. Houses, as aforesaid. The First Triplicity is of the Angle of the East, (which they name the First house, and belongeth to Childhood) called the Triplicity of Being and Life: The other houses of this Triplicity are the Ninth and Fifth, both which do behold the first hous● by a Partile Trine Aspect in the Aequator, wh●re is made this rational Division of the hou●●s. For, Man liveth in a threefold respect, in himself, in God, and in his Posterity. But the First Life is only given a M●n for th●●●auses, viz. That he might Worship G●d, and beg●t his own likeness: Which is the complete intention of God in the production of Man. 1. Now as touching the Life of Man in itself (because it is the first of all other things in the Order of Nature, and without it the rest co●●d not be: therefore) it justly challengeth the principal House of this Triplicity, viz. The Angle of the East. 2. Life in God (the second in order) exists in the house of Religion, viz. the Ninth, subsequent to the First house in this Triplicity, according to the Motion of the Aequator. 3. And lastly, Life in his Posterity, bestowed on the house of Children, which is the fifth. Wherefore this whole Triplicity concerneth Life. But herein one thing is very remarkable, viz. That by the motion of the Aequator (the measure of Time) there is made an immediate ingress, from the 9 house, into the 8. which is the house of Temporary Death: whereby man is to understand That he must live to himself in God, until his Temporal Death: so that betwixt this, and the Life in God, no part of time intercedeth. The second, is the Triplicity of the Angle of the mid-heaven, which they name the 10. house and appertaineth unto youth. This is also called the Triplicity of Action, and of Gain or worldly goods flowing thence: because every thing working Physically, worketh for some Physical good. For, as by the Motion of the Equator, progress is made from the Angle of the East to the Angle of the mid-heaven: so is there a progress made from Childhood unto youth, and from Being, or Life, to Action. The two other houses of this Triplicity are the 6. and 2. But Gain, or the Physical good arising to man from his Actions, is threefold. 1. The first (in order of dignity) is Immaterial: as are Arts, Magistracy, Dignities, and honours, unto which a man is raised: as also Power and Majesty: wherefore it hath the principal house of this Triplicity, viz. The Angle of the mid-heaven. 2. The second, is Material and Animated; as are subjects, servants, and all other living creatures; and i● placed in the 6. house, according to the Motion of the Equator, in the subsequent Triplicity. 3. The last is Materiall-inanimated, as are gold, silver, house-hold-stuff, and even all other immovable Goods, gotten by our own labour; which are attributed to the second house, under the name of Riches. Therefore this whole Triplicity is of Action and Gain thence arising. The third, is the Triplicity of the West Angle, named the 7. House, and belonging to manhood: This is called the Triplicity of Marriage or Love. For, as by the Motion of the Equator, progress is made from the Angle of the Mid-heaven, to the West Angle: even so there is a progress from youth to Manhood, and from famous deeds, to Marriages and friendships of men, which thence are purchased. The two other houses of this Triplicity are the 3. and 11. But a man is joined to another, in a threefold respect. 1. The first Conjunction (in order of dignity) is that of the body, which we call Matrimony, and therefore the principal house of this Triplicity, viz. the West Angle, is thereunto dedicated. 2. The second, is that of Blood, which constitutes Brethren and Kindred, in the Third House, accord-to the Motion of the Equator in this following Triplicity. 3. The last, is that of simple Benevolence, or favour, whence do arise friends, in the 11. house. Therefore, this whole Triplicity is of Marriage and Love. The fourth Triplicity, is that of the dark angle, (in the middle of night, or bottom of heaven) called the fourth house, and ●he Cave or Den of the Planets; attributed to old-age, and termed the Triplicity of Passion, Affliction, and Death; whereunto every man is subject, for the sin of Adam. The two other house's of this Triplicity are the 12. and the 8. 1. But the first Affliction of Man, in the order of nature, is a sorrowful expectation of the Natural Death of his Parents': or ra●her (speaking Cabalistically) it is that stain of Original Sin, which our Parents' imprint in us, and through which we are from our very Bir●hs made obnoxious to every misery, and at length, to death itself. And therefore the Parents and their Condition, during the life of the Native, as also D●●th, and heritage's left by them to the Native, do 〈◊〉 the principal house of this Triplicity, viz. The A●gle of the fourth house. 2. The second 〈◊〉 consi●t● in the hatred, deceits, Machinations, Treacherousness and Injuries of Enemies, especially secret ones: So likewise in Prisons Servitude, Poverty, and all other the Mi●●ries a Man suffereth in his whole life-time. Now, for that all these are Enemies to Life, therefore are they contained, under the only consideration of an Enemy, in the 12. house, which is truly call●d the valley of miseries, and immediately followeth in this Triplicity, according to the Motion of the Aequator. 3. The last Affliction, inhabiting the 8. House, is the Death of man himself, which is an End of this Temporal, and the Beginning of an Eternal Life: wherefore according to the second motion, or the motion of the Planets, which is from West to East, there is an entrance made from the 8. house into the 9 which is the house of Life in God: whereby man is given to understand that he is to pass by the second motion of the Soul, which is attributed to the mind or reason (as the first and rapt m●tion, is to the Body or sensitive appetite) from a Temporary Death, unto a Life in God, which is Eternal. Therefore in these Triplicities, that which is First in the order of nature, or dignity possesseth always the more noble houses, viz. the Angular: That which is second, succedent houses, according to the motion of the Aequator: And that which is last, Cadent, which are also succedent according to the motion of the Ecliptic, or Planets. Now I beseech you, what is he will suppose this Division of the 12 Celestial houses by Triplicities, appearing in this so excellent a consent, and in such wonderful order, to be in any wise feigned, or casual? Or whether by chance such consents are wont to be in things so abstruse and intermixed? Or if altogether fictitious, whether therefore altogether wanting a Natural Foundation; which before I have plainly proved to be false, and now made that most orderly consent of the Houses themselv●s manifest. Therefore is this Division Natural, and ordained by great wisdom, as comprehending (at least generically) all worldly things that can possibly be enquired of or concerning Man: forasmuch as the knowledge of Contraries is the same, and that an affirmative or negative may be sought of any thing belonging to any house. For example; Seeing Man, by the force of natural light, knoweth, that there is one God, who made and governeth the world, and therefore to be worshipped and Loved above all (as the Trine Aspect made from the first house, (the cause of all inclinations,) to the 9 which is the house of Religion, by the first principles of nature, insinuateth) from the Stars and Planets, (or their Aspects) resident in the 1. and especially in the 9 may judgement b● given, whether the native shall be inclinced to the worship o● God, and to Religion, or the contrary. And so concerning other things of this nature. In like manner, conjecture is made from the 7. house, whether he shall lead a married or a single life: From the 5. whether he be fruitful, and to have issue, or the contrary: and so of the rest of the other houses. Moreover, this light of the Triplicities doth very clearly distinguish the things which belong to every House per se; and manifests their Errors who judge from the purpose by inconvenient or Repugnant Houses. For example; In a manner all Astrologers do suppose (but erroneously) that health and sickness belong to the 7. and 6. Houses per se: whereas indeed they depend upon the Temperament, which is the Seat of Life; and therefore ought judgement to be given concerning them, from the First House, per se: but the judgement deduced from other Houses, is only per accidens, that is, as you shall find the Malevolent Planets, or their Beams, upon which the horoscope falls by Direction, or which shall come by Direction to the horoscope itself, or to the opposition or Square thereof, during the Life of the Native: And therefore if Saturn or Mars, shall at the Moment of his Birth, be found in the 2. or 6. House; from these Houses shall judgement be given (per accidens) of a Saturnine or Martial disease; to happen when the horoscope comes by Direction to Saturn or Mars, in the 2. Or when Saturn or Mars shall come by Direction to the opposite of the horoscope in the 7. Therefore judgement per se is always referred to the horoscope. The like of other Houses, which Ptolemy especially seems highly to pervert; but would have said otherwise, had he known this Cabal of the Houses, which so perfectly distinguisheth the proper house of ev●ry thing. Much more might be said concerning these Triplicities, conducing to the natural light of Predictions, which here I omit; presuming I shall abundantly satisfy as well the Friends as Enemies of Astrology, if from the Doctrine proposed, I do give a full and clear Answer to the beforementioned importunate Questions, put to Astrologers, concerning these houses. Therefore to the first Question I say, that heaven is divided into 12 Houses and no more; because every one of the 4 Cardinal parts of heaven, which govern the beginning, vigour, Declination and Death of things, do by a Trine Aspect, behold two other Celestial parts, which be of its own Nature: whence shall arise three places out of each of the 4. Cardinal, of the same nature; for three times 4. doth make neither more nor less than 12. To the second, I say, that the first House is called the House of Life, because a man is said first to Rise upon this Scene of the world, when first he draws the Breath of this Life: and therefore seeing that the first breathing of this Life is the beginning thereof, it must be placed in the East, as the beginning of every other Physical thing. To the third, I answer, that it matters not as to the instituting of Celestial Influxes, or Predictions, what number any House be called by, whether 2.3. or 4. provided heaven be divided (as before) into four Triplicities, and the nature of the Houses not changed. Yet the Physical order of the Houses is from the East to the South, into the West, agreeable to the Motion of the first and most universal Physical cause, according to whose parts succeeding one another, by that motion, are the principal Estates or Ages of all generable things contained (according to their succession, before related) in the Equator the principal Circle of the first cause: and so Physically the House of Enemies is the second in order; the House of Friends, the third, the House of Magistracy, the fourth, and so forth. But mystically, or Analogically, the Numerical order begins from the East by the North Angle, to the West: the reason whereof is this. There are two Motions in the heavens; the first is of the first Movable, termed the Rapt-motion: the second of the Planets, who (notwithstanding the Rapt-motion, by which they are wheeled about) inviolably observe the Laws of their own Moderate motion, ordained to the contrary of the former. There are also two Motions in Man, who is called the Microcosine; one of the sensitive Appetite, which is the Motion of man, in as much as he is a Living creature, and the first in the order of nature, and also rapid: the other is of the Rational appetite, which is the Motion of a man, as he is man, and contrary to the former, and also very moderate in itself. But forasmuch as the first of these Motions of a man, hath a greater Analogy with the Motion of the first movable; and the second with the Motion of the Planets: Therefore was it thought sit that heaven should be divided according to the Succession of the Signs, or the direct Motion of the Planets (for these also are sometime Retrograde, and Stationary, even as is the Rational appetite, in its course, whilst it suffers itself to be rapt or perverted by the Sensitive Appetite.) But that was done only in an Analogical consideration, and not for any Physical cause, as if the Motion of the first Movable should by itself have influence upon the Sensitive Appetite of man, and the Motion of the Planets, by itself, upon the Rational: for the Planets insomuch as they are carried by their own Motion, and even also the first movable, have not of themselves any influence upon the Sensitive Appetite, or on man, as he is a Living creature, otherwise than upon other Animals. But neither the Planets, nor First Movable, have of themselves influence upon the Rational appetite, or man, so ●ar as he is Rational, for a reason arising from no Natural, but a Supernatural principle. Nevertheless, there are many things to be perceived in that mystical Analogy, worthy our consideration, as conducing not a little to the wholesome instruction of the Mind, and amongst others, this especially, viz. That there are two ways which presently occur to a man at his Bir●h, and even when placed in the first House of his Rising. One is of the Sensitive Appetite, whereby he is brought, by the Motion of the First Movable, into the valley of miseries, viz. the 12. House, which contains all the mis●ries of this Life, and also the House of the secret Enemy's, of the World, the Flesh, and the Devil, the way of whose Pride this is; tending first and forthwith on high to the Angle of Honour and Majesty; which House issueth from the Triplicity of Parents' and Death, and threateneth continual Imprisonments in the dark den of sorrow and horror But the other way is that of the Rational Appetite, whereby a man is carried by the Motion of the Planets in the way of Descension and humility, to the House of Riches, or Goods gotten by a man's own virtues, viz. the second, which springs from the Triplicity of the Supreme Angle, or mid-heaven, wherein Goodness, Power, and Majesty are seated; whereby it's evidently manifested unto us, whether of those ways is the better, and which we had best follow, the Motion of the Rational, or that of the Sensitive Appetite. Lastly, to the 4. Question I say, that the reason, why every House must be called by its own, and not another Name; appears more clear than the Sunshine itself, in the Constitution, Distinction, and Explication, of the Triplicities before posited. Wherefore I will put an end to this my discourse of the Coeslestial Houses, which although it be indeed new, and hitherto unheard of, yet it is firmly established upon Physical Reasons, and taking its Original from the most Glorious things, is thitherto reduced; to the end, that the invisible things of God from the Creation of the world, might be clearly seen, being understood by the things which he hath made. THE Cabal of the Celestial Houses, both for the Number Twelve and for their signification, most accurately here first discovered by this Learned Author (being the ground of Science Astrological,) I do very much applaud, and admire, as having not thought that so much Reason, and such Natural correspondency could have been showed in defence of these Sublime Mysteries. Oct. 16. 1659. William Oughtred. AN ASTROLOGICAL JUDGEMENT UPON His Majesty's Present March: Begun from Oxford, May 7. 1645. Ludit in humanis divina potentia rebus. By Geo. Wharton. As it was Printed at Oxford, by H. Hall. 1645. To the Friendly and Judicious READER. YOU have here (at the request of some Honourable Personages) an Astrological Judgement upon the future Successes of His Majesty's present March, begun the seventh of May instant. It is delivered in General Terms; for I neither will nor dare descend to Particulars; that would require the knowledge of many things, besides His Majesty's Nativity, which I may not presume to meddle with; it being in itself both unlawful and very dangerous to publish any thing concerning the particular Fortunes and Destinies of Princes. For this Thrasybulus, Ascletarion, and Gauricus were much to blame; the first whereof foretell the Destruction of Tiberius the Emperor; the second, of Domitian; the third, of Bentivola in Bononia: So likewise the Priest that caused the Rumour of the future Murdering of Galeacius Sfortia, Duke of Milan, who were all of them worthily rewarded for their Folly. And so ought Master Lily and Master Booker to be for their pernicious Pamphlets, wherein their sole endeavour hath hitherto been by most disloyal and ambiguous Phrases to animate and hasten on the Rebels and other Conspirators to plot and attempt Mischief against His Majesty; whereas an honest and discreet Artist ought not to divulge any thing, (especially of Princes) that may any way tend to endanger their Persons, but either not to meddle at all, or else to deal privately with the Prince himself; and then also to adhere to Cardan's Rules in his Book De Astrologicis Interogationibus: Principi ne magnum malum firmiter unquam praedixeris, sed periculum. However Cardan himself dealt more plainly, and therefore more dangerously with Edward the Sixth, as appear in the Judicials of his Nativity, given out in the beginning of his Duodecim Illustres Geniturae. But neither Cardan (notwithstanding he was a man of extraordinary credit) nor any other personal example can warrant any other private men to intermeddle with the Nativities of their Princes, otherwise than is before limited, or upon the Prince's special Command. And yet if in this respect or any other the Art happen to be abused by some Spurii (non veri filii) Artis, it hath but the same fortune that other Arts and Sciences have: And the Lawyer's Rule is, That abusus non tollit usum. The bounds of which limitation I presume I have not any way exceeded in this Discourse; which be pleased to accept as followeth. A Celestial Scheme, or Figure, setting forth exactly the true position and state of the Heavens at the time His Majesty began his March. Anno mense D. H.M 1645. maij. 622 30 42 post. meridi●m. positio Caeliad latitud 51. 46. Dominus Dici ☿ Ho●e ♂ Fortitudes and Debilities of the Planets, according to their Situation in the Figure. Satur's Fortitudes by reason of his B●ing in his term 2 In the 9 House 2 Direct 4 Swift 2 Oriental 2 Free from Combust. 5 17 Weak by reason of h●s fall, 4 Jupiter's Fortitudes. Decade 1 Tenth House 5 Direct 4 Swift 2 Freedom from Combustion 5 17 Debilitated by reason of his Detriment. Under the Sunbeams 4 Mars his Fortitudes. Direct 4 Swift 2 Freedom from Comb. 2 8 Debilities. Peregrine 5 In the twelf●h 5 Occidental 2 12 Fortitudes of the Sun. In the tenth House 5 Debilities. Peregrine 5 Slow in motion 2 7 Venus her Fortitudes. In her house 5 Triplicity 3 In the tenth House 5 Direct 4 Swift 2 Free from Comb. 5 24 Debilities. In ☌ with Cap. Algol. 5 Under the Sunbeams 4 9 Mercury his Fortitudes. In his House 5 Triplicity 3 In the tenth House 5 Direct 4 Swift 2 Free from Comb. 5 24 The Moon her Fortitudes. Free from Comb. 5 Debilities. Peregrine 5 In the sixth House 4 Slow in motion 2 Decreasing in light 2 13 An Astrological Judgement upon His MAJESTY'S March. BY this distribution the Fortitudes and Debilities of every Planet in the precedent Celestial Scheme are easily gathered: It follows then that we likewise confer them among themselves according to the respective numbers of their Fortitudes and Debilities; that it may yet more manifestly appear, which of them are most strong and fortunate, which most weak and infortunate, and accordingly how they succeed one another in strength and power. First then, the Planet Mercury of all the rest is simply most strong and fortunate in the Scheme. For if the number of his Debilities be deducted from the sum of his Fortitudes, there still remaineth 22. Testimonies of strength, which no other Planet obtaineth in the Figure. The next in dignity is Venus, who hath 17 Testimonies; then Saturn and Jupiter, who are both very powerful; the first of them being endued with 13, the latter with 10 Dignities: Mars and the Sun are both but weak in respect of their Essential Dignities; yet for some Circumstances very considerable in this case, the Sun may be said to be the stronger, which being generally taken, is a good and laudable token. The Moon of all others is the most debilitated, her Detriments exceeding her Fortitudes by 8, which will prove very advantageous to His Majesty, as hereafter shall be noted. And thus much generally touching the Constitution of the Planets in the Figure. Now to descend more particularly to the present m●tter: We are (in this case) principally to consider four things. First, the Ascendant of the Scheme, which is the Significator of the City from whence His Majesty began his March: From which House we are to collect the condition and state of this City during His Majesty's absence. Secondly, the 10 House, which (according to Haly) is the Significatrix of the Journey: And from this we are to deduce our judgement of His Majesty's Success during the time of his March. The Third thing to be considered is the 7 House, by which we are to judge how His Majesty is likely to be received in those parts where his Army shall pass, and of his Success against the Enemy. And lastly, the fourth House; whereby we are to inform ourselves of His Majesty's Success in the Return. Unde si quis istorum locorum melior, & fortunatior fuerit factus, significat bonitatem in illa sua significatione: Et si quis fuerit malè asflat●s & nocens, significat damnum in illa sua significatione. Vid. Haly, pag. 328. As concerning the first, we find the 22 degree of the Regal Sign Leo, at that instant ascending our Horizon, Cor Leonis in the Ascendant: And the Dragon's Head in the very Cusp thereof: And the Sun (Lord of the First House) not unfortunately posited in the South Angle of the Heavens; whi●h is the House of Empire, Rule, Dignities, Offices, and Arts, etc. And he environed with the two Benign Planets, Jupiter and Venus, who likewise behold the Ascendant, and are free from any Configuration with the Malevolents. These are evident and undeniable Testimonies of the Honour and Safety of this Famous University and City of Oxford; And of the care and vigilancy of those that are entrusted by His Majesty, with the Government thereof: Of the Fidelity, Courage, Industry, and necessary expense of her Inhabitants for the Defence of it: And of their Conformity to such wholesome Orders, as either are or shall hereafter be made by the Wisdom of the Counselors, for the good and benefit of the City. In a word, all the good our hearts can wish for, is promised us by the Scheme. I hope the seasonable care taken, and the directions already given for prevention of the Sickness, will add very much to our happiness: Some strange kind of Mortality must be expected this Year in most Cities and great Towns, throughout the South, Southeast, and South-West parts of this Kingdom: But especially let London be forewarned of her misery: She is much (and that deservedly) threatened. You may hear more of her after the 23. of May instant, for from thence doth the Influence of Saturn's Transit out of Aries into Taurus begin to operate. As touching the second thing here considerable, which is the tenth house; we may observe the ninth Degree and 31. min. of Taurus Culminating, which is the house and Triplicity of Venus; wherein also she is most fortunately seated within 3 Degrees of the Cusp thereof, beholding the Asc●nd●nt, free from Combustion, or any Configuration with the Malevolent Planets; being Direct and Swift of Mo●ion, and Oriental of the Sun: To her (therefore) may we justly attribute the signification of His Majesty's March: Who being (by nature) Benevolent, by her Essential and Accidental Position so fortunate: We cannot pronounce less to His Majesty and his whole Army, than a wonderful happy, prosperous, and successful March: And contrarily exceeding much Fear and Terror, dissipation and utter Ruin to his Enemies. The Dragon's Head in the Cusp of the Ascendant tells us, Quod habebit bonum antequam se inde moveat, & in principio Itineris, Haly, par. 3. pag. 308. This was verified in part by that gallant Encounter with the Enemy, performed (with so good success) by the Right Honourable the Lord Goring, near Newbridge the same seventh day; occasioned upon His Majesty's Motion hence. The Generality of this good to His Majesty and his Army, is further confirmed by the powerful presence of Jupiter, the Sun, and Mercury in the South Angle; and the unfortunate positure of the Moon in the Figure, etc. Artabari dixit: Si quando Rex, vel alius voluerit capere inimicum qui sit valoris minoris eo; statuat ☽ in ☌, aut ☍, vel in via combust. aut cum ☊, vel ☋, etc. Et sol sit salvus & purus ab infortuniis & in medio Coeli sint fortunae; etiam si quando magis infortunata fuerit ☽ erit pejus & majus damnum pro illo inimico, quia ☽ est significatrix Populi, etc. ac servorum, Haly, pag. 340. We have here (as before we noted) the Sun, both the Fortunes, and Mercury safely seated in the Mid-heaven: And the Moon (who naturally (and in this case especially) signifieth the many-headed-monster Multitude (such Persons as in January, 1641. Tumultuously assembled themselves (to the hazard of His Majesty's Royal Person) to cry for Blood in the Terms of Justice; those who through their pretended Zeal to I know not what, have brought the Curse of God upon themselves and the whole Kingdom, first, by slaying the Innocent in cold Blood, and ever since by engaging their Persons and Estates in this most unnatural and bloody War against His Majesty.) The Moon, I say, who is the natural significatrix of such mean Capacities, is in the sixth House very sick (Master Lily) and nigh to the Dragons Tail. These positions will puzzle and stupefy the misguided Commonalty, and make them know there's such a thing as Allegiance. More particularly; the Sun thus posited, and also Mercury being free from Combustion and the Infortune's; And the Dragon's Head so near the Cusp ascending; Salvationem corporis, agilitatem, & gaudium in Itinere significant, bonumque fiduciam, & applicari ad id quod vult. Haly, pag. 324. Jupiter's position in the 10 House confirms the same, Haly, pag. 328. The Moon Lady of the 12. and moving betwixt the 8 degree, 34 min. and 21 degr. 26 min. of Aquarius, gives us to understand that His Majesty shall receive much contentment by certain Messages brought him from Foreign Parts; and that he shall receive some sudden and unexpected supply of by the means of some that assimilate the condition of his Enemies: And withal this comfort; that His Majesty shall be exceeding successful in Besieging Towns, Castles, or Forts, and in pursuing the Enemy. See Haly, pag. 346. Mars his Sextile to the Sun, Lord of the Ascendant (which happeneth the 18 day of May) will encourage our Soldiers to advance with much Alacrity and cheerfulness of Spirit; to show themselves gallant in the most dangerous attempts. The Ascendant and tenth House being both Fixed Signs, tell us, That the March shall not be so speedy as is expected; but with great deliberation and care of settling the Affairs of the distracted Counties, through which His Majesty passeth. Yet the great dominion of Mercury doth intimate quick Action about the latter end of June, and the most part of July. O! what snaffling there will be amongst the Zelots before the middle of November? How many days of Humiliation? what Fears? what Jealousies? what Discontents and Wranglings? what Murmurings? how many Lies and Forgeries raised and dispersed to quicken a dull and dying Faction? The next thing (in Order) which we are to consider, is, the Sign and degr. of the 7 House, which in this Scheme is the 22 degr. and 21 min. of Aquarius, the house of Saturn, but Term of Jupiter, Saturn being in the 9 House of the Heavens in the end of Aries, and in a Sextile with the Cusp of the 7 house, and in a Quartile with Mars. Si gradus 7 domus fuerit dignitas ♃ timebitur & honorabitur & credetur ejus verbis à gente illius Terrae ad quam vadit, & erit dilectus, à gente Terrae ad quam vadit cum gaudio, & laetitiâ. Here by the word Gente, we must understand the County or Counties principally aimed at by His Majesty. And this happy Reception is further attested by the propinquity of Venus to the Sun as he is Lord of the Ascendant, and in the House of Kings, etc. Aquarius being a fixed Sign, tells us, that he shall not quickly remove thence, but remain there some convenient time, fo● the settling of some important Affairs, and a full reducing of those Counties to their Obedience. If any man would be satisfied to what Quarter of the Heavens the design is intended, although he may guests something by the Motion which the Army hath already made; yet he may inform his Judgement best by considering the Signs of the four Angles, viz. Leo, Taurus, Aquarius, and Scorpio, (which he shall find to be the one half Northern, the other Southern; and also the Signs wherein the Planets are, viz. Aries, Taurus, Gemini, Leo, and Aquarius, which are all of them (except the last wherein the Morn is) Septentrional. Which will assuredly determine, that the Progress and principal Actions of this Army, or the greatest part thereof are like to be Northernly, inclining sometimes to the East, otherwhiles to the West, as the Occasions of War require. The fourth and last thing to be examined is the 4 House: The Cusp whereof is the 9 degree and 31 min. of Scorpio, the most Viperous Sign of the Zodiac; where Mars hath the Dignities of House, Triplicity, and Decade; But is unfortunately collocated in the 12 House of the Figure. This position of his ought to fore-warn our Commanders to take heed of some Disaster immediately before His Majesty betake him to his Winter Quarters. It seems to be the beating up of an Out-quarter, and the surprisal of some few of our Men, who value their ease more than their safety: I will say no more: But I hope the diligence and Vigilancy of our Commanders may prevent the danger. And now to sum up all: It is most apparent to every impartial and ingenuous Judgement; That (although His Majesty cannot expect to be secured from every trivial disaster that may befall his Army, ●i●h●r by the too much Presumption, Ignorance, or Negligence of some particular P●rsons, which is frequently incident and avoidable in the best of Armies) yet the several Positions of the Heavens duly considered and compared amongst themselves, as well in the prefixed Scheme as at the Quarterly Ingresses, do generally render His Majesty and his whole Army unexpectedly Victorious and Successful in all his Designs: Believe it (London) thy Misery's approach, they are like to be many, great, and grievous, and not to be diverted, unless thou seasonably crave Pardon of God for being Nurse to this present Rebellion, and speedily submit to thy Prince's Mercy: Which shall be the daily Prayer of Geo. Wharton. Bellum Hybernicale: OR, IRELAND'S WAR Astrologically demonstrated, from the late Coelestial-congress of the two Malevolent Planets, Saturn and Mars, in Taurus, the Ascendent of that KINGDOM. Wherein likewise, their future Opposition in the Signs Sagittary and Gemini, (most ominous to London, and many other of the South and West parts of England) is Mathematically handled. The Ignorance, Malice, Mistakes, Errors, Insolences, and Impertinencies, of john Booker, (in his Astrological Observations upon the said Conjunction, in a late Pamphlet of his, styled, A Bloody Irish Almanac, etc.) discovered, corrected, refuted, and retorted: AND The Author further vindicated, from his, and Master lily's former frivolous, false, and malicious Aspersions, throughout the whole Discourse. By Capt. Geo. Wharton, Student in Astronomy. — Ego nec tumultum, Nec mori per vim metuam, tenente Caesare terras. As it was Printed in the Year, 1647. To the Impartial and Judicious Reader. IT is high time, now, after so many affronts, and such multiplicity of railing, and scornful Language, uttered against me, in several silly Pamphlets, by that professed Mountebank in Astrology, (John Booker,) to vindicate myself from the Calumnies, Scandals, and false accusations, which his unsatiable Ambition, and implacable malice, hath most wickedly accused me of: And thereby I shall discover, how much his Envy, (to my Pen and Person) hath transported him beyond the bound of modesty, and rendered him incapable both of Reason and Knowledge, in the Art, whereof he professes himself to be a Master. I have in part answered Mr. Lilly, in my Prognostication for the ensuing year 1647. And here, (according to my promise) I shall Catechise John Booker, and both of them, as occasion serves. The subject or matter, here intended, is, the notable Conjunction of the 2. Malevolent Planets in the Sign Taurus, upon the 12 of June this year 1646. the effects whereof will be in great force, until the 21. day of October 1647. Which Conjunction hath lately been most ignorantly treated of, by John Booker, in a certain Pamphlet of his styled, A Bloody ●rish Almanac, etc. and many false observations hath he drawn thence, and published; not upon any 〈◊〉 grounds in Astrology, but merely out of his inv●t●r●t m●lice, and hatred to the Kingdom of Ireland; whereby ●●th that and this Kingdom hath been deluded, ●nd Astrology shamefully perverted and defumed. In which respect (as likewise (upon this occasion) to free my s●lf, from his former Aspersions) I have published the following discourse, wherein the same Conjunction of Saturn, and M●rs, is more artificially handled: and also their future Opposition; (with a touch concerning the next Conjunction, which will happen in the Sign Gemini, (the Ascendant of London) which will be far more terrible, and of greater concernment to London, and other parts of this Kingdom, than the Conjunction in Taurus can be to Ireland: I have palpably unmasked his malice, discovered his ignorance, divulged and corrected his Errors, and misapplications of the Effects of this Celestial meeting: If his immodest Language, hath any where incited me to too much freedom of speech; I shall crave his excuse, when he begs my Pardon, for his former Insolences: I hate not his (or any man's) person, but his Sin. The method is Rough cast, (like myself) if the matter be better polished, I care not: I know, I shall not please all (neither would I) some for want of Judgement, and come for want of Love, and others for lack of Loyalty will condemn me, but none of these do I regard: It is to the Impartial, and judicious I appeal, and to their judgement (only) will I submit. And if they please to adventure but their Patience, as I have done my Pains, (which is not a little) I doubt not of the issue: I have no ungodly ends, in this or any other of my writings, my Wishes are full as good, as John Booker's: I wish all happiness to the King and Queen's Majesty, and the Royal Progeny, and an end to the Miseries of this languishing Kingdom. I love, and wish for the Book of Common-Prayer again, that was Sealed with the Blood of so many Martyrs, till which be, I expect not to see Religion in its purity. I delight not in War, nor can I pray for an unjust or Dishonourable Peace. From my Study in an honest Cavalier● houses in Yorkshire, the 10 of Sept. 1646. So saith a true, and free born Englishman, an abhorror of all manner of Treasons, and Rebellions, one that loveth all manner of Christians, and is a great honourer of True and Lawful Parliamenis, Geo. Wharton. Bellum Hybernicale, etc. NOT many days, before the famous and sometimes flourishing University, and City of Oxford was sacrificed as a Peace-offering (by some of the more Pacifical Lords) and accordingly surrendered (upon Articles) otherwise honourable) into the sacrilegious hands of the Sectaries and Schismatics of this Kingdom: (viz.) in this year 1646. (which is from the Creation of the world, 5595. (to omit all other frivolous and fruitless computations and Chronologies, wherein Booker hath foolishly stuffed and crammed up a malicious lying Pamphlet, by him styled A Bloody Irish Almanac, etc.) upon Friday the twelfth day of June, there happened a notable Conjunction of the two malevolent Planets, Saturn and Mars: Which Conjunction, notwithstanding it did not manifest itself, with any storms, thunder or lightning, as John Booker prognosticated in his un-sainted state-lying-K●lendar: nor hath been the Prodromus of such loss, ruin, destruction, and desolation to the Kingdom of Ireland, as is mentioned in the said Pamphlet; yet questionless the effects of that malicious meeting, have already been notably showed both in Ireland, and in many other Kingdoms and Countries, Cities, and Towns, and upon particular Persons who had any congruency therewith in the Radix or Revolution of their Nativities: But to the intent that this barking mongrel may not delude the ignorant with his peddling trash, nor detract from, or otherwise abuse a whole Nation, with his nauseous, and menacing expressions: I have assumed a liberty of publishing this following Discourse, which is void of all Envy, Malice or Partiality, but freely, modestly, and sincerely, relating whatsoever concerns this Celestial Meeting, according to the Rules of Art, and the Judgement of the most approved Astrologers, Ancient and Modern: Wherein the judicious and indifferent Readers may plainly and orderly perceive the Ignorance and Malice of this trifling Parasite: And rightly understand the Nature and Quality of the Effects of this Celestial Congress, when they shall begin to operate, how long continue, what Nations, or Countries are therein principally concerned, and how far the Kingdom of Ireland in particular; concluding, whether or no, that (so long) oppressed Kingdom, be ordained for the stage, whereon such Bloody-minded Hellhounds (as himself) are to perpetrate their Cruelty. I will not trouble the Judicious Reader with any Examples of such Events, as have formerly happened in England or elsewhere, upon the like Conjunctions: For that I acknowledge him to have Collected in part. But I will first examine the Foundation whereupon he hath raised this so deformed a Structure, and accordingly proceed, either by adhering to him where he hath stumbled on any truth, or in dissenting from, and Correcting him, where I meet with his Mistakes, Ignorance, and Malice. And first, I will Artificially erect the Figure of Heaven, according to the Doctrine of Regiomontanus, to the true, or apparent time of this Conjunction, and afterwards compare it with that which Booker hath published (for I dare not take this (or any other) upon trust either from him or Mr. Lilly) whereby, I shall presume, not only to discover his want of skill in this ordinary piece of Astronomy, but likewise to benefit some others as Ignorant as himself, (if any such can be) who desire to learn the exact manner of erecting the Figure of Heaven (by this one Example) for any moment of time, out of the Tables of Directions. First then, we are to inquire, at what time these two Planets are conjoined. I perceive that Booker hath endeavoured to follow Eichstadius, and so shall I do (his Tables being the most exact of any extant.) June the 12 Saturn is direct in Taurus 14. deg. 25. min. 13 14. deg. 31. min. The difference, which is Satur's diurn. mo●ion, is 00. 06. June the 12 Mars is direct in Taurus 14. 11. 13 14. 54. The difference which is Mars his diurn. motion, is 00. 43. The excess, or difference of their diurn. motion, is 00. 37. The interval, or distance in long▪ 'twixt Sat. and Mar●, is 00. 14. Then I say, If the excess 37 min. give 24 hours, what shall 14 min. the interval? Facit hor. 9 min. 5. which is the mean, or equal time of this Conjunction in the Meridian of Uraniburge, for which Eichs●adius hath Calculated his Ephemerises. At which time, the Planets are thus in Longitude a●d Latitude. deg. min. Long. Sol in Canc. 01. 16 Lun. in Scorp. 03. 12. Sat. in Tau. 14. 27 Mar. in Tau. 14. 27 Jup. in Canc. 13. 38. Ven. in Tau. 16. 27. Mer. in Gem. 14. 47. Drag. in Leo. 04. 0. d●g. m●n. ●at. Lun. 5. 11. M. D. ●a●. 2. 1●. M. A. ●u●. 0. 12. S. A. M●r. 0. 46. M. D. V●n. 2. 17. M A. Mer. ●. 28. M. A. Now, to know the difference of Meridian's betwixt the City of Uraniburge and Dublin (in Ireland, for which place Booker pretendeth to have erected his Scheme) I seek out the Longitude of Uraniburge, which (according to the Observation of Longomontanus) was found to be 36 deg. 45 min. as may be seen in his Astronomia Danica. The Longitude of Dublin, as our Countryman (Mr. Hues) hath it, (in his Treatise of Globes, most excellently Translated out of Latin into English, by Mr. John Chilmead, of Christ-Church in Oxford) is 16 deg. 40 min. But I shall take it as Booker hath done, 17 degrees and a half, (because it is not much above 3 min. difference in time;) And I find 19 deg. 15 min. difference in Longitude, answering to one hour and 17 min. of time; which being substracted from 9 hours and 5 min. (because Uraniburge lieth so much more Eastward than Dublin) there remaineth 7 ho. 48 min. for the mean, or equal time of this Conjunction in the Meridian of Dublin. The 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 or equation of time, (to be added) is 6 min. 41 sec. So, the true, or apparent time of this Conjunction of Saturn and Mars, in the Meridian of Dublin, is 7 ho. 54 min. and 41 seconds. And to this moment of time we are to erect the Figure of Heaven, according to the Doctrine of Regiomontanus; which is done as followeth: viz. deg. min. The true place of the Sun is, in Cancer 001. 16. His right ascension, is, 091. 24. The right ascension of time, is, 118. 41. The right ascension of the Mid-heaven, is 210. 04. deg. min. The Oblique ascension of the 11. House is 240. 04. 12. 270. 04. 1. 300. 04. 2. 330. 04. 3. 000. 04. The Elevation of the Pole at Dublin, according to Mr. Hues, is 53 deg. 10 min. but I shall take it as Booker hath done, 53 deg. and a half, (for he does all by halves) and according to this Latitude, we must find out the Elevation of the 11.3.12. and 2 d. Houses, by the Rational Table of Houses, in Regiomontanus. deg. deg. min. The Elevation of the Pole of the 11. and 3. Houses Lat. 53. is 33. 44. 54. is 34. 32. 12. and 2. Houses Lat. 53. is 48. 59 54. is 50. 01. The First Difference is, 00. 58 min. Second 01. 02. min. 1. Then I say, (by the Rule of Proportion) If 1 deg. (or 60 min. of Latitude) give 58 min. difference, what shall 30 minutes? Facit 29 min. which being added to 33 deg. 34 min. giveth 34 deg. 3 min. for the Elevation of the 11. and 3. Houses. 2. Again, I say, If 1 deg. of Latitude give 1 deg. 2 min. difference, what shall 30 minutes? Facit 31 min. which being added to 48 deg. 59 min. maketh 49 deg. 30 min. for the Elevation of the 12. and 2. Houses. So that now we have the Elevation of deg. min. 11. and 3. Houses 34. 03. 12. and 2. 49. 30. whereby we shall quickly find the deg and min. of the Ecliptic, answerable to the ascensions of the respective Houses, before mentioned; in this following manner. Pro cuspide X. Ascensio recta M. C. est 210. deg. 04. min. deg. min. Scorp. deg. min. Proxime major 210. 46. 3 210. 04. Proxime minor 209 49. 2 209. 49. Different. 0. 57 1. 0. 15. 57 60. 15. 900. (1. 60. 57 900. 330. (5. Gradus Zodaici est 2. Scorp. 57 P. P. est 16 min. ferè A. 285. 45. Vera cuspis X. Scorp. 2.2.16. ferè. Pro cuspide XI. Ascens. 240. 4. Lat. 34.3. Scorp. Lat. 34. Prox. major, 241. 16. 21. 240. 4. Prox. minor, 240. 3. 20. 240. 3. Different. 1. 13. 1. 0. 1. Cuspis 11. Lat. 34. est Scorp 20.0. deg. min. Scorp. deg. min. Lat. 35. Prox. major, 240. 32. 20. 240. 4. Prox. minor, 239. 19 19 239. 19 Different. 1. 13. 1. 0. 45. 73.— 60.— 45. 2700. (3. 60. 73. 2700. 219. Gradus Zod. 19 Scorp. 510. (6. 73. P. P. 0. 37. min. ferè 438. Cuspis 11. Lat. 35. est Scorp. 19 37. deg. min. Different. Cusp. Lat. 34. Est 00. 23. 35. 60. 23. 3. 69. (1. 23. 60. 69. 9 Gradus Zod. est 20. 0. Scorp. P. P. 1. S. Vera Cuspis XI. est Scorp. 19.59. Pro Cuspide XII. Ascen. 270.4. Lat. 49.30. Lat. 49. Prox. major 270. 51. 6. 270. 4. Prox. minor 269. 32. 5. 269. 32. Different. 1. 19 1. 0. 32. 79.— 60.— 32. 1920. (2. 60. 79. 158. 1920. Grad. Zod. est 5. Sagit. 340. (4. 79. P. P. 24 min. 316. 24. Cusp. 12. Lat. 49. est Sagit. 5.24 min. deg. min. Sag. deg. min. Lat. 50. Prox. major 270. 34. 5. 270. 4. Prox. minor 269. 13. 4. 269. 13. Different. 1. 21. 1. 0. 51. 81. 60 51. 3060. (3. 60. 81. 243. 3060. Grad. Zod. Sagit. 4. 630. (7. 81. P. P. 38. min. 567. 63. Cuspis 12. Lat. 50. est Sagit. 4. 38. Different. Cusp. Lat. 49. est 46 min. Different. Cusp. Lat. 50. est 46 min. 60.— 46.— 30. 1380. (2. 46. 60. 180. 18. (3. 120. 6. 1380. 0. Gradus Zod. est Sagit. 5. 24. P. P. 23. min. S. Vera Cuspis XII. est Sagit. 5. 1. Pro cusp. 1. Ascen. 300. 4. Lat: 53. 30. Sagit. Lat. 53. Prox. major 300. 46. 26. 300. 4. Prox. minor 299. 37. 25. 299. 37. Different 1. 9 1. 27. 69. 60. 27. 1620 (2. 60. 69. Gradus Zod. Sagit. 25. 1620. 138. P. P. 23 min. 240. (3. 69. 207. 33. Cusp. 1. Lat. 53. est Sagit. 25. 23. deg. min. deg. min. Lat. 54. Prox. major 301. 7. 25. 300. 4. Prox. minor 299. 57 24. 299. 57 Different. 1. 10. 1. 7. 70. 60. 7. 420. (6. 60. 70. 420. 0. Grad. Zod. est 24. Sagit. P. P. 6 min. Cuspis 1. Lat. 54. est 24. 6. Sagit. deg. min. Differentia Cusp. Lat. 53. est. 1. 17. 54. 60.— 77.— 30. 2310. (3. 77. 60. 18. 210. 210. 51. (8. 6. 2310. 48. Grad. Zod. Sagit. 25. 23. 3. P. P. 38 min. S. Vera Cuspis I. est Sagit. 24. 45. Pro Cuspis II. Ascen. 330. 4. Lat. 49. 30. Aquar. Lat. 49. Prox. major 330. 7. 4. 330. 4. Prox. minor 329. 25. 3. 329. 25. Different. 42. 1. 39 42. 60. 39 234. (5. 60. 42. 210. 2340. Grad. Zod. 3. Aquar. 240. (5. P. P. 56 min. 42. 210. 30. Cuspis 2. Lat. 49. est 3. 56. Aquar. deg. min. Aquar. deg. min. Lat. 50. Prox. major 330. 20. 3. 330. 4. Prox. minor 329. 38. 2. 329. 38. Different. 42. 1. 26. 42. 60. 26. 1560. (3. 60. 42. Gradus Zodaici 2. Aquar. 1560. 126. P. P. 37 min. 300. (7. 42. 294. 6. Cusp. 2. Lat. 50. est 2. 37. Aquar. deg. min. Different. Cusp. Lat. 49. est 1. 19 50. 60. 79. 30 2370. (3. 79. 60. 270. 18. 210. 57 (9 Gradus Zod. est 3. 56. Aquar. 2370. 6. P. P. 39 min. S. 54. 30. Vera Cuspis II. est Aquar. 3. 17. Pro cusp. III. Ascen. 0. 4. Lat. 34. 3. Ariet. Lat. 34. Prox. major 00. 38. 1. 00. 04. Prox. minor 00. 00. 0. 00. 00. Different. 38. 1. 04. 38. 60. 4. 240. (6. 60. 38. Gradus Zod. 0. 0. Ariet. 240. 228. P. P. 6 min. 12. Cusp. 3. Lat. 34. est 0. 6. Ariet. Lat. 35. Prox. major 00. 38. 1. 00. 04, Prox. minor 00. 00. 0. 00. 00. Different. 00. 38. 1. 0. 4. 38. 60. 4. 240. (6. 60. 38. 228. Grad. Zod. 0. 0. Ariet. 240. 12. P. P. 6 min. Cuspis 3. Lat. 35. est 0. 6. Ariet. deg. min. Differrentia Cusp. Lat. 34. est 0. 0. 35. Vera Cusp. III. est 00. 06. Ariet. Collectio Cuspidum. X. 2. 16. Scorp. Taur. 2. 16. IV. XI. 19 59 Scorp. Taur. 19 59 V. XII. 5. 1. Sagit. Gem. 5. 1. VI I. 24. 45. Sagit. Gem. 24. 45. VII. II. 3. 37. Aquar. Leon. 3. 37. VIII. III. 0. 6. Ariet. Libr. 0. 6. IX. Thaema Coeleste, ex tabulis Directionum Regiomontani ad tempus Apparens Conjunctionis Saturni & Martis Anno Domini 1646. Junii 12. ♀. Hor. Min. Sec. 7. 54. 41. P. M Latitude 53 1/2. What think you now (Mr. Booker) have not I just cause to distrust, and diligently to examine your work: And to call your judgement in question, which is grounded upon a wrong Basis? Do you not blush to see your Ignorance, your Errors, your Impudence, your Malice, thus palpably discovered? Have you not most grossly mistaken 2 deg. 25 min. in the twelfth and sixth Houses; 2 deg. 35 min. in the Ascend. and seventh House; 2 deg. 59 min. in the eleventh and fifth Houses; 3 deg. 46 min. in the tenth and fourth; four degrees 47 min. in the eighth and second: And no less than 6 deg. and 10 min. in the third and ninth Houses? Is any man so much beside himself, as to give Credit to any of your Prognostics, when not one scruple of certainty can be found in your Calculations? And are not you and Mr. Lilly alike ashamed, to account yourselves Masters in Astrology, when I have made it appear, that neither of you have yet attained so much skill, as to set a Figure of Heaven exactly? Will any man of understanding think you fit to Prognosticate the effects of the Planets and Stars, who are not of yourselves able to Calculate their true Places, Motions, and Aspects; but are forced to take them upon trust from others? For so Mr. Lily himself confesseth, in his England's Prophetical Merlin, pag. 23. in these words: viz. Having entreated my loving Friend, Mr. Matthew Fiske, to give me the true Scheme of the great Conjunction of Saturn and Jupiter in 1603. (for it was so) he gave me the positure aforesaid (exactly done) by the Rodolphine Tables, etc. And Page 76. of the same Book; I conceive it possible, and do believe I have the Conjunction of Saturn and Jupiter in 1642/3;. tightly done by the same Learned hand; and that either he, or any as able as himself, may compass the true moment of any Conjunction. This is a modest and ingenuous acknowledgement of Mr. lily's want of skill in Astronomy, for you see, he was fain to be beholden to Mr. Fiske for Calculating the Conjunctions of Saturn and Jupiter in 1603. and 1642/3. or else he knew not where to have had them: And he confesses that he doth but believe the last of them to be tightly done: He cannot tell how to determine whether it be so or not, of his own knowledge. And by this I see, 'tis no wonder, that Mr. Lilly should mistake so grossly of late in all the Schemes which he hath published; having lost no less than his right hand with the death of Mr. Fiske: Since which, he hath done all things sinisterly, and Annually perplexed us with a hotchpotch of his own left-handed-work, to his perpetual shame, and the discredit of better-handed Artists, in this curious knowledge. Far be it from me to conceive otherwise, but that Mr. Matthew Fiske (whose memory I honour) was a most excellent Artist, (for the Gent. I have been with several times, and conversed with him before these unhappy differences were) and I am able (though Mr. Lily be not) to Calculate the Motions of the Rudolphine (or any other) Tables, and therefore am confident (I had said sure if I would have taken the pains) that he hath Calculated the places of the Planets truly, (if Mr. Lilly have so Printed them:) But I believe Mr. Fiske left the setting of the Figure to Mr. Lily: For I am very sure the latter of them is very erroneous, as will appear to every man that will take the pains to examine the Cusps of each House according to the time set down: For examine it but thus far. deg. min. The place of the Sun there, is in Sagit. 26. 2. (For the seconds can make no sensible difference.) His right ascension is 265. 40. The right ascen. of the time there posited, is, 290. 15. which being added to the right Ascension of the Sun, and the whole Circle deducted, leaveth the right ascen. of the tenth house, 195. 55. To which agreeth the 17 deg. and 17 min. of Libra, for the Cusp of the tenth House: Whereby it appeareth, that Mr. Lilly hath erred 13 minutes in the Cusps of the tenth and fourth Houses. deg. min. Now, add 90 deg. to the right ascension of the tenth House, and you have the Oblique Ascension of the Horoscope 285. 55. To which agreeth in the Latitude of 51 deg. 32. min. which is generally received for the Latitude of London— Libr. 15. 24. Which is the true degree and minute ascending at that time, so that Mr. Lilly hath likewise mistaken eight minutes in the Cusps of the first and fourth Houses. And yet for all this, I will not blame Mr. Lilly so much as this Ignorant Puppy Booker; because he freely confesses his own insufficiency, and to whom he was beholden for his helps: Whereas this Impudent Clown will neither acknowledge, nor amend his Errors, not make use of any Learned Artist to rectify and assist him. And this is the right way, to continue in the wrong,— march on Jack— But why do I discourage the poor Snap, for alas! If he should not be doing something (though to never so little purpose) he would quickly be undone; for, writing of un-Sainted Almanacs, and Figure-casting, for stolen Goods, and such like Questions, is all the Trade he hath to live by; wherein commonly his judgement is as certain as his Figures are true: Yet thus much I could willingly allow the silly Fellow, would he but forbear thus frequently, and ridiculously to befool himself in Print: I will not deny, but that many things of that Nature may be performed by Astrology, with an able Artist: But far be it from me to be so idle, as to think such things can be possibly done by Jack Booker. I myself have had experience of many. Queries of this nature, which I have answered (at the request of some particular Friends) to my own and the Querents admiration: But I ever abhorred (like him) to make a Profession and Living of it: Indeed, for Nativities (wherein I have been most conversant) I commonly followed Cardanus his Rule; I never wrought without a Reward, Non sine pretio, nec cum exiguo pretio: And I condemn any knowing man that doth otherwise; for he that truly labours in the tediousness of a Nativity, deserves no small Reward: And whosoever bargains with the Artist, (like a Niggard) defaces his own stamp: It is none of the least Blessings bestowed upon man (by the Providence of God) that he may be forewarned of a mischief impending: In that he hath the benefit of time offered him, wherein he may possibly divert, or at leastwise mitigate any evil, or otherwise with joy and thankfulness expect and receive any Blessing portended by the Planets and Stars. But it is a Curse to run blindfold and headlong into any mischance or misery, being neither sensible or mindful thereof. I pity those Cowards, who (like some that use to wink when they fight) are afraid to foresee any evil of themselves, as though their nescience (or non-visibility) of the evil, were sufficient to divert, or secure them from the danger. But I have deviated too far from the matter I intent, being first to handle the effects of this Conjunction, and therein to show John Booker his Errors, and the World his (and Mr. lily's) unparallelled Malice; to which limit I shall now confine myself with all candour and impartiality. This Conjunction (whereof we are now to treat) falls out in the 14 deg. and 27 min. of Taurus (as you may see by the Scheme) the first Sign of the second Quadrangle of the Zodiac; a Cold and Dry, Melancholy, Feminine, and Meridional Sign; which is within 5 degrees opposite to that point of Scorpio, wherein the Comet that appeared Anno 1618. was first observed. The Ascendant is the 24 degree 45 min. of Sagittary, the 2 deg. and 16 min. of Scorpio culminates, and the whole Scheme not much differing from that of the last great Conjunction of Saturn and Jupiter, Anno 1642/3—. And in the sign which beholds the Dodecatemorie of that great Conjunction with a Sextile Aspect. Messahalah (the Arabian) to whom we are much beholden for this kind of Learning (a most Excellent and Ancient ginger) in the eleventh Chapter of his Book, Entitled, De ratione circuli, & stellarum, & qualiter operantur in hoc seculo; delivers us this general Rule: Conjunctio (saith he) Saturni & Martis, significat accidentia Bellorum, atque guerrarum contrarietates: cumque volueris scire eadem accidentia, scito dominantem in figura eorum Conjunctionis, qui si fuerit fortuna, significabit bonum, & aptationem esse. Et si fuerit mallis, significat malum, & ejus impedimentum. Scias etiam, quod Conjunctio eorum in signis bominum, significat multitudinem infirmitatum eorum, & Conjunctio eorum in aliquo angulorum anni, significet contrarietatem divitum, vel regum, & guerrarum multitudinem, & durabit res, donec jungantur alia vice, & conjunctio eorum in igneis significat siccitatem, & terrae sterilitatem, & in aëreiss ventos, in aquaticis vero multitudinem pluviarum, & in terreis gelu & nivem, & frigoris multitudinem. Scias etiam, quod fortunae cum aspexerint, mini●ent malum, & mali augebunt. Proba, quemadmodum narravi tibi: Et invenies, si Deus voluerit. To which purpose (if we follow this approved Rule) it will be necessary, that we first collect the particular Fortitudes and Debilities of the Planets, according to their Situation and places in the Figure. Whereby we m●y know which of them is strongest, and which weakest, and accordingly pronounce judgement, good or bad, as the Rule enjoins. The Dignities and Debilities of the Planets in the Figure of this Conjunction. Saturn's Fortitudes. Being in the 4 house 4. Free from Combust. 5. Direct in motion 4. Swift in motion 2. Oriental 2. Conjunct. with Venus. 5. Sextile with Jupiter 3. 25. Saturn's Debilities. Peregrine 5 Conjunct. with Mars. 5. 10. Jupiter's Fortitudes. Exaltation 5. Being in the 7. house 4. In Sextile with Venus. 3. Swift in motion 2. Direct in motion 4. 18. Jupiter's Debilities. Subradiis 4. Occidental 2. 6. Mars his Fortitudes. Being in the 4. house 4. Free from Combust. 5. Direct in motion 4. Swift in motion 2. Oriental 2. Cunjunct. with V●nus 5. Sextile with Jupit●r 3. 25. Mars his Debilities. Peregrine 5. In his detriment 5. Conjunct. with Saturn 5. 15. Sun's Fortitude. Being in the 7. house 4. Sun's Delibities. Peregrine 5. Slow motion 2. Terms of Mars. 2. 9 Venus' her Fortitudes. Being in the 5. house 3. Triplicity 3. Free from Combust. 5. Direct in motion 4. Sextile with Jupiter 3. In her house 5. In Gaudio 1. In terms of Jupiter. 2. 26. Venus' her Debilities. Oriental 2. Conjunction with 5. Saturn and Mars, 5. Slow in motion 2. 9 Mercury's Fortitudes. Being in his house 5. Triplicity 3. Free from Combust. 5. Direct in motion 4. In terms of Venus 2. 19 Mercury's Debelities. Being in his 6. house 4. Slow in motion 2. Oriental 2. 8. The Moon her Fortitudes. Being in the 10. house 5. Free from Combust. 5. Increasing in light 2. 12. The Moon her Debilities. Peregrine 5. In her fall 4. Slow motion 2. In the terms of Mars 2. 13. Saturn hath Fortitudes 15 Jupit. hath Fortitudes 12 Mars hath Fortitudes 10 Sol hath Debilities 5 Venus hath Fortitudes 17 Mer. hath Fortitudes 11 Luna hath Debilities 1 By which it appeareth, that the benign and bountiful Planet Venus is Almuten, or chief Dominatrix in this Conjunction, in that she exceedeth all the rest of the Planets in number of Fortitudes: Saturn is next, as having 15 Testimonies of strength: Jupiter, Mars, and Mercury are likewise all very powerful. The Moon is very infortunate, and the Sun is the weakest in the Figure, being out of all his Essential Dignities, slow in motion, and in the terms of Mars, having no other considerable Testimony of strength but only his accidental position in the West Angle. Thus much being rightly known and understood, it will be no difficult matter to foresee, what (in all probability) may be the Natural quality of the Effects of this Conjunction, if we stick but close to the known Rules of Art, (whence both Mr. Lilly and Booker do ordinarily deviate) and avoid the vain and tedious loquacity wherewith they so often, and much torment us: You see (Mr. Lily) I have followed Origanus, in not making Venus and Mercury Fortified by their Orientality; (as I did, Anno 1645. upon my Astrological Judgement, 7. May, according to Pezelius, (who maketh no distinction, as you may see, pag. 47.) because I would avoid all future cavils upon this occasion: But (by the way) I shall exhort you and John Booker to suspend your usual snarling, touching the fallibility of that Discourse; for your opprobrious speeches cannot injure me with Men of moderate judgement; nor can the frequent and eager reiterating thereof, cloak or excuse your ignorance in point of Art: What I then writ, was according to a supposed time taken, and delivered me (by a * Capt. E. A. Gentleman of Quality.) And you know, in this case, the Tempus aestimatum is not to be rectified as in Nativities: I know no true Trutina for that (Sirs.) And a few Minute's error in time, will alter the whole face of Heaven; which must needs vary the judgement, being derived from a different position; I was requested to deliver my Opinion according to the time given me, which was as you saw: Yet I never intended it for the Press, had not the importunity of some Friends prevailed with me. And I am able to maintain the same Opinion (in point of Art) according to the time supposed, against the proudest State-pleaser that dare oppose me. But admit what you would have the World to believe, That it had been an Error of Judgement, without relation had to any mistake in time; why (I pray Sirs) is not an Error in the ginger as tolerable as in the Divine, Physician, or Lawyer, or in men of any other Profession? Is the Divines Judgement always Gospel? Does the Physician always Cure? Is the Lawyer's Opinion ever Infallible? Does the Logician still prove? Or the Rhetorician always persuade? So long as we are Men, we must be subject to Infirmities, Oversights, and Errors; Humanum est errare. And (which is more) it is the pleasure of God many times to frustrate the portents of Heaven for the sins of the People; who otherwise might partake of their Natural sweetness and benignity. It was a wise saying of a Learned Divine, yet living, That When God will have a People beaten, he ties their Hands behind them. And this (I am sure) hath been the unhappiness of the Loyal Party: But shall therefore the ginger be blamed for adhering to the Rules and Principles of his Art? I wonder with what truth Mr. Lily in July last, Prognosticated of loss to the Parliament, and of any Motion of their Army Westward; and of so much Action there, when all men know their Party prevailed in every place of the Kingdom by one means or other; and that they had no need of sending any Forces into the West. And in the same Month of July, what intended he, think you, where he tatled of an Army wand'ring near Oxford? You see by the course of Heaven, he conceived Oxford should have been holden still by the King's Forces, when (notwithstanding) it was surrendered in June before. I could instance many hundreds more of his Errors in the rest of his foolish Pamphlets, as his Merlinus Anglicus Junior, the Starry Messenger, and especially in his fabulous, and most ridiculous Prophecy of the White King and Dreadful Deadman; which methinks he should not think of without a blush, there being not so much as one sentence in it derived from Lawful Art; nor which hath answered one jot of his expectation: I shall pass by his Supernatural Sights and Apparitions, (so much laughed at) because it hath Imprimatur, John Booker, in the front of it: I shall not meddle with his Mother Shipton, nor his story of the Dumb Woman, because they are all of them foolish, frivolous, and false, and cannot become a Scholar. Do but compare Booker's Bloody Prognostics against the Kingdom of Ireland upon this Conjunction of Saturn and Mars in Taurus, with the wonderful success the Irish have had against their Enemies (whether English or Scots) ever since; and you shall find, that John Booker hath been grossly mistaken in his Astrology: But this his Error is merely in the Rules of Art, which is no way excusable: For whatsoever I delivered, was rightly grounded upon Art: And I duly cited my Authors for it, for the Readers better satisfaction, which I conceive sufficient for any Artist, whether the event be answerable or not: For as it is not enough for an Artist to content himself alone with the Rules and Observations of his Predecessors, but that he ought to add something of his own, whereby to propagate the Learning which he studies: No more is it Lawful for any man to delude the World with the foolishness of his own deluded fancy, and idle conceptions alone, as both Mr. Lilly and Booker have frequently done, without any Reason given, or Authority quoted for their Opinions. As for the mistake (I will not say Malice) of that Practitioner in the Mathematics, Mr. Henry Harflete, in his Vox Coelorum, or Predictions defended, etc. who in the 49 page of that Book doth wrongfully intimate (to my disparagement) as if I should say, that a Fixed Star might properly be said to be Aspected with any Planet: I must tell him, that Accusation of his is very untrue: And whether it proceeded from his misguided and inconsiderate Zeal to Mr. Lilly, or out of any disaffection to me, deserves a gentle lash, in that I am most certain, he cannot produce any such assertion of mine, either in word or writing. It is true, that Mr. Lilly taxed me for saying that Mars was in a Sextile Aspect with Caput Draconis, in my Almanac 1645. which was an Error of the Press: (the Character of Caput Draconis being mistaken for the Character of Leo, as I have sufficiently proved in my Answer to Mr. Lilly, Printed with my Prognostication for 1647.) but that I ever mentioned any Fixed Star to be Aspected by any Planet, in that, or any other of my Writings, (unless Mr. Harflete will say that the Dragon's Head is a Fixed Star) is both frivolous and false: And therefore I shall desire that Critical Gentleman to examine the words of my Prognostication for that Year, and my aforesaid Answers to Mr. lily's Objections, and I presume he will show me so much Civility as to revoke that his unadvised Censure, and excuse me of Ignorance in that particular: And yet I could have stopped Mr. lily's mouth with these words of Leapoldus, Tract. 5. de annorum revolutionibus, viz. Mali aspectus ad Caud. Drac. significant famem, frigus, & pestilentiam. Nor is this Author an Utopian, or single in that expression: But I am of a different Opinion, and therefore shall not insist longer on these trivialties, which are fitter for Mr. Booker to instruct his Daughter * A Child of his, so Named in memory of the Victory near York. Victoria in, than to be thought on by men of riper Judgements. But to return to the matter in hand: I shall requite John Booker with a more honest and accurate examination of some special passages in his Bloody Irish Almanac, whereupon he raises this fond and false Judgement of his, and so proceed. The first I meet with, is, the first of his Observations, page 36. where he saith, That Saturn and Mars are Culminating with that Fatal Star Caput Algol, or the head of Medusa, etc. This (Jack) is both an improper, and a false expression of yours. 1. For any man may see, that (in the precedent Scheme) the Conjunction of Saturn and Mars happens near the end of the 4. House of the Heavens, from the Ascendant; In imo Coeli, the lowest part, or bottom of Heaven: Now (Sir) how any Planet or Star in this part of the Heavens, can be said properly to be in Culmine Coeli, in the top, or highest part of Heaven in respect of Dublin in Ireland, is far beyond my reading, and requires John Booker's further explication: For my part, I cannot devise, how he can avoid or excuse this improper Phrase of his, unless he tell me, The World is turned up-side down, and in that sense he chokes me, and I am bound to credit him, and cry him mercy. 2. It is most false, contradicting a General received Rule of Astrologers, because you instance the proximity of Saturn and Mars to Caput Algol, (in the word With) to annex a Debility more to each of them than really they have: For, and so far are they from that Fixed and violent Star, that it is not to be accounted for any Debility by the Opinion of any ginger that ever I read, they being above 7 degrees distant from it: For Saturn and Mars (as before we noted) are in 14 degrees, 27 min. And (according to Copernicus) Caput Algol is in 21 degr. 30 min. of Taurus, which is 7 degr. and 13 min. difference: And according to Origanus, pag. 540. Garcaeus, pag. 249. Pezelius, pag. 48. And all other Astrologers both Ancient and Modern, the Planets are never truly said to be Debilitated by Caput Algol, unless they be Intra distantiam quinque graduum A. vel P. which you see these Planets are not. The next thing I shall desire the indifferent Reader to take notice of, is, his own Scheme of this Conjunction, and in it the Cusp of the 5. House, as he hath made it; and you may observe that Saturn and Mars are but 2 degrees 33 min. distant from the same: Yet nevertheless in the 37 page of his Pamphlet, he taketh his Judgement from the 4. House, which is contrary to Origanus, and divers other Authors, and to Mr. Lilly likewise, who allow 5 deg. preceding, and 5 deg. subsequent for the Cusp of each House: According to which Rule, he ought to have given Judgement from the 5. House, and not from the 4. You remember (Jack) how Mr. Lily spit his Venom at me in the 35 page of his Anglicus for 1645. for giving judgement of Jupiter's being in the 4. and Mars in the 6. (according to the Opinion of Rhemetius) when they were within less than 5 deg. of the Cusps of the 5. and 7. Houses. Now, I wonder much, how you dare descent from your Loving Friend Mr. Lily, especially in this particular, considering what you said in your last page of your Epistle to the Reader, viz. That Mr. Lily and you have the same Principles in Art, and that your Judgements in the general will have answerable success. And, that Mr. Lilly may see, it is no mistake in you, but mere Opinion, let him peruse your Prog. for this Year 1646. and in the Spring-Quarter he shall find you giving Judgement upon Mercury's being in the 10. House; when in Mr. lily's own Scheme (erected for the same Latitude, Meridian, and Moment of time) he wanteth but 2 deg. and 9 min of the 11. House. And now (Jack) do you think Mr. Lilly will not shake his Head at you for this gross contradiction? Would he have thought it possible, that his fellow-champion (in State-Astrology) John Booker, would have contradicted him, and joined in Opinion with those two Malignants, Naworth and Wharton at Oxford? O tempora, O mores! I cannot pretermit another of his Errors in the same Quarter and Page of his Prog. where he says, that Jupiter is free from all Impediments, save only his Detriment: And yet Jupiter is there both Peregrine, and Occidental of the Sun. I wonder (Mr. Lily) that you will suffer this Idiot in Astrology, to profess himself joynt-purchaser with you in your Principles, th●t hath not yet learned the A. B. C. of Astronomy. But have your judgements answerable success? I will examine that also. If Mr. Lilly had handled the Scheme of this Conjunction, or if you (Jack) had followed his Principles, it is evident by what I have said, that the judgement should have been deduced from the 5. House, and not from the 4. which (according to Haly, Part 8. c. 7.) would have afforded thus much for the Irish, viz. Si quando Saturnus fuerit in domo quinta fortunatus, significat quod homines gaudebunt suis filiis, & quod senes multorum dierum, & praepositi villarum habebunt bonum & utilitatem, ex parte alterius gentis, & ex parte filiorum. Which is (in effect) That when Saturn shall be fortunate in the 5. House, he signifieth, that men shall rejoice in their Children; and that Aged men, and Head-Officers (or Magistrates) of Towns shall reap much good and Commodity by the help of another Nation, and by means of their Children. And this is the judgement which should have been given upon that position, if you had followed Mr. lily's Principles. Here (by the way) I beseech the indifferent Reader to take notice of Booker's inveterate hatred and malice to the distressed Kingdom of Ireland: For, as he neither will, nor dare speak or write one jot of truth, which may seem any whit fatal to the States; so he is fully resolved to smother all things that tend to the good and safety of Ireland. For, if he had taken his judgement from the 5. House (as Mr. Lilly will acknowledge he ought to have done) he must of necessity have delivered us the precedent judgement; but that he conceived to be too good for that Kingdom: For (thought John Booker) that Aphorism says, they shall take pleasure in their Children, and intimates much joy and assistance to them; as though some Nation were resolved to come in to their help, and engage in the War against the States, which I must not mention; for by that means, I may dis-animate the State-Souldiers which are to be sent thither, if they should perceive Ireland to be so powerful: And on the other side, I should encourage Ireland to pursue their design with greater Policy, Courage, and Resolution. No, no, the thing which I am to endeavour, is to tumble out Victory upon Victory to the States, and make mention of nothing but utter Ruin, Desolation, and Confusion to that Barbarous Nation; and assure such of the Brethren as have contributed towards the managery of the Godly and Blessed War against Ireland, shall have Land by the Belly: And therefore, though it be never so repugnant to my Rules, I'll rather take my judgement from the unfortunate position of Saturn in the fourth House; and so I shall have matter enough, and meet for the purpose: For, Saturnus in quarta domo, & ibi malefi●us, significat quod res, & aedificia cadent, minuentur plantationes, & abscindentur aquae, etc. He there signifieth, that House's and Buildings shall fall, come to decay and perish, Planting or Setting shall be diminished, Waters cut off, the People shall be lessened, or abated, there shall be Poverty to them, and the People of that Country shall be obsessed, or besieged, they sh●ll not dare to go out of their Towns, (Cities, Castles, or Countries) by reason of the fear they sh●ll have of their Enemies: And this shall be more certain, if the fourth House shall be a fixed Sign, and the hurt (damage) or loss shall be more strong or durable. And this is the scope of Booker's business, and agrees verbatim with the sense of the House. And he further saith, this (last) Aphorism agrees exactly with the position of the Malignant Planet Saturn in every respect: Which is an apparent falsehood: For the Aphorism takes no place, unless Saturn were virtually in the Fourth House, which he is not, according to Mr. lily's Principles in this Figure of his; Or if he were, yet is it not in force, except (likewise) that Saturn were found infortunate in the fourth House: Neither of which he is, by his Position in Booker's Figure, for (as I have formerly demonstrated) Saturn is the strongest save one, of all the Planets in the Figure, having fifteen Testimonies of strength, whereby he is very much Fortified and Powerful. Now, the genuine signification of Saturn's being Locally, Virtually, and Fortunately placed in the fourth House, (as he now is in the Figure, which I have exactly Corrected) according to the Opinion of Haly, Part 8. c. 7. is this, Si quando Saturnus fuerit quarta domo, & fuerit potens, significat aedificare, & propagare agriculturam, & quod homines hoc diligent, & de eo multum erunt soliciti: That is, when Saturn shall be in the fourth House, and strong, (or powerful) he signifieth that men shall betake themselves to Building of Houses, and Tillage, (or Husbandry) and that they shall be much in love therewith, and very careful thereof: And moreover, Haly tells us, Part 8. Cap. 25. Quando Mars junctus fuerit cum Saturno, struet quilibet alteri frauds, & d●ceptiones, & erunt inter homines percussiones, & vulnera, maximè si fuerit in signo humano, etc. In brief, both Haly, Guido, Messahalah, and all other sound Astrolog●●s tell us, that this meeting of the two Malevol●nts, hath signification of Wars, Contentions, and Strifes, Fraudulent dealing, etc. And that there shall be much banging and slashing amongst Men, especially if the Conjunction happen in a Humane Sign (Humane Signs are, Gemini, Libra, Virgo, Aquarius, and the first half of Sagittary) that the King shall receive hindrance and trouble by means of some Person that is of the Country or Nation subject to the Sign wherein the Conjunction happeneth. This, I say, and no other, is the true signification of this Conjunction in the fourth House, and all Men know, that a great part thereof hath already been fulfilled in that oppressed Kingdom of Ireland, since the Conjunction happened; and much more will be there yet manifested: But what, shall it therefore follow, that the Wars ●here must inevitably ruin and destroy that bleeding Nation? That they (of all People) must become a Prey and Prize to the Bloodthirsty, and be utterly extirpated? Truly, and verily, and sincerely, and forsooth, Jack, I speak like a Brother, Sir, the Heavens display no such Banner: For I beseech you recollect yourself but a little, and upon examination you shall find, that the Benign Planet Venus disposeth of this Conjunction; that she is Lady of the Figure, and likewise corporally there present: Vincunt ●nim semper plura testimonia, sive boni venturi, sive mali illa fuerint in Predictionibus Astrologicis. Moreover Mars, who is Lord of the tenth House, (which is the House that hath signification of Kings, Emperors, Princes, Generals of Armies, Governors of Cities, Castles, and Towns, and all other Commanders, etc.) is exceeding strong and powerful, being very much assisted by the comfortable Beams of the Benign and bountiful Planets Jupiter and Venus; and the Moon, (who naturally hath signification of the Commonalty) is in mutual reception with Mars: But the Ascendant and his Lord have principal signification of the People: Nota, quod ascendens, & Luna, & domini eorum sunt significatores Populi. Haly, pag. 380. The Sign Sagittary ascends, and Jupiter Lord thereof, is in Cancer, the place of his Exaltation very strong, beholding the Conjunctional Degree with a Sextile Aspect: Mars likewise disposeth of the place of the Moon, and a great part of the Ascendant, having there the Dignities of Exaltation and term in the intercepted Sign Capricorn. These several Positions and Configurations being carefully weighed, induce me to believe, that the Kingdom of Ireland shall never suffer that Misery and Ruin which Booker (out of his Gall) doth threaten them with: It is very true, that much Strife, Contention, Quarrelling, and Bloodshed is portended unto them by this meeting of Saturn and Mars, and we know they have tasted of it already, and some body else have been sharers with them: But I tell you (Jack) it hath been, and is still likely (for the most part) to be with much Advantage to the Catholic Party: They will gain, and then you know (Jack) who must lose: The Figure tells me, that their Nobility, and Prime Commanders shall be very Prudent, Powerful, and Prosperous in their Actions: That they shall unanimously accord to repel the Enemy, and work their own Freedom: That the People (signified by the Ascendant (which is here free and safe from the Malevolents) and Jupiter Lord thereof, and the Moon) shall voluntarily, and freely assist, and contribute to the maintenance of the War: That thereby they shall be much impoverished in their Estates, for the Dragon's Tail afflicts the House of Substance, and the Moon is approaching (though slowly) to Opposition with the Conjunctional-degree: Yet there is a Prohibition, for she comes first to the Trine of Jupiter, which will abate much of the evil threatened by her infortunate Positure: And it is evident, that they shall have Liberty and Leisure to raise themselves Houses, to till their Ground, Sow and Reap, maugre all their Enemy's Malice, Power, and Plots: In truth, (if any thing may be termed good that is gotten by the Sword) this Conjunction hath signification of much good generally to befall that Kingdom by means of this War: I confess, it would have been more terrible to them, if it had been in a Humane Sign, which now it is not; for Taurus is a Bestial Sign, it may do harm to their Oxen and Sheep. Et multiplicatur mors in mulieribus, & vincet cholera super eas: There shall be many falsehoods and terrible Rumours spread abroad; the Waters shall be increased, but not cut off, as Booker tells us: It foreshews the Death of many Excellent and Eminent Persons; that the Inferior sort shall be somewhat oppressed and undervalved: That Women shall wax Impudent and Salacious: That Horses shall be dear; And there shall be a great destruction of Fruits and Trees, through the abundance of Heat: This is the sense of Albumazar. But I see not any reason why they should be much pestered, either with Famine, or the Plague, only this; Saturnus & Mars in Tauro, infirmabuntur mulieres in mammis & gutture, & viri in testiculis, & vesica. Aid they have had already in abundance from Foreign Parts, whereby their hopes have not been frustrated, as John Booker Divineth, pag. 41. and the interposition of those Friendly Beams of the Sun and Jupiter, doth promise much more unto them. You see, Jack, th●y are both in Cancer, the Ascendant of Scotland: You would think strange, if Ireland should have cause to thank Scotland for some such thing: And I dare ●ver upon good grounds of Art, that there is some such thing intented by the Heavens: I have some Reasons for this my conjecture, which you Mr. John Booker, cannot apprehend, or judge of. But I know no Reason why you should subject the Kingdom of Ireland to the ill Influence of Saturn, more than any other Nation that is under the division of Taurus, Scorpio, Aquarius, and Leo; for we know, Helvetia, Cyclades Islands, Russia, Asia, Cyprus the lesser, Media, Parthia, a great part of Swedeland, Lorraine, Campania, Rhetia, Franconia, Persia, and many more Kingdoms, and particular Towns and Cities are in the same division, and as much, or rather more concerned than Ireland: All that can be truly said, is only, that Ireland is like to participate with the rest of the Kingdoms, etc. before mentioned, in the Influence of this Conjunction, whether it be for good or evil. For you to say, that in regard of the horrid Murders that have been there committed upon the Protestants of that Kingdom, it is likeliest to undergo the Divine Justice of God more than the rest; it is no Astrological Reason, nor (for aught you know) may some of the other Kingdoms before named, be less guilty of the same sins than Ireland; or deserve a less share of the ill Influence of this Conjunction: I pray, Jack, let you and I suspend our judgements from intermeddling, much more determining, things of that Nature. It is more proper for Divines than Astrologers. That which we ought to do, is to contain ourselves within the limits of Nature: And it is questionable whether the English, Irish, or Scots have been the Authors of that Barbarism and Bloodshed you mention: For he that will lay aside Passion and private Interest, and rightly consider the real and radical causes of the Irish Insurrection, may find others besides the Irish, as much, if not more guilty of the Blood of those many thousands of Christians, which hath been shed since the beginning of that Bloody War. But this is Wormwood to an Orange Scarff and Feather: Yet for their better Satisfaction, I would advise them to peruse that moderate and judicious Philaerenus, Mercurius Hybernicale, and there they shall have the naked Truth clearly and impartially related: I have been intimate with many of that Nation of several Qualities, yet could I never discover any more inherent Cruelty or Barbarism in them, than in ourselves, but for the most part, I found them to be men of singular good Education, and Naturally averse to all Inhumanity. The Truth is, they hate to Live in Bondage, or to have their Consciences enforced: And indeed, the settling Religion by Bloodshed, is none of the best State-policies: Such Divines as have Tongues to their Consciences will tell you so: For ought I know, every man's Religion ought to be dearer to him than his Life, and I know no Reason why the Irish may not challenge as much freedom and Privilege in the enjoyment of their Religion, as is allowed the Independents, Anabaptists, Brownists, and at the least a hundred more Sects and Schisms, within the Lines of Communication; who have Liberty without any restraint or limitation, to exercise their Gifts, (as they term it) both publicly and privately: To Preach and Write what they please, and even to cloy the Press with ●heir Heresies and Schisms. And if we look back upon the Original ground of the Irish Insurrection, was it not high time (think you) for the Irish (after they were denied any reasonable Answer to their Propositions, which were sent and delivered in an humble and peaceable manner to the Parliament, by Commissioners of that Kingdom, who were dismissed hence without any hopes of having their grievances redressed, which (notwithstanding) were far greater, and more intolerable, than those which the Scots pretended, when they clearly perceived so many pernicious Plots, and damnable Designs daily inventing against them, and with what Acrimony the Roman Catholics here were proceeded against after the third of November, 1640. After so much swearing and forswearing, to take off the Earl of Strafford's Head: And the Parliament electing a new Deputy of their own mould and metal, to be sent over in his stead. And His Majesty's Person in continual hazard by the frequent Tumults of the Sectarists and Schismatics: Was it not time (I say) their Nation being thus neglected and threatened, (His Majesty's Person being not exempt from danger) and all this occasioned by their own fellow Subjects) to associate and unite themselves, and to stand upon their Guard, for the preservation of their Religion, Lives, and Liberties? And was it more Rebellion in them, by the known Laws of this or that Land, to raise Forces for the necessary defence of their Kingdom, than in the English or Scots, to raise so many great Armies, that have fought against His Majesty under the pretence of Fight for him, whilst yet there hath been no body to oppose him but themselves? I remember a few Verses that were written (by some body) Anno 1641. they resemble the form of a Petition, directed to His Majesty, by the considerate Catholics of Ireland: They are pretty ones, and therefore I will here give you them, as I had them from a Friend. MOst gracious Sovereign, grant that we may have Our ancient Land and Faith: 'tis all we crave. Your English, and your Scots, (not so content) Claim all that's Yours, by Act of Parliament. Their Tyranny we hate: Confess your Right: 'Tis not against you, 'tis against them we Fight. Whilst you were King, we were your Subjects: Scorn To be their Slaves: we're Fellow-Subjects born. Heavens bless your Majesty, increase your Powers: You being your Self again, we still are Yours. But to return again to John Booker, (for I will not lose him yet) I would gladly demand a Reason from him in Art, for his menacing of France, or Spain with vengeance for assisting the Irish: Or why the Pope should come in any danger of hazarding his Triple Crown in the Quarrel: Unless the States intent to advance for Italy: If they do, they may do well to transmit the Directory to Rome, as the pre-cursor of a new Reformation there: But I am afraid Sir Thomas his Courage will cool at the conceit. Nor is it pertinent to the handling of this Conjunction, for Booker to tell us an old story of the Spanish Armado in 88 or of the Gunpowder Treason, 1605. The wickedness of those Devilish attempts are both thought on, and abhorred by every true English Christian. Or of what concernment is the Decollation of Mary, Queen of Scots, Anno 1587. to the Kingdom of Ireland, because that when she was Beheaded, Saturn was in Taurus, as now he is? Or of Saturn and Mars their being conjoined in the Year 1588. a little before the Spanish Armado appeared upon the English Coast? Does not John Booker hear most wretchedly confound himself? Instead of going about to prove Saturn's Progress through Taurus' Ominous to Ireland, he contrarily produces Examples, which prove that Position dangerous to England and Scotland. For (whatever his meaning be) he instances not any one thing hurtful to Ireland in either of those Years: And then he robs Sir Christopher Heydon of more than a whole Page, concerning the general Occurrences in the World, which happened in 88 without any mention made of that most Learned and Judicious Knight. And so he proceeds (to fill up the remainder of his Malicious Pamphlet) with railing at the Irish, telling them, how they have ever been most Rebellious and Treacherous to the English Nation, and have most Barbarously and Inhumanely Murdered many thousand Souls, etc. But we know of another Kingdom that hath sometimes been more Rebellious and Treacherous than they, for less cause. But I never heard of any Souls that ever either of them Murdered. I speak not this to justify or maintain any inhuman Action in Ireland, or elsewhere, (for my Nature abhors all manner of Cruelty to the worst of Men; I think I could not harm either Mr. Lily or John Booker in word or deed, if I had them in my power, but rather use them with all civil respect and courtesy, if they were worse than they be) nor to countenance Treason and Rebellion: That I need not, it hath been sufficiently done by a far greater Power. But the thing I aim at, is, to unmask Booker's inveterate hatred to that distressed Nation; who if he were but half so Charitable, as he is either unreasonable, or ignorant, he would not attempt to Assassin the Honour of a whole Nation with his Invectives, but rather suspend these his rash Censures, and wish a happy Union, than the confusion of so many Christians. The remainder of his Pamphlet tends to the Defence of Astrology, (wherein he still plays the Thief with Sir Chr. Heydon) and of the Planet Venus her appearance in the day time, at the Birth of our most hopeful Prince Charles, which he saith (if she presignifieth any thing) was the Miseries of this Kingdom: Because (saith he) it is usual, and an ordinary thing, for Venus to be seen in the day time. I grant him, that it is both usual, and ordinary; but not always at the Birth at Princes. It is both usual and ordinary for Saturn and Mars to be in Conjunction, and shall we therefore say it presignifies nothing? I confess, I have not seen any Authors that handle such Appearances, nor hath Booker any other Authority than his foolish Fancy, for saying she was the Prodromus of these unhappy differences in England: But he that shall make inspection into the Positure of the Heavens, when Venus was in Apog. Eccentrici, or in her greatest distance from the Sun, shall find matter more than ordinary, whereon to fix his Contemplations. And I am of Opinion, that her glorious appearance at the Nativity of our hopeful Prince Charles, did presignify things (not yet thought upon) that may ere long amaze the unjust Usurpers of his Royal Father's Birthright. But no more of that this Year. I will not trouble myself much longer with this Malicious Fellows Errors and Impertinencies, nor with his scurrilous Language belched out against an Irish Gentleman, who writ an Almanac, Printed at Waterford in Ireland. I never saw the Book, and therefore I cannot judge of any thing in it, nor admit of any such thing as Booker pretends to have Corrected him in. For I have it from good hands, that the Gentleman is so knowing a Scholar, that it is incredible he should be guilty of such gross Errors, as Booker hath charged him with. And you have seen how able a Man Booker is to Correct any body: But were I that Manapian he speaks of, I would reward him with another Scheme for the future Opposition of the same Planets, which happens upon the 20 day of October, 1647. at half an hour past 6 a Clock in the Morning, Saturn being then in 0. deg. 27 min. of Gemini, (the Ascendant of London) and Mars in 0. deg. 27 min. of Sagit. as appeareth by the Figure, which I have Calculated exactly for the Meridian of London, because it will much concern the South and West parts of England, and that in a higher measure than the Conjunction (before treated of) doth the Kingdom of Ireland. See the Scheme. A Labente Anno. 1647 Octobr. 20 18 Hor 4 min 18 sec. Lost meridiem Latitud. 51.32 And until the time of this Opposition, do the Effects of the Conjunction vigorously extend themselves, and then they have lasted 539 days, which wants but 8 days of a Year and a half; after which time the Effects of this Opposition shall begin and forcibly Operate, until their next Conjunction, which will happen again upon the 28 day of June, 1648. in the 11 deg. of Gemini, which will be very ominous to some parts of England, and especially the City of London: For I cannot say, the Effects of the Opposition shall cease, when the Mathematical Circuit of their Conjunction finishes, because that next Conjunction doth likewise happen in the Sign Gemini, wherein Saturn is at the time of his Opposition to Mars, which will not much differ in signification: Although it be a received Truth, that the Effects of the Opposition of these two Planets do commonly work more violently and quick, Nam diametrae radiationes (quemadmodum & Tetragonismi) mortes repentinas, & violentas mutationes faciunt, congressus vero generalia accidentia. And Haly (the Arabian) in his 8 Part, Cap. 6. saith, Quod Oppositio Saturni & Martis, est deterior eorum Conjunctione, & deteriores, ac maligniores significationes demonstrant: And indeed this is very Malicious, in that they are both unhappily affected and afflicted, Saturn being infortunate, and Mars out of all his Essential Dignities, and otherwise but meanly Fortified: Haec oppositio significat quod homines in se invicem discordabunt, & prosequentur se mutuo odio; & cessabunt se familiariter invisere, & detrabet quilibet alteri. Haly, Part 8. Cap. 25. This Opposition signifieth that Men shall wrangle one with another, and shall Prosecute themselves mutually with hatred: And they shall forbear to visit one another familiarly: And every one shall backbite, or speak evil of another. It further praemonstrates great Pestilence and Mortality, especially amongst Old Men: Many Thefts and Robberies, much deceitful dealing; and that (generally) Men shall betray their Trust. That many unjust and unreasonable Taxes shall be imposed, under several specious pretences, to the undoing of many; far worse than that of Ship-money: I have taken the pains to set Booker the Scheme rightly for London; and if he do not too much play the Fool, or the Knave, he needs must exceedingly terrify the People subject to the Sign Gemini; wherein Saturn is, at the time of this Opposition, in the 8. House, (the House of Death) and Venus, who is Lady of the 8. House, is with the Moon in the latter end of the 2. House, where likewise Mars afflicteth. The 4. deg. of Leo culminates: Jupiter is in the latter end of the 10. House, but Saturn and Mars do strongly besiege him: He is miserably afflicted by their hateful square; and is also in his Detriment. Look now to yourselves you of the Presbyterian-Cut; the People are weary of your extemporary nonsense: You Judges, Officers, and Magistrates, who have betrayed or forsaken your Master, and perverted the Law to serve your own wills, expect to render an account of your Actions. I unfeignedly protest, you are all strongly threatened. From the Sun and Mercury expect your comfort, or none: They cast a Friendly Sextile to Jupiter, and they are free from the Malevolents, though in the most viperous Sign of the Zodiac. The Sun here represents His Majesty of England, as being both Lord of the 10. House, and Natural Significator of Kings. Mercury, as he is with the Sun, hath signification of the Masters of the Houses of Princes, and great Lords, and their Secretaries and Stewards. And they are both (if not only) Angular in the Figure, This promises well to His Majesty and his Servants; and not one jot of ill to Ireland. By this time a Man may call a Spade, a Spade. Let me see the Face of him dare call the Queen's Majesty a Traitor. But the States have Voted her so, for her Love so exemplarily showed to the King her Husband: Is there not one Lord, nor Ten Commoners yet ashamed of it? Yes, some blush, others are bold and impudent, some stupidly senseless, others wrangling away their Lives by strange and noisome Diseases; some are threatened by Prodigious Births, (and those too of their own begetting:) And what not to render a People palpably accursed, miserably and fully wretched? Ireland now demands a reason for the— Ordinance of the 24 of October, 1644. And asks, if you will buy any Land there? Scotland tells you, they have as great an Interest in the King as England, and will in some of the Lands too if you will needs— In a word, we all look back, and say, Lord! what have we done, and been a doing, for 7 Years? Some make Question, whether they be awake, or in a Dream: All Men are at a stand, yet still in Action: The besotted Crew do quake and murmur, say little, but think mischievously. Furórne coecus, an rapit vis acrior? An culpa? Responsum date. Tacent: Et ora pallor albus inficit: Mentesque perculsae stupent. Doth fury blind? or greater Power command? Is Sin the cause? Oh let me understand. They silent are: Their cheeks are paler made, And fears their horror-strucken Minds invade. But it is the Conjunction of Saturn and Mars upon the 28 of June, 1648. (before mentioned) will be assuredly Fatal to London, and many other places of England: I pray God avert the Judgements thereby threatened, and incline the Hearts of His Majesty's Subjects; that as they are (or aught to be) all Christians, so to be of one mind, and cordially to unite in Obedience to God, and Loyalty to him, their Pious Sovereign. I have set the Scheme here, that (in case John Booker have occasion to write of it) he may have it exactly done, ready to his hand, for the Meridian of London, and publish it, without fear of further Correction. Thaema Coelicum, ex tabulis Directionum Regiomontani ad tempus Apparens ☌ ♄ & ♂ die Mercurii, Junii 28. 1648. 1. Hor. 58. Min. 7. Sec. P.M. Latitude 51.32 You see, Sir, the Regal Sign Leo culminates, the Sun, who is Lord thereof, and Venus and Mercury are in the ninth House of the Figure, and Jupiter possesseth the Mid-heaven. The Conjunction happens in the eleventh deg. and eighth min. of Gemini, the Ascendant of London) and in the eighth House, which is the House of Death, Labours, Sadness, and Heritage of Dead men: And Mars is Lord of the Ascendant; for the third deg. and 29 min. of Scorpio ascends at the time of this Meeting: And he likewise disposeth of the second House, where the Dragon's Tail also miserably afflicteth: I shall leave the Judgement to John Booker; only I shall tell him thus much, that I think the Cavaliers will (by this time) challenge a better esteem from the City of London, than now they dare, and perhaps enjoy their own without Composition. I shall say no more, but conclude with an Application of that pertinent and Pious complaint of the Aquitains', (occasioned upon the Deposing of King Richard the Second) to the present condition of this wretched Kingdom. O good God Where is the World become? Saints are turned to Serpents, and Doves into Devils: The English Nation which hath been accounted fierce only against their Foes, and always faithful to their Friends, are now become both fierce and faithless against their Lawful and Loving Prince, and have most Barbarously betrayed him. Who would ever have thought that Christians, that Civil People, that any Men would thus have violated all Religion, all Laws, and all Honest and Civil demeanour? And although the Heavens blush at the view, and the Earth sweats at the burden of so vile a Villainy, and all Men proclaim, and exclaim upon shame and confusion against them, yet they neither feel the horror, nor shrink at the shame, nor fear the revenge; but stand upon terms, some of Defence for the Lawfulness of their dealing, and some of Excuse for the Necessity. Well, let them be able to blind the World, and to resist Man's Revenge; yet shall they never be able to escape either the sight, or vengeance of Almighty God, which we daily expect, and earnestly desire to be poured upon them. Alas, good King Charles, thy Nature was too gentle, and thy Government too mild for so stiff and stubborn a People: What King will ever repose any trust in such unnatural Subjects, but fetter them with Laws, as Thiefs are with Irons? What carriage hereafter can recover their Credit? What time will be sufficient to blot out this Blemish? What other Action could they have done, more joyful to their Enemies, more woeful to their Friends, and more shameful to themselves? O Corruption of Times! O Conditions of Men! Hor. lib. 1. Ode 35. Eheu, cicatricum, & sceleris pudet, Fratrumque Quid nos dura refugimus Aetas? quid intactum nefasti Linquimus? unde manus juventus Metu Deorum continuit? quibus Pepercit aris?— FINIS. MERLINI ANGLICI ERRATA: OR, The Errors, Mistakes, and Misapplications of Mr. lily's New Ephemeris for the Year 1647. Discovered, Refuted, and Corrected. By C. GEORGE WHARTON, Student in Astronomy. Printed in the Year 1647. To the Reader. IT is a common Proverb, Dogs bark more for Custom, than Fierceness. And had I not assuredly known this Whelp, Lily, to be one of that bawling Litter, I should not have suffered his perpetual snarling with that Patience and Temper I did; but before this, would have alighted from my Saddle, to hurl him one stone (at the least) to gnaw on. But, as he is now grown bolder, and blacker in the jaws, I must begin to have an Eye over him, and a care to keep him at a distance, lest he by't me till I bleed, and thereby I become maniaque, or Brainsick like himself, and so be more desirous of his Liver than his Heart. I shall scorn to take notice of his former Grinnings; nor will I trouble myself, or the Reader, with any repetition of his bypast Fooleries, frantic Expressions, and but a few, (if any) of his many Errors and Mistakes, so grossly committed, in every of his Lowzy-Pamphlets (for them (indeed) I have tied and twitched up together in a Pack-thread, as thinking them fitter for his Quondam Hell, than the meanest Shelf in my Study) but I will content myself only with that dainty bit, this sweet Brat of his own begetting, Merlini Anglici Ephemeris, the fourth (and perhaps the last) of that name: And examine I shall, and that strictly, of what metal it is compounded, or whether it be simple (like the Dad of it) and the truth you have freely, as followeth. The Errors, Mistakes, and Misapplications of Mr. lily's New Epheemeris, etc. I Will not trouble myself, or the Reader in taking notice of any thing in his Long-winded-Preface, save only the reverend mention he hath made concerning him, whom he is pleased to term an A. B. C. fellow, viz. Naworth of Oxford, by whom (as he pretendeth) he found himself intolerably abused in Print, and could do no less, than vindicate himself in point of Art. As for the Name, Naworth, which William Lily, and John Booker (to make their Worship's merry) have so often, and as wisely, as wittily, inverted to No-worth, and Worth-nothing: it is well known, to be the Letters of my name long since transposed, purposely to avoid the Scandal, and obloquy, which both these Mounte-banks so greatly delight in, and endeavour so much to assume. For, whereas I observed, the Common people generally possessed of a confident belief, or rather a foolish conceit, that such as could write Almanacs, were esteemed (with a Country-reverence) Wisemen (like Lily and Booker) or (if I shall render it in their own Dialect) Conjurers, or such as can tell all things, past, present, and to come: And so were usually haunted (by the silly people) with a number of unlawful, unnecessary, and ridiculous questions: by means whereof, many ingenious and honest Artists, have not only been branded with the titles of Conjurers, Necromancers, Wizards, Sorcerers, and Figure-Casters (in the worst sense) but have often been imprisoned, and Indicted and proceeded against upon the Statute against Witchcraft, etc. and hardly escaped with their lives, (especially when they came before Judges, that were ignorant in, or disaffected to Astrology) after they had suffered several years' imprisonment, and thereby wasted and consumed their estates: I say, that I having resolved to write yearly, which was not usual without prefixing a name; (nor for the reasons above mentioned, would I then publish any thing of that nature, in my own name:) I therefore Anagrammatized my name to Naworth, and by that Name I writ an Almanac for several years together, and continued unknown, unless to some two or three of my friends; whereby I seasonably prevented the beforenamed inconveniencies and hazards, which otherwise I should inevitably have shared of: And I presume that in doing this, I neither wronged myself, nor abused the Country where I lived: And whatever other witty construction may be made thereof, by these two trifling Gypsies; by this they may perceive, I took no delight (as they do) to be termed a Conjurer, a Magician, a Cabalist, a Merline, a trucking Mercury, or any thing else, whereby they desire, and endeavour so much to promote, and propagate their deceitful and unwarrantable dealings. And whereas Lily, in the same Preface, chargeth me under the same name to have wrested many false judgements from Astrology, against the Parliaments actions, intending thereby to prepossess the Kingdom with a vain fear, that His Majesty and his designs should take place, etc. I must tell him, that this his Accusation, is most maliciously false: And let him show me (if he can) but one Aphorism, or Sentence that ever I delivered, for which I either quoted not my Authors, or gave a sufficient reason in Astrology: or that ever (of which I shall hereafter prove him apparently guilty) I wrested any part of Astrology from the Genuine sense thereof, either to make for his Majesty, or against the Parliament? And if it hath pleased God, to suffer the Loyal party thus to be trampled over, it is for their sins: and carries with it a supernatural Cause and Reason above the stars, which could not be discerned, by the clearest mortal eye. No Symptom of such (our sufferings, could be read, or observed by such man in the great Book of Heaven; but rather the quite contrary, as I could instance for many reasons in Astrology: And whatsoever I spoke, or writ, was (as your own sense employs) ever with submission to divine Providence. But I will not busy myself so much, as to examine and retort every Tatter of his ragged-Preface: nor shall I need to vindicate his Majesty's Officers, (whom he is therein pleased to term Ravenous) from his polluted lips: I see no reason why they may not meet with a fitter occasion and opportunity to require him: but the thing I have proposed to myself, is first, to ferret the poor Quack inpoint of Art, and afterwards in matter of Judgement. The first thing, and indeed the only thing that's worth my observation is, his Transcript of Eichstadius his Ephemerideses, for the year 1647 wherein (indeed) he hath taken a great deal of pains, and deserves to be commended for this indefatigable Labour: but withal, I must tell him, that he hath therein greatly betrayed his own ignorance in Astronomy, or showed himself exceedingly negligent and careless, in that he hath not fitted the places of the Sun, Venus, and Mercury, (but especially the Moon,) to the Meridian of London, as he hath done (to his thinking) in the Lunations and Aspects of the Planets, nor (which had been more easy, and sooner done) prescribed any Rule, or Direction, whereby to supputate their true places for that Meridian, or any other place of the Kingdom: And this Error he hath been guilty of throughout the two former years: whereby our young Tyroes are much deceived in the Merline, when they think they have the places of those Planets therein exactly Calculated to the Noon-tide of every day at London: for although in the higher Planets, whose motion is but slow, there be no sensible difference: yet, in the Sun, Venus and Mercury, there is an apparent error: For, when they are in their swift motion, their places at noon, as Lily hath set them, will differ about 2. min. and often 3. min. from the truth: And in the Moon (whose motion is far swifter than any other of the Planets) her Error is intolerable (especially when she is in her swift motion.) For example: the first of January 1647. the Diurnal motion of the Moon is 12. degr. 24. min. (being then but in her slow motion.) The difference of Meridian's, betwixt London and Uraniburge (to which place the Longitude of the Planets, (as Wil Lilly hath printed them) were Calculated by Eichstadius,) is 50 minutes, (by his own confession in his Anglicus 1645. Page 54.) that is, the Sun cometh later to the Meridian at London, than he does at Uraniburge, by 50. Min. of time; so that how much soever the Moon moveth (according to Longitude) in that space of time; by so much hath Lily erred in the Moons true place at noon, for every day in the year: which, what it is for the said first of January, I examine thus: If the Moon in 24 hours, move 12 degrees, 24 minutes in Longitude, What moves she in 50 min. of time? Facit 26 min. ferè. And by so much hath Lily erred from her true place the said first of January at Noon: So that whereas he hath placed her that day in 21 degrees, 10 min. of Pisces, she ought to have been in 21 degrees 36 min. of the same Sign. And when she is in her swift motion, he commits a greater Error: as the tenth of March 1647. (if you examine it according to the former rule) you shall find just half a degree (or 30 min.) error; and in stead of 26 degrees, 3 min. of Virgo, (wherein Lily hath put her that day) she should be in 26 degrees 33 min. of the same Sign. The next thing which I mean to take notice of, is, his Scheme erected to the Apparent time of the Moon's Eclipse upon the tenth of January 1647. at 9 hours and 19 min. P. M. as he hath taken it from Eichstadius, by deducting 50 min. for the difference of Meridian's betwixt London and Uraniburge: and to the same time I erect the Figure of Heaven, according to the Doctrine of Regiomontanus; and comparing his printed Scheme with that, which I had more curiously set, I find Lily still bungling and botching, but without any result of truth: For, whereas he hath made the Cusp of the tenth House 22 degrees 20 min. of Gemini, according to exact Calculation, it is no l●ss than 23 degr. 30. minutes, whereby it appears, that Master Lilly hath mistaken 1 degree, and 10 min. in the Cusp of the Medium Coeli. And in the Ascendent of the same figure, he ha●h mistaken above one whole degree, viz. 1 degr. 10 min. for he hath made the Cusp thereof but 23 deg and 51 min. of Virgo, which should have been 25 degrees, and 1 min. and the like Errors follow in the seventh house of the Figure; and proportionably in all the rest, which makes me wonder with what face this senseless botcher dares term me an A. B. C. fellow, when all men may perceive him so shamefully ignorant in the very fundamentals of the Art he pretends to, and that I am able to correct him in every point and particle of his profession: For, I desire the Reader to consider but thus much with me, that if (as Sir Christopher Heydon hath said, in his unparallelled Treatise, written in defence of Judicial Astrology against Mr. Chambers) that Astrology is an Art which teacheth by the Motions, Configurations, and influences of the Signs, Stars, and Celestial Planets to Prognosticate of the natural effects, and mutations to come in the Elements, and these inferior and elementary bodies: How (I pray) is it possible, that this fellow can Prognosticate rightly of the natural effects and Mutations to come in the Elements, and these inferior and elementary bodies, before he be able to Calculate exactly the true motions and configurations, &c., of the Signs, Stars and Planets, which you clearly see, he is not? And I marvel much that Lily should be no more tender and cautelous of his credit, than thus foolishly and frequently to divulge his unskilfulness: for me thinks, as he knows that he cannot Calculate the Houses exactly, either by the Doctrine of Spherical Triangles, or, (which is more ready, and built upon the same foundation) by the Tables of Directions in Regiomontanus) to the degree and minute of each Cusp, yet he should have held it a safer way (if he purposed to palliate his defects) to have set down the Cusps only in whole degrees, and not have published himself thus erroneously scrupulous, which he might have done very easily, by the Domifying tables, without further help. But I perceive him so impudent, and shameless, that he neither heeds, nor cares what he does, or otherwise he would have been more wary in supputating the places of the Planets: For (according to Eichstadius, whom he endeavours to follow) the Sun (at the middle of the Eclipse) should have been in 56 minutes of Aquarius, and the Moon in 56 min. of the Opposite Sign Leo, Venus in Capricorn, 24 degr. 29 min. and Mercury in Aquarius, 3 degr. 17. min. But this man's dscretion hath put the Sun in 53 min. of Aquarius, iand the Moon in 53 min. of Leo, Venus in 24. degr. 39 min. of Capricorn, and Mercury in the 3 degr. 20 min. of Aquarius; So that he hath erred 3 min. in the places of the Luminaries, and Mercury; and 10 min. in Venus, as may appear to every man, that will take the pains to Calculate the true places of these Planets by Eichstadius his Table, to the Mean, or Equal time of the said Eclipse. And in like manner, hath he played the Butcher in his Figure at the Vernal ingress: for according to the time therein posited, the Cusp of the tenth House ought to be 13 degr. 44 min. of Taurus, and the Ascendent 25 degr. 48 min. of Leo, yet he hath made the tenth House 14. degr. 0 min. of Taurus, and the Ascendent 26 degr. 0 min. of Leo: so that he hath committed 16 min. Error in the Cusp of the tenth House, and 12 min. in the Cusp of the Ascendent, nor is he less erroneous in collocating of the Planets here, than in the former Figure, but especially in the Moon, whom he hath placed in 27 degree 48 min. of Virgo, whereas she ought to have been in 28 degr. 14 min. of that Sign, wherein he hath mistaken no less than 26 minutes. And thus much I conceive sufficient to prove his ignorance in point of Art: Now will I also unmask his Errors, defects, mistakes, and misapplications in matter of judgement. I will not meddle with, or question upon what grounds Prince Charles left his Native Country of England, nor who were the original causes of this his so long absence; It is sufficient that Wil. Lily confesses him to be Enforced upon necessity, exiled, or banished, for the honour of the English Parliament. I will not inquire further, then of the Scottish Papers, whether the King be at present restrained from his Liberty, as Lily tells us he is; Nor dare I interrogate by what Law of God, or Man, the King of England's Person ought to be imprisoned, or be disposed of, by either, or both of the two Kingdoms, or by any, or all of his Subjects: Or whether His imprisonment, etc. be intended for the defence of his Majesty's Royal Person, etc. and the Liberty of the Subject? Or how it can consist with the Honour of the English Parliament to suffer his Majesty's Honour thus to lie at the stake, and his Sacred Name to be traduced, by such Pamphlet-mongers as Lily and Booker, and that Pillory-man Walker, without any restraint, or punishment. Neither do I care, whether the Eclipse in Aug. 1645. presignified the P. of the Earl of Essex, or whether he have merited so much Honour, as to have a Statue in Crown Gold erected at the Charges of William Lilly, and an Epitaph made (and thereon engraven) by Martin Parker, or Mercer (the Scot;) These things are all beside my Text, my intention being only to examine Master Merlin's Astrological discourse, and to show him, and all men wherein it is invalid, and no more. The judgement he hath given, is generally deduced from the position of the Heavens, at two distinct points of time, viz. From the Lunar Eclipse the 10 of January, 1647. Sun's entrance into Aries, March 10. 1647. The Eclipse he makes the first general subject of his Discourse, the effects whereof (as he tells us) may be somewhat put forward by reason of a non-apparent Eclipse in the 15 th'. degree of Capricorn, December 26. 1646. What the Simpleton meaneth by putting forward, I know not, 'tis no term in Astrology; but surely I have Put him out of doubt in my Prognostication, 1647. that Eclipses are not hurtful at all to those Regions, or Cities where they are not visible; yet lest the Testimony of that Learned Author therein mentioned should not be enough to convince him of his Folly, I shall further recommend unto him the words of Cardanus upon Ptolemy, lib. 2. cap. 5. Text 26. (if he can Translate them any better than he hath done the first fifty Aphorisms of the Centiloquie) they sound thus; Ut igitur locus à deliquio affici debeat in Luna, duo sunt necessaria: Unum quod Luna tunc temporis in hemisphaerio superiore illius loci sit, & cum Provincia illa concordet signo, vel trigono saltem: Secundo cum Civitate in solis loco, vel Lunae, vel Ascendent is, vel cum medio Coeli illius qui regit Civitatem ipsam. In sole verò necessarium est, praeter id quod fit supra terram, & conveniat locus ejus Provinciae-vel Civitati Eclipsis ipsa appareat. Whereby it is clear, that unless (in a Lunar Eclipse) the Moon be above the Earth, and likewise on the Sign, or at least in the Triplicity of that Sign whereunto unto the Kingdom (in whose Hemisphere the Defect happeneth) is subject: And unless that the Sun, or Moon-place, or the Sign Ascending or Culminating, be also the Horoscopical Sign of the City, or Town (you live in, or inquire after) the Effects of such a Lunar Eclipse shall not any way concern that Kingdom or City. But in a Solar Eclipse it is necessary, (besides that the Sun be above the Earth, and that his place agree to the Kingdom, or City,) that the Eclipse be also visible to the Kingdom or City, or otherwise the Effects shall in no wise concern the one or the other. Now, the Solar Eclipse here (by him) mentioned, is not visible at all to us, for it appears in the Islands, de S. Pedro, Barbados, de Don Alfonso, de Praxaros, and to such as Sail beyond the Equator, and under the Tropic of Capricorn through the Persian Sea: And (indeed) in 13 and 14 deg. of North Latitude, it will be a very great Eclipse; but of what concernment is this to England? or why should it put forward this Lunar Eclipse in January, seeing it is neither visible to us (for at London it happeneth at their 11 a Clock at Night, and so the Luminaries are both under the Horizon,) nor yet is the degree Eclipsed in the Sign, or Triplicity of that Sign whereunto either England or Scotland are thought to be subject, which is required (by Cardanus his Rule) before the Effects can concern either. Whereby it appears that this Non-apparent Solar Eclipse can no way help or harm us, nor augment, or put forward the Effects of the Lunar Eclipse, and that William Lily, in thus preferring his own idle Fancy beyond the Experience, and more solid Reasons and Rules of Campanella, Cardanus, and of all other Authors that ever I read, or heard of, hath very much abused the Reader, and rendered himself a very Novice and fondling in Astrology. As touching the Lunar Eclipse in January, 1647. I have writ of it already in my Prognostication, wherein you may see what the Effects of it are; and those that desire further satisfaction, may have recourse to Origanus, pag. 460. upon Mercury's being Lord of an Eclipse, as he is of this. But although this Lunar Eclipse be visible, and fall out in a Sign of the Fiery Triplicity, and in that respect doth generally concern England: Yet in regard it is so small, viz. but 4 digits, 47 min. 42 sec. its Effects will scarcely be felt, or observed by any body; For, as Eclipses nihil nocent illis Regionibus in quibus non videntur; So, parvae Eclipses parum nocent, & in pauca operantur. It is true, as both (Lily in his Anglicus, and I in my Prog.) have in effect observed, that, in caeremoniis, religione (to which he adds in reditibus regiis) ac legibus mutationes affert. A likelihood (as he saith) of some change, or alteration in Church-Affairs, in the Revenues of Kings, or more properly, in such matters as at present the Parliament make use of, for maintenance of their Wars and Affairs; and of altering or abolishing many Laws formerly in use. All this I grant him, and why may it not admit of thus much malignancy in the application thereof, viz. That the Kingdom are weary of the Presbyterial Government, and will not endure the smell of Elders, for Gentlemen are (commonly) Scholars, and do Naturally affect freedom in the Exercise of their Religion, and scorn to be constrained to give an account of their Belief to Broom-men, Cobblers, Tailors, and Tinkers, or to any such Illiterate, Mechanic, and Profane Fellows; or to subject their Understandings to the sense and Interpretation of so unsanctified a Society, and shall therefore wish for, and (must justly) endeavour a change of Government in the Church. So likewise may His Majesty's Revenue (so long detained from him) be in a better possibility of regaining, or in some part restored to him, or at least great means used to persuade those that have Usurped the Possession and Profits thereof to resign and account. And that many Ordinances, Orders, and Votes that have passed, and been formerly enjoined, and observed, as Laws must admit of alteration and abolishment: But (as I have formerly noted) these things will not be done effectually this Year, in regard of the smallness of the Defect, so that we shall be scarce sensible of its Operation. Yet without all doubt the Dragon's Head in the tenth House (in the intercepted Sign Cancer) bodes very much good to His Majesty to be begun and wrought by the Scottish Nation, who shall partake of that Influence. And whereas Lily adds, that Celerem Regis, Principis, vel nobilissimi viri alicujus infirmitatem, vel praeclari viri cujuspiam mortem adducit: That this small Eclipse portends some sudden Infirmity, or Casualty to a King, Prince, or Worthy Man, perhaps some eminent and Famous Man's Death, etc. He had done well to have cited his Author, or given his Reasons for what he says here, for I cannot pick out any such signification from this Eclipse, as Mercury is truly and really Lord thereof: Nor as he hath made Mars and Saturn to be sharers with him: Indeed Mars stirs up Wars, Intestine Seditions, Tumultuous Uproars, the wrath of Princes, and by that means some unexpected slaughter: And Saturn premonstrates perturbation of the Humours, Fluxes, and Quartan Fevers, Poverty, and Banishment, Dearth, Penury, etc. But I find no such sudden Infirmity, or Casualty to befall any King or Prince, etc. as he chatters of; yet I'll undertake for him, that if Prince Griffith should but this Year fall asunder of the Pox, the next Year after, Lily will tell you that this Prediction was verified in him. Nor know I any Reason why Scotland should be at all concerned in it, seeing the Eclipse happeneth in the Fiery Trigon, and that the Ascendant of Scotland, which is Cancer, is of another, viz. the Watery Triplicity, nor at all Asspected by the Sign wherein the Eclipse happeneth, nor afflicted by either of the Malevolents, but rather Fortified by the presence of the Dragon's Head in it (as before I noted) in the Mid-heaven; and although the Eclipsed Body be Dispositrix of the Sign Cancer, yet for the Reasons formerly given, the Effects of the Eclipse cannot be at all discerned in Scotland, or scarce in any part of England, and therefore it is but a foolery in William Lily to make such a fluttering and a noise about nothing: But I am well pleased to hear him scatter that one truth (if so it prove) that the Scots will stand like Oaks unshaken to their first Principles, etc. It behoves some body else to remember their Cov●nant, etc. And truly the Scots do owe William Lily a great many thanks for his confiding Epithets: But I fear, I fear I shall hear him ere long, lash out of his open Sepulchre as much and us vildly as ever he did against the King and the Cavaliers, though now he Court them, with the Titles of Prudent and Wise People. I hope they will be Wise enough for those they are to deal with. What he says against the Irish is not material: The more the Fox is cursed, the better he thrives. But I suspect Lily to be one of those London Adventurers, who were dividing the Bear's Skin, before he was taken, (as His Majesty once told them.) If he were, I presume a man might purchase lily's share of the Land in Ireland at an easy rate: And although out of his Malice he tells them their Ruin is approaching, and threaten them with Cups, and even brimmers of Vengeance; I believe he may drink them there off himself, before they once pledge him. And although Booker (in his Bloody Irish Almanac) hath disgorged a filthy and confused heap and mass of Misery, Ruin, and Vengeance to befall that Kingdom, yet you have not heard of any considerable loss that they have sustained since first that Malicious lying Pamphlet peeped out into the World, which bears date on Tuesday the 17 th'. of March, 1645/6. But on the contrary, have been exceeding Victorious, and Successful beyond expectation, and at this present have all, or the most part of the Garrisons and strong Holds in that Kingdom under their subjection; But I shall not (at present) take any more notice of that notorious piece of Nonsense of John Booker's, because I have reserved the Examination and Confutation thereof, to a particular Discourse coming out shortly, wherein I discover his gross Errors and Mistakes in point of Art, and plainly prove that his Pamphlet to be stuffed with nothing but inveterate Malice, and unparallelled Ignorance. Lilly. I will add no distempered conceptions to this Discourse ensuing, lest I be thought an Incendiary, I can break out at what time I shall see my Pen may be useful and profitable for the Cause I so much Honour, etc. Wharton. No (Sir) you must first have your Ink tempered, before you can counterfeit without suspicion: Those things you call your conceptions so naturally rough, must be first Polished before they can advantage the Cause, and run smother, and with more show of truth ere they shall deceive me. You dare not, you will not candidly, and impartially relate what you find recorded in the Register of Heaven, lest you should be taken for an Incendiary: That is, one that moves not by the wire of the great Engine, one that speaks the truth without fear or flattery; and 'twere your utter undoing, should the least scruple of ingenuousness be observed in your Lines. Therefore (say you) I can break out at what time I shall see my Pen may be useful and profitable for the Cause: That is to say, when I perceive the Scots and the Parliament fall asunder, and disjointed in their Opinions and Affections, then will I make the Stars every minute pick Quarrels with the Scots, I shall then break out of a sudden, and Prophesy nothing but Loss, Ruin, and Destruction, and Beggary to that perfidious Nation: And that the States of England shall be Victorious over them: I shall encourage our Soldiers, and disanimate the Enemy, etc. whereby I hope to be useful and profitable for the Cause I so much honour, and be rewarded well for my pains. Lilly. The English wearied with the sad attendants of War, seem at this present Sun's Ingress into Aries, to be desirous of Peace, yet not willing to be baffled, or curbed by any Neighbour-Nation, Kingdom, or people, or to have Laws imposed on them, contrary to their Native Humours and Customs, etc. Wharton. Great cause have the English, and especially the poor Inhabitants of the North, to groan under, and to be weary on, and to shake the intolerable burden from off their shoulders, which so long they have been forced to trudge under like so many Asses: But where is the Man that sometimes so much hugged himself with the very name of Liberty, that endeavours now but to ease, though not to free the poor Country from that Bondage and Slavery? Who was the cause of their present Misery? Who was it that hired, and brought your dear Brethren (the Scots) first into the Bowels of this Kingdom? And where lies the fault now they are not sent home again? Have the Scots baffled and out-witted your wise and grave Senators? Have they put you in mind of your Covenant, and thereby blasted the Fruit of your four Years—? What pity it is you must not enjoy your Humours? What grief is it you must yet be troubled with a King? Lilly. I do still confi●e in the Integrity of the Scottish Nobility and Clergy, and hope there may be Unity betwixt the two Nations, etc. Wharton. You Confide, and you Hope, but what is that to the Portents of Heaven? It is expected that you should Astrologically, and thereby Impartially relate, what the Signs, Planers, and Stars do premonstrate to happen in these Kingdoms, what Signs they have of War, or what of Peace. Or in plain terms, whether the former Unity and League betwixt the Scots and the Parliament is likely to be broken, or continued: And of this it is that People would be satisfied, and not of your Hopes, and your Confidence, and yet any man that warily reads you, shall find you very dubious in your expressions, and to carry yourself so cunningly, and in so equal a poise, that (for aught I have observed) the Reader may be as well satisfied (in that point) from Erra Pater, as from your Anglicus, as hereafter shall appear. And now we have done with the Prologue, the Play begins. Lilly. Come we now to the matter, and let us believe this will be a Year of Admiration, if we do credit Bonatus, fol. 514. Aspice etiam in revolutione Anni, utrum Jupiter ingrediatur in ♋ vel sit in eo, quoniam tunc augmentatur ejus virtus, & majorificantur ejus significata, significat enim res magnas & mutationes mirandas, & nominatas, & durabiles, ad bonum tamen, etc. Behold, saith he, if Jupiter in the Revolution of a Year be in Cancer, or enter that Year into that Sign, then shall his Influence, Virtue, and such Actions as he naturally signifies, be exceedingly augmented, and take place to purpose; then are matters designed by him exalted and magnified, th●n shall be wonderful alterations, and eminent changes upon the Earth, matters durable and tending to the benefit of Mankind, or all things inclining to Peace and Tranquillity, etc. Wharton. Having already discovered his decrepidness in point of Art, I come now to rip him up in matter of Judgement, and shall begin with his first Aphorism, wherein the Reader may observe himself sufficiently abused in the very quotation thereof: For, whosoever will peruse that place of Guido, Col. 514.. may observe, that Lily (to fit the words for his turn) hath left out at least two lines of the Aphorism. For, thus the words are in Guido; Aspice etiam in revolutione anni, utrum Jupiter ingrediatur in ♋, vel sit in eo maxim in 15 grad. ejus, quoniam tunc augm●ntatur ejus virtus, & majorificantur ejus significata. Et eò fortius si receperit dispositionem alicujus fortunarum significabit enim res magnas, & mutationes mirandas & nominatas, & durabiles, ad bonum tamen, etc. So that the words here marked (by a different Letter) he hath quite expunged, whereby it is plain, that this Aphorism hath but little force, unless that Jupiter were in the fifteenth degree of Cancer (which now he is not) or that he received the disposition of the Fortunes, which in this Revolution he doth not, for Jupiter is in the 28 deg. 25 min. of Cancer, and within 3 degrees of Malevolent Mars, whereby he is much afflicted and weakened: And although he be in the Sign of his Exaltation, yet he is there slow in motion, Occidental of the Sun, and Retrograde, and Planeta Retrogradus nihil boni significat, donec dirigatur. A Retrograde Planet hath no signification of that which is good, until he be direct. It is true, that within five days he begins to move slowly forward, yet, that brings him to a perfect Conjunction with Mars the 23 d. day of March, and they will not be fully separated from each others Beams of a sudden, by which Jupiter is very much debilitated: And notwithstanding that Mars is in his Fall, yet he is the strongest save one in the Figure; so that I cannot perceive upon what ground in Astrology he should Prognosticate of Peace and Tranquillity from the Position of Jupiter in the latter part of Cancer, considering him so weak and unhappy, by reason of his Conjunction with Mars, etc. and that he stays no longer in that Sign than the 15 of April. Besides, let him consider what Massahalach tells him: Conjunctio Jovis & Martis significat accidentia quae fiunt ex pluviis, & nivibus, & corruptionem aëris atque bellum: Si autem vincit in eorum Conjunctione fortuna, significat fortunam, & si malus malum: Scito etiam quia quotiescunque juncta fuerit fortuna cum malo, apparebit natura fortioris eorum, etc. The Conjunction of Jupiter and Mars hath signification of such Events as are caused of Rain and Snow: It foretelleth corruption of the Air and War: And if a Fortune predominate at the time of their Conjunction, he signifieth that which is wholesome and good, but if a Malevolent, the contrary. Understand also, that so often as a Fortunate Planet shall be joined with a Malevolent, the natural Effects of that which is strongest shall appear. Now, if William Lily could but have set a Figure rightly to the apparent time of this Conjunction of Jupiter and Mars, which happens (by the Rudolphine Tables) upon the 23 d. day of March, at seven a Clock and 14 min. P. M. in the Meridian of London, and would but have taken the pains to collect the several Fortitudes and Debilities of each Planet at the time of their Meeting, he might have found Mars much stronger than Jupiter, and likewise elevated above him (secundum Latitudinem:) he might also have observed the Conjunction to be in Scotland's Horoscopical Sign, and near the Cusp of the 10 th'. House, Saturn (their Senators Significator) unfortunately posited in the House of Death, etc. And the Moon (His Majesties) as being Lady of the tenth House, and Dispositrix of the Conjunction, in the fifth, in a mutual Reception with Jupiter, beholding Saturn with a Sextile Aspect, and the Sign Cancer with a Trine; and Venus yet in her Detriment, and applying to the Quartile Aspect of Jupiter and Mars: And the Sun, the other Significator of His Majesty, in his Exaltation, etc. with Mercury in the 6 th'. House from the Ascendant. Which several Positions being deliberately considered, and rightly applied, could have afforded him but small ground of pronouncing Peace and Tranquillity. Moreover, Conjunctio Jovis & Martis, significat mortem divitis & magnae famae, idque eo fortius, si fuerit in Signo fixo: The Conjunction of Jupiter and Mars portends the Death of a Rich and Famous Man, and so much the rather, if it happen in a fixed Sign; but Cancer is a movable Sign, and by so much the less fear there is of the Death of such a Person: I ra●her conceive that this Aphorism presages only tha● some such Person shall have his Honour, (and may be his Life) questioned, and be thereby in some peril of being deprived of both. However, you may perceive by what hath been said, that William Lily hath greatly deceived the Reader, by this false Quotation out of Bonatus, and that all things considered, he had no cause or ground in Astrology to delude the World with a vain hope of Peace and Tranquillity, when nothing but Contention, Warring, and Bloodshed is threatened by the great dominion of Mars, and the infortunate positure of Jupiter in the Revolution. And if Lily would learn when this shall happen, Leopaldus will tell him; Belli tempus est cum fuerit Mars in opposito, vel Quartili aspectu Jovis, vel Saturni: When Mars shall be in an Opposite, or Quartile Aspect of Jupiter or Saturn. And when's that? Let but our Ephemeris-Master look in May, 1647. and against the 22. day he shall find a hateful Square between Saturn and Mars; and in October following, upon the 21 day, will be a most terrible Opposition of Saturn and Mars, which will be very dreadful and Ominous to many parts of England and Scotland; and upon the 28 day of the same October, is another Square betwixt Jupiter and Mars: And no doubt but we shall hear of much Contention and Bloodshed about those times. I have noted every of these Aspects before mentioned in my Calendar for 1647. against the day of the Month whereon they happen, to which I refer you. Lilly. In the interim l●t those whom it may concern (and many are herein concerned) receive from me this Astrological Cabal Judgement, either in jest, or in earnest, as they please, etc. He or they, King or Kings, Prince or Princes, Nobles, Gentlemen, or of any Quality soever, shall endeavour the advance of a Foreign Army or State amongst us (as it is certainly determined) to Yoke us, and destroy this present Parliament, he or they shall never attain his or their desires, shall p●rish in the Design, shall never again make his or their Peace with this Kingdom of England. I know we are threatened, it must be so, but woe to the Invader; Invaders, or procurers of our Invasion; the Invaded shall prevail, viz. the Parliament and Commonalty of England; and although we shall be in danger of betraying, yet shall we behold another Providence contradicting that Treachery, even in the nick of time; for this Kingdom of England is not ordained until the World's end, to be any more Conquered, we shall give, but not receive Laws, etc. Wharton. All the Ambition and Aim of this trifling Fellow is to be thought a Necromancer, a Conjurer, another Lullius, Trithemius, or the Ghost of Agrippa, or what ever you will have him to be, so he may but obtain a popular esteem, and by that means more easily cozen and cheat the poor People of their Money, for otherwise why should he muster such a confused heap of riddling trash, without giving any Reason, or naming any Author for what he saith: And if you peruse it seriously, and compare it with the four last lines of the fourth following page, you will find him plainly contradicting himself, for whereas in his Cabal Judgement he saith, that the advance of a Foreign Army or State is certainly determined to Yoke, us and destroy the Parliament, etc. yet there he affirmeth, that we shall not be Oppressed with any Invasive, or Domestic War: And if Invasion were but attempted, I believe it would puzzle us, and more than Oppress us: But were Astrology the ground of this Judgement of his, he might have told us a more probable, though not so pleasant a story as he concludes with. For, let this Cabalist but look into Leopaldus de Revolutionibus, and he shall find these words, Victor erit qui invadit, si Dominus 4 tae, vel 7 ae, in prima fuerit, vel in 10ae. If the Lord of the fourth House, or the Lord of the seventh House shall be in the Ascendant or Mid-heaven, it signifies that the Invader (or Invaders) shall prevail against, and overcome the Invaded. And now (Goodman Merlin) is not Saturn Lord of the seventh House, and posited almost in the very Cusp of the Tenth? If this Aphorism prove true (as possibly it may, if the Scots and Parliament fall to pieces) you must invent other Epithets for the Scots than Prudent, Wise, and Religious People, or else I know what will become of you. I will not urge this Aphorism any further, as how far it may concern Ireland, or France, etc. lest I be counted an Incendiary; but a few Months longer will produce a Miracle, etc. And for this Cabal Judgement, be it in jest, or be it in earnest, I hold it for no better than a mere Scarecrow purposely devised to deter His Majesty's Friends from any longer adhering to him; but it is in vain, for so much true Policy have that Party, that if any design were a foot, whereby to restore His Majesty to the Rights of his Crown, etc. and to regain their own, they would not be discouraged in the prosecution thereof, upon the reading of your Fooleries; and this (Sir) you may believe upon the Reputation of a Cavalier. Lilly. If we consider the Profectional Figure of the last Conjunction of Saturn and Jupiter, we shall find Aries Ascending, and the Sun, Saturn, Jupiter, and Mercury all in Cancer, both the one Figure and the other, as also that of the Annual return of the Sun to his place at the Parliaments beginning, promise us exceeding fair this Year, etc. Wharton. I have considered the Profectional Figure of the last Conjunction of Saturn and Jupiter, and find the Sun, Saturn, Jupiter, and Mercury, as you say, all in Cancer; yes, and more than that, I observed Aries Ascending, and Pisces Culminating, Venus in Gemini, and Luna in Libra: And I have made inspection into the sixth Revolution of the Sun to his place at the Parliaments beginning, and there I meet with the seventh degree of Virgo ascending, and the last degree of Taurus Culminating, and that Mercury, Lord of the Ascendant, is in 12 deg. 45 min. of Scorpio & sub radiis solis: And the Moon is in 5 degr. 20 min. of Aquarius, in Opposition to Jupiter and Mars, who are near unto a perfect Conjunction in the eleventh House of the Figure in Leo, and she is also hastening to a Quartile with Saturn in the ninth. And I think (Sir) you will not deny but that Mercury and the Moon are your Senators Significators. So that how fair soever you imagine these Positions to promise you, I am assured they will perform but slowly; you had done well to have shown us some Testimony of the Peace you mention, but as you have denied us that favour, let me instance you one Testimony to cross your conceit. You may see (Sir) that Jupiter and Mars are there also in Conjunction, and that in Leo, a Sign of the Fiery Triplicity, which is far worse than their Conjunction in Cancer; for, Mars in Leone significat bella & contentiones, & paucitatem annonae in partibus orientalibus, & erit Mors in hominibus, & maxim in juvenibus 40. Annorum usque ad 50. in pueris tamen erit hoc fortius. It signifies Wars and Wranglings, and scarcity of Corn in the Eastern Parts, and Mortality amongst men, but especially to such as are betwixt 40 and 50 Years old. Notwithstanding, this shall be most Operative amongst Children. And thus fair (and no fairer) are you promised by the Annual return of the Sun to his place at the Parliaments Commencement, if you will credit Bonat. Colum. 365. So that you see what ever our Merlin hath endeavoured to gull the People with, yet the Heavens speak no such Language; they tell us of nothing but War and Strife, etc. What the Position of Saturn in the 10. signifies in the Vernal Ingress, I have published in my Prognostication: And if I should grant him what so much he desires and urgeth, viz. that Saturn's being in the Mid-heaven should portend some sorrow and affliction to the King; yet Albumazar (a man of better Credit) affords us this comfort; Si fuerit domina decimae domus Venus (as she is in this Revolution) significat quod sequetur ex hac tribulatione prosperitatem atque sublimitatem & gaudium atque profectum. If Venus be Lady of the tenth House, it showeth that his affliction and sorrow shall be turned into Joy, Prosperity, Sublimity, and Advantage, the sight whereof will even break the Malicious heart of this proditorious Peasant. Lilly. And for the signification of Venus, who is under the Sunbeams, and thereby much impedited and descending into the eighth, though now locally in the ninth, it portends a disturbed fancy, and a Person not free, or much enlarged, for the Sun Lord of the 12. and Venus are within Orbs: her Debilities promise him no great good: Significat enim, quod eveniat Regi in Revolutione illa ira, & tristitia, & contentio, similiter atque timor: She as posited, is the signifier of much anger, malecontentedness, and controversy; and the Conclusion, which is worst of all, saith, that he shall be in great fear, etc. of what, I am silent? Wharton. I have told you in my Prognostication, that Venus her Fortitudes exceeds the number of her Debilities by 8, and is therefore to be accounted strong and powerful in the Figure, so that what Detriment soever her Debilities might promise, her Fortitudes (being so many more in number) do utterly extinguish and annihilate, whereby is clearly signified good Fortune and Authority to Officials, and other of the King's Head-Officers, and that the King shall prosper in his Affairs. So that the Reader may perceive your own Fancy so disturbed, and clouded, as that you cannot fancy, or discern any Sentence or Aphorism that hath any show in it of good towards His Majesty, but endeavour to conceal all things that tend thereunto, against your own Conscience, and the Principles of Art. Nor can (in my Opinion) the Sun and Venus their being within Orbs, portend any kind of restraint to His Majesty, but rather absolute freedom, in regard they are both His Majesty's Significators, and behold the Cusp of the twelfth House with an Aspect of true and perfect Amity. Lilly. But let me examine Astrologically, whether there be any Affection or Unity betwixt His Majesty and Subjects, which you may discern, saith Bonatus, Fol. 526. Per Conjunctionem significatorum ad invicem, viz. By the Conjunction of each Significator to other, or with other; vel per eorum aspectum cum receptione, quia ille ex significatoribus qui recipit alium, committit illi dispositionem, or by the mutual Aspect of the Significators with Reception; for observe whose Significators receives the other, commits his disposition or virtue to the Planet received, or more properly may be said to be ruled or directed by him. Here do I find the Sun Significator of our Honourable Patriots at Westminster, in his Exaltation, receiving Venus (His Majesties) in her Detriment, viz. in a low condition, etc. Wharton. If the Conjunction of the Sun and Venus had been by Application, or a perfect Conjunction, you had said something to the purpose, but (Mr. Wisdom) you see Venus is separated from him, and the Moon, who is Significatrix of your Honourable Patriots, is hasting to an Opposition with them both, which are signs of small Affection, or Unity betwixt them; and as for that Reception you mention to be betwixt them, I will not grant any, for I learned when I was in my A. B. C. of Astrology, that Receptio est duplex, una ex domicilio, altera ex exaltatione: It is either from House, or Exaltation, which you cannot find here betwixt the Sun and Venus; for, although the Sun be in his Exaltation, yet Venus is not in hers, so that there is no Reception in respect of Exaltation; and for matter of House, you will grant there can be none. Yet I remember Zael admits of this, and one more, as a kind of Reception; and Origanus takes notice of them in him and Schonerus, and calls them Receptiones minores, but he does not commend, or allow them, but rather sets a mark upon them for invalid and Superstitious; for, saith he, Posteriores receptiones non nisi in particulari & ad Superstitionem inclinante judicio locum habent, Pag. 427. So that if the Commonalty or Kingdom be no more Obedient and kind to the King than this reception inclines them to, I shall despair of any Peace or Tranquillity this Year, nor expect better success of their formal addresses, than formerly. Lilly. If we run a strain above Astrology, the Hermetical Learning will tell us, that the Angels Samael and Malchidael are the Intelligences, or presiding Angels of the English Commonwealth and Kingdom, and generally every ginger is satisfied, that Mars is the Planet, and Aries the Sign to which Great Britain is subject. If the greater Angel and his Minister stand firm for us, as it's thought they do, and if the Planet be well Fortified, and the Ascending Sign of this Kingdom not afflicted, I see no cause in Nature to mistrust any general misfortune to happen within this Kingdom to the Inhabitants thereof in this present Year 1647. For though we find Mars, our English Astrological Planet, in his Fall, yet we have him very Potently placed in the Heavens, in Conjunction with Jupiter and Caput Draconis, in the eleventh House, and what Authors deliver upon such a Position as this, you shall be your own Judges that read the Discourse. Si Jupiter fuerit in undecima, significat lucra & merces in omnibus rebus, Haly 378. When Jupiter is in the eleventh House, he intimates much Trade and M●rchandizing, and great Wealth obtained thereby. Si quidem Jupiter fuerit in undecima significat laudem & bonam famam ex parte amicorum, & quod gaudebunt homines, & erunt in alacritate, & bonus effectus, & profectus in rebus de quibus habebunt homines fiduciam, & de quibus sperant bonum, Bonat. 567. Jupiter, as now Posited, portends great Comfort from Friends, and that they shall merit Honour and a good Name; that Men shall rejoice and be cheerful, and have good Effect and Encouragement in the Actions they seek after, and of which matters th●y themselves expected good. If we would dilate, or exemplify, why from hence may we not expect all faithfulness and Honourable correspondency from the Scottish Nation, contrary to the expectation of some, and those not a few that Divine otherways. Wharton. If William Lily run not quite out of his Wits, I shall here make him understand (if not acknowledge) another very gross Error of his, notwithstanding the Angels Sama●l and Malchida●l do both of them take his part: For though I grant him that Mars is more powerful than he speaks of, yet is the Sign Ascending of this Kingdom sufficiently afflicted by the Platique Square of Mars unto it, who is also within three degrees of Conjunction with the Lord of the eighth House, which is the House of Death, Labour, Sadness, and Heaviness, Heritage of Dead Men, and the end of Life; and the Ascendant of the Revolution is no less afflicted by the Quartile of Saturn unto it: And the Moon, who is Lady of the Hour (although he hath here forgot to mention her) is separate from the Sextile of Mars, and in a partile Sextile with Jupiter, but comes immediately to a Diametrical configuration with Aries, England's Horoscopical Sign; whereby you might have seen (if you had not been worse than purblind) cause too much to mistrust some general misfortune to befall the Inhabitants of this Kingdom: I do not love to create new Jealousies and Fears, but I presume Wil Lilly will not (upon second thoughts) deny what I have said, nor that he hath played the Fool in giving Judgement of Jupiter's Positure in the eleventh only, without mixing the nature of Mars with him, who is there likewise so powerful, and near unto Conjunction with him. But I have elsewhere told you what their Accidental Scite there doth signify, and therefore shall not need to give him any further Answer in this particular, since what he here reiterates, is, only to clear his Brethren the Scots, lest they become unruly, and kick out that small proportion of his idle Brains. Lilly. And surely were not Mars over-swayed by the presence of Jupiter in that Nations Ascending Sign, I should somewhat doubt of them myself, but I do not, for the truth is, Religion and Faith over-masters their Natural Policy, Really; Mars in undecima inimicitias amicorum praenotat: Mars in the 11. destroys the Leagues and Friendships of People, etc. Wharton. And surely William Lily, a Horn-bookblade, he would not divulge so much of his Ignorance at one clap, as to say that Mars is over-swayed by the presence of Jupiter, cujus contrarium verum est; for, as before I have proved, Mars is the strongest save only the Moon; and Jupiter the weakest but Mercury in all the Figure, as will appear to any Man that will take the pains to collect the Dignities and Debilities of the Planets respectively in the Figure. And therefore he hath good reason to doubt of himself, and to suspect the Scottish Nation will become Converts; which if they did not, we (Malignants) should have questioned, whether they had any Religion, or Faith at all? But to the matter: Mars in the eleventh House, presages something else than amicorum inimicitias, if you had not abused Guido Bonatus, Colum. 571. and in him the whole Kingdom; whose words (if he had not been interrupted by this unmannerly Clown) had been thus; Mars in 11a domo, significat paucitatem lucri, seu profectus in rebus de quibus speratur utilitas; & quoth cadent in inimicitias amicorum & significat diminutionem substantiae, & desperabunt homines de rebus in quibus habebatur fiducia, & quibus sperabatur: That is, Mars in the eleventh House foretells but little profit or gain in those things by which profit was expected, and that they shall fall at enmity with their Friends. Also, the diminution of their Substance, and that men shall utterly despair of ever obtaining what they most trusted to, and expected. This Aphorism carries a great deal of Matter in it, in relation it hath to the differences depending and impending betwixt the Scots and the Parliament: And therefore it was not held fitting to be published, or communicated (by our Mysterious Merlin) without a Fee. The plain English of it is, that (according to Natural causes) it is most evident that the Parliament, etc. shall be frustrated in their expectation; that they shall be much deceived, and deprived of the Profit and Commodity, which might have accrued unto them, by having the King at their own disposal: And that for this cause they shall fall at difference with, and incur the dislike and enmity of those that were formerly their Friends and Confederates, who shall account them no otherwise than such as have forgot and neglected their Covenant with God and Man, etc. And hereupon they despair of the Scottish Religion, because it is come nearer the Kings, and of their Faith, because they have not so much credulity as to interest them alone in the disposal of His Majesty's Person: And hence arise new Discords and Contentions, and greater Taxes are imposed than ever upon the poor Kingdom, whereby men's Estates are exhausted and consumed, and fresh Miseries daily approaching, if not timously prevented. What he citys out of Haly concerning Jupiter's positure in the eleventh House, I have sufficiently Answered and explained before, upon the words which he quoted from Bonatus, for the same thing. And thus far hath Mr. Lilly made his Progress in Preaching Peace and Tranquillity to the People, to what purpose, I have sufficiently declared. And now he comes to the Quality of the Year, wherein I scorn to detract the least scruple from him of what's his due, but shall agree with him in every thing which he performs but any thing like an Artist, (though he stumble of it against his will) his Quotation of Bonatus, Pag. 55. (by great Fortune) is very true and pertinent, whereby is proved a Year of scarcity of Corn and other Provision for the use of Man: But the application of his next Aphorism out of Haly is very illicite, and ignorant, for although he affirm it shall assuredly come to pass in those parts of this Kingdom which lie Southeast, and full South from London, but nothing so violently as in the Kingdom of Ireland: I shall prove him here an errand Butcher. For, if he had understood the Aphorism, Saturn ought to be infortunate in alto loco, and elevated above all the other Planets, or otherwise it hath no signification, which he is not in this Figure; for although he be weak in his Essential Dignities, yet considering his other Accidental Fortitudes, he is indifferent strong and powerful, so that the Aphorism will not serve for this Position. And if you will know the principal ways by which a Planet may be said to be Elevated above another, they are three, viz. In respect of their Latitude from the Ecliptic. Nearness to their Auges. Position in the Figure. A Planet is said to be Elevated above another (according to Ganivetus, cap. 1. differ. 3. of his Book, Entitled Amicus Medicorum) who hath greatest Northern Latitude from the Ecliptic. Now, if we Calculate rightly, we shall find Mars Elevated above all the rest of the Planets, the Moon excepted, for he hath 3 degrees of North Latitude; and Saturn's Latitude is Meridional no less than 2 degrees 6 min. So Jupiter hath 0. degree 47 min. of North Latitude, Venus 1 degree 10 min. and Mercury 2 degrees 5 min. both South; and the Moon indeed hath 4 degrees 47 min. of North Latitude: So that in respect of Latitude, Saturn is the most depressed of all the Planets in the Figure, and the Moon most Elevated, next Mars, and then Jupiter. The next way is in respect of a Planets propinquity to his Auge, according to Albohazen Haly in his Comment upon Ptolemy: So that the Planet which is nearest the Summity of his Epicycle, is Elevated above another, which is further removed thence, and if we consider here which of the Planets is most Elevated secundum Augem, we shall find that Mercury is in Apog. Epicicli. 12 March, Mars is in Apog. Eccentr. the 14 of March, and Saturn is not in Apog. Epicicli until the fourth of May following: So that this way Mercury and Mars are both Elevated above Saturn. And here by the way will I put Mr. Merlin in mind of one mistake in this kind committed in his England's Prophetical Merlin, Pag. 78. Where he hath put Saturn transire Apog. on 20 Martii & Jupiter Epicicli sui superiorem partem 23 Martii, whereas Saturn is in Apog. Epicicli the 10 of March, and Jupiter the 13. So but only ten days Error in each committed. The third way by which a Planet may be said to be Elevated, is in respect of their places in the Figure; as he that is above the Earth is more Elevated than he that is under the Horizon, he that is in the twelfth House is Elevated above another Planet in the Ascendant, he that is in the eleventh, above any in the twelfth, and he that is in the tenth, above any other in the Figure, as indeed Saturn is now: And if all the Planets were under the Horizon, then that which is nearest to the Ascendant is said to be most Elevated; but this is not so much considered by Astrologers as their Elevation in respect of Latitude, and of their proximity to their Auges, or if it were, yet you see there is two to one against Wil Lilly: For Saturn is neither Elevated above all the other Planets in respect of Latitude, nor in respect of his Auge, and therefore that Aphorism of Haly's hath no signification here, Saturn being neither infortunatus in alto loco, nec sublevatus super omnes alios Planetas, as William Lilly supposes him. So that the South, and Southeast parts of this Kingdom need not fear this Positure at all. Next, I desire the Reader to observe that he hath cut off, corrupted, and misunderstood that Aphorism in Bonatus, 574. viz. Significat naufragia repent, etc. For that Aphorism is not deduced from the Dominion of Mars in the fourth and ninth Houses of the Figure; but (as you may see in Guido) from the Situation of Mars in Cancer and his Triplicity; and the words of Bonatus are these, Et si fuerit Mars in Revolutione anni in Cancro, vel ejus triplicitate: Et maxim in Cancro, erit apparitio eorum, quae significaverit in partibus Septentrionalibus. And thus much of that Aphorism Master Merlin hath quite left our, which is thus much in English: If Mars in the Years Revolution shall be in Cancer or his Triplicity, but especially in Cancer, the visibility of his Effects shall be in the Northern parts of the Kingdom. Further, In Cancro significat naufragia repente v●nientia ex forti atque subito flatu ventorum, & significat rixam atque contentionem, & bellum, etc. Mars in Cancer hath signification of unexpected Shipwrecks, happening by fierce and sudden gales of Wind; he also portends Strife, Contention, and War, etc. Lilly. Gaudebunt Reges, & habebunt laetitiam, & securitatem, that our Principal Governors and Officers that have with such Industry these many Years steered the Affairs of our Kingdom, shall in this Year rejoice. Wharton. Indeed (Lily) you steer by a false Chart, for there is no such thing absolutely signified to the Governors you speak of, from the Sun, as he is Lord of the Ascendant, for he that will look into Guido, pag. 575. whence he takes this judgement, shall find the words to carry another sense, viz. Et si fuerit Sol Dominus Anni, ac Dominus Ascendentis, fueritque liber à malis, dixit Albumazar, gaudebunt Reges, & habebunt laetitiam & securitatem, so that if you expect to have benefit by this Aphorism, the Sun must not only be Lord of the Ascendant, and free from the Malevolents, but he must also be Lord of the Year, which he is not in this Revolution; and how far soever this Aphorism may be in force, the King will have the best share thereof, if the Sun be the Natural Significator of Kings, as all Author's accord: Nor shall those Governors he talks of want their part of what the Sun's accidental Position in the eighth House doth signify, viz. Depressionem Divitum & Magnatum, seu Nobilium atque potentum, eorumque diminutionem, & mortem, ac improperium, Bonat. 577. I'll lay my Life this Aphorism belongs to the Roundheads. What Venus portendeth in the ninth, as she is Significatrix of His Majesty, I have told you in my Prog. And what Mr. Lily hath added out of Bonatus, 579. is not amiss; only his application is like all the rest, as idle and foolish as may be, in that it concerns all the Clergy in general, and not the Prick-eared Divines only, as every Artist can testify. Now, for that William Lily seems to be very much offended with one Mr. Gear, who (as he saith) was sometimes a Priest of Tewksbury, and hath lately writ a Pamphlet, called Astrologo-mastix, (which indeed is as full of old idle Sophistry, as Mr. Lilly is of Malice and Ignorance) yet I hold it no sufficient Answer to tell him a story of a Weathercock, or a Cock and Bull, in stead of denying and avoiding his Arguments by better Reason: Nor is it Scholarlike, or savours at all of Common Civility, to fall upon scandalising of a man's Reputation, when he hath not wit enough to requite him otherwise. I think (Lily) you would scarce accept of it as a sufficient Answer from me, if instead of Correcting your Errors, I should tell the World, that you were but a Tailor's Boy in St. Clement's Parish, and that the summity of all your Honour, was to be afterwards a Scrivener's Man, and that he dying, your Mistress taught you first to write Secretary, in which respect I account you not worthy of the just Revenge of my Pen. This (though it be true) were but mean Logic, but the truth is, you are lame of that Leg, and therefore you may do well to borrow a Crutch of Mr. Thomas chaloner, that precise Logician, etc. Nor does it grieve me at all, that I suffer so much for the justness of the Cause which I have undertaken and sworn to, as to be traduced by you with the terms of an obscure Footman, ungowned, and unbooted, etc. the time was when I have been on Horseback, where neither Lily nor Booker durst have shown their Faces; and 'tis no matter whether I wear Boots or Shoes, either shall content me; I have both: And if I want a Colledge-Gown, I believe (Sir) you are not in so much Credit as to take up one for me till my next Years Almanac may defray your Engagement, however, you are not so much M●ster of your Trad●, as to make it for me; for (to say the truth) I was told your Master was a Woman's Taylo●. I find nothing left now worthy my Notice, save only the Quadrate Aspect of Saturn to Jupiter, which happeneth this Year, which (Mr. Merlin saith) only signifieth mutationes, & res multas in Negotiis Regis, similiter & in lege, very great alterations, and many things concerning His Majesty's Affairs and the Law: But you see Mr. Merlin dare not tell us his Author, and (indeed) he either will not, or dare not; yet nevertheless I have traced him, and found Haly to be the Author of those words, and of some other proceedings, which you may guests he was unwilling to publish, by the tenor of them, Haly, pag. 391. they run thus: Significat (saith Haly) quoth existent Rebels qui adversabuntur Regi, & qui querent regnum, etc. The plain English is this, it signifieth there shall be Rebels and Traitors, who shall rise and oppose themselves against the King, who shall endeavour to deprive him of his Kingdom, etc. And this together with the former, is the genuine signification of the Square of Saturn and Jupiter; and these very words I had noted in my Almanac, but the Printer maliciously expunged and altered them and divers more, whereby he hath unworthily abused me, and made my Almanac look Weather-beat like himself. As for the Conjunction of Saturn and Mars in Taurus, which Mr. Merlin saith, hath been so Learnedly handled by John Booker, I have sufficiently laid him open in that Discourse I formerly mentioned; and no doubt, but it will serve both their turns: Yet I cannot pass by one gross Error (above all the rest) committed by this wooden Prick-ear, John Booker, in his New Almanac for 1647. (which may be easily known, by the Sign of the Loggerhead in the Front of it) upon his judgements of the Year at the Vernal Ingress, where he saith, that Jupiter is in Ascendente hora revolutionis, and accordingly draws fine Peaceable judgement from Jupiter, being in the Ascendant, when notwithstanding, Jupiter is above 30 deg. (or a whole sign) distant from thence, and so in the 11 House, as you may see in Wil lily's Figura mundi, in his Anglicus, Erected for the same time and place; by which the Reader may perceive what certainty can be in this dull Fellows Prognostics, who is thus palpably and intolerably erroneous, as to miss no less than a whole Sign in the place of one Planet? And thus have I diligently and carefully examined Wil lily's Discourse, wherein I find him very foolishly rash, and even brimful of Malice and Ignorance; and do now assuredly know him unworthy the name of an Artist. I could have taken notice of a great many more Errors, etc. and particularly in his Translation of those first 50 Aphorisms of Ptolomy's Centiloqui, wherein he shows himself Ignorant in the Original, so hath he infected some of them with his own foolish Commentaries, and (amongst the rest) a ridiculous story of a Suit of Clothes, that he tore many holes in, in going a Nutting, when the Moon was ill dignified in Leo, which Suit, he says, did never do him any service after: Whereby you see that Lily is as bad a Tailor, as he is an Astronomer, that could mend his own Clothes no better; the truth is, he was not born to be a Workman. But I shall reserve my other more serious Observations till I hear further from him, which if ever I do, I promise's to lash him without Mercy; in the interim, I should advise such Gentlemen as desire to be Instructed in this kind o● Learning, to shake off these Ignorant Fellows, and apply themselves to Doctor Nicholas Fisk, Doctor Sc●●borough, Mr. Ionas Moor, or Mr. Holland, ●ho are all of them singular Artists, and Men of Honest and clear intentions. Multiplicatio Effectus Syderum Secreta. HE that will know Great and Noble things, must commit three Rules to Memory. 1. The Rarity and Time of the Planetary Conjunctions, and multiply one into the other, if it be exquisite or perfect; if not, into the part thereof in respect of Days, and the Factus shall be the number of the Days of that Effect. For Example; Suppose a Conjunction of Saturn and Jupiter in some point of the Zodiac, and besides that of the Moon, ad unguem. The Conjunction of Saturn and Jupiter is in Twenty Years, and the Recourse of the Moon in Twenty seven Days, and eight Hours. Then Multiply Twenty seven, and one third part of a Day by Twenty, and they make Five hundred forty six Years, and two thirds of a Year, for the time of the Effect of that Conjunction. But yet it may ere that be obstructed by another Conjunction, especially after one half of the time be expired; for the Effect will be Naturally increased for the space of Two hundred seventy three Years, and one third part of a Year: And this when the Conjunction of all the Three shall be in one Point. But admit the Moon should then be distant Thirty Minutes, we will take the Semidiameters of the Moon, and therewith compare the Proportion of her distance, in such sort, as that we allow thereunto one half of the time, because her Semi-diameter is one half of her distance. And so if the Moon shall be distant one whole degree, we must give only a Fourth part, Multiplying six Days and twenty Hours, into twenty Years, and the time of the Effect shall be One hundred thirty six Years. The like must be done until the Moon shall be further distant than the quantity of her Beams, which is twelve degrees and a half. For although this Proportion be not altogether perfect, yet it is sensible, and near to the truth. The Magnitude of Sun, is— 16 m. Moon— 17. Jup. & Venus— 5. & almost to 6 m. Sat. & Mars— 4. Mercury— 2. 2. That the Effects be multiplied in Strength like the Rarity, according to an exquisite Application. As if Saturn have Four Virtues, Jupiter Five, Mars Three, and are all conjoined in one Point; then let us multiply Three, Four, and Five together, and the Effect shall be Sixty in Strength, viz. twelve times so much to the Effect of Jupiter alone; fifteen times so much to Saturn, and twenty times so much to Mars. But if Mars shall be distant one degree at a time when Saturn and Jupiter are in Conjunction, we must multiply three Minutes of the Semi-diameter of Mars, into three, the Number of his Strength, and the Factus is Nine. Then Divide the Number by Sixty, (the number of Minutes in the distance of Mars from Jupiter and Saturn) and the Quotient is three twentieth parts, which we multiply into Twenty, (the Number of the strength of the Conjunction of Saturn and Jupiter.) and the result is Three, which add to Tw●nty, and the strength of that Conjunction shall be Twenty three; that is almost eight times so much as the strength of Mars; six times so much as the strength of Saturn, and five times so much as the strength of Jupiter. And the like of the rest. The strength of every Planet may be known by the Magnitude thereof, and the slowness of its Motion; for by how much greater the Planets be, and by how much slower they are in Motion, by so much stronger are they in General Causes, but not so in Particular. For Example, I would know what Power Saturn hath in respect of the Moon, as to length or continuance of their Effects. I see that Saturn's Revolution is performed in Twenty nine Years, and Three hundred fifty eight Days; wherein are 10750 Days. This I multiply into the Square of his Semi-diameter, and they make 96750 Days. In like manner, I multiply the Circuit of the Moon into the Squared Minutes of her Semi-diameter, and the Factus is 7899 Days, and one eighth part of a Day. I Divide the one by the other, and the Quotient is Twelve. And so much is the proportion of Saturn's strength to the strength of the Moon. The same I say of Conjunctions, in respect of the length or Continuance of their Effects. And it may be demonstrated in one word, because the Effects continue until the Return; as the Conjunction of Saturn and Jupiter till another Conjunction; and the Ingress of Saturn into the first point of Aries, until his next entrance into the same Point. For, Nihil datur inane in Natura. And therefore, if the Effects should not continue until the Return, it were a Mathematical Circuit, not a Natural; a Cause without an Effect; yea, a kind of Impotency. Wherefore, Proportio Circuitus ad Circuitum, ut temporis ad tempus, quod erat probandum. Nevertheless, every one of these Circuits is reduced to the half thereof; because that from the Opposition, the force of the Conjunction is finished, and the Opposition regarded only. These things understood, it is manifest, that in either Rule, what is said of two Planets, and three, holds also in four, and five, and six: As if Saturn, Jupiter, Mars, and the Moon shall be joined ad unguem, or within some degrees, you must multiply their Times and Virtues, as well in respect of the Magnitude of the Effects, as the Magnitude of Time: Observing the first Rule in the Times, the Second in their Virtues. 1. Hence it is concluded, that the most powerful Conjunction, and the most durable, is that of the Head of Aries of the Eighth Sphere, with the Head of Aries of the Ninth Sphere, because it is but once in Thirty six Thousand Years. And in this Conjunction it is manifest, that all the Signs of the Eighth Sphere do agree to those of the Ninth, and that all the Stars of the Eighth Sphere contribute their Powers: So likewise all the Planets, because their Absides are moved by the Motion of the Eighth Sphere, and for that the Ecliptique-lines are joined to one another, unto which the Planets have a Respect, both in regard of the Sun's Motion, and the Motion of Latitude also. 2. The Second is the Conjunction of Saturn and Jupiter, in the Sign of Aries; that is, the Circuit from Aries to Aries, which is but once in Seven hundred ninety five Years, regard being had to the change of the Trigon. 3. The change of the Conjunction of Saturn and Jupiter, from one Trigon to another, which happens in One hundred ninety nine Years, and proceeds according to the Succession of Signs, viz. from the first Trigon of Aries into the second Trigon of Taurus, thence into the Trigon of Gemini, and then into that of Cancer; after which it returns to the first Trigon. 4. The Return of Saturn to the beginning of Aries in the space of Thirty Years. 5. The Conjunction of Saturn and Jupiter, once in every Twenty Years. 6. The Return of Jupiter to the beginning of Aries, perfected at the end of Twelve Years. 7. The Conjunction of Mars and Jupiter in Twenty seven Months. 8. The Conjunction of the Sun and Mars in Twenty six Months. 9 The Conjunction of Mars and Saturn, in Twenty five Months. 10. The Circuit of Mars, in Twenty three Months. 11. The Conjunction of the Sun and Jupiter, every Fourteen Months. 12. The Conjunction of the Sun and Saturn, every Thirteen Months. 13. The Circuit of the Sun, in Twelve Months. And what is said of the Sun, as to his own Circuit, and his Conjunction with the Superior Planets, must be understood also of Venus and Mercury. In like manner, what shall be said touching the Conjunction of the Moon with the Sun, must be understood also of the Conjunction of the Moon with Venus and Mercury. 14. The Conjunction of Venus with the Sun, in Ten Months, or Two hundred ninety two Days. 15. The Conjunction of Mercury with the Sun, in two Months, or in Fifty and eight Days. 16. The Conjunction of the Moon with the Sun, in twenty nine Days, and ten Hours, a Lunar Month. 17. The Revolution of the Moon, in twenty seven Days, and eight Hours. 18. The Return of any Planet or Fixed Star, or Place of Conjunction to the Ascendant or Circle of the Mid-heaven, which hath as much force as the Ingress of the same Star into the first Point of Aries: And this is demonstrable by the third Rule, which is this. Every Star that hath much Power per se, as is the Rarity of the Event, (for this was but even now demonstrated) and this Rarity in gradu, is always a Three hundred and sixtieth part: Therefore if the Star be the same, and Rarity the same, it is as much to have that Star in the degree of the Ascendant (which happens every day, and is called the Diurne Circuit) as that the same Star should enter the first Point of Aries. Now, I will show that Rarity is the same: For like as every day that Degree continues but only four Minutes of time in the Ascendant: So Saturn remains the space of a Month (ferè) in the first degree of Aries. And thus (notwithstanding the Ingress of Saturn into Aries can be but once in Thirty Years, and Saturn in the Ascendant but once every day, yet) because he remains in the Ascendant but for a Moment, viz. Four Minutes of an Hour, which are the three hundred and sixtieth part of a Day, and the whole Circuit; and in the first degree of Aries, the space of a Month, which is also the three hundred and sixtieth part of Thirty Years Circuit. It is evident, that it is as Rare to have Saturn in the degree of the Ascendant as in the f●rst degree of Aries. The same may be demonstrated concerning the Moon, and the Great Conjunctions of the H●ad of Aries of the Eighth Sph●●e, with the Head of A●i●s of the Ninth. For although it happen but once in Thirty six thousand Years; yet because the Head of Aries of the Eighth Sphere continues in the first degree of Aries in the Ninth, and every Fixed Star of the Eighth, in one degree of the Ninth Sphere, the space of a Hundred Years; 'tis plain, that it is as Rare to have the Head of Aries in the Ascendant (whether of the Eighth or Ninth Sphere,) as that any one is Born at the time of that Conjunction, viz. Of the Head of the Eighth Sphere with the Head of the Ninth, in the same Degree. And so of the rest, wherein a regard must be had of the Circuit, because one Term remaineth Fixed. The like I prove of Those in which the Terms are both movable; and as is manifest (for Example) in the Conjunction of Saturn and Jupiter, which (although it falls out but once in Twenty Years, yet) remain joined for the space of the 360 th'. part of the Circuit; that is to say, for more than Twenty Days; the like of all others. And the Reason is the same concerning the Circuit and Corporal Conjunction, in respect of one of those Stars in the Cusp of the Ascendant and Mid-heaven. Whence it follows, That even all Conjunctions (whether of the Planets amongst themselves, or of the Fixed Stars in respect of the same distance, suppose of one Degree, or ten Minutes, or in the very same Minute) are of the same Virtue according to their Rarity; yea, and according to their Power or Strength, in respect of Rarity; but yet not in respect of the Stars that be in Conjunction. For that (as but now was said) the Conjunction of Saturn and Jupiter can do more, than the Conjunction of Mars and Jupiter; and much more the Conjunction of Saturn and Jupiter, than of Venus and Mercury in the same distance, in regard of their Bodies. And so likewise the Conjunction of Saturn and Jupiter in the same degree (be it in what place soever of a Nativity) may do more than if Saturn or Jupiter only were in the degree of the Ascendant, or Mid-heaven, not of Rarity: For as to this they are of equal Power, as was before demonstrated. But for that Reason, that the Planets are joined, they do conduplicate their Power by the second Rule. And hence another thing follows, viz. That some Conjunction of Venus and Mercury shall be far more Powerful than the Conjunction of Saturn and Jupiter, or of the Sun and Moon: Because the Conjunction of Saturn and Jupiter, or of the Sun and Moon, may be in the same degree only, and the Conjunction of Venus and Mercury, Corporeal. I call that a Corporeal Conjunction, when the Planets are not more distant one from another, than the Aggregate of their Semidiameters; as Venus and Mercury not farther than Eight Minutes in Longitude; and so Venus from the Moon not above Twenty three Minutes. And if such a Conjunction be made also in respect of Latitude, it will be far more effectual and valid. Nevertheless the Latitude doth not so much as the difference in Longitude; because the distance of Latitude impedeth not, but that both the Stars may be moved in the same Circle, passing by the Poles of the Zodiac. And the greatest distance that can be of two Planets in Latitude, is betwixt Mars and Venus, viz. When Mars is in the utmost extremity of his Southern Latitude, and Venus in the like of her Northern Latitude; for than they are distant fourteen degrees and a half. A Second way, whereby the Conjunction of Venus and Mercury may be greater than the Conjunction of Saturn and Jupiter (I omit then what they might be with some Fixed Star, or in the beginning of Aries, and with Saturn and Jupiter in the end of Virgo, for that were to multiply the Conjunction, and make it Triple) as (for Example) this: Venus and Mercury may be in the Degree of the Ascendant, and Saturn and Jupiter in the end of the second House: And this by the third Rule. A Third manner is, That in One Nativity, wherein Venus and Mercury are conjoined, they may be Lords of the Ascendant. In another, wherein Saturn and Jupiter are joined, neither of them may have any Power at all in the Ascendant (as when the tenth Degree of Virgo or Taurus Ascendeth,) or but very little, as when the tenth of Leo Ascendeth, where only Jupiter hath but the Dignity of a Trigon, and especially if the Nativity be by Day. A Fourth Mode is, if whilst Venus is joined to Mercury, a Comet should appear in the Heavens; or that the Sun and Moon be in Conjunction, the rather if there be an Eclipse; for then also because it may not behold the Place, this Conjunction of Venus and Mercury shall be more Powerful than the Conjunction of Saturn and Jupiter, wherewith none of these great Causes happeneth. And Note, That there are six great Causes in Heaven. The First, is the Conjunction of the Ecliptiques of the Eighth) and Ninth Spheres, and of the Heads of Aries thereof; for this excelleth all the rest. The Second, a Comet, which confounds both Sea and Land, and all things else. The Third, an Eclipse, which for the most part troubles and disturbs one certain and determinate kind of Creatures. The Fourth, is the Conjunction of the Luminaries, whereby all moist things are governed: Therefore the Seas, Crabs, Fishes, Diseases, F●ll'd or Lopped Wood, and the like. The Fifth, is the Conjunction of Saturn and Jupiter, in what place soever it chanceth, whereby Laws, Empires, and Regions are Governed. The Sixth and Last, the Conjunction of the Luminaries with the Fixed Stars, whereof the Solar Conjunctions govern the Winds, the Lunar the Seas. 19 The Nineteenth Conjunction, is that of Venus and Mercury, which may be called Irregular, for that it hath no certain Circuit: Yet is there one assigned, the same being Collected and Divided from many Conjunctions, and this is called the Mean Circuit of Five Months and three Days, or thereabouts. 20. The Twentieth, is the Transits of the Absides out of one Sign into another, which is in the space of about Three thousand Years, some say, Four Thousand; others, Twelve hundred; and another sort, Sixteen hundred. But it is not as yet determined in what time precisely the Apogaeon absolves one Sign, nor consequently, one Degree, (as Petavius hath Observed) and therefore I forbear any Judgements thereon. A Brief Account of the Causes of Earthquakes. THere are Four Causes of Earthquakes, as admitted and owned by Philosophers, and Naturalists, viz. Efficient, Material, Formal, Final. The Efficient Cause of all Earthquakes, is the Heat of the Sun, and therewithal the Subterranean Fires, assisted by the Astringent Qualities of the three Superior Planets. The Material Cause, is the Spirit or Vapour (confined within the Bowels of the Earth) striving to break out. The Formal Cause, the concussion of the Earth, and the Agitation of the Vapours and Exhalations therein enclosed. The Final Cause, is a Sign of an Angry God, justly provoked by the Scarlet Crimes or a Sinful People, according to that of King David, Commota est, & contremuit Terra, fundamenta Montinu● conturbata sunt, & commota sunt, quoniam iratus est eyes. i e. The Earth shook and trembled, the Foundations also of the Hills moved, and were shaken; Because He was wroth. 2. Of their Species. ARistotle (Lib. 2. cap. 8. the Meteor.) maketh only two Species of them, viz. Tremor, and Palsus, a Trembling and Beating, or Thrusting. Others have added a Third, which they call Hyatus, a Gaping, Rending, or Cleaving of the Earth. Many more there are, whereof you may Read in Pliny, Seneca, Possidonius, Fromundus, and others: I willingly omit them. 3. Of their Antecedentia. THE Antecedentia, or Signs preceding Earthquakes, are, Calmness and Tranquillity of the Air, Dimness of the Sun, a more than ordinary quietude and Solitariness of Birds: Nevertheless, a Raging of the Seas, Putrefaction and Troubledness of the Waters of Pits and Wells of any Depth: Great Noise and hideous sounds under Ground, resembling groans; and (which is more) the very Thunder. 4. Of their Consequentia. AND now the Consequentia, or Effects of Earthquakes (the which I only aim at) are— 1. Ruin of Buildings, and the Destruction of many People, as you may see in Lanquet and Eusebius their Chronologies, Tacitus, Lib. 2. Fromund. Lib. 4. Meteor. 2. The Conversion of Plain Fields into Mountains, and the raising of Islands in the Sea; as Thia, Therasia, Delos, Rhodes, and others. 3. The Levelling of Mountains, sinking of Islands; and other Grounds, as Helice and Buris: So likewise of the Earth, which once was, where now is only that deep Pit in the County of Durham, commonly called Hell-Kettles, in the 24 of Henry 2 d. 4. The driving away, or cutting the Neck of some Isthmus from the Continent. For thus (saith Seneca) was Sicily divided from Calabria; Spain from afric, and (if Verstegan say true) Britain from France. 5. The Translation of Mountains, Buildings, Trees, etc. from one place to another: As that did a whole Town in Lombary, in the Reign of Henry the First. And that other in the Thirteenth of Queen Elizabeth, a Hill of Twenty Acres, with a Rock under it, at Kinnaston in Hereford-shire. The like another, Anno 1583. which removed a Field of three Acres at Blackmore in Dorsetshire. 6. Great Winds and Tempests, manifest Changes and diversities of the Times: Infection of the Air, and all that Breath in it; especially of such Creatures as are accounted Irrational, viz. Oxen, Swine, and Sheep, whose Heads are inclined downward; for the Vapours that ascend, are deadly Poisonous, bringing Plagues and Pestilence; as you may Read in Pliny, Lib. 2. And in Seneca's Natural Questions. 7. Cardan (Lib. de Rer. Var. Cap. 72.) goes yet a little further: For, (saith he) Terrae motus magni Bellum out Pestem Nunciant, vel Tyrannicam Oppressionem; efficiunt & segetum inopiam, & Famem. i e. Great Earthquakes do presage a War or Pestilence, or at least some grievous Oppression; they cause a scarcity of Corn, and a Famine. Sundry Excellent Rules, showing by what Laws the Wether is Governed, and how to discover the various Alteration of the same. TO Satisfy the Learned and Ingenious part of the World on what grounds we proceed in judging of the Alteration of the Air, and to convince another sort of People, who reflecting on Marsianus his Rule, [Si vis divinare, totum contrarium ad unguem dicito ejus quod Astrologi pollicentur.] Suppose we do but guests at the Wether, and believe that if they should say Rain, when the ginger writes fair and dry Wether; or Calm, when he foretelleth Winds, they should hit the Mark as often as the ginger: I will (once for all) hint a few of the many Causes, which either are, or should be considered by all such as aim at Credit or Truth in their Predictions of this kind. First, (then) you must know, that when the Sun (according to appearance) wheels to a Star of a hot Nature, (as to Mars or Jupiter) it argues a hot or warm disposition of the Air: If to a Star of a cold Nature, (as Saturn or Mercury) a distempered Air through the extremity of Cold. And the mutual Conjunction of the Stars that be of one Complexion, augments the same Quality: As the Conjunction of Jupiter and Mars, by a twofold virtue of their Heat, make the lower Region of the Air more fervent. Many Planets (especially the Superior) in Northern Signs, a hot Summer, or a temperate Winter: The contrary, when many Planets (the three Superiors chiefly) are in Southern Signs: For so they signify a Cold and Moist Peristasis of the Air, and a colder Winter. Saturn in Southern Signs, and especially in Capricorn and Aquarius, Terrible Winters of Frost and Cold, Summers' remiss in Heat, a Famine, an evil increase of Wine, and of all such Fruits as delight in the Sun. Moreover, when the Cold Nature of Saturn is duplicated by the presence of Mercury, it makes the) Quality of the Season Colder: But if such a Conjunction or Aspect of the Planets falls out at the New or Full Moon, or at any other Aspect of the Luminaries, the virtue thereof shall appear much more Effectually, nay, if within three days preceding a New Moon, it addeth Vigour to the Virtue of such a Planetary Conjunction or Aspect. But when Signs of a contrary Nature be united by commixture of Mutual Aspects, then shall a temperate affection of the Air attend the same. The like you may Judge, if there happen at the same time Constellations of different Natures, whereof one produceth Frost and Cold, the other Heat; or if one of them bode a Dry Air, the other a Moist, for so of necessity a mean is produced: The Influences of contrary Constellations mutually impeding and mitigating one another: As the Conjunction of the Sun and Jupiter, or Mars, (when both in Fiery Signs) brings with it greater Heat, than if one were in a Cold Sign, and the other in a Hot. Furthermore, the Full and New Moons that be Celebrated in Angles (the Horoscope especially, or Angle of the Earth) are usually accompanied with Rain the same Day they happen. But here you must Note, That the Effects of the Stars do oftentimes show themselves before they come into Partile Configuration; that is to say, during the time of their Access or Application one to another; and sometimes in their defluxion or separation, which the Ancient Grecian Astrologers named Epichemasin, and Prochemasin. There are some, who (not altogether without Reason) Erect Schemes to the Apparent times of the Conjunctions of the Luminaries: And (having found the Almuten of the Figure, and observed what Planets be Angular) direct the Horoscope of the Conjunction (allowing one Day for every thirteen Degrees, eleven Minutes, the mean Motion of the Moon in one Day:) For, that when the Horoscope comes by such Direction to any Planet that was then Angular, or to the Lord of the Lunation, some Change of Air, to Rain or Snow, or Wind, at least a dark Cloudy Air succeedeth. Consider likewise the Position of the Lord of the Lunation in the Figure, and the Latitude of the Moon, for, from thence come the Winds that occasion Tempests. Take notice also, when the Moon comes within the Beams of the Lord of the Figure, or the Angular Planets, for then principally does she manifest herself according to the Nature of the Planet. The Conjunction of the Planets with Fixed Stars not far distant from the Ecliptic, produce a Notable Alteration of the Air: And when the Stars leave one Sign, and enter into another, they betoken Showers. Yet still a regard must be had to the Qualities of the Signs and Seasons. As if the Mutation be in a Watery Sign, and in the Winter or Spring, then may Rain or Snow be safely denounced, [Snow in Winter, if so be a Cold Peristasis is impending.] The General Rule is, Grandines in Aprili & Octobri, Nives in Hyeme, in Aestate Tonitrua. A special regard must be had to the Nature of the Earth and Air peculiar to the Horizon you live in, or Write for; because that in all places they are not of a like Nature: And no less to the Winds that agree to the particular Season of the Year; for as much as they blow not alike in all places, some being Topical and peculiar to one place; others Chronical, which come at a certain time of the Year: Wherefore Cardan, Seg. 7. Aph. 29. Oport●t Coelum cognoscere Regionis, & quo tempore Anni sit tempestuosum, tum etiam cui signo Regio magis conveniat, si veritatem in judicando assequi velimus. In the next place, let the Interval of the Sun, Moon, and Planets be Observed, which consists of the Aggregate of the Sun and Planets Orbs upon the Access or deflux thereof, and especially in the Corporal Conjunction of the Planets: As in the Sun's Application to a Conjunction with Saturn, because the Sun's Orb consists of twelve Degrees, and Saturn's of Nine: Therefore so soon as the Sun shall be distant from him, not more than Twenty one Degrees (which Number is produced by the addition of Twelve and Nine Degrees) the Cold commenceth, and lasts for the most part, until the Sun have separated himself Twenty one Degrees from his Conjunction with him. In like manner, the Planets which have their Houses opposite, when they behold one another by a forcible Aspect, as the Opposition, or Quartile, or Trine, do introduce a Memorable Change to Rain, or Cold, or Heat. As, if the Sun be in Aspect with Saturn, a Cold Peristasis of the Air, especially if either of them be in Watery Signs: In the Summer time frequent showers, but in Winter, Cold and Snow. So also the Configuration of Mars and Venus, do bring, for the most part, Heat and warm Showers; Jupiter and Mercury vehement blasts of Wind. And these Configurations of the Sun with Saturn, Venus and Mars, Jupiter and Mercury, are (by the Ancient Mathematicians) called Portarum seu valvarum Apertiones. Nor must you neglect the rising and setting of the fifteen Fixed Stars of the First, and the fifteen of the Second Magnitude, Recorded by Ptolemy, in his Calendar. For, if upon the Days that those Stars rise or set with the Sun, there be a New or Full Moon Celebrated, or that some Planet of a Conformable Nature with those Fixed Glories shall rise or set with him, or some other memorable Constellation that Day happen, then may you safely Predict a notable Change of Air. And this is confirmed of Cardan, Segm. 7. Aphor. 71. Oportet & exortus & occasus Heliacos clariorum Syderum observare, vix enim fiet, nè sub Ortu Caniculae siccitatis, morbi non vigeant; & sub Arcturi occasu imbres. And indeed, unless the rising and setting of the Fixed Stars did Operate something, we should hardly have Rain at one time more than another: For (as saith the same Author, Seg. 7. Aph. 72.) Incertus est Planetarum concursus. Observe also, when the Moon, or any of the Planets transits the Angles of the World's Revolution, and of the Angles of the New ●nd Full Moons; for then, be sure, some Change of Air ensueth, according to the Nature of those Planets. Moreover, if upon a Conjunction or Opposition of the three Superior Planets, either amongst themselves, or with the three Inferiors, the Moon soon after apply unto them by an Opposite or Quartile Configuration, be assured of Rain or Winds, according to the Nature of the Planets so Conjoined or Opposed. Consider too, the Eclipses, Comets, and other general. Constitutions, for oftentimes they augment or mitigate the Special. I presume it is not forgotten, what vehement and mighty Winds we had in January and February following the first appearance of the Comet in December, 1652. and what Incredible Tempests were the two following Years, on the Coasts of England, France, Spain, Holland, and Germany; in the Atlantic Ocean, and the Baltic Seas; the Owners of the Navies thereby scattered, and of the many Ships, Goods, and Men that were lost, and therein miserably Perished, have cause to remember. Neither do ye wholly neglect the Rule of Eudoxus, which Pliny tells of (Lib. 2. Cap. 47.) viz. That in the space of four Years, not only the Winds, but all other Tempests (for the most part) return to what they were before. For, although that Rule of his depends only upon this Foundation, [That at the end of four Years next following the Leap-year, the Political-year agrees almost with the Astronomical, in respect of Time, the rising, setting, and Mediation of the Fixed Stars with the Sun; howbeit, the Motion of the Moon, and the other Planets be far different:] Yet because the Power of the Sun and Fixed Stars is so great in stirring up of Tempests, and the Moon not far dis●ant from the place opposite unto that wherein she was four Years before, it is probable, that almost the same Tempests may return: I confess I never observed it. But touching the Mansions of the Moon, I do not regard them; as remembering what Cardan admonisheth, Seg. 7. Aph. 57 Mansiones Lunae nè inspicias, est Luna vis à loco suo, à loco in signif●ro, à Lumine, Planetis & Fixis. And these are the Rules I thought fit to communicate concerning the Change of the Wether. A Collection of sundry of our Author's most Excellent Poems, as they were Printed in several of his Loyal Annual Works. IN his Loyal Almanac for 1650. being the next Opportunity of the Press he had, after the Bloody Murder of His Sacred Majesty of Blessed Memory, Charles the First, he hath these several signal sparks of Loyalty following. 1. He begins— with— Liber Lectori. Touch me not, Traitor! For I have a Sting For all, but such as love and serve the King. I am no Temporist: Nor can I brook The Pocket of a Bradshaw, (a) Bradshaw, the bold Villain that Sentenced His late Sacred Majesty to Death. Steel, one appointed to draw up the Charge against him, but by reason of Sickness was absent. Cook, the Wretch that Solicited the whole Villainy, and prayed the pretended Court to Murder his Sovereign. Steel, or Cook; Or any Regicide that liveth: I Disdain all Harbours of Disloyalty. URANIA is Divine! and (to be clear) I serve no Mortal, but the CAVALIER. If then thou beest not one, pray let me lie, Until thou canst affect as well as buy. 2. Under the Table of Kings, etc. having placed therein K. Charles, the Second, he writes— Let such as Booker cringe unto a State, And leave a Blank where I have ranked a King: 'Tis far below my Quill to Calculate The spurious Birth of that Prodigious thing. For maugre all its Acts, and damned Art, Still Charles the Second Monarch of my Heart. 3. Under the Table of Terms, etc. Thus should the Terms begin and end, if we Were not controlled by Traitor's Tyranny: But since they may adjourn, or Vote them down, My Rule's not certain, whilst they Rule the Town. 4. In January (having put the Decollation of His Royal Majesty, and the Archbishop of Canterbury in Red Letters, that the Cruelty of those Actions might more eminently appear) he writes— Behold those Crimson Veins! England, lament! Nay, curse the Authors of thy Dismal Fate: But dote no longer on a Parliament, Nor be Ambitious to be height a State: Since in this Month those Tyrants hewed down, In Laud, the Mitre; in blessed Charles, the Crown. 5. In February. Lo here again two Martyrs on a Tree, [Burleigh and (a) Those two Worthy Persons were Murdered in the Month February, though in different Years, viz. 1. 1647. the 2. 1648. Beaumond] basely put to Death; That, for attempting's Sovereign to free: This, that he would not (Saintlike) break his Faith: Look to it, Wild and Lambert! there's a Season Heaven will Revenge this Blood, reward your Treason. 6. In March. Yet, yet, the thirsty Saints howl out for blood; Brave (b) Those three Worthies were for their Loyalty Murdered, March 9 1648. Gapel! Cambridge, Ho●land, all must die; The first, 'cause he for's King and Country stood; They, 'cause they would, and yet would not comply. —! They found thy Mercy and fair Quarter Flat Cruelty— But Capel is the Martyr. 7. In April. The lofty Saints, their Prowess now to show, And make their Fame float with the spreading Main; Vouchsafe this Month, to let great London know, They durst encounter Boys as well as Men. For Lion-like (c) April 9 1648 there were several Apprentices, etc. killed in the Streets. th' Apprentices they slay, But what cannot resist, is Ass' prey. 8. In May. Now wise & noble (d) The E. of Strafford was beheaded, May 12. 1641. Strafford, (e) Mr. yeoman's and Mr. Bowcher put to death, May 30. at Bristol, 1643. yeoman's, Bowcher▪ And (f) Sir Nich. Kemish put to death at Chepsrow; May 25. 1648. Kemish (in cold blood) resign to Fate: The Surrey Suppliants too, they basely Butcher, As trivial Objects of their Rage and Hate. Their Blood cries still aloud: may it 〈◊〉 so, Till Heaven Avenge it on his Barbarous Foe. 9 In June. The Loyal (g) June 2. 1648. The Kentish-men Murdered for presuming so much as to Petition for a KING. Kentish-men are Murdered next, They would Petition for, and have a KING: What disobedient things were they, that vexed, And so disturbed the States new-modelling? Petitioning's the Birthright of the Saints; They must be heard, but will hear no Complaints. 10. In July. So Tomkins, (h) Mr. Tompkins and Mr. chaloner put to Death ●t London▪ July 4. 1643. chaloner, and that brave soul▪ [Francis Lord (i) Francis Lord Villiers slain at Kingston, July the 7. 1648. Villiers] in this Month expired The cause the Kings: A crime most deadly foul, Against those poor Creatures, which the Crown aspired; Nor do those Saints distinguish Cruelty: 'Tis Justice (right or wrong) how e'er we die. 11. In August. Who loves true Worth, and grudgeth it to pay, A Tear for Valiant Lucas, and stou● Lisle? Or why behoves it not, that— pra● Their blood may not submerge this sinful Isle? His Mercy's, Murder; Honour, breach of Trust: Good God reward him as he's base, thou Just. 1648. August 28. Sir Charles Lucas and Sir George Lisle shot to death at Colchester, after Quarter given. 12. In September. The last of Treaties in this Month begun, And promised fair, until the Men of War. Dreading a Pecoe, surprised our Rising-Sun, And dragged him to th' illegal newfound Bar Of Bondage: The next Treaty they shall see. Will be through Halters at the Gallow-tree. September 18. 1648. The Treaty in the Isle of Wight beg●n. 13. In October. What Blood was shed at Basin, after they Had spent their Fury, with their poisonous Breath: And wanted strength unto their wills to slay, But promised Quarter! let the harmless Earth It fell on, Witness! may it ne'er forsake That Tincture, until Heaven enquiry make. Basing-house taken by Storm, and after Quarter was promised many were Murdered, October 14. 1645. 14. In November. Next, Kniveton's Life their Rage must satisfy, For mere Obedience to his Sovereign's Will: Who sent him Messengers; yet like a Spy, They take, adjudge him, and his Blood they spill. Did ever Turks, or Pagans violate The Law of Nations, like this Lawless State? Mr. Dan. Kniveton put to Death for his Loyalty, on Nou. 27. 1643. at London. 15. In December. Stout k Major Pitcher shot to Death in St. Paul ' s Churchyard for being Loyal, Decemb. 29. 1648. Sir Alex. Carew beheaded, December 23. 1644. for the same Crime. Pitcher's Murdered. Carew, who did praise A Servants Treachery unto his King: Lo! for reward his servant him betrays Unto the Block, a bloody- offering. What grief it was, that when he did return, It could not be, but by a shameful Urn! And for a Conclusion to this Heroic Piece of Loyalty, he writ the following Epistle, by way of Postscript. To the High and Mighty, the Tyrant's Triumphant at Westminster. Gentlemen I Cannot call you, since you drenched your Hands in His Blood, who was the Fountain of all our Earthly Honour and Happiness, the Life and Light of the Land. (Hoc scelus Abyssus, & ex Abyssu, natum.) Nor Countrymen, who have (so Nero-like) inhumanely ripped up the Bowels of your Natural Mother, and exposed her Nakedness to the view of the pitiless World (Simo high Sancti, qui Scythae? Si high Christiani, qui Cannibales?) For certainly none of you are of the right English race, in that all of you degenerate so far from the true English Nature. Facta haec Anglia olim, nec Sancta, nec Ethnica novit, Or if you be; the most Prodigious Monsters that ever the Earth groaned under: In whose proditorious breasts, the Spirits of all expired Traitors, by a kind of Pythagorical Transmigration, are enclosed.— Let after-ages impose a Name suitable to your Merits, for surely this cannot. In the interim, it shall suffice me: You know whom I speak to; and that I speak what I know. From Year to Year I have forewarned you of Judgements threatened and impending, for your horrible Impieties. And though I had been silent, yet methinks the general Fate of all Rebellions (especially such as this is) that sums up all It●ms, in this Total [The Barbarous Murder of Gods Anointed!] had been enough to inform what you might trust to; but that 'tis too apparent we are wheeled about to those times, wherein Sacrilege is counted Reformation; Rebellion, Devotion; Murder, Justice; and Traitors Consecrated Saints and Martyrs. — Vis proditoria nomine vocatur Novo, Angligena Virtus. I have cordially wished, and seriously begged, you would have returned to your Pristine Obedience: As the surest step, to make yourselves, your Children, and all of us happy. But I found your Consciences were seared, your Souls flattered with Ambitious dreams; and charms of heightened Pride had mounted you, Icarus-like, too near the Sun: which ever goeth before Destruction. And indeed, you have not been more Turk-like tempted with success in your Actions (from which you still concluded, though very weakly, that GOD owned your Cause) than Heaven hath been Merciful (I may say) in tempting you with so large a time of Repentance. But sithence you have despised the Mercy, and neglected the Opportunity, it is to be feared, the Mercy, and time of the Mercy, are both forfeited. For, I will not search into the secret Will of God: So far as 'tis manifested either in his Word, or Works, shall satisfy me: And by their Rules (if I understand either) your Commonwealth, together with yourselves, are (even now) falling to nothing. This I write in Charity to you, to the end, that (although you have no hopes to escape a Temporal, yet) your endeavours may be to avoid the Eternal punishment due to your Wickedness: And that's as much as can be desired, or prayed for, by, SIRS, The Admirer of your Treason and Tyranny, George Wharton. For the writing of this Almanac he suffered exceedingly; and was, by Imprisonment, made incapable of every thing that might probably assist him through his Earthly Pilgrimage: And was now so closely looked after, that he durst not write again; neither could he be permitted that Liberty, until it pleased God to put it into the Minds of his Adversaries, to release him upon promise to live quietly. And then in his Almanac, 1651. for his Peaceable living, he most Ingenuously Apologizeth thus: TO you, hour Critics, that Bystanders are, Viewing the Gamesters, (playing foul or fair. And by the strokes of your defining Will, Save whom you fancy; those you do not, To you, grave Chair-men (whose attentive ear Hears all you can, believes all true you hear, And think the Roy'llists cannot real be, Until a Rope conclude their Destiny) Send I these Lines: To let you understand, I live as well b' Example, as Command: And that, what e'er you judge herein amiss, Conformable to your own Practice is. The Prelates quit their Sleeves of Lawn, and all The Hierarchy their Coats Canonical, And live disguised, as if they were none such, That e'er laid claim to Tithes, or Christian-Church. Why may not I as well disguised be, As they, or rather their Divinity? The Highborn House of Lords * Some Lords, after their House was Voted useless, very contentedly turn Commoners. themselves, submit Their Persons, Honours, Magazines of Wit: Sure I (who am but dust and ashes) then, May do as much as those Almighty-Men. The new-conforming Garter-Knight, that erst Hung's Watchet-Ribbon o'er his amorous breast, Thinks it far better (now the King is dead) To lay't aside, than lay aside his Head. Why may not I some Crimson Lines leave out, To save my Ankles from the Prison-gout? The subtle Lawyer holds it not amiss He Paraphrase on Ambiguities; And (though he scarce the Latin understand) To write CUSTODES ●n a Texted-hand. Why might not I (though not for dirty gain) Write as he writes? Will such Ink ever slain? Prinn, when he found the Presbyters decay, Straight-leaves his scribling-humour, to obey. What if from scribbling (too) I deign to cease? Do I ought more than all that live in Peace? Nay, Lilburn (that Prodigious Combatant) Held it not safe perpetually to rant: For he (once quitted from the dreadful Rope) Waves Magna Charta, falls a boiling Soap. I've 'scaped the Halter twice, as well as he: What if I now resolve to live as free? Compounders (some) not only Pay, but Swear; Might I not Promise that I would forbear? The brave Secluded Member, that needs must Revile the Army, doom the State to dust, Observe him but, (now he is all to bits) How Penitent, how patiently he sits! The par-boyl'd-Citizen, who ne'er would do Scarce what an Ordinance did enjoin him to; See how obsequiously he trots about, To find both Old and New Malignants out! The Wary-High-Shooe, who so Idolised The Covenant, that equally he prized It with his Bible; Lo, but how he bows Before th' Engagement, to secure his Cows! Now (Zoilus) tell me, whether 'tis more fit I Sacrifice my Folly, or submit? These Times afford few Martyrs, and those few Scant would be Martyrs, if they could eschew. The Clergy heretofore ate all the Cake, They still Usurped the Glory of the Stake; And should (methinks) if all be true they say, Led us as well to suffer, as to pray. But now (alas!) their Zeal's congealed to Ice, Obedience they prefer to Sacrifice; And want not Scripture-texts more than enough, Which warrant them to Thrash as well as Plough. Had FOX but writ his Volumes in this Age, His Book of Martyrs had not filled a Page: England (I fear) would scarce have spared him one Old Latimer, to make a Martyr on. Indeed they tell's what New Jerusalem's, And how 'tis paved with Pearls, and Precious Gems; Blaming us much, we freely leave not this Course Day, for a Celestial Paradise. Yet when a doughty Priests unhallowed Gums Sustain one rotten Tooths-ach, how he Fums And Froths! and if a Fever do but strike him, What Peasant-powts, and pants, or pineth like him: O for a Doctor then! Bridle the Horse, And haste the Clerk away— He's worse and worse! Alas! the Doctor comes not! O, quoth he, Would God restore me but, than he should see— But what? Be sure no mind he has to D●ath, The Parson's Heart's fast chained to the Earth: He blesses Heaven for's last Night's Requiem, But has no thoughts of New J●rusalem. Mistake me not: For I include not here, The Reverend Doctors of the Holy-Chair; Nor yet the meanest of that Sacred Choir, Whose Service at the Altar is entire: To them I bow, and willingly make theirs, The Tithe (at least) of all my daily Prayers. No, I intent the threadbare Motley-Coat, Which makes the Pulpit but a Juglers-throat, And can from thence (t' infatuate Mankind) Disgorge both Fire and Water at a Wind; Yet (were it to preserve the World) not die Ought but his Stockings, prate he ne'er so high. I say, 'tis him I mean; for he I look Will be the loose-Surveyor of my Book. " Deal gently (good Sir- John) and do not Quack, " Live else the Subject of mine Almanac. In Hemerosc. 1652. this Learned and Loyal Person wrote these several witty Verses following. 1. Under the Table of Kings. WHen Rome's perverse and giddy Multitude Dissolved (in Tarquin) their Great Monarchy; To doom the Act UNNATURAL and RUDE, ('Tis said) A Serpent Barked: But when We Dissolved Ours, (so were they overcome With Panic fear!) both Men and Beasts were dumb. 2. Under his Moveable-Feasts. Those Feasts were once held Sacred amongst Men: Old ●●lks may live to see them so again. 3. Under the Table of Terms. The Law is good, and needs no Reformation; It takes no Bribes, nor sleeps a long Vacation: Delays no Suits, disdains not to embrace A John-an-Oaks, or John-a-Styles his Case: Yet, since the Pilot's dead * Meaning King CHARLES the First, our late Dread Sovereign. , and Storms do threat, (Rocks being near) the Wreck must needs be great. 4. In February. Mars throws his Knapsack by, and stoutly draws His trusty Bilbo, to prescribe us Laws. Jove claims his Privilege; and Mars, his Power: Both wrangle * Mars this Month, being in Aries, cast a Quartile to Jupiter in Capricorn. hard, and each on other lower. At length Jove yields, and Mars assumes the Chair, Votes his own Person Noble; Doings, Fair. 5. In May. A Zealous Month (or so it doth appear) Composed all of Love, and Bottle-beer: But whilst the * Meaning our now Gracious and Dread Sovereign Lord, King Charles' the Second. Shepherd's absent, or asleep, The Ravenous Wolves devour the silly Sheep: London! beware of Fire, and Beasts of Prey, And something else; but what, I will nor say. 6. In October. Swords now grow dull, and Heads are gravely tossed, To balance what is gained with what is lost: To find out how and where the danger lies, To estimate old stores, with new supplies: weare now at leisure to attend the knocks Of Sir John Levite, in his Jugling-Box. 7. In November. What loud Diss●ntion's this we softly hear And dread, 'twixt Saturn and his Councillor? Who's that gives back? What Jovial Fools are they Must needs Command, before they can Obey? " Divide and Rule, is Machiavils: Take heed! " For though he died long since, here's yet his seed. This month there was a Trine of the Planets Saturn and Mercury, from Cancer and Scorpio. 8. In December. The first Eclipse * M●aning the Eclipse of the Moon, that happened in Libra on March the fift●enth day, this Year. next Month doth take Effect, And Jove (o) jove and Mars thi● Month w●re in Quartile Aspect. and Mars move now in dire Aspect: Whence the Malicious Changeling-Brother-hood Of suiveling Mock-Priests, that cried out for Blood, Shall surely feel (though yet they will not see) The full-grown-fruits of their Apostasy. In Hemerosc. 1653. this Worthy Artist wrote these several Verses following. 1. Of the Vulgar Accounts, Notes, and Festivals. The Christians of the East and Greek Church, do number Years. From the Creation unto this present Year 7161 The Jews, Hebrews, and later Rabbins 5413 Ergo, they differ in their Computation 1748 heavens direct us! what a Difference here's, [Full seventeen hundred forty twice four years:] Whose Reckoning shall we trust? or shall we wait, Till some New Prophet rise, and Calculate The year? [That year which Saints in Heaven not scan, Yet needs must be confined by prying Man!] But if nor Jews, nor Christians can it find, If Plato saw not, surely they are blind. The Christian Abyssines and Egyptians, from the Dioclesian Aera, or that of Martyrs, 1369 Thus rots that Tyrant: And may all the same, Who act like Cruelty, yet hate the Name. The Saracens and Turks from Hegira, or the flight of their Prophet Mahomet. 1063 The Turks are very Holy in their way; They Preach, give Alms, and most devoutly Pray; And live in hope: Our Zelots do no more, Unless to overdo, and ne'er give o'er. Had we been born in Turkey, we should set As great a rate on Rascal Mahomet, As Turks themselves: If they in England, than We had been all alike [Good Christian-Men.] " 'tis Birth and Education, which doth make " Religion: that which Seals it, is, the Stake. The Astronomers from Nabonassarus (of Egyptian Years, consisting each of 365 days) 2401. They (of all others) can account the best, Yet are accounted of, but like the rest: The snarling Priest (who Numbers never knew, More than to tithe his Pigs, or whence they grew; But like the Alewife, chalks behind the door, And sets even Christ and Moses on the score) Gains more belief in striving how to bribe Our Reason, than do all that Learned Tribe. But know (fond Men) the Bible was not writ For you to draw Chronologies from it: To prop up Faction, warrant Breach of Laws, Absolve from Oaths, and Chain us to your Cause; To teach Men Trades, or Sciences, or Arts: 'Twas made to rectify and steer our Hearts. " Wretched those Souls, who thus (by you) are fed " With Tares and Husks, instead of Heavenly Bread. From the Death of Alexander the Great, 1976. He who Conquered all the spacious Earth, Was Conquered himself for want of Breath: He that (whilst living) could endure no Bound, Rests now contented with six foot of Ground. " His Birth, his Valour, his Exploits and Glory, " All tumbled in a heap of Doubtful Story. Even so at length (Great * This was purely Prophetical, and is now most happily verified Conqueror's) shall you be Overcome, confined, as close, as low as he. Ten Thousand Armies strength will not defend: Your Conquests, and your selves must have An End, Nor can they yield you Comfort when you die, Being nothing but a splendid Robbery. Since the Julian Institution, 1698 Since the Gregorian Emendation, 71 Our State have been Reforming twelve long Years, The Church, Court, Country, City, (Hair and Ears:) Should they the English Calendar omit, 'T will be forgot when they begun to sit: Ages to come, who thirst to Celebrate Their Famous Deeds, shall find them without Date; And know no more when CHARLES or Strafford died, Than some, When Christ was Born, or Crucify'd. Perhaps, mistake the Persons with the Times, Finding so like, their Sufferings, and their Crimes. 2. Under the Feasts and Fasts. What Changelings were the Presbyterian-Crew, Who pulled Old Crosses down, to set up New! And burned Christ's Picture, whilst they did embrace Those Antic Draughts of Calamy and Case: That durst adventure on such dangerous shelves, As to un-Saint th' Evangelists themselves: And leave us not a Festival, beside What they so called, and had Sanctified. But Heaven is just: For, lo! they're forced to bow; The Synod's down, and stinking Elders too: " Only they bark at Moonshine, now and then, " To witness they are Dogs more like, than Men. 3. Under the Kings, etc. I've said ye are Gods: Who dare you Tyrants call, Since (Good or Bad) ye are his Vice-gerents all? But you shall die like Men: This, I allow; For Men must die: So did our Saviour too. " When once the Rulers, Priests, and People cry, " Away with him, Pilate must Crucify. 4. Under the Table of Terms. Lawyers prefer the sharpest Laws, as best To keep a Commonwealth in Peace and Rest: If so, why should those Gownsmen Frown and Puff, To see the Courts of Justice lined with Buff? " No Plea ere moved as a Sword can do; " For that or'e-ruleth Judge and Jury too. 5. In January. Welcome, ye pregnant times! whilst you shall be As cross to some, as they were cursed to me: Welcome, Prodigious Births! wherein appear No fewer Monsters, than are days i' th' year: Thrice welcome are ye! For ye are none of mine: A Poet's Issue, is, A Princely Line. 6. In February. Disturbed heavens produce disturbed Pates; Confused Councils, more Confused States. A Quarter-witted Clergy half undone, Their Grand Impostures, clear, as is the Sun: Whence Giddy * We have had Preachers of all sorts and sizes in this Age of Liberty and Licentiousness. Zelots take the Craft in hand, And breathe a Holy-madness through the Land. 7. In the Month of May. Whither an Army now? Well! I could say Who 'tis will get, or who shall lose the day: Thrasillus-like inform you, who shall prove Victorious in's Ambition, who in's Love: But I am silent; Nay, I must be dumb; 'Tis TREASON now to Pray, Thy Kingdom come: 8. In November. The Nation mourns because of Monstrous Oaths: Her Scarlet sins, cause want of Bread and clothes: Diseases rage, and strongly multiply; Our New-Republick's sick, and like to die. London bewails, beshrews her lewd pretence, Of begging for a Posture of Defence. 9 Where speaking of the Mutations of Empires, Kingdoms, and Common-wealts, he pithily Concludes.— Thus Changes come, thus Changes will ensue, (Till these Corrupted Bodies change for new; And put on Incorruption) Men and Things; Whole Countries, Cities, Beggars, Princes, Kings: He who but lately wore a Crown of Gold, Crowned now with Thorns, Exiled, or basely Sold: He clad in Rags, and fed with scraps before; Now, Throned in's stead, and surfeiting with store: A Glorious Church and Kingdom, but to day; To Morrow, both the Wolf and Fox's Prey. The Learned Lawyer, Orthodox Divine, Once high esteemed, now ranked with filled by Swine: The Hospitable Lord erst fed the Poor, And clothed the Naked, naked turned out of Door: His sorrowing Wife, and helpless Children gone To try their Friends, perhaps be frowned on; And he in's hoary-age Petition, bare, Those that his Grooms (at best) but lately were: The Fool in's Coat, the Wiseman in his Chair. Th' Indulgent Father, and the Hopeful Heir: The griping Landlord, and the greedy Clown, The glittering Tissue, and the gray-frized Gown; The Rosy-Cheek, and the unfurrowed Brow, The Freckled Wainscot-Face, that Milks the Cow; The Flowery Bride (girt with chaste thoughts about) Will all once changed be; their Lamps must out: Nay, Heaven itself grows Old, and will away: It had a Birth, and shall a Dying-day. All, all to Change and Dissolution tend; Poor Almanacs, even they, must have an end. In Hemerosc. 1654. this Ingenious Person wrote these following Heroic Verses. 1. Of the Feasts, etc. GO ring the Bells, let Priests and People Pray; I know no Treason in a Holiday. 2. Over the Table of Kings, etc. Here stands the Regal Table, till it be Convict and Banished for Malignancy. Under the Kings. Call me no more Malignant, since the Term Hath Hydra's Head; I Hercules his Arm: And (though no God, nor Worshipped at Tyre) Remember yet great Jupiter's my Sire. Let States and Kingdoms whirl; mine shall not fall, Except (when time is done) this Globe and all. So Wolf and Lamb salute; the first for blood, The second to be offered for our good. 3. Over the Terms. Thus may the Terms begin, thus may they end: As yet we know not what we do intend. Under the Terms. Friends! send your Sons no more to th' Inns of Court, But breed them Soldiers, Men of loud Report: So need they fear no rude Return of words Or Writs, nor yet Exception against their Swords: So shall their Terms be never out of Date, Nor liable to change, but with the State: So may they choose the Trade most Profit brings, Set up or Lawyers, Priests, or Petit Kings. 4. In January. Now CHARLES is dead, the Senate in a ditty, Sung in Wild Airs about the Holy City; The ill-got-Lords made worse than Indian Slaves, And Priests (like Churches) hover o'er their Graves. Whose turn is next? speak you as may be free! I dare not meddle with SUPREMACY. 5. In February. Fetch Me a Ladder and a Broom, that I May sweep the Cobwebs from the Azur'd Sky; Dispatch the fumes that cloud the subtle Air, And make the heavens look Maiden-smooth and fair: Else is that Roof too mean for those that vie With Gods themselves for Crowns and Majesty. 6. In March. Justice now flows, and Righteousness doth stream Throughout the streets; the Conduits run with Cream. Our Virgin's Lamps be full of Holy Oil, Themselves o'ercharged and ready to recoil: Old M●n dream Dreams, and Young Men Visions see: Their cloven Tongues are tiped with Prophecy. 7. In April. Well fare Gay knacks, and men to change inclined; They raise the dust, and cloud the work designed: In gilded Roofs, who doubteth of deceit? In troubled waters, who can see the Bait? He that would closely bring great things about, Must mud, as well as Fish the Rabble-rout. 8. In June. weare all Reformed, and free as we were born; Almost as naked too, much more forlorn: The Times are Tyrannous, not Men, for they Have brought to pass, what Men b' ashamed to say. But (if one truth may slip my harmless Pen) Times would be better, had we better Men. 9 In July. Sweet are the Sippets of a Diadem! Shall Foreigners invade us, or we them? Victors but once grown bouzy with success, Dream of nought ●lse, but Gold and Gloriousness: But we are lowly-minded, and despise All Earthly Substance, being Heavenly-wise. 10. In September. What fine new-nothing's this, that I espy, A Sect, a Schism, or a Heresy? Or shall I Nicknamed a Religion? Say! No, 't relishès the sober water-way: Yet wants no fire to make the Spirit beat, Nor buxom Creatures to allay the heat. 11. In October. Must Treasurers account? 'tis fit they do: (They shall in time make satisfaction too) But these (and other Pious Cheats we have) Can quote us Scripture why they play the Knave: Religion is a Cloak for all deceit, And shrowds designs that be of greatest weight. 12. In November. Ho Presbyterians! Prick up your Ears, Advance your Troops of Jealousies and Fears: Summon your Elders in their several Classes, The Covenanters, Directory-Asses: And tell me (now, your blood and breath's nigh spent) Where's one dares Fight for King and Parliament? 13. In December. A Blessing on the Commonwealth Affairs: (May that green Lady never know grey Hairs) Let's on with Courage, and resolve to do What e'er Necessity compels us to. So long as God's with us, what need we fear Whose turn it is to Reign another year? In his Ephemeris 1655. I find these several Excellent Poems following. 1. Over the Feasts. LO, here the Sacred (Saint-offending) days, Religion's outward worth and splendent Rays: Old Truth's strong Evidence, motives to Zeal, Rich badges of a Christian Commonweal: Fair Hieroglyphics of what we profess, ‛ Live shadows of Eternal Happiness; Lasting Records on Earth, wherein even they That won't be drawn to hearken what we say, May by observing only, what we do, Read our Belief; and reading, do so too! 2. Over the Table of Kings. Here's yet the Regal Table; who can tell But 't may (by thus long Prostitution) swell? Under the Table of Kings. How! Tyrants all? what glory is't to be Accounted Gods, if Gods of Tyranny? 'Tis strange your Conquests were not claim enough, Yet ours (of one another) Gosp●l-proof: Either your Titles to the Crown were good, Or ours (so Mystical) not understood. 3. Over the Table of Terms. Away to Westminster, and do not fear: We will indulge ye yet another Year. Under the Table of Terms. Go to, brave Hero's! and Abridge the Law, [Teach (in Epitome) to Hang and Draw:] M●ke Magna Charta speak us Lilburn-free, That Treason which is writ without a T. Correct Old Littleton, and Print him New. The Sword's one Tenure, more; he never knew. 4. In January. Rythm you whose measures charm you better luck; I must be mute; my Muse is Planetstruck; Her Fancy's fettered, and her Ink is froze; Complaint is made, her Pen's too broad at Nose: I'll to the Woods, and find some satire out; There's now no fellow to the Cloven-foot. 5. In May. The Pole's perplexed, and the Germane dreads, The horned Moon should pierce the Eagles heads: Goths, Huns, and Vandals once had greatest Power; The Tartars and the Turks have now much more. If then success be it which best depaints A glorious Cause, Turks are the only Saints. 6. In September. From th' Honour of our ill-begotten Peers, From the sour batch of Jealousies and Fears, From slouds of Orphans and poor Widows Tears, From twice-six other over-tedious * O. Cromwell, the pretended Protector, and his pretended Parliament, had agreed together for Triennial Parliaments. Years, Good Lord deliver us. The Number Three Hath always in it some high Mystery. 7. In December. Now Falcifer, Gradivus doth * There was then an Opposition of Saturn and Mars, from Virgo and Pisces. oppose, Then through the Virgin (hobbling backward) goes: Hence th' Waters are corrupted, Fish's die, The Earth is Barren; a Mortality Afflicts the Land; Mars (a) The pretended Protectors Tyranny began now to be most notorious. rageth up and down, Not quiet with, nor yet without a Crown. In Hemerosc. 1656. are to be read these incomparable Pieces of Learning and Ingenuity. 1. I shall present you with his Chronology, it being the last in Verse, and the most complete of all his others. SInce all things were of God created good 5605 Years. Since Noah ascended th' Ark t' avoid the flood 3949 Years. Since God the Promise made to Abraham 3583 Years. Since th' Israelites from Egypt's Bondage came 3153 Years. Since Solomon the Temple finished. 2669 Years. Since King Zedekias a Captive led 2246 Years. Since JESUS of the Blessed Virgin born 1656 Years. Since for Man's sins he suffered death and scorn 1623. Years. Since Caesar's force the Britain's overthrew 1708 Years. Since hence the Ravenous Roman Eagle-flew 1232 Years. Since first the Saxons stepped on English ground 1201 Years. Since here the Danes the like advantage found 824 Years. Since Norman William Britain overpowered 590 Years. Since Maud the English-Saxon Blood restored 551 Years. Since Second Henry Ireland first assailed 483 Years. Since our first Edward hence the Jews expelled 365 Years. Since Tyler's Highness would the Throne ascended 274 Years. Since he his Life (with hi● Rebellion) ended 274 Years. Since Gu●● (those mort●l Engines) first were found 276 Years. Since P●inting made the world with Books abound 213 Years. Since Protestants (by Luther) first so named 127 Years. Since Loiola the Jesuits Order framed 116 Years. Since Ket and's followers seduced the Nation 108 Years. Since hanged (upon the Tree of Reformation) 108 Years. Since Kentish Wyatt rose against Queen Mary 102 Years. Since with Spain's Philip she did intermarry 102 Years. Since London streets by Coaches first molested 101 Years. Since Scotland with Geneva-trash infested 99 Years. Since Lightning last consumed Paul's high Spire 95 Years. Since all the heavens appeared on a fire 82 Years. Since Piercy and great Navil's Insurrection 87 Years. Since Gresham College, and th' Exchange erection 85 Years. Since Drake surrounded this our Globe of strife 79 Years. Since Pious Gresham did exchange this Life 77 Years. Since Saint Domingo ransacked wash by Drake 71 Years. Since then the Spaniards did (not sigh●, but) quake 71 Years. Since Zutphen-Siege our Famous Sydn●y slew 70 Years. Since Scotch Queen Mary bid the World adieu 69 Years. Since boasting Spain's Armado overthrown 68 Years. Since th' Indian Weed was first in England known 65 Years. Since daring Drake and noble Hawkins died 61 Years. Since Cheap-side-Cross most richly beautified 60 Years. Since Cales was from the Spaniards stoutly torn 60 Years. Since CHARLES the first, to grief and sorrow born 56 Years. Since Learned JAMES the English Crown possessed 54 Years. Since he th' Allegiance Oath upon us pressed 54 Years. Since Fate revealed the Puny Powder-Plot 51 Years. Since first rejoiced for (now regarded not) 50 Years. Since Fred'rick Count arrived on English Earth 44 Years. Since we bewailed Heroic HENRY's Death 44 Years. Since here (last) Christianus (Denmark's King) 42 Years. Since Middleton's River brought from Amwel-spring 42 Years. Since we Bermudas ●irst inh●bited 42 Years. Since Learned Raleighs noble Blood was shed 38 Years. Since last a Comet in the Scorpion seen 38 Years. Since that brought death to Ann (our James' Queen) 37 Years. Since Charles with cares as well as gold was Crowned 31 Years. Since his fair Queen first trod on English Ground 31 Years. Since Lond●n's last great Plague from Heaven sent 31 Years. Since then at Oxford sat the Parliament 31 Years. Since Buckingham's great Duke so basely slain 28 Years. Since Engl●nd did conclude a Peace with Spain 27 Years. Since li●ing Charles fi●st breathed this loathsome air 26 Years. Since Reverend LAUD began St. Paul's repair 22 Years. Since the late King advanced against the S●OT 17 Years. Since Peace concluded (but intended not) 17 Years. Sinc● Wolves and Foxes first were Idolised 16 Years. Since 〈◊〉 Strafford's Blood was Sacrificed 15 Years. Since Sects and Tumults set the Land on fire 15 Years. Since the dead King was forced to retire 15 Years. Since Hotham shut Hull-gates against the King 14 Years. Since ruined for thoughts to let him in 12 Years. Since we with Essex vowed to live and die 14 Years. Since we cashiered him (of his Excellency) 12 Years. Since Charles his Royal Standard streaming stood 14 Years. Since Keinton-field deep died with English blood 14 Years. Since Cheapside-Cross (for Conscience-sake) did fall 13 Years. Since Moses Tables forced to give the wall 13 Years. Since the Scotch Army marched to our aid 13 Years. Since they returned from Hereford, well paid 13 Years. Since Uxbridge Overture's initiation 12 Years. Since Love belched fire brands that consumed the nation 12 Years. Since first we felt the virtue of a Tax 12 Years. Since glorious Laud triumphed o'er the Axe 12 Years. Since Common-Prayers ceased (abjured rather) 12 Years. Since the wise Synod vo●ed God the Father 12 Years. Since Naseby-field first owned that fatal blow 11 Years. Since even poor Women felt the overthrow 11 Years. Since pensive Charles left Oxford (in Disguise) 10 Years. Since he to Treacherous Scots became a Prize 10 Years. Since Henderson received his Mortal Wounds 10 Years. Since Scotchmen sold their Prince for English pounds 10 Years. Since Holmby-house restrained his further flight 10 Years. Since Joyce surprised him in the dead of Night 9 Years. Since he had terms proposed, and promised right 9 Years. Since fairly juggled into th' Isle of Wight 9 Years. Since there the sinful Treaty did commence 8 Years. Since (broken off) he forthwith hurried thence 8 Years. Since the old Commons took a purging dose 8 Years. Since CHARLES made truly great and glorious 8 Years. Since they the House of Lords did useless doom 8 Years. Since Kingship dangerous and burdensome 8 Years. Since the Supremacy was Eastward bound 8 Years. Since our Allegiance buried under ground 8 Years. Since Charles' Crown exposed to a rate 8 Years. Since England height ●he Title of Free-State 7 Years. Since Scotland tasted of heavens ireful Cup 5 Years. Since English Hogs are our dear Brethren up 5 Years. Since Mars unroosted those had twelve years ruled 3 Years. Since Madmen on their Ruins began to build 3 Years. Since that illiterate Conclave's Dissolution 3 Years. Since this (blest) Governments first Institution 3 Years. This is added out of his Ephemer. 1655. Since Time was pregnant of a Lord Protector 2 Years. Since she brought forth a (more than Trojan) Hector 2 Years. Since London feasted him at Grocer's Hall 2 Years. Since Viner the first Knight (amongst us all) 2 Years. Since Peace concluded with the Highborn Dutch 2 Years. Since the shrill Trumpet noised it to be such 2 Years. Since Knights and Burgesses their free Election 2 Years. Since winnowed, and made of one complexion. 2 Years. Since they convened and sat (with blessed intent) 2 Years. Since they presumed to tune the Instrument 2 Years. Since found flat-guilty of that High Ambition 2 Years. Since taught the meaning of a Recognition 2 Years. Since some (like Rats) forsook the falling House 2 Years. Since others (big with Mountains) dropped a Mouse 2 Years. Since the Protector set their sins before them 2 Years. Since he dissolved (never to restore) them 1 Years. Since Noble James (the Duke of Lenox) died 1 Years. Since Perjured Falc'ner wisely stepped aside 1 Years. Since Wiltshire's Insurrection broached new fears 1 Years. Since the grand seizure of the Cavaliers 1 Years. For the continuing this Ingenuous Chronology to any time, you need but add the elapsed Years between your proposed year, and the Year 1656. and 'tis done. Examples are needless. 2. Over the Festivals. Why rail we not at superstitious days, Pull Crosses down, and burn the harmless Bays? ●hy do we not inhibit Common-Pray'rs, ●nd threaten Bridewell to the Cockpit Players? ●ow can our tender Consciences digest Organs and Altars, (stand they East or West?) Plumbroth and Pies (made of Malignant-Paste) Which erst the Godly would not dare to taste? And plead Allegiance, now that Fatal stroke Hath cut the Chain, and cleft in two the Yoke? The change is great, and may be well defended: But 'tis enough to say, The work is ended. 3. Over the Table of Kings. Yet, yet the Regal Table courts the Nation: Kings are not out of date, though out of Fashion. Under the Table of Kings. Two Williams, twice four Henry's, Stephens but one; Three Richards, twice three Edwards, and a John: One Marry, one Elizabeth, a James, And Charles, [five times five Sovereigns, with ten names] Who numbers more, transgresses (out of Reason:) God save my Cow! and that (I hope) 's no Treason. 4. Over the Table of Terms. The Chanceries reformed, and so are we: All things enjoy their Pristine Purity. Under the Table of Terms. Lawyers ('tis true) like new-set Millstones grind Their Rough-shod Clients: yet are they the Wind That drive the Sails. Who's most blame-worthy then, The Grinding Lawyers, or Litigious Men? Sat I as Judge, the Lawyers should go free, Such Clowns on calthrop's, till they could agree. 5. In January. Where our third Edward (that Puissant King!) Was born to Conquer France, I rudely sing: Where * The Author was Prisoner in Windsor-Castle, when he wrote his this Years Ephemeris. Kings have Captives been; that stately Wall Confines my Muse: (for sin Original.) Help you that can, or have my Verse excused; That Shepherd poorly Pipes, whose Reed is bruised. 6. In March. Chronus † Saturn and Mars this Month were in Trine Aspect, from Virgo and Taurus. , the Virgin; Mars, the Bull ascends; And (by their Trine) assure us they are Friends. When boisterous Knaves meet and salute each other, Their common Phrase is, How Devil dost thou Brother? The Graver sort abhor that Hellish note; Yet (in the fear of God) they'll cut your Throat. 7. In July. 'Tis false to say Dog-days (but now) begin, Since thric. five Years have nought but Dog-days been: Or that in England * Sirius is the great Dog-star, which in July, toward the latter end thereof, ariseth cosmically with the Sun, inflaming the Air; whence (from that time, toward the end of August, are termed) Dog-days. Sirius biteth not, Whilst we have such deep Wounds, and days so hot: But Sirius quickly sets (elsewhere to burn) Then sh●ll our Dog-days into HALCYON turn. 8. In September. Two haughty Rebels, (yet of Heavenly race) Invade the Virgin's Confines: Face to face Dispute their Title there; but finding none, (As Trespass●rs) they hasten to be gone: Concluding Hermes for the only Man That's Heir at Law. But get it how he can. These Lines deserve a Comment. 9 In December. Thus Windsor's my Parnassus, and the Jail- Supporting- Coal-hole, (crammed with Mills' Ale) My Well of Helicon. How should my Quill Want quickening, or my Muse inspired-skill? Thanks, honest Luke: May all thy Ale and Beer Turn Nectar; run untilted all the Year! Luke Mills was the Tapster in Windsor-Castle, at what time our Author was Prisoner there. 10. His Conclusion. The time's at hand, Titan's indulged by Jove, Crowned with Honours, dressed in Robes of Love: Away, ye Miscreant Subjects of Despair, That dream on Fogs, and think 'twill ne'er be fair! Shake off your pensive Mantles, wash down sorrow; Phoebus appears, and bids the World Good Morrow! The Clouds do scatter, and anon you'll see (What shall I say?) An ENGLISH JUBILEE! In Kalendarium Ecclesiasticum 1657. we shall find these several curious Pieces of Wit and Loyalty. 1. Under his Movable Feasts. THese are the Festivals, which every Year Change their Position in the Calendar: The rest are fixed, till the higher Powers Vouchsafe t' unfix, and vote them out adoors: But tha●'s to do: Let's therefore yet Obey Our Holy Mother, and keep Holiday. 2. Under the Table of Kings. So have I seen amongst the Celestial Train Bright Stars arise, and quickly set again: Others (whose Circles greater Arches trace) Though short in lustre, run a longer race: Some wondrous swift, some slower than the rest; Yet (one and all) still tending to the West. Impartial Death doth no compassion take; Cedars and Shrubs promiscuous Ashes make. 3. Under the Table of Terms. The Terms commence, conclude; and yet the strife Ends not: Contention hath a tedious Life: And (which is worse) who ere the Conquest get, Gains but a lump of drowsy afterwit. But O Revenge! he'll that, although he begs) 'Tis sweeter far, than Muscadine and Eggs. 4. In January. By-fronted Janus (th' old Italian King) Beholds the Year transact, and entering: Wisdom and Providence, are firm props of State; They support Princes, and make Nations great: Their Suffrages shall now restrain my Pen, And make me one of the Prudential Men. 5. In February. Now did the Ancient Romans Sacrifice To Plato, and th' Infernal Deities For their dead Father's Souls: Furies were then The direful Objects of Idol'trous Men. And 'tis a weakness yet (in every Head) To cringe to and indulge the thing we dread. 6. In March. Rome-building Romulus, gave this the name, In Honour of God Mars, from whom he came By Ilia, thus to perpetuate The Martial Prowess of the Roman-State: This Vanity (if so I may it call) Those Heroes had; and so indeed have all. 7. In April. April's so called, 'cause the Terrestrial Pores Are opened now to drink the pleasant showers: Fruits, Herbs, & Plants, sprout forth their fragrant Buds, And clothe all green, the Fertile Fields and Woods. Flora presents variety of Graces, Makes Ladies hide (for shame) their painted Faces. 8. In May. May, à Majoribus: And what were they? Great Jove was one, who else I cannot say: The Pleyades and Hyadeses arise, And drench the Earth with chaste Humidities: May, than à Madeo; (it soundeth well) So Friday-street, from buttered Mackerel. 9 In June. June à Junioribus, (if so you'll have't) That is to say, Chuck-sarthing and his Mate: Or à Junone, (save us all!) for she Was Wife to Jove, and just so let it be, Some Etymon, are like the Knight, or worse; Who draws his Honour from his Father's Purse. 10. In July. But, Julius à Julio Caesare, Rome's Proto-Monarch, Pompey's Enemy: Th' ingrateful Senate robbed him not of all, His Name survives their Cruelty, his fall. Pharsalia's fresh in mind, whilst Caesar here Triumpheth thus, not once, but every Year. 11. In August. This Month Augustus Caesar did begin His Consulship, and thrice Triumphed therein: Marc-Antony, by force of Arms subdued, Brought Egypt to the Roman Servitude. Therefore the Senate thought it was but just T'exchange Sextilis Menfis for August. 12. In December. The Moon's obscured four parts (of twelve) and more, And seen (if th' Air be clear) all England o'er: But Cynthia's Labour is, with little pain; Her throws are easy; she's soon light again. Were Men-eclipsed but restored thus, We'd trouble no jails, nor should jails trouble us. 13. A Conclusion of this Years Book. But hold! the Press hath overtook my Pen, The Term's at hand, and I shall wander then: My Steed is ready [the grave Pedlar's Back,] My Harbinger [his Dog,] my Inn [the Pack:] Old Erra Pater (that hoof-beaten Jew) The Shepherd's Calendar, (with all the Crew Of merry Rascals) my Companions are: They deign to style me Fellow-Traveller. Then Fairs and Markets I must duly keep, And (on the Stall) make up the dirty heap Of Penny Ware: Where the disdainful Eye Pores on me two long hours, before he buy: Whilst Nobler Judgements purchase at first sight, And swear (implicitly) I'm thorough Right. Yet some (although ●hey on me seem to dote) Will not vouchsafe me every Year a Coat; Whose duller Brats I wish no l●ss forlorn And naked, twelve Months after they are born. Another, his Mundungus (with me) lights, All, save three Pages, where he wisely writes When's Mare took Horse; his Cow's th'impatient Bull; Or, when himself, some foul lascivious Trull. Y●t this, forbids no entries; only I Would not be Pand●r to such Drudgery. Nor do I grudge the hungry flames a whit; For, they consume not, they refine my Wit. Others behind them (in Fool's Ordure) throw My injured Leaves: they'll serve the Bible so. But O th' Exchange! there, I endure the Rack, Such Din is made, with Wharton's Almanac! I can't but Blush for shame, when I do meet My Name (like Small-Coal) cried in every Street. Howbeed, I there●n set the bolder face, Because, like Fortune have, even Acts of Grace. And yet, some trifling Shops provoke me most: For, here and there, they ●ail me to a Post: O Cruel Hands! but that my Patience bears, It w●ll presaging what attends their Ears. Thus pleased, or displeased, I appear, Servant or Slave, t'all Interests, once a Year. So let me pass: And when this Journey's over, I'll try if be●ter luck I can discover. In Kalendarium Ecclesiasticum 1658. We find these Learned and Weighty Verses following. 1. Under the Table of Kings. HEre, and not here, implies a Contradiction, Reality (you'll say) opposed to Fiction. I grant it so: And he that asks me, Why? Must know, I cannot skill of things too nigh. He a large Picture, that will judge aright, Sets it not near him, but aloof his sight. Here O. Cromwel's Usurpation and Tyranny, together with h●● praying Pretences to Justice and Honesty, are Curiously, though Enigmatically taxed. He would be a King in Re, but not in Nomine. 2. Under the Table of Terms. Peace makes a pleasant sound, well understood; But Discord better, whilst the Peace not good: I am not of his Humour, did prefer Th' Unjustest Peace, before the Just est War. Admit one rifled, robbed of all relief: Must he needs patch a Peace up with the Thief? 3. In January. If, wanting Wings, one may ascend the Skies, And Phoebus' view, without an Eagles Eyes, Then rouse up (Muse) from thy Lethargic strains, And (having first invoked the God of Brains) Let the Grand Subject of thy Measures be, No soul to England like a * Monarchia, à Monos Archon, the Rule of one Prince. Monarchy. 4. In February. It is the Image of that Domination, By which Jehovah rules the whole Creation: Angels nor Saints, do in his Kingdom share; God is sole Monarch; they but Subjects are. Whose Laws are such, as when they did Rebel, Sequestered not, but sent 'em strait to Hell. 5. In March. As Old as that Paternal Sovereignty, God placed in Adam, Ruled his People by; Disowned of none, but them whose minds aspire, And envy One should have what all desire: For be't a few or many we live under, Such shall repine, still, whilst not of the number. 6. In April. The Ancients did a Monarchy prefer, Made all their Gods submit to Jupiter: And (when Affairs and Nations first begun) Princes Decrees were th' only Laws of Man: Experience will avow it, where there's any, One honest man is sooner found than many. 7. In May. The rational soul performs a Prince's part, She Rules the Body by Monarchick Art: Poor Cranes and silly Bees (with shivering wings) Observe their Leaders, and obey their Kings. Nature herself disdains a crowded Throne; The Body's Monstrous, hath more Heads than one. 8. In June. A Monarchy's that Politic simple State, consists in Unity (inseparate, Pure and entire;) A Government that stands When others fall, touched but with Levelling hands: So Natural, and with such Skill endued, It makes one body of a Multitude. 9 In July. In Order (wherein latter things depend On former, that's most perfect doth attend On Unity: but this can never be The popular State) nor Aristocracy: For, where or all or many bear the sway, Such Order to Confusion leads the way. 10. In August. A Monarchy more quickly doth attain The End proposed: for, 'tis the single Brain That ripens Counsel, and concealeth best Princely Designs, till Deeds proclaim 'em blest. Whilst numerous Heads are rarely of one Mind; Slow in their Motion; louder than the Wind. 11. In September. Treason, nor Force, so suddenly divides Th' United strength that in a Crown resides: Sedition prospers not; it seldom here Results an Object of the Prince's fear. Than when an Empire, Rome was ne'er more strong, Nor Triumphed under other Rule so long. 12. In October. A Monarchy abates those F●v'rish f●●s Of Emulation, a Free-St●te begets: A Prince cannot his, R●ins so quickly slack, Or throw his Burden on another's Back. But where so many Rulers have command, The work's transferred, and tossed from hand to hand▪ 13. In November. The People or the Nobles, to debate The deep Concernments of a Troubled-State, Set-times and places have assigned them: they First meet, and then adjourn from day to day. Whereas a Monarch, who by Nature's One, Deliberates always, never's off his Throne. 14. In December. But hold! Methinks I see the three Estates Convened, thrown open Prison-doors and Grates, Extinct our paltry Jealousies and Fears, Grace offered to all but Cavaliers And Papists: Yet with Patience they abound, In hope for better, now, the wheel goes round. 15. The Conclusion. Thus trace we Time, and (in our several Spheres) Slightly pass over ne'r-returning Y●ar●: Thus States and Kingdoms to a Period draw; Their Politics must yield to Natures Law. Thus Kings and Beggars are Companions made, Shake hands, and knock the Sceptre against the Spade: Thus Courts and Cottages become 〈◊〉 Roof, And Carts and Chariots meet without Reproof: Thus all the Greatness Mortals do contend, And Damn their Souls for, slideth to An End. In Kalendarium Ecclesiasticum, 1659. these following Pithy and Prophetic Verses are to be found. 1. On the Moon's Eclipse in April. NOW have amongst ye, you that stand On slippery ground, or build on Sand. Seditious Spirits play their pranks, Inundations break the Banks: Rumours of Wars about us fly, (Thrice happy Man, dares bravely die) Intestine Tumults, taken Towns, Besieged Cities, Prince's frowns Astonish Us. But I'll to Plough, And never mind what Madmen do. Mavors and Hermes bear the sway: May He, deserves it, have the day. In the Month April. 1659. the Rump appear, and put a Period to the Reign of Richard Cromwell, and indeed extirpate that Family, whose Honour was only built upon a Sandy Foundation. 2. On the Moon's Eclipse in October. Quick work and Crafty! (He that sways In this Defect, brooks no Delays:) Beware of Pirates, Highway Thiefs, Dull Heresies, and Hanging-Sleeves: Of Scarcity and dearth of Grain, With uncouth Griefs amongst Cattle reign: Tempestuous Winds, Quotidian Fevers, Ptisicks, and Priests that cock their Bevers: Debates, that into Question call The People's Laws; even God's and all. For Stilbon, only, hath command, And him alone I understand. On October 6. Parliament, Council of State, and Officers of the Army, were Feasted at Grocers-Hall by the City. The 12. the Parliament Vote Lambert and other Officers Commissions from them. 13. They turn the Parliament out of Doors for it. 26. The (pretended) Committee of Safety erected. Quere, Was not this quick work and crafty? etc. 3. On the Sun's Eclipse in November. What noise is this? Methinks I hear Some dread Hero, drawing near. A busy Clergy belching fire; Some Prince deposed, and in the mire. I see (by th' light of one fair Star) Whole Nations going out to War: Risings, Arraignments, sudden Death And Ruin, rushing on the Earth: The Rivers lessened, Fountains dry; Waters corrupt, good Subjects die: For Mars is rampant; and what hand Can turn the Edge of Burlybrand? Lord General Monk, beholding the Confusions of England. Marches hither to put a stop to them. The King of Sweden shortly after died; which this Learned Artist must needs mean, by this Eclipse of the Sun. 4. Under the Regal Table. Sacred's the name of King, and full of splendour, Famous the Title of the Faith's Defender: 〈◊〉 (when on such the Rabble fixed their Spleen) Wh● a●d regard to Faith, to King or Queen? B●t now, (such Comments on the Text they make) All Mortals must submit for Conscience-sake. 5. Under the Table of Terms. Thanks, busie-Term-time! thou bring'st work to do For Judge, for Council, and Attorney too: But shouldst thou and, and never more Commence, Lawyers would lose their most voluptuous sense: The knotty Laws (which now so dear we buy) Be rated like Bishop's Divinity. 6. Under the Tide-Table. The Sea hath fits, much like this giddy Age; Sometimes ●he pines, anon, she swells with Rage, And makes a rupture, where she overflows The Fertile Banks, yet never further goes (Without a Miracle) t●an Nature's Bounds: Or if we think she do, 'tis where some Towns Encroach up●● h●r 〈◊〉: ●or, she Is full as constant, f●r more just than we. 7. In January. All hail (my Masters!) I must now implore Your Ticket, for a twelve months' Recreation: I know no Plot * The Author was suspected privy to, and guilty of, the Plot; in which the Reverend Dr. Hewyt, etc. miscarried. (save that, which keeps us poor) And this of mine, to gain your Approbation. All my Designs lurk in these Rural strains; My Guts Conspire, indeed, but not my Brains. 8. In February. I Honour all that have a Sovereign Power, Extol their Prowess (be it more or less) Admire them growing in a golden shower; Observe (but point not at) their vain excess. The Sun's defects seen in a line direct, Hurt th' Eyes, not when in Water they reflect. 9 In March. I pray for Kings, and think't a Pious deed: Good Princes very well deserve our Prayers: But thereof bad ones s●and the most in need; For such (be sure!) do stand on slippery stairs, And (like to Iron) generate the rust, From their own substance, turns 'em into dust. 10. In April. I'm hugely taken with the Golden Train, (Those lofty Stars which glide along this Sphere!) Yet Greatness, without Goodness, I disdain; A Spongy Head full ill becomes a Peer: Persons of Honour should have Princely parts, No empty Cock-lofts, or deceitful Hearts. When the Florida Ambassador was in London, Col. Pride being once at Dinner with him, instead of propounding a Question like a Statist, asked him, Whether there were not good vent for Beer and Ale in Florida? Whence our Author saith, A Spongy Head, etc. 11. In May. I Reverence Justice (on the meanest seat) She was a Virtue once, though now a wonder: I like sweet words (intended not to cheat) And works of Mercy, not too far asunder: But Cruelty! how that would make me swagger, Were it not common, both to Sword and Dagger. 12. In June. I love the Ministry, all but the name, (That Motly and promiscuous Appellation:) Which mingleth Dunghill Dirt with Austin's Fame, (With Holy Writ, pretended Revelation) Give me the Priest disdains to tell a Lie; That Priest, who dare for his Religion die. 13. In July. I like the Comm'nalty (that sovereign Power) Whilst not to Faction, or Revenge disposed: But Commons over-stinted, or too sour, Are best improved, when they are enclosed. Who gives a Giddy Multitude the Reins, O'erwhelms the State, betrays his want of Brains. 14. In August. I own the Camp, where Gallantry Commands, Where Arts and Arms advance their awful Crosts; But wish the Cramp befall such Victor's Hands, As cannot Conquer their Ambitious Breasts. Success enlarges men's desires; nay, more, It breeds some thoughts, they dreamed not on before. 15. In September. I hug the Soldier, dreads no violent end, (For stoutest Men, such Fortune often have:) It is the Cause, (not Mode) of Death, shall send Us Glorious, or Inglorious, to the Grave. He who'll avoid a shameful Death, must run The danger of a brave one; and 'tis done. 16. In October. I fancy well, our great Metropolis, She harbours store of Men and store of Riches: There is no sounding of that vast Abyss; What wonder then, if London wear the Breeches? Yet must this Darling, now and then, untruss; Correction keeps her most Obsequious. 17. In November. But O the Country, free from jarring-strife, (Where Plants and Flowers abound with Eloquence; Where every Hedge and Tree doth breath new Life, Where prattling Birds do captivate my sense:) There I (sequestered from the World) abide, And (if needs must) there I'll be Crucifi'd. 18. In Decemb●r. Thus (in an Humour purely Innocent) I add one Year more to a careful Age: No more of this, till freed from my Restraint: I cannot chant (like Birds) within a Cage. Yet know! I have (although my aims not high) Seleucus-like, an Anchor on my Thigh. 19 His Conclusion. Thus have our melting Eyes England beheld With smooth-faced Peace, and wanton Plenty swelled Into a Monster; so unweildly grown, Her own vast weight, depressed her Princely Crown: A Brutish War ●ore Church and State asunder, Fooled us with Fears, filled all the World with wonder. The fairest S●●rs, losing their sacred light, And che●rf●l d●y turned into drowrie Night: Th' Antipodes (true Mirror of the Cause!) Reacted through three Nations, with applause: B●t EXIT OLIVER, whilst yet we lend O●r Patience, till the PLAY * It w●● the sa●●e●t and most dismal Tragedy that ever was Acted in Engl●nd. be at an end. In Kalendarium Ecclesiasticum 1660. We meet with th●se several Excellent and true Verses. 1. Under the Regal Table. WHere's now the Sultan? What remorseless Star Removed that Famous Idol, Olivar? unwelcome Death. But what flint-hearted Fate, That Mushrome-Prince, his Son? Our glorious State. Thus then we see what luck Prot●ctors have; A restless Life, or Ignominious Grave. 2. Under the Table of Terms. Lo! here's a Trade surpasseth all the rest, No change annoys the Lawyer's Interest: His Tongue buys Lands, builds Houses without toil; The ●en's his Plough, the Parchment is his Soil: Him, Storms disturb not, nor Militia-Bands; The Tree Roots best, that in the Weather stands. 3. In January. And is He * Oliver Cromwell. gone indeed? Then farewel He; Farewell to all our New Nobility: Good-night Illustriousness: Adieu old Joan; The Kitchen better fits you, than a Throne: Lay ' side your Purple, and your R●bes off cast: players are but Princes, while the Play † The Play that prevented England's Happiness, is now most happily ended. doth last. 4. In February. About, my Muse, and try if thou canst find What powerful Charm raised that Prodigious * At the Death of Oliver Cromwell, there was a most Prodigious Wind; the like hath seldom been known in England. Wind: Some dis-affected Conjurer (I trow) Did long to hear what News there was below: But others think, the Devil was matched so, His breath grew short, and so was forced to blow. 5. In March. But where be those fine Jugglers, did Address Such sugared Phrase, such smooth Obsequiousness: That vowed to live and die, with Richard, yet Ne'er blemished, when they saw his glory set? Such Hypocrites run with the stream of things, And will keep Time, whatever Dance begins. Most Countries in England sent u● Addresses to Richard Cromwell, with as much Zeal, as if he had been the most Lawful and undoubted Heir to the Government of England. 6. In April. O for a Besom now, to sweep the House, And rid the Palace, both of Fox and Goose! Some choice Perfumes withal, would be designed, (Ill Spirits ever leave ill scents behind) And when 'tis cleansed, and things sweeter grown, Great Berecynthia's Sons, go claim your own. It is observable, that the Parliament this Month gave Order to warn all Lodgers out of Whitehall, that it might be prepared the better for His Royal Majesty's Use. 7. In May. What's to be done, now, all are grown so Wise, And our forefather's Wisdom counted Lies? Were all the many Ages, that are past, Mistaken, until this un-erring Last? Good God how sped they? shall none saved be But Schismatics? Then what becomes of me? 8. In June. But 'tis the Mode: Come, come, let's all comply; There's no firm footing on Integrity: For, having said, and done all what we can, The Pliant Willow is the Precious Man: Whose Oaths, of one day, (though of fair pretext) Veil to an Inspiration of the next. 9 In July. Down then with Tithes, they are a burden great, For which the Parson never sound sweat: Yet let's remember (maugre all new light) He that detains them, robs God of his right. And though to him the tenth we should not pay, The Publicans will- sweep it all away. 10. In August. Let's lay the Clergy by: What need we Priests Or Ministers? weare all Evangelists: The Bible's English, (thank the Bishops for't:) The Spirit's in us, why not we exhort? Yet let's beware, before we farther boast, And think who 'twas received the Holy-Ghost. 11. In September. Let's fallen the Church and Colledge-Lands: Away With Humane Learning; (that's but for a day:) Down with the Steeple-Houses, melt the Bells, And own no Metal, but what's in our selves. But stay, first let us Learned Spelman read, And then (perhaps) we may abhor the deed. 12. In October. Let's tear our Ribbons, burn our Richer Laces, Wear Russet, and contrive bewitched Faces: With Thee and Thou, let us go quack a while, And cheat the World, in Quakers garb and stile. But do not trust 'em, more than well befits; Th' are Presbyterians run besides their Wits. 13. In November. Or were they not, yet fool not over-fast; For this Religion too shall flag at last: Naylor himself will never for it burn, Nor let us use't but for our present turn. On such sad Mummers, grace will not be had, Much longer, than the Multitude are mad. 14. In December. But now th' Apostates are restored their Wits, And Plots and Plotters crumbled all to bits; A Blessed Reformation will (I hope) At last succeed, in spite of Turk and Pope: Till when, and always, let's observe the Laws, And truly Celebrate, The Good Old Cause. Which Good Old Cause, England is now again (by God's especial Providence) Blessed with; to the great satisfaction and rejoicing of the Inhabitants thereof; who, by reason of their Sufferings in our late twenty Years Confusion, cannot but give their joy the greater Latitude, at this so happy, and (by many, almost) unexpected Revolution of Government; viz. of turning from Anarchy, to the most Natural of all other Governments, MONARCHY. In his Kalendarium Carolinum 1661. are found these Worthy Verses. 1. Under the Table of Kings. STand there, Great Charles (in your successive Might) Our King by Miracle, our King by Right: The Number, now, is even; and You are He Which must compose the Odds, if any be. Your Glorious Father, by his Matchless Pen, Made Jews turn Christians: You make Beasts turn Men. 2. Under the Table of Terms. 'Twas Will, not Law; 'twas Envy, not Right Reason, Condemned even Majesty itself, for Treason: But now (both Law and Reason taking place) Who doubts the Issue of an Honest Case? Yet with your Case, bring Coin and Cap in Hand, Else Lawyers will it not well Understand. 3. Explanation of his Calendar. Martyrs and Saints, my Calendar displays, (No private Fast, nor yet Lecture-days; No, nor such Martyr's perch on towers and Gates, To show how truly, High and Mighty States!) Triumphant Charles, Blessed Strafford, Glorious Laud, I Celebrate; as Martyrs without Fraud. These, these, and such as these, deep-dye my Pages, The Shame of this, Wonder of After-Ages. Nor do my Saints wear Buff, or Bandeliers, Or are they known by their Prodigious Ears, Short Hair, and Hatchet-Faces, to delude A Monster-headed, Giddy-Multitude: No, no; theyare Saints rejoiceth Heaven to see: Yet would the rest were all such Saints, for me. 4. In January. All hail, Great King! Thrice welcome to your own, Your own good Subjects, your Imperial Throne. Renowned Charles! whose Glory let it be, Your blessed approach hath set three Kingdoms free: Whose powerful Influence, whose cheerful Rays, Make all the Year consist of Halcyon-days. 5. In February. King Charles returned! What Heavenly News is that? Nay more, Enthroned where's Martyred Father sat: Thanks, Noble Monk! whose generous Virtue brought To pass this Miracle-transcending thought! May all that's Good requite you! Let your Name Be Crowned with Laurels of Eternal Fame. 6. In March. King Charles restored! how't glads my wounded heart? That Deathless Name breath's Life to every part: Now, now, my Blood runs smoothly, and my Meat And Drink's Digested with more Active Heat: My boiling Stomach rages, craves full Meals; What surfeited before, now Feeds and Heals. 7. In April. King Charles at Westminster! How happy we, Whom Heaven reserved this Glorious Prince to see? Whose greedy Eyes surcharged with fresh Delight, Neglect all Mediums, fix on that fair Light. We Reverence both the Cassock and the Gown: But Charles his Presence Consecrates the Town. 8. In May. Holy silent are the Rumpers, whilom steered Our Reeling Bark; so furiously Carriered, Against Truth & Peace: And trod down all before them, Save the dull Rabble, destined to adore them! Observe the Good Old Cause, how fast it sleeps: See how Rebellion on the Belly creeps. 9 In June. Thus have we seen the modern Use of Saint, What 'tis to cozen with Religious Paint; And (Herod-like) when you intent to Kill, To offer Worship, and profess no ill. What fair Advantages the Devil affords To Frantic Garbs, starched Faces, Canting Words! 10. In July. Thus have we seen, what 'tis t'insinuate And kindle Jealousies within a State: To give Alarms of Dangers, where are none, And talk of Grievances were never known: To hold forth Liberty and Freedom, when Ye meant t' enslave your very Brethren. 11. In August. Thus have we seen, what 'tis to Preach, and Pray Against Kings, and Curse them, in a Holy way: T' incite the weak and wavering to Rebel, Proclaiming, To your Tents, O Israel: Absolve from Oaths, and other Sacred Ties, Suborning Scripture for the loudest Lies. 12. In September. Thus have we seen ye (ye your Wickedness) Exult and Prune yourselves with wished Success: Your Prosperous Mischiefs urged to invite Our troubled Reason to confess you Right. Prevailing Sins dangerous Temptations prove, Unless to him well Armed from Above. 13. In October. Thus have we seen ye, Temporising Slaves, Act all things, any thing, like subtle Knaves: Observe the Point, whence came the fairest Gales, Spread and receive them in your swelling Sails: Abjure your God, Religion, all you know Might Skreen you from the Beams would make you grow. 14. In November. Thus have we seen, what 'tis to slight your King, Slain the fair Model of his Governing: Asperse his wisest Actions, and pretend Gross Lapses, which no Mortal yet could mend: To dress, him like a Tyrant, and (what's worse) Destroy him: On yourselves entail a Curse. 15. In December. And now (I hope) w'have seen enough, to Pray God save the King: And send him long to Sway Great Britain's Sceptre! That the grumbling Fry, Will warning take, and cease to cog the Die. For now their Cheats are so well known, I fear. Their Trading will not last another Year. 16. After his Gesta Britannorum. Thus ends the Chapter: Here's a Period To our Rebellion: Charles (that Earthly God) Invested in his Throne: The Traitorous brood, Lurking in Corners, gauled with Gild and Blood. They would have Built: but Heaven would no such And so confounded Language, Tower and All. (Wall His Dedication to the King. Vouchsafe, (Dread Sovereign!) to accept this Mite, This Pedlar's Trash, this one Year's Oversight. I have not yet approached your Sacred Feet, To beg one Boon: Let that (Great Sir!) be it. I was none of the Crowd, though now appear Attended on by all the Saints i'th' Year. Nor am I one of those that can Repine, ('Cause I am Clouded) to see others Shine. The Freedom you Indulge, is Wealth enough; And (which is more) hath made me Cannon-Proof. heavens Bless your Majesty, increase your Powers, No Guerdons like to that of being Yours— The Humblest of Your Majesty's most Faithful and Obedient Subjects and Servants, G. WHARTON. In his Kalendarium Carolinum for the Year 1662. are these Excellent Poems. 1. Under the Table of Kings. SOme Princes have been Surnamed Red, some Black; Some Tall, some Crooked (as well in Mind, as) Back: Some for their Learning, some for Valour, stand Admired, by this Learned and Warlike-Land: Our Gracious King's both Black, and Tall of Stature, Learned, Valiant, Wise, and Liberal too, by Nature. But that Adorns Him more than all the rest, Is Mercy in his most Religious Breast: Which mixed with Justice, makes him thus to Shine Th' Incensed Glory of the Royal Line. 2. Under the Terms. Now, that the Saints have ceased to Purloyn And Plunder, let's indulge 'em an Essoin: Charles' Appearance showed them their mistake, And he Forgave; shall we Exception make? No, no; r●is Blessed Return refreshed Three Nations: God keep's from any more such Long Vacations. 3. In January. Behold the Two great Martyrs of this Age, Embracing Heaven, despising Vulgar Rage: Blessed Laud, All-glorious Charles! whose Cruel Death, At once astonished both the heavens and Earth. Whose Horrid Murder Clouded Church and State; Till Second Charles did both Illuminate. 4. In February. Let Winchester remember Burleighs Blood: Pontsract will witness Beaumont's, who withstood The unrelenting Rebels, and laid down Their well-spent Lives for Charles' injured Crown. Some Crimson-streams do slain each Leaf we turn▪ No Month, but what affords us Cause to Mourn. 5. In March. Heroic Capel, and Courageous Hyde, Both mount the Scaffold, both are Crucify'd: Brave Bushel (Son of Neptune) lost his Head; His Lamp was (in great haste) extinguished. The Fifth Commandment, keeping, all their Crime; A grievous Sin, in that All-grieving Time. 6. In April. Their deadly Rancour floateth now amain; Whilst silly Women, harmless This relates to the Apprentices, and some Women that were slain in London streets, April, 1648. Babes are slain By their devouring- Swords: Boys Act Men's parts, And Scarlet Gowns look on with trembling Hearts. Three Red-Coats then, (with Bells about their Necks) Were Force sufficient, London to perplex. 7. In May. But, O the Precious Blood this Month was shed! Valour its Right-hand lost, Wisdom her Head. Whence the Misjudging, Rude, and Brainless Crowd, Made Earth and Skies but one Big-bellyed Cloud. Till Gracious Charles Returned, whose warmer Rays Dissolved it, turned black Nights to Sunshine Days. 8. In June. Thrice Reverend Hewyt, Noble Slingsby Died: Destruction was designed them, before Tried: The very Noise poor Rats and Mice did keep, Amused the Tyrant, broke his troubled sleep: How could he choose indeed, but be afraid, So long as Slingsby breathed, or Hewyt prayed? 9 In July. And yet the Monster means not to desist, His Wo's denounced against the royalist. Undaunted Gerard, daring Ashton die, And many more, whose Hearts could not comply. No Constancy like that of Cavaliers: Which never shrink with Force, nor sordid Fears. 10. In August. The Valiant Lucas, Death-despising Lisle, And Gallant Andrews Sacrificed, while The Holy Rabble Triumph, and declare How Just, how Innocent, their Murders were! Yet still methinks, the Gild sticks in their Face, Vengeance pursues 'em to their proper Place. 11. In September. Think now of Worcester's Great Deliverance: Let's pay our Vows! 'twas something more than Chance, That saved Great Charles, and Us with Him: did jerk The lewd Posteriors of th' Unhallowed Kirk: And taught 'em for the future to Misken, Whom once they styled, Their Dear Brethren. 12. In October. Lo here again, how fast the Wolf pursues: Let him but Catch he cares not who Accuse. Darby's great Earl unto the Block he brings: No Blood he spared, when once he had spilt his Kings! Thus the Revengeful, whilst they are most keen In wounding others, keep their own Wounds green. 13. In November. Lamented Kniveton doth the next appear, (Martyred not once, but Martyred every Year) Who (to assure the World his Cause was Good) Let not to Seal it, early, with his Blood. Thus Martyrs suffer, yet are never slain: Thus Martyrs sow themselves, to grow again. 14. In December. The Tiger follows yet: His Thirst is great, And nought but Humane Blood allays his Heat: Sweet Norwich, Holt, and Downham his Rage saw, They saw the Judges too, but saw no Law: Judgement was turned to Wormwood in that day, Nor Truth, nor Justice challenged any sway. In his Kalendarium Carolinum for Anno 1663. We find these Excellent Verses. 1. Upon the Great Conjunction of ♄ and ♃ in ♐. FOrbear, Enthusiasts, and aim no higher, YE are Purged, or quite Consumed by this New fire. The many Waters whilom drowned the Land, Must all Return, and keep within their Strand. King's will be Kings, their Awful Sceptres sway, The People Prompt and Zealous to Obey. Now Holy Church will offer Holy things, And burn her Incense under Angels Wings. No Leper shall approach her Sacred Choir, None touch her Altars cannot touch the Lyre. Old Laws shall be Revived, and New ones made, Wise Men arise, and Fools run Retrograde. Empires and Monarchies confirmed, Erected, Churches Repaired, and Holy Ground Protected. Tranquillity succeeds our Brutish Wars, Balsams our Wounds, pours Oil upon our Scars, Commerce and Traffic than receives Increase, Merchant's adventure all things, but their Peace. Fanatic Spirits in short time forget What Principles they owned in their Mad Fit. Repining Tradesmen, and Poor Handicrafts, Turn Morning-Lectures into Morning-Draughts: And wonder by what Wildfires they were Led To feed on Thistles 'stead of wholesome Bread. So Plain, so Ugly now the Cheat appears, 'Tis laid aside for half three hundred Years. 2. Under the Table of Kings. The Presbyterian Oracle's a Witch; For true it is (as bruited by the Bitch) We shall turn all Idolaters. Who can (Now Britain's Monarch so much more than Man, Enjoys an Angel, darts such Rays Divine) Do less than Worship Charles and Katherine? 3. Under the Table of Terms. Our Sacred Laws (dispensed with Spotless Hands) Secure our Lives, our Liberties, our Lands: But whilst th' unhallowed Oliverian Crew Profane the Bar, we hazard All anew. I wonder with what Foreheads they appear, T' Advance what by themselves subverted were. 4. In January. What, still more Mischief; yet more Plots on foot? Designed and Managed by the Rabble-Rout? Plots of mean Extract, and low Undertaking, Shows Lord nor Lady, save of Cromwel's making! But such poor Snakes as our own Bosoms bred, Which (being all Tail) want Brains to make a Head. 5. In February. But formed they have another Sion's Plea, (Full fraught with Treason and the Canting-Yea:) For Liberty to Plunder, Fire, and Kill, First, whom they can, and next, who e'er they will. Caesar himself (from whence our Peace doth spring) Shall have no Quarter, 'cause they'd have no King. 6. In March. The Reverend Bishops too, had need look to't: For Churches Lands they Challenge every Foot, As Purchased by their Money, or their Blood: But howsoever the Saints Title's good. The Spirit tells 'em They're the only Heirs: This is the Land of Promise, and all Theirs. 7. In April. Blessed Reformation taught such gainful things, As Sacrilege, and Murdering of Kings! Precious the Pastors with such Manna fed us! Holy the Covenant to such Duties led us! Who would Abjure that Caledonian-Gull, Crammed both the Belly and the Conscience full. 8. In May. Mistake me not. For, I reflect on none That be true Converts, they who can bemoan Their Treason, and not grudge to term it such; Shall pass for Currant, if they'll 'bide the touch. My Heart no Malice harbours: I forgive The Knaves as willingly as they would Live. 9 In June. But Monsters some there are (with Wood-street Faces) Have Crept (th'— know how!) into warm Places: Places of Trust and Profit (none knows why!) Whose Hearts defiance bids to Majesty. Send out, and see how England's overspread With Frogs and Locusts worse than Egypt bred. 10. In July. Survey the Customs, Garble the Excise, Inspect our Courts of Justice: Look who Plies As well below-bridge, as above. Inquire Into our Offices. Then one step higher: And see how deadly every where w' are gnawn, By the foul Jaws of Presbyterian spawn. 11. In August. And must such Miscreants be the only Wise And Worthy; We their lasting Sacrifice? Who is't will longer dote on Virtuous Deeds! When black Rebellion so fairly speeds? If Plato's Morals such Requitals give, Who would not study Machiavil to Live? 12. In September. ay, but those Beasts are Pardoned. That w' allow: But shall their Treasons be Rewarded too? With Halters be't: For they alone can Season Such Restless Minds, and keep from speaking Treason: Nor is't but fit they should be Treated thus, Full Twenty Years so kindly Treated us. 13. In October. For 'tis not long since a Poor Cavalier Durst scarce so much as blow his Nose, for fear Of doing wrong. They kept us in such awe, We Cleft their Wood, we did their Water draw: And shall we still be Subject to their Scorns? Licence such Saucy Jacks to wind their Horns. 14. In November. 'Tis true, the Storm's Prodigious, Seas are rough, But yet our Ship's well Manned, and stout enough: Why should we dread the sight of Rocks or Shelves? Our Foes adventured all, yet saved themselves. Whose Scarlet sins passed but for oversights, Who think th'ave all deserved to be Knights. 15. In December. But now I think; (nay, dare Prognosticate, For I have studied, and know well their Fate) We shall no longer be their Captives led, Our Chains are broke, their Hydra's vanquished: But (till once more our Sins do theirs surpass) Enjoy our own, and prove The Devil's an Ass. 16. Upon London's Choosing Sir John Robinson Lord Mayor, for Conclusion. Welfare fair London for this Happy Choice! The Snake's untwisted at her Thundering Voice. The Royal Tower and Town (both in such Hands) Despise all Factious and Fanatic Bands. He dreads no Plots, nor dreameth of Surprise: Nought startles Him like Presbyterian Ly●s. In his Kalendarium Carolinum for Ann● 1664. We meet these Ingenious Pieces of Poetry. 1. In January. Welcome the Year (picked out from all the rest) To note great Charles, & his good Subjects blest. Blessed from the Fiery Zeal, and deadly Feud, Of a deluded Brainsick Multitude. Blessed with the Influence of so good Stars, Peace cannot Surfeit, nor devour us, Wars. 2. In February. Titan affronts the Precedent of War, Jove joins with Venus, (now our Morningstar:) The Persian Deity casts his Sextile Light On him and Chronus. Th' Empress of the Night Vails her lent Beauty for a little space, But then rich Beams do re-adorn her Face. 3. In March. Sol, Jove, and Saturn, all in Quartile move, Mars bids Defiance to the Queen of Love: Whence showers of Grief and strong Debates arise, To show what Mortal thinks himself most Wise. But, if such Wisdom to Sedition tend, Fiat Justitia; he's not England's Friend. 4. In April. See how the Churl and thundering Zeus wrangle With their Inferiors from a powerful Angle: Whilst yet with Paean they preserve a Truce, And bathe the Teeming Earth with Fertile Juice: Juice that distilled in a Silver shower, Whose every Pearl-like-drop awakes a Flower. 5. In May. Mars (now) at Archas and the Royal Sun, Darts his Malignant Radiation: But Sol and Hermes in Conjunction meet, Phenon and Pyrois each other greet. It is approved Prudence to comply With such whose Greatness will admit no vie. 6. In June. Titan the two Superiors doth Oppose; So Hermes Jove, so Saturn Phosphoros. Mars frowns at Venus and the Aged Sire, But smiles on Phaethon. Thus th' heavens Conspire Our Weal or Woe; and as they Love or Hate, We (Mortals) find our Bad, or Happy State. 7. In July. Sol and Cyllenius reunite their Rays, And breath fresh gales to Fan the Sultry Days: Jove storms at Mars, affronts sweet Aphrodite; Lucina loses all her borrowed Light; But, in four hours resumes her wont Grace: Could Ladies so, where (then) an ugly Face? 8. In August. What gracious Aspects doth this Month produce, [Sextiles and Trines!] which melting Love diffuse: Methinks when th' upper Worlds so well agree, This World of Ours should Reconciled be. But that there's still a Holy Madness rages, Which nought but all-consuming Time assuages. 9 In September. Old Falcifer (Nature's not best of Friends) With Sol and Venus eagerly contends: Titan with Jove, Jove with the Cyprian Queen, As if resolved to show each other's Spleen: But those high Quarrels quickly are decided, Since Jealousies nor Fears have them divided. 10. In October. Jove's winged Herald from the parching Sun, Completes his utmost Elongation. The Sun and Saturn, Jove and Hermes smile; As if all one, yet once a Crocodile. So Cap and Cringe some fly fanatics still, But trust 'em not; for than they mean to Kill. 11. In November. Saturn and Mavors close in Council sit, Contriving Plots, and how those Plots should her. Now which of such Malignants is't will say He hath gone wrong, and doth Repent his way? For They their Plots shall unsuccessful find, To His great good, whose Ruin they designed. 12. In December. Phoebus and Saturn in the Goat do meet, Whence Feathered Snow, or Storms of Rain, and Sleet: But now, now that the Crowded Wassail-Bowl So frolic looks, what matters fair or foul? Let's (as the fair Rowena did) begin A Solemn Health unto our Lord the King. 13. Under the Table of Kings. Your Mercy (SIR!) hath gained you what are Good, And few repine, save those delight in Blood: If now your Justice unto such extends, You Quell ●he Mo●st●rs, and secure your Friends. The 〈◊〉- ●●litick's nor safe, nor free, Whilst but one Member dares Rebellious be. 14. Under the Table o● T●●ms. No more Custodes, Carolus so●nd● better; This sets us Free, That U● and Ours did F●tter. No Guardian like to Ch●●les! He, He alone Shall be Protector of Great Britain's Throne. In him alone concur both Rule and Right, For him alone Law Pleads, and Soldiers Fight. In his Kalendarium Carolinum for 1665. We find these Pithy Poetic strains. 1. In January. OUR Saviour Circumcised: The Wisemen are Conducted to his Cradle by a Star: Blessed Laud Beheaded: Paul's Conversion wrought: All-glorious Charles upon the Scaffold brought; Whose Royal Blood shed by remorseless Slaves, (Sculk where they can) pursues them to their Graves. 2. In February. The Blessed Virgin to the Temple hies, Presents the true Messiah, Purifies: Away to Shrift (would Ancient Christians cry) Confess, Prepare, the Holy Fast draws nigh. Mathias, now from Macedonia come, In Old Judaea's Crowned with Martyrdom. 3. In March. Whilst Loyal Wales pays Homage to her Saint, Stout Capel's Blood (so lost) makes England faint: A Week of Passion, and three Days of Sorrow, But then, the Pensive World is bid Good-Morrow! The Son of Righteousness restores our Light, Whose glorious Rising makes that Day so bright. 4. In April. Low-Sunday leaveth off those Garments white, Put on in Baptism by the Neophyte. Saint George, King Charles', both upon one day Crowned; Saint George a Martyr, Charles a King Renowned. Saint Mark th' Evangelist by Trajan Burned, Whilst Alexandria for her Bishop Mourned. 5. In May. To finish what our Saviour did and taught, He now Ascended: His Disciples saw't. The Holy Ghost (in Fiery Tongues) was sent. Great Strafford Sacrificed, yet Innocent. King Charles' the Second Born, and Born again; His Birth and Restauration makes it plain. 6. In June. Saint Barnaby (the Bright) doth next appear, And then Saint John; (the Royal Harbinger.) Saint Peter (Chief of all the Twelve) and Paul, (Both Roman Martyrs) Glorious Martyrs all. Yet, (such is still Saint Peter's sad Mischance!) His being at Rome, some count but a Romance. 7. In July. The Dog-star now begins to show his might, Yet that Mad-Dog in England doth not bite: Saint James, (who to the Twelve Tribes Preached the Word.) He, in Judaea fell by Herod's Sword: Of whom (more than the rest) this may be said, He was the first Christ's Kingdom entered. 8. In August. Saint Bartholomew next to the Cross we bring; Both Heir and Nephew to a Syrian King: Yet, (by Polemius his unjust Decree) Beat first with Cudgels, then Nailed on a Tree, So Flayed alive at last (while breath remained) His Head struck off; and so this Glory gained. 9 In September. The Grand Usurper dies; the Faction Powts; And Dick (his Son) dressed up a King of Clouts: Both Court and City in close Mourning dressed, Drapers and Silk-men more than all the rest. Illustrious HENRY (Gloucester's Duke) Expires, Whom yet the World lamenteth, yet Admires. 10. In October. Thaddaeus' slain, and Simon (Crucifi'd) Was last of all the Twelve Apostles died: Saint Luke departeth in a Peaceful Bed At Ephesus, where he is Buried. Rarely bad Quarter such Physicians find, Who can (like him) both Body Cure, and Mind. 11. In November. With Bells and Bonfires here we Celebrate Queen Katherine's Birthday, England's Happy State, Adorned with such a Gem, so fair a Queen, In whom all Virtues are concentring seen: All-hallow-day needs fear no more Complaints, Since She makes up the Total of All-Saints. 12. In December. Just when the Sceptre is departed from Judaea, Shadows Substances become: Janus his Temple-gates are shut, Wars cease, Behold! at Bethlem Born, the Prince of Peace. Well fare that Day! Parent of such a Birth, As Reconciled (at once) both Heaven and Earth. 13. Under the Table of Kings. Now Peace and Plenty (in our Bowels) reign, And none but Enemies are heard complain: I ask our Antimonarchists, How they Could more O●●●ge us, if they had the sway? For, let them Fancy what they please, New things; No Freedom's like to that proceeds from KINGS. 14. Under the Table of Terms. Not Major-Generals, nor Committees, Rump-Justices, or fell Presbyteries: But England's Laws (with Loyal Minds Expounded) Distribute Right, to Cavalier, or— Thanks to our Gracious King, by whom we have So great Deliverance from Fool and Knave. In his last Kalendarium Carolinum, which was for the Year 1666. We meet with these Learned Pieces of Poesy. 1. On the Year 1666. NOW Sixteen hundred sixty six is come: When (as some say) (shall be the Day of Doom: Or else the Pope and Hierarchy destroyed, Presbytery Advanced and overjoyed. Here's Seven Years Purchase offered ●or his Land, Who thinks that Dreadful Day so nigh at hand: And (if his Holiness suspect his Chair) I'll take't myself, though but for this One Year, 2. In January. Now that we have Chastised th' Insulting Dutch, (Tho yet De Wit scarce let them know so much) Shut up their Shops, restrained their Fishing Trade, And shown the World how they have played the Jade: Burn we our Incense first, then Pay our Vows, And with fresh Laurel Crown the Conquerors Brows. 3. In February. The Conquering Brows of our Renowned King, Without whose Council this had never been: Without whose Stars, our Stars had fought in vain, And Hogen-Mogens Vanquished Charlemagne: Side-bellyed Boars Eclipsed Great Britain's Fame, And London truckled under Amsterdam. 4. In March. The Conquering Brows of our Illustrious James, York's Famous Duke! whose all-consuming Flames, (Upon the Floating Altar of the Main) Have Sacrificed, what They account but Slain: Fired, Battered, Sunk, and Took, what did not run, Ended a War, ere it was well begun. 5. In April. The Conquering Brows of that Heroic Prince, Whose Blows are th' Arguments which must Convince Such State Delinquents! (One Broadside from Him Breaks their whole Body, Reason but one Limb.) Whose very Name's enough to strike 'em Mute, RUPERT! (no more) to end the whole Dispute. 6. In May. The Conquering Brows of that great * E. of Sandwich. Archimede, Who (when the Monster Tacks about and's fled) Can with one Beam of his Ingenious Ire, Reach her proud Head, and make't a Cone of Fire: More Dreadful than the Spanish Inquisition, Or (which was worse) Duke D' Alva's Imposition. 7. In June. The Conquering Brows of Neptune's Choicest Sons, Whose Triumphs we Proclaimed with their own Guns: Loud Bells, large Bonfires, full and cheerful Bowls: (To strike stone-dead those Ague-shaken-Souls: Whose Luck 'twill be (though no great Dignity) To drain that Universal Quagmire Dry. 8. In July. Dry, as when Swisser Priest, and Saxon Monk, Had (with strange Doctrines!) made the Pag●●● Drunk: And (in Compassion) drawn the Power of Spain, To come and Pickle up their Wits again: When scarce one Herring lest to trim the Barrel, Till William of Nassaw espoused their Quarrel. 9 In August. William the First! who set their Country Free, Emboldened Them, to that Confederacy With Zealand, and Both with the other Five: Whose Blood and Fortunes made them so well thrive, They quickly bad Defiance to their King; So started up this High and Mighty Thing! 10. In September. But now, that Union's run out of Date, And Holland claims the Sovereignty of State: Whilst th' other six stand whistling for a Wind, Ashamed to see how far they lag behind: The Orange Interest quite laid aside, As thought too mean a Feather for their Pride. 11. In October. Forgotten are the Aids they had from hence, And what at Newport done in their Defence: Our great Discoveries, (whereof they brag) How long they Trafficked under England's Flag. Which proves (as yet Japan true Witness bears) They are no Christians, but Hollanders. 12. In November. But know (Ingrateful Stasiarches!) you must Stoop, and (with Reverence) lick our English dust. The Coals (long since stirred up and blown by you) Shall now your Fingers burn, and blister too. Th' Indignities once offered to our King, Reduce ye from a Cheese, t' a Chitterling. 13. In December. Those Renegado Regicids (whom ye Protect, (and may annex your Pedigree) Who would give Thanks, to see or Turks, or States Pull down their Fellow's Quarters from our Gates. Shall speed your Ruin: Nothing prospers well, Which draws (like you) its Origen from Hell. 14. Under the Table of Kings. Whom Spain's vast Monarchy could not Command, Nor any, but Great Britain's Force, withstand: Victorious Charles (most justly!) now Chastises; Fills his fair Ports with Dutch (not Christian) Prizes. What will he next, but once more Subjugate, And make't as Poor, as an Ingrateful State. 15. Under the Table of Terms. Would you the Reason why Old Causes cease? Both Plaintiffs and Defendants are at Peace: The Plague composed much Discord, whilst we saw More Terms, than ever Lawyer, Terms of Law. Yet brisk Executors New Suits Commence, Which may prove Older than their Evidence. This was the very last Year that this Learned Person wrote Almanacs. His leaving off was a great Loss to Astronomers, Philosophers, Astrologers, Poets, etc.— as they will find by these several most Choice and Curious Collections. There are divers other Curious Fancies of this Learned Author; but they being more Astrological than any that are here mentioned, and not very easily understood without a large Comment, (except by Persons skilled in that Science) is the grand reason why the Collector hath omitted their Publication. Multa renascentur, que jam cecidêre, cadentque Quae nunc sunt in honore, vocabula, si volet usus; Quem penes arbitrium est, & vis, & norma loquendi, Horat. de Art. Poet. Next, I shall present you with his Gesta Britannorum, Or Brief Chronology for Sixty and Six Years, of all the Remarkable Acts Perpetrated in the Islands of Great Britain. FINIS. Gesta Britannorum: OR, A SUCCINCT CHRONOLOGY OF THE Actions and Exploits, Battles, Sieges, Conflicts, and other Signal and Remarkable Passages, which have happened in these Dominions, From the Year of CHRIST, 1600. (In which the late King CHARLES was Born) until the Year 1667. Being the space of 66 Complete Years. Collected by GEO. WHARTON. — Alta sedent civilis vulnera dextrae. LONDON, Printed in the Year 1657. To the Friendly READERS. Gentlemen, HEre followeth a Compendious Chronology for 66 Years last passed: which (till the beginning of our late plus quam civilia Bella) I have Faithfully Extracted, either from the private Adversaria of some, very Curious Observers, or the Public Writings of others, exceedingly Eminent for their Performances. The rest, from the Store of my own Collections, wherein yet, I had either my own Eyes, or the joint consent of both Parties, to Warrant their Entry. The Impulsive to which, was no other, than have all Provident Husbandmen, who in Planting such Trees and Fruits, as they cannot but know (by the slender stock of their Nature) they shall never live to taste of, do nevertheless reckon it Guerdon sufficient, but to think that thereby 'tis possible they may gratify Posterity, and perhaps, therefore, have grafted on their Memories, the Venerable Name of Good Common-wealth's-men. For, the very All I hereby intent, is only, an Infallible, an Impartial conveyance to Posterity of the following Transactions, in their due Series of Time. By the Sanguine pa●● whereof, I would not be thought Dolores renovare, to set our Wounds fresh a bleeding▪ but Tristium Breviarium dulce exhibere, t● present you with a Sweet Summary of Britain bitter Calamities. That there is a kind of Voluptuousness i● the rehearsal of past-Miseries, a Pleasure ev●● in Misery itself, my own Experience ha●● taught me. For, although (I know) it cannot but affect any Honest Man's Heart, to reflect on th● exquisite Cruelties, unheardof Rapine 〈◊〉 Bloodshed common to Us, All, of these macerated Nations, in so narrow a period 〈◊〉 Years: Yet contenteth it not a little, to recollect, view, and review, as in a Mirror with what Providence those Judgements bes● us, by what Instruments and Artifice Perpetrated, with what Plots and Impieties acted How the Sea of our Misfortunes Ebbed an● Flowed with the various Shapes of Alternate Successes: How Impetuous the Storm, ho● menacing, how dangerous the Waves: Ho● unequal the Temper of best composed Spirits How inordinate the Pulse in soundest Constitutions: Last; What, and how Wonderful the Vicissitudes and Changes thence emergent. And if so, then certainly from this Bulk of Miseries, may be sucked some Honey as well as Poison. Besides, (if Chronology be the Eye of History) I doubt not, but that hereafter, when by the Moss of Time, our Scars are overgrown, this despicable Brat may (Digito Monstrare) point at the Hands as well as Times that gave them. 'Tis true, a Micro-Chronicon hath attended my Calendar several Years together: But the narrow room therein allotted, so confined me, that whensoever any New Matter came to be added, more or less of the Old must needs be omitted; it could not be otherwise: Insomuch, that unless all my former Chronical-notes were still in readiness, you should one time or other be to seek for what you desired most to be informed in. To prevent which, was the present Collection of them all, into this one portable Volume; wherein you have also this Advantage (for I presume still, it will Prodesse, as well as delectare) That whereas the Aera of all my former Computations, commonly, preceded not the Commencement of the Long-Parliament; this agrees with the Year 1600. soon after which the Two Crowns were United under the name of Great Britain, the lamentable Scene in this Tragedy, as the late King CHARLES, the First that Enters. To conclude, I declare it, That (as there are, and will be Mistakes and Defects in the best of Humane Actions, especially in works of this Nature, so) none shall more Oblige me, than such, who can and will freely, by Material Additions, but assist me in the least; or give civil notice of any thing, that either for want of better Intelligence, or through my own, or the Printers Inadvertency, hath escaped Erroneous. Dabam Bradfieldiae è Musaeolo meo, 5. Augusti, Anni M.DC.LVI. Geo. Wharton. Gesta Britannorum, or a Succinct Chronology, etc. from the Year of Christ 1600. (in which the late King Charles was Born) until the Year 1667. Anno 1600. Nou. 19 Charles Duke of Albany Born at Dunfermling in Scotland. Feb. 25. E. of Essex beheaded in the Tower. Anno 1601. Monopolies restrained by the Queen. Spaniard's Landed in Ireland, but forced thence with loss. Anno 1602. Mar. 24. Queen Eliz. died. James the 6, King of Scotland, Proclaimed King of England. A great Plague in London. Tyr-Oen craved Pardon. He was brought into England by the L. Montjoy, and restored by the King. Anno 1603. April 5. King James began his Journey out of Scotland. May 7. He Arrived at the Charter-House in London. June 11. Queen Anne, wi●h Pr. Henry and the Lady Elizabeth (her Son and Daughter) came to York. 27. The King met them at Easton in Northamptonshire. July 25. They entered London. King and Qu●en Crowned at Westminster. Nou. 17. Sir Walter Raleigh Arraigned and Condemned. Garter sent to the Duke of Wittenburgh. Watson, Clerk, and Brook Executed. Anno 1604. Aug. 18. A Treaty of Peace with Spain. Octob. Charles Duke of Albany (being newly cured of a Fever) was brought to Windsor. Jan. 4. Created Duke of York. This Year King James was first enstyled King of Great Britain. Sir Th. Smith Ambassador into Russia. Lord Admiral into Spain. Earl of Hertford into Flanders. Duke of Holst. Honoured with the Garter. Anno 1605. Nou. 5. The Powder-Treason Discovered. The Oath of Allegiance devised and administered. Anno 1606. July 17. Christianus, King of Denmark, first arrived in England. Aug. 12. Departed thence. The Earl of Northumb. and the Lords Mordant and Sturton censured in the Star-Chamber. Anno 1607. A great Inundation in Somerset-shire and Gloucester-shire. May. An Insurrection in Northamptonshire, Warwickshire, and Leicester-shire, about Enclosures, whereof Captain Pouch was the Ringleader. June 12. King James made free of the Clothworkers. 23. Tho. Garnet (a Jesuit) Executed at Tyburn. July 16. Prince Henry made free of the Merchant-Tayl. Tyr-Oen with others fled out of Ireland. Anno 1608. April 19 Thomas Earl of Dorset, L. Treas. died suddenly. This Year was the N. Exchange built. Saint Edmunds Bury burnt. Virginia Planted. Anno 1609. April 10. The New Exchange first furnished with Wares, and named (by King James) Britain's Burse. May 8. Fishing on the English Coast forbidden to strangers without Licence. This Year was the making of Allom first brought to perfection in England, by Sir John Burchier. Silkworms brought first into England. League with France. Anno 1610. May 30. Prince Henry created Prince of Wales. Anno 1611. March 25. Sir Robert Car created Viscount Rochester. Gold enhansed. Legate (the Arrian) burned. The Landgrave of Hesse visited the King. Anno 1612. June 29. L. Sanquer (a Scot) Executed for contriving the Murder of John Turner, a Master of Fence. Octob. 16. Frederick, Prince Palat. of the Rhine, arrived in England. 29. Prince Henry fell sick. Nou. 6. He died at S· James', Hor. 7. 30′. circ. P. M. Dec. 7. He was Interred at Westminster. Feb. 14. Lady Elizab. Married to the Palsg. at White-Hall. The King's Mother's Body removed from Peterborough to Westminster. Plantation in Ireland by the Companies of London. Anno 1613. April 10. The Palsgrave and his Princess departed England. 17. A Monster born at Standish in Lancashire, viz. A M●iden Child, wi●h four Legs and four Arm●, two Bellies joined to one Back, one Head with two Faces (the one before the o●her behind) like the Picture of Janus. Aug. 7. Dorchester consume● with Fire. This Year also was the Globe Playhouse burnt. Nou. 4. Sir Robert Car created Earl of Somerset. The Artillery Company revived. Anno 1614 July. King of Denmark came the second time into England. Aug. 1. He departed thence. Stratford upon Avon consumed with Fire. The N. River brought to London by Sir Hugh Middleton. moorfield's fashioned into Walks. Anno 1615. Sept. 27. The Lady Arbella died in the Tower. Sir Tho. Overbury Poisoned: for which the E. of Somerset and his Lady were condemned. Sir Gervas' Elvis and divers others suffered. Smithfield Paved. Anno 1616. Nou. 3. Prince Charles created Prince of Wales. March. King James began his Progress into Scotland. The Archbishop of Spalleto came into England. The Cautionary Towns restored to the States. Anno 1617. April 4 G.W. Nascitur. Sept. 5. King James returned from Scotland. Haidock the sleeping Preacher. Anno 1618. May 24. A Declaration tolerating Lawful Sports on Sundays. Octob. 28. Sir Walter Raleigh beheaded. Nou. 18. A Comet first observed in England by Dr. Bainbridge. Trask censured in the Star-Chamber. Anno 1619. March 2. Queen Anne died at Hampton-Court. Alterations of Gold Coins. Sir Henry Yeluerton censured in the Star-Chamber. Sir Richard Weston Ambassador to Brussels. Anno 1620. July 17. Bernard Calvert of Andover, performed his Journey from Southwark to Calais and back again, in (This) one day. Peace with France. Anno 1621. Archbishop of Spalleto retracted what formerly he had writ in favour of the Protestants, and was therefore commanded to depart the Kingdom. Sir Francis Bacon displaced and committed to the Tower. Sir Gyles Mompesson, and Sir Francis Michael censured by the Parliament. Anno 1622. Archbishop of Spalleto returned. The English Treated with the Spaniard touching the restitution of the Palatinate. Anno 1623. Pr. Charles embarked for Spain. Octob. 5. He returned from thence. 24. The Fall at Blackfriars. March 23. King James first Armed for the Palatinate. Anno 1624. Nou. 10. The Marriage with France accorded. Count Mansfield came into England, and suffered Ship-wreck. Amboyna's Bloody Cruelty. Anno 1625. March. King James died at Theobalds'. 27. Prince Charles Proclaimed King. A great Plague in London. May 1. The Marriage with France Celebrated at the Church of Notre dame in Paris. 3. Rejoiced for in London. 7. King James Inhumed at Westminster. June 18. Parliament began at Westminster. 22. Q. Marry Landed at Dover. 23. King met and conducted her to Canterbury, wh●re the Marriage was finally completed. 27. The Marriage declared at White-Hall. King and Queen removed to Hampton-Court. Aug. 1. Parliament met at Oxford. Michaelmas Term was kept at Reading. Octob. 8. Gades Voyage. Feb. 2. King Charles Crowned at Westminster. 6. Parliament met at Westminster. E. Arundel committed to the Tower. League with Denmark, Suevia, and the States against Spain. Anno 1626. May 1. Duke of Buckingham questioned. June 8. D. sequestered from the House of Lords. 15. Parliament Dissolved. E. Bristol committed to the Tower. Queen's Servants returned into France. August. Commission for Loan-Money. Octob. 13. Nou. Embargo of the English Ships at Bourdeaux. Bishop Andrews died. Sir Fran. Bacon died. Traffic with Spain prohibited. Anno 1627. June 27. Duke of Buck. embarked for the Isle of Rh●, at Portsmouth. July 31. He Landed in the Isle of Rhe. Sir W. Heydon slain there. Aug. St. Martin's Fort Besieged. Sir Joh. Burroughs slain. Mich. Term. Lo. Purbeck censured in Star-Chamber. Octob. 19 St. Martin's Fort relieved. Duke raised his Siege, and defeated by the French, many English slain. Jan. 6. A Fray in Fleetstreet. Rochellers craved Aid. March 17. Parliament began at Westminster. Petition of Right granted by the King. Commissions for Loan and Excise Canceled. Anno 1628. May 8. E. Denbigh, for relief of Rochel. Attempted it, but in vain. 26. Returned to Plymouth. Stoadt (an English Garrison) rendered to the Imperialists. Ju. 13. Dr. Lamb Murdered. 14. Dr. Mainwaring censured. 16. London fined for Lamb's death. 26. Parliament prorogued till Octob. 20. Weston L. Treasurer. Sir Thomas Wentworth a Baron. Aug. 23. D. Buck. murdered by John Felton at Portsmouth. Sept. 8. E. Lindsey, for relief of Rochel. Tonnage and Poundage denied the King. 25. D. of Buckingham's Funeral. Rochel's relief attempted in vain. Octob. 18. Rochel surrendered to the French. Parliament adjourned till Jan. 20. Nou. 29. John Felton Executed at Tyburn. Jan. 20. Parliam. met again. Adjourned till March 2. March 2. Parliament dissolved by the King. 18. Pr. Charles Born, Baptised, and Buried. Ten of the Members committed. Anno 1629. April 14. Peace with France concluded. July 10. An uproar in Fleetstreet, wherein divers were slain, and for which Captain Ashurst, and Captain Stamford (the D. Servant, and famous Wrestler) were afterwards Executed at Tyburn. Nou. Earls Bedford, Somerset, and Clare, with others, committed. Jan. 1. An Ambassador from Spain. 7. He had Audience. Anno 1630. Earl of Pembroke died. May 29. Prince Charles Born. Sir Rob. Anstruther Ambassador into Germany. June 27. Prince Charles Baptised. Doctor Leighton (a Scot) censured. Nou. 27. Peace with Spain Proclaimed. March 11. E. of Essex Married to Mrs. Pawlet. Anno 1631. March 25. E. Castle-haven Arraigned. May 14. Beheaded on Tower-hill. Sir Gyles Allington censured. June 27. Broadway and Fitz-Patrick Arraigned. July 6. Executed at Tyburn. Nou. 4. Lady Mary Born. Anno 1632. L. Wentworth, Deputy of Ireland. S. Paul's began to be repaired. Buildings in Covent-Garden begun by the Earl of Bedford. Nou. 21. Frankendal surrendered to the English. 29. Prince Elector died. Dec. 2. K. Charles sickened of the Smallpox. Feb. 11. Fire on London-Bridge. Anno 1633. May 13. King Charles began the Scotch Progress. June 10. He arrived at Edinburgh. 11. Was Crowned there. July 20. He returned from Scotland. Aug. 4. Archbish. Abbot died. Sept. 19 W. Laud translated from Lond. to Cant. Octob. K. James' Declaration, tolerating Sports on Sundays, revived. 14. James, D. of York Born. 24. Baptised. Feb. 2. A Masque presented at White-Hall, by the Gent. of the four Inns of Court. 12. K. and Q. magnificently Feasted by the City. Octob. 18. King Charles revived his Father's Declaration of May 24. 1618. for tolerating lawful sports. Anno 1634. Attorney General Noy projected the design of Ship-money. Aug. 9 Attorney General Noy died. A Parliament called in Ireland. A Synod assembled there. Scots began their Plots against the King. March 13. L. Balmerino Arraigned in Scotland. Pardoned. 24. L. Treasurer Weston dyeth. La. Purbeck committed. Anno 1635. Aug. 21. Ship-writs issued out. Sept. 29. Robert Parr, (Aged 160 Years ferè) brought out of Shropshire to London, where he shortly afterwards died. Nou. Prince Elector into England. Dec. 28. Lady Elizabeth Born. Jan. 2. Baptised. Prince Rupert arrived at London. An Ambassador from Holland. March 6. B. Juxton, Lord Treasurer. Commotions about Ceremonies. Anno 1636. Sept. 16. E. Arundel Ambassador into Germ. Mich. Term. Shipmoney debated. Feb. 2. K. required the Judge's Opinions touching the legality of Shipmoney; twelve gave their Opinions for it. March 17. Lady Anne Born. Anno 1637. June 14. Pryn and Bastwick censured. 26. Pr. Elector and Pr. Rupert (his Brother) for Holland. July 11. Bp. Williams Sentenced, and suspended, ab officiis & beneficiis. Book of Liturgy sent into Scotland. July 23. First read at Edinburgh. Octob. 16. A Conflux of People there. 18. Bp. Galloway assaulted. 19 Scots petitioned against the Liturgy. Feb. 19 Tumultuous Resorts interdicted. Scots enter into a Cou. Anno 1638. June. Marqu. Hamilton sent Commissioner into Scotland. Consulted with the Covenanters. They demanded a General Assembly, and a Parliament. Doubled their Guards. Marquess removed to Dalkeith, and sent to the K. for new Instructions. July. King granted the Scots their desires, yet the Covenanters continued obstinate. Marquess returned into England. Aug. Back again into Scotland, with proposals from the King. The Covenanters disliked the Proposals. The Marquis posted again into England, found the King at oatland's. Sept. The Marquis is ha●ted back into Scotland. 22. He assembled the Council, presented them with a Letter from the K. A Declaration from the King, nulling the Service-Book, H●gh Commission, Canons, & ● Octob. 31. Ma●●d● Medicis (Q. 〈◊〉 France) came in●● E●●land. Gen. A●le●●b. at Glasg. Bishops ●●ote●●ed against it. 28. Gen. Assembly dissolved. E. Arg●le declared for the Covena●ter● Mar. Hamilton returned into England. The Covenanters began to Arm. They solicited France for Aid. Feb. 4. Scots papers dispersed in England, to vindicate their Actions and Intentions. They are suppressed by the King. Anno 1639. March 27. King marched against the Scots. Declared against their Seditious Actions. March 5. Parl. began in Scotland. Dissolved by the King. 28. King encamped within two Miles of Berwick, and within view of the Scotch Army. M●rq. Hamilton at Forth with the English Navy. June 10. Covenanters Treated with. 17. Pacification concluded. 18. The Armies disbanded. July. King returned to London. Scots papers disowned and burnt. E. of Traquare Commissioner into Scotland. Aug. 6. Gen. Assemb. in Scotland, which abolished Episcopacy, the High Commission, Liturgy, and Book of Canons. 24. The Assemb. broken up. L. Deputy of Ireland into England. Created Earl of Straff. 31. Parliament began in Scotland. Sept. 7, 8. A Fight in the Downs betwixt the Spaniards and Dutch. Octob. 11. The like Spaniards worsted in both. Nou. 19 Edinburgh Castle Walls fell down. King ordered their repair. Their reparation hindered by the Covenanters. Dec. 18. Scotch Parl. Prorogued till June 2. Traquare returned into England. Four Scotch Commissioners sent to the King. E. Strafford into Ireland. Summoned there a Parliament. Jan. L. Keeper Coventry died. Sir John Finch. succeeded him. March. Earl Strafford returned into England. Scotch Commissioners secured. Anno 1640. April 13. Parl. began in England. Scots Letter to the French King produced in Parliament. E. Lowden (Prisoner in the Tower) accused for Subscribing it. May 5. Parliament dissolved. Some Members Imprisoned. Synod imposed a new Oath. 11. Archb. Palace beset by Prentices. 12. Some taken and committed to the White-Lion. 15. Prison broken, and the Prentices set at Liberty. 21. One of the Ringleaders Executed. 29. Synod ended. June 2. Parliament at Edinburgh sa●e ●gain. July 8. Henry Duke of Gloucester Born. Aug. 20. King set forth towards the North. 28. Newborn Fight. Newcastle deserted. 29. Possessed by the Scots. 30. Durham the like. Sep. 20. King set up his Standard at York. 24. King determined to call a Parliament, to begin November 3. Commissioners appointed to treat with the Scots. The Treaty at Rippon. Octob. 26. A Cessation from Hostility agreed on. Nou. 3. Long Parliament began. 10. Pryn, Burt. & Bastw. Ordered to be released by the Parl. 11. E. Strafford Impeached of Treason, and committed to the Black Rod. 12. Sir Fra. Windebank Questioned. Nou. 12. 100000 l. voted for the Scots. 13. Sir George Ratcliff sent into Ireland. 16. Bp. of Lincoln enlarged. 19 Scotch Commissioners admitted Residence in London. 21. Justice Howard assaulted a●d stabbed in Westminster-Hall. 23. A Commis. issued for treating with the Scots. 28. Pryn and Burton Triumphantly into London. Dr. Bastwick the like, soon after. Dec. 3. Pryn and Burton complain of their Prosecutors. 4. Sir George Ratcliff committed. 5. Secretary Windebank fled into France. 7. Shipmoney Voted illegal. The Judges questioned. 8. E. Strafford committed to the Tower. L. Ann died at Richm. D. Cousins committed. 11. Lond. Petit. against Bishops. 16. Canons Voted Illegal. 18. Archbish. of Ca●terbury sequestered, & committed to the Black Rod. 19 B. Wren accused of High Treason. 21. L. Finch Voted a Traitor. 22. He fled into Holland. Jan. 23. Goodman (a Priest) reprieved. Pryn, Burton, and Bastw. Voted Innocent, and satisfaction to be given them by their Judges. 30. E. Strafford charged in the House of Lords. Feb. 10. Match with the Prince of Orange propounded. 11. Plots suggested. 13. Judge Berkly Impeached, committed. 16. Bill for Triennial Parl. signed, which occasioned Bonfires and ringing of Bells. 24. E. Strafford made his Defence before the H. of Lords. Remanded to the Tower. 26. Archbish. accused of High Treason before the H. of Lords. Ordered to the Tower. Feb. Scots first styled Dear Brethren. All Books, Libels, and Proclamat. against them called in. A Thanksgiving for the Peace with them. March 1. Archbishop committed to the Tower. 10. Bishop's Votes in Parliament nulled. 22. E. Strafford's Trial began. Anno 1641. April. Convocation H. Fined. 15. E. Strafford's Trial ended. House of Commons voted him Guilty of High Treason, which was Opposed by the L. G. Digby, and others. 20. Prince of Orange to London. 21. E. Strafford voted the second time Guilty of High Treason by the Commons. Bill of Attainder read in the House of Lords, where many opposed it. 29. Nevertheless the H. of Lords also vote him Guilty of High Treason. May 1. King declared himself unsatisfied. 2. Princess Marry Married to the Pr. of Orange. 3. Thousands of the City came to Westminster, crying for Justice against the Earl. 5. Protestation taken by the Parliament. 6. E. Strafford voted the second time Guilty of High Treason by the H. of Lords. 8. Two Bills (one for the Execution of the Earl, the other for continuation of the Parliament) tendered to the King. 9 King consulted with the Judges and Bishops. Some of the Bishops advised him to pass the Bills. The Earl himself, by his Letter to the King, desired him to sign the Bill of Attainder. May 10. Bill (for the Execution of E. Strafford) signed by the King. So likewise that other for continuance of the Parliament [which proved the Execution of himself.] 11. The King by his Letter to the Lords, delivered by the Prince, solicited for his Life, but in vain. 12. E. Strafford Beheaded on Tower-hill. 17. L. Goring resigned h●s place, Master of the Wards. L. Say succeeded him. Bp. Juxton, L. Treasurer, resigned his Staff. The Office committed to five Commissioners. E. of Leicest. made Lord Lieutenant of Ireland. Marquis Hertford Governor of the Prince, in the room of the Earl 〈◊〉 Newcastle. June 19 Voted th●● the Scots should recei●● 100000 pounds (of the●● 300000 l.) at Midsummer, 1642. the remainder at Midsummer, 1644 July 2. Bill imposing the Tax of Pole-money. 5. Bishop Wren Vote● against. Two Bills passed for putting down the High Commission and Star-chamber Courts. Sir Tho. Roe Ambassador into Germany. Qu. Mother left England, and died soon after a Cullein. The five Judges (who had formerly given their Opinions for Ship-money) charged by the House o● Commons. Aug. English and Scotch Armies disbanded. 10. King began his Journey for Scotland. An Order for taking away all scandalous Pictures out of Churches. Sept. 8. Parliament adjourned till Octob. 20. A standing Committee (consisting of fifty Members) appointed during the Recess. Octob. 22. Owen o Conolly discovered the design of the Irish Rebellion. Mac Mahon, and the L. Macquire taken and secured. 23. The Irish Rebellion first broke out (the King being then in Scotland.) Nou. 5. 200000 l. voted to be raised for suppressing the Irish Rebellion. The King referred the whole business to the Parliament. Marquis Ormond (by Commission from the Earl of Leicester, and with the King's approbation) made Lieutenant General of all the Forces in Ireland. King returned from Scotland. Magnificently Feasted by the City. King Feasted the Chief of the City at Hampton Court, where divers Aldermen received the Honour of Knighthood. Dec. 15. Remonstr. of the state of the Kingdom presented to the King at Hampton Court. 27. Tumults at Westminster, threatening the Bishops. 30. Twelve Bishops protest against Popery, or any malignity against the State, and against such Orders or Votes as had passed, or which should pass in the Lord's House during their enforced absence. Dec. 31. Twelve Bishops accused by the Commons of High Treason, whereof ten were committed to the Tower, the other two to the Black Rod. Jan. 1. The Irish Proclaimed Rebels. 3. Articles exhibited against the five Members. 4. King in Person demande● them. 5. House's adjourned into London. 6. Proclamation made for Apprehending the ●ive Members. 7. H. of Commons declared the King's Proclamation to be ●al●e, scandalous, and illegal. Sir Edward H●rbert (the King's Attorney General) committed, for preferring the Articles against the five Members. 10. The King, Queen, Prince, and Duke of York, to Hampton Court. 11. The five Members Guarded to Westminster by Water. 27. House of Commons Petitioned the King for the Militia. Feb. 14. Adventures for Irish Land. 23. Queen (with the Princes Marry her Daughter) embarked at Dover for Holland. King to Greenwich, whence he sent for the Prince and Duke of York. They removed to Theobalds'. March 9 Thence to Newmarket. 15. Thence to Huntingdon. May 3. Protestation taken by the Parliament. 26. Thence to York. Anno 1642. April 8. King proposed to go in Person into Ireland: Disliked by the Parliament. 9 An Order of Parliament enjoining their Members to attendance. 22. Duke of York and Pr. Elector to Hull. 23. King denied admittance into Hull. Sir John Hotham Proclaimed Traitor. 24. King complains of the Affront. 25. Sir John Hotham justified by the Parliament. The Lords began to desert the Parliament, and go to the King. May 12. Gentry of Yorkshire attended the King at York. 20. Voted that the King intended to levy War against the Parliament. 30. Nine Lords (with the King) summoned to Westminster. June 2. An Order of Parliament requiring the Revolted Members to return by the sixteenth of June. Nineteen Propositions sent to the King. 10. An Order for bringing in Money and Plate. 14. King writ to the City. 15. Thirty seven Lords protested in behalf of the King. The nine Lords (Summoned to appear) were for default thereof Impeached of High Treason. L. Keeper Littleton conveyed the Great Seal, and afterwards himself, to the King at York. July 2. Providence Landed at Kenningham near Hull. 7. Sir Richard Gurney charged for Proclaiming the Commission of Array. July 11. Sir Richard Gurney committed to the Tower. 12. E. of Essex voted General. 14. E. Bedford L. General of the Horse. 15. King at Beverly. Hull Besieged by the King. 20. King made his Speech to the Gentry of Leicestershire. 30. An Order of the Commons for borrowing l00000 l. of the moneys raised for suppressing the Irish Rebellion. Aug. 1. E. Essex divided his Men into Regiments. Shepton-Mallet taken by the Marquis of Hertford. 2. Marquess of Hertford, and others, Besieged by the Earl of Bedford in Sherburn Castle. About this time Portsmouth was also Besieged by the Parliament. 4. King made a Speech to the Gentry of Yorkshire. 9 E. Essex Proclaimed Traitor. 12. Sir Richard Gurney censured by the House of Lords. Alderman Pennington, Lord Mayor. 13. King desires the Parl. to retract the Order of July 30. for borrowing the 100000 l. Denied. 15. Sir Richard Minshull went to the King. 18. His House plundered. 22. King set up his Standard at Nottingham. Sir John Lucas and his Lady committed to Colchester Goal. 24. Sir Will. Boteler plundered. 25. King proposed a Treaty. Aug. 25. Sir John Lucas Proclaimed Traitor by the Parliament. 26. Brought to London, and committed to the Sergeant at Arms. 29. Committed to the Gatehouse. Sept. Prince Rupert and Prince Maurice arrived in England. 9 E. Essex marched out of London. 19 King's Protestation read in the Head of his Army, between Stafford and Wellington. 23. Worcester Fight. Octob. 23. Edge-hill Battle. 24. E. Essex Army at Warwick. 27. Banbury Summoned, submitted to the King. Broughton House the like. Windsor Fortified by the Parliament. Nou. Mr. Blake Executed betwixt Oxford and Abingdon. 2. Parliament resolved to Petition the King, which was done at Colebrook. 7. E. Essex returned to London. 12, 13. Brainford Fight. King retreated to Reading. Thence to Oxford. 29. A Committee appointed by the Parliament to Assess the Non-contributors of Money, or Plate. Dec. 5. Marlborough taken for the King. Tadcaster taken for the King. Dec. 7. Parliament defeated at Tadcaster. Col. Goring Landed at Newcastle with Commanders from Holland. Leeds taken for the K. 13. Winchester delivered to the Parliament. 23. Chichester the like. Jan. 13. L. Aubigney Interred at Oxford. 15. Cambridge secured for the Parliament. 19 Bodmin Fight. 22. Saltash taken for the King. 22. Leeds Stormed and taken by the Parliament. Wak●field and Tadcaster possessed by the Parliaments Forces. 27. Brill Assaulted, by Col. Hambden repulsed. 28. Sudely Castle delivered to the Parliament. 31. Propositions sent to the King at Oxford Feb. 1. Yarum Fight. 2. Cyrencester taken by the King. Preston by the Parl. Gen. King Landed at Newcastle. Lancaster and Wiggan taken by the Parliament. 16. Queen embarked for England. 20. Anchored at Burlington Bay. 22. She Landed at Burlington Key. About this there happened a Fight at Cover in Gloucester-shire, betwixt the Hereford and Gloucester Forces. E. Montross and Lord Ogleby, with two Troops of Horse, came to the Queen at York. March 1. A Weekly Tax of 33580 l. imposed by the Parliament. Lowerstost (in Suffolk) taken by the Parliament, and in it Sir John Pettus, Sir Tho. Barker, and others Prisoners. Scarborough delivered to the King by C. Brown Bushel. 18, 19 The Battle on Hopton Heath. 21. Malmsbury surrendered to the Parliament. 20. Treaters (from the Parliament) to Oxford. 23. Granth. taken for the King. Anno 1643. King's Forces routed near Highnam in Gloucester-shire. Teuksbury quitted by the King. April 3. Burmingham take● for the King. 11. Capt. Hotham routed at Ancast●r in Lincolnshire. 17. Parliament Treaters returned from Oxford to London. Reading Besieged by the Parliament. 21. Litchfield surrendered. 27. Reading surrendered. May 1. A design to surprise Corfe Castle, but frustrated. 2. Warder Castle besieged by the Parliament. 3. Cheapside Cross demolished. Chepstow taken by the Parliament. 6. A Fight in Middleton-Cheny Town-field. 8. Warder Castle surrendered to the Parliament. Monmouth the like. 12. M. John Byker slain at Coventry. May 16. Parliament defeated at Stratton in Devonshire. 21. King's Forces defeated at Wakefield. 23. Parliament voted the Queen a Traitor. 30. M. Robert Yeoman's and M. Geo. Bourcher Executed at Bristol. June. Warrington taken by the Parliament. 6. Vow and Covenant Solemnly taken by the Parliament. 18. Fight in Chalgr. Field. 23. Corfe Castle besieged by the Parliament. 26. A new Great Seal Voted. 30. A Fight on Adderton Heath. July. Burton upon Trent Assaulted and taken by the King's Forces. 1. A Skirmish about Padbury and Werthillbrook. Bradford Besieged by the King. 2. Bradford taken. 3. Hallifax deserted by the Parliament. 4. Beverly taken for the King. 5. Mr. Tomkins and Mr. Chaloner Execut. at Lond. Lansdown-hill Fight. Hull Besieged by the King's Forces. 13. King and Queen met at Edgehill. Fight on Roundway-down 24. Bristol besieged by the King. 27. Bristol surrendered. Aug. 3. Corfe Castle assaulted by the Parliament, but repulsed. 4. Corfe Castle siege raised. Dorchester surrendered to the King. 9 Portland reduced by the King. Weymouth and Melcomb submitted. Aug. 10. Gloucester besieged by the King. 20. The ●arl. Forces from Biddeford and Barnstaple defeated. 24. E. Essex Mustered on Hounsloe-heath. Sept. 2, 3. Biddeford, Appleford, and Bar●st●ple surrendered to the King: 3. Exeter taken by the King. 8. Gloucester relieved by the E. of Essex. 17. Auburn Fight. 20. Newbury first Battle. 21. Earl of Essex at they'll. 22. At Reading, whence he marched for London. 25. Solemn League and Covenant taken by the House of Commons. 30. Dr. Featly committed to Peterhouse. Octob. 18. An Ambassador from France arrived at Oxford. The King's Forces defeated near Horn castle in Lincolnshire. 28. Mr. Robert Chestlen Ordered to Colchester Goal. Mr. Burton restored. Nou. 11. A new Great Seal Authorized by the Parliament. 21. Sir W. Armin at Edinburgh, to hasten in the Scots. 27. Dan. Kniveton Executed at London. Dec. 4. Hawarden Castle surrendered to the King 8. Mr. John Pym died. 12. Be●ston Castle taken for the King. 13. Mr. Pym buried. 21. Lap●ly House taken for the King. Dec. 29 The gilt Screen of Copper in H●n. 7. Chappel broken down and sold. Jan. 16. The Scotch Army entered England. 22. Parliament Members assembled at Oxford. March 2. Scotch Army crossed Tyne. 13. Hopton Castle taken for the King. 18. Warder Castle the like. 22. Newark relieved by the King, and soon after Lincoln, Sleeford, and Gainsborough quitted by the Parliament. 23. Sturton Castle surrendered to the King. 24. Scots Army forced from Bowden-hill. Apley-House taken for the King (by Col. Ellis.) The Synod began at Westminster. Anno 1644. 25. Scots fell upon the E. of Newcastles Rear. April 3. Longford-house surrendered to the King. 6. So Tongue Castle. 13. Newent Assaulted, in vain. 17. Queen began her Journey Westward. Brampton-brian surrendered to the King. Dunfrieze (in Scotland) taken by the Earl of Montross. 22. Stutcomb taken for the King. May 12. Mount-Edgec. Assaulted by the Parliament, but in vain. 24. E. Essex and Sir W. Waller joined Forces about Blewbury, and marched towards Abingdon. May 25. Stopford taken for the King. Latham House relieved. 28. Bolton Stormed and taken for the King. 29. Essex and Waller divided their Forces. 30. Essex attempted to cross the River Charwel at Gesworth-bridge, but repulsed, 3. Waller to pass Isis at New-bridge, but obstructed. He demolished Abingdon-Cross, June 1. Essex attempts the second time to cross Charwel in several places at once, but beaten back with loss, 3. King marched with his Army from Oxford towards Worcester, 4. Essex passed Charwel with his Army, A prodigious Storm on Campsfield near Woodstock, 5. Essex marched (after the King) to Chippingnorton, 6. Returned to Burford, and there Deputed Waller to pursue the King, 11. Dudley Castle relieved by the King's Forces from Worcester, 12. Borstall-House taken by the Oxford Forces, 16. Pr. Henrietta Born at Exeter, 18. King returned to Witney, 22. King at Buckingham. 25. Parliaments Forces routed at Colne. June 26. Waller in Keinton-field, The King at Brackley, 28. The King to Banbury, where he found Waller drawn up on Crouch hill, 29. Waller defeated at Cropready Bridge, July 2. York relieved by the King, and immediately after began that terrible Battle on Marston Moor, wherein the King's Forces were at last worsted, and several persons of note slain, 6. Parliaments Forces routed at Warmister, 15. King with his Army at Bath, Qu. arrived at Br●st, 23. York delivered to the Parliament, His Majesty at Kingsmoor in Sommersetshire. 31. Dennington Assaulted by the Parl. repulsed, Aug. 1. King with his Army passed Tamar at Polton-bridge in Cornwall, in pursuit of the Earl of Essex, 25 Lestithiel Castle taken by the King, 30 Parliaments Horse fled towards Plymouth, Sep. 1. E. Essex fled to Plymouth, The Army of Foot submitted to the King, 11 Basin relieved by some Forces from Oxford. Sept. 12. Ilfercomb surrendered to the King, 17 Barnstaple the like, 23 Banbury stormed by the Parl. Forces, repulsed, Oct. 7. Salatach stormed and taken by the King, 25 Banbury Siege raised. 27 Newbury Second Battle, 29 Shelford House Stormed and taken by the Parliament, Nou. 6. King's Army rende●ouzed on Burlington Green, 9 Dennington Siege raised by the King, 17 He advanced to Hungerford, Parliament Forces left the Field, They raised their Siege from before Basin, 19 Parahelii (or three Suns) appeared in London. Monmouth regained for the King, 23 King returned to Oxford, Propositions from the Parliament, 26 Book of Common Prayer voted down by the House of Commons, Dec. 13. The King (by the D. Richmond, and E. South.) sends to the Parl. for a Treaty, 15 Helmsly Castle surrendered to the Parliament, Dec. 22. Two Troops of the Nottingham Horse taken at Upton by a party from Newark, 23 Sir Alexander Carew Beheaded on Tower-hill, 24. Sir John Price defeated at Welchpool by the King's Forces. 28 Mr. Blake's House at Pinnel in Wiltshire taken by a party of the Kings, 31 Sir Thomas Fairfax Voted General of the Parliaments Forces, Jan. 1. Capt. Hotham Beheaded, Sir John Hotham Beh. Lipiat-House taken by the King, About this Col. Ludlow's Regiment of Horse was routed at Salisbury, 3 a Ordinance for abolishing the Book of Common Prayer, and establishing a Directory in the room thereof, 10 Archbishop of Canterbury Beheaded. The Skirmish at Cullombridge, 30 Began the Treaty at Uxbridge, Feb. 9, 10, 11. Weymouth and the Forts taken for the King, but lost again in a few days after. 15 Rowden House taken for the King, 20 L. Macquire (an Irish Baron) Executed at Tyburn, 22. Treaty at Uxbridge ended. Shrewsbury surprised for the Parliament, Feb. 25. Col. Rossiter defeated near Melton-Mowbray, 26 The Northampt. Horse defeated near to Daventry, Castle-ditch taken by a party of the Kings from Hereford, March 1. Pontfract relieved, and the Parliaments Army defeated, 6 A Convoy of the Parliaments Horse (consisting of about 200) taken at Hawford, 7 Major Abercromy slain, and his whole party taken and dispersed, near to Stratton Audley, by a party of the Kings from Borstal, 14 Col. Long's Regiment of Horse defeated, and himself taken Prison. near the Devizes, 15 Col. Brandlin's quarters at Badsworth beaten up by a party from Pontfract, 18 Northampton Horse routed near Abthrop, Beeston Castle relieved, Anno 1645. 25 A party of the Parliaments Horse defeated at Pitmaster, Dennington Castle surrendered to the Parliament. Worcester Summoned, April 1. Parl. Quarters beaten up at Wincaunton, 5 Col. Popham's Regiment defeated, April 14. High Archal Siege raised, 17 Dr. Featly died a Prisoner, 19 Fort at Notting. Bridge taken by the Newarkers, but quitted within a few days, 22 C. Massey defeated at Ledbury, 23 Newcastle Emblin relieved by the King, and the Besiegers defeated, 24 A party of the K. Horse routed at Islip, Blechingdon House Summoned, and delivered to the Parliament, Col. Windebank shot to Death at Oxford, 30 Farrington assaulted by the Parl. Forces; but repulsed, Gen. Fairfax began his march from Windsor, May 7. King began his march from Oxford, A Fight at Newbridge, 12 Taunton relieved by the Parliament, 15 Hawksly House surrendered to the King, Chester Siege raised, 22 Oxford (the first time) Besieged, 23 Godstow House quitted, 26 Evesham taken by the Parliament, 30 Leicester Besieged by the King, 31 Leicester Stormed and taken, Bagworth, Colehorton, Kirby-bellows, and Burleigh quitted by the Parliament, June 1. Gaunt-House yielded, 2 A notable Sally made out of Oxford, Gen. Fairfax raised his Siege there, 4 He Assaulted Borstal. Repulsed. 6. A prodigious Storm about Loughborough. 9 King's Forces worsted about Stokely. 14. The fatal Battle of Naseby, wherein the King's Army was totally overthrown. 18. Leicester regained by the Parliament. A party of the Parliaments Horse routed at Ryby by a party from Newark 27. Highworth surrendered. 28. Carlisle delivered to the Scots. July 3. Taunton the second time relieved by the Parliament. 4. Parl. Quarters beaten up near Bamcroft Castle in Shropshire. 5. Higharchal Siege raised, and the Besiegers routed by the King's Forces. 8. Ilchester quitted by the King. 10. King's Forces defeated at Langport. 11. Bridgewater Besieged by the Parliament. 13. Burrough-hill Fort (in Sommersetshire) yielded to the Parliament. July 16. Chippenham taken for the King. Welbeck-house surprised by a party from Newark. 21. Pontfract Castle surrendered to the Parliament. 23. Bridgwater the like. 25. So Scarborough. 30. Bath also. Aug. 1. Torksey-House (in Lancashire) taken by the Newarkers. 4. The Clubmen on Hamilton-hill routed by the Parliament. 8. Capt. Allen and his whole Troop taken by a party from Belvoire Castle on the Borders of Lincolnshire. 15. Sherb. Castle Assaulted and taken by the Parliament. 17. Montross defeated the Scotch Army in Kilsieth field near Glasgow in Scotland. 20. Nunny Castle surrendered to the Parliament. 24. Huntingdon taken for the King. Sept. 2. The Scots raised their Siege from Hereford. 6. Parl. Quarters beaten up at Tame by a party from Oxford, etc. 9 M. Strood (one of the five Members) died. 10. Bristol Stormed, and part of it taken by the Parliament. Sept. 11. Bristol surrendered. 13. Montross defeated at Philip-haugh in Scotland. 15. Farley Castle surrendered to the Parliament. 23. So the Castle of the Devises. Laicock-house the like. 24. The Battle of Routon-Heath, wherein the King's Army was defeated. 26. Barkly Castle delivered to the Parliament. Octob. 1. Sandal Castle the like. 8. Winchester the like. 14. Basing-House taken by Storm. 15. King's Forces defeated at Sherburn (in Yorkshire.) 19 Tiverton Castle taken by the Parliament. 21. Langford-house surrendered. 27. Shelford-house stormed and taken by the Parliament. Nou. 5. Bolton Castle yielded to the Parliament. 16. Beeston Castle the like. 22. The outworks and Stables of Belvoire Castle Stormed and taken by the Parliament. Dec. 1. House of Com. voted the King to confer several Honours upon several Members of both Houses, and (inter alios) a Dukedom on the Earl of Essex. 4. Lathamhouse delivered to the Parliament. 18. Hereford the like. 22. H. of Lords put it to the vote whether Christmas-day should be kept. Dec. 26. King offered Personally to repair to London, for settling of a Peace Denied. Jan. 1. Newarkers Sallied out upon G. Pointz his Quarters at Stoke. 8. Sir Allen Apsly's quarters beaten up near to Barnstaple. 9 L. Wentw. quarter's the like at Bovy-Tracy. 13. A Personal Treaty denied by the Parliament. 16. Plymouth Siege raised. 19 Dartmouth Stormed and taken by the Parl. 20. Parl. Quarters beaten up at Marlborough, by a party from Oxford. Astley Castle taken by a party of the Kings from Ashby. 25. Poulderham Castle yielded to the Parliament, 30. Carlion Castle (in Monmouth-shire) taken by a party from Ragland. Feb. 1. Newport (in the same Country) taken by the same party. 3. Belvoir Castle delivered to the Parliament. Westchester the like. 6. Dunstar Castle relieved by the King's Forces. 7. Marham surprised, and Corfe Castle relieved by a party of the Kings. Feb. 15. A sharp Encounter betwixt a party of the Kings from Titbury Castle, and a party of the Parliaments from Barton-house in Derbyshire. 16. Torrington Stormed and taken by the Parl. 18. A party of the Parliaments routed by the King's Forces near Uttoxeter in Stafford-shire. 24. An Engagement of Horse near to Stratton in Devonshire. 25. Launceston quitted by the King. 28. Saltash the like. 29. Lizard Town the like. March 2. Abbingdon entered by a party from Oxford, but forced to retreat. 3. Mount-edgcomb yielded to the Parliament. The Town of Foy quitted by the King. An Engagement of Horse at Castleden. in Cornwall. 10. A Cessation betwixt the Lord Hopton and Gen. Fairfax. 11. The Treaty began at Tresilian-bridge. 13. St. Maws Castle yielded to the Parliament. 14. L. Hopton accepted of conditions for disbanding his Army. March 16. Exmouth Fort yielded. Dennis Fort yielded. 21. L. Astly defeated near to Stow on the edge of Gloucester-shire. Anno 1646. 27. Newark Summoned by the Parliament. April 8. Ruthen Castle delivered. Corfe Castle taken by Storm and Stratagem. 9 Articles agreed on for the surrendering of Exeter to the Parliament. 10. Barnstaple Summoned. 13. Exeter delivered. Litchfield Summoned. 14. Barnstaple Town and Castle the like. 15. S. Michael's Mount yielded. 25. Dunstar Castle delivered. 26. Woodstock delivered. 27. King disguised from Oxford. May 2. Oxford Besieged (the second time) by the Parliament. 4. Treaty began at Newark. 5. King came to the Scotch Army at Southwel. 8. Banbury surrendered. 9 Newark surrendered by the King's Command. 11. Oxford, Wallingford, and Radcot Summoned. 13. King came to Newcastle. 18. Treaty began before Oxford. 24. Radcot surrendered to the Parliament. 29. The Dispute began at Newcastle betwixt the King and Mr. Henderson. June 6. Carnarvan Town and Castle surrendered. 9 Ludlow delivered. 10. Borstal-house the like. 20. Treaty (before Oxford) ended. 24. Oxford surrendered. Farrington the same. July 9 Duke of York's Servants discharged. 11. M. Lilburn committed to the Tower. 16. Litchfield Close surrendered. The Dispute betwixt the King and M. Henderson ended. 23. Worcester surrendered. 24. Princess Henrietta conveyed from oatland's. 28. Wallingford Castle surrendered. 31. Gotheridge Castle surrendered. Aug. 7. Ragland Summoned. 13. Sir John Stawell Prisoner to Ely House. 17. Committed to Newgate. Pendennis yielded. Conway taken by storm. 18. Great Seal of England broken and defaced. 19 Ragland surrendered. Sept. 13. E. Essex died. 16. Scilly Island and Castle surrendered. Octob. 22 E. Essex's Funeral. 26. Denbigh Castle surrendered. Nou. 12. Gen. Fairfax returned Triumphantly to London. 14. Both Houses Congratulated his coming. The like did the Londoners. Feb. 11. Scotch Army marched over Tweed. 12. Berwick quitted by the Scots. 15. Excise House burnt. 17. King Charles to Holmby. Anno 1647. June 4. Reformado-Officers met at Westminster, Menaced the Parliament. King taken from Holmby by Cornet Joyce, and carried to Childersley. 8. King brought to Newmarket. 14. Representation of the Army. 19 Proposals made to the King. 23. Remonstrance of the General and the Army presented to the Commissioners at St. Alban. 24. King removed to Royston. 25. Duke of Richmond, Doctor Hammond, and Doctor Sheldon came to the King at Roston. 26. King removed from Royston to Hatfield. July 1. King brought to Windsor. 3. Thence to Caversham. 5. Prince Elector visited the King. 6. A Letter from the General at Reading to the Two Houses, giving an Account of some Transactions betwixt the King and the Army. 15. King, Duke of York, etc. Dined at Maidenhead. 22. King to Latimer. Thence to Stoke. 26. The Londoners Petition the Houses, for resetling their Militia as formerly, which was seconded by another Petition from the Prentices, who offering some violence to the Parliament, got the Ordin. of Repeal nulled, and the Militia resettled as before. 30. The City declared against the Army. Aug. 1. Proposals of the Army for settling of a firm Peace. 6. All Votes, Orders, and Ordinances, from July 26, till August 6. nulled. 7. Army marched through London. 7. Gen. Fairfax made Constable of the Tower. The Forts and Works about the City slighted. Some Aldermen and others Impeached, and Imprisoned. Some Lords Impeached, Suspended, and Imprisoned. 14. King at oatland's. 18. A Remonstrance of the Gen. and Army, expressing their readiness and desires for the Parliam. closing with the King, and his bringing up to London. 23. King dined at Zion House. 24. King to Hampton-Court. Sept. 7. Propositions presented to the K. at Hampton Court, by Commissioners of both Houses, and of Scotland. Octob. 15. The Case of the Army stated presented to the Gen. at Hampstead by the Agitators of the Army. Nou. 9 The Agreement of the People presented to the House of Commons by the Agitators of the Army. Which (together with a Petition) were voted destructive to the Being of Parliaments, and the Fundamental Government of the Kingdom. 11. King left Hampton Court, and fled into the Isle of Wight. One White (an Agitator) shot to Death at Ware, for fomenting the said Petition and Agreement, etc. 23. Thomas Prince, and Samuel Chidley committed to the Gatehouse for avowing and prosecuting the same. Jer. Ives, Tho. Taylor, and William Larner, committed to Newgate for the like. Dec. 24. Four Bills presented to the King. 25. Scotch Com. declare their Dissent. Jan. 10. Voted that no further Addresses should be made to the King. 11. A Declaration from the General and his Council, signifying their Resolutions to adhere to the Houses, for settling and securing the Parliament and Kingdom without the King, and against him, or any other that should hereafter partake with him. Feb. 10. Capt. Burleigh Executed at Winchester. 14. Judge Jenkins brought to the Chancery Bar. Anno 1648. April 9 An Insurrection of the London Prentices: Some slain in the Streets. 20. D. of York escaped from St. James'. 30. Berwick surprised by Sir Marm. Langdale. May. Carlisle taken by Sir Ph. Musgrave. 12. An Insurrection at St. Edm. Bury. 12, 13. Sir John Stawel brought to the Kings-Bench Bar. Surrey Petitioners dispersed, and some slain and wounded at Westminster. 24. Kentish Insurrection. 25. Chepstow surrendered. Sir Nich. Kemish slain. 27. Part of the Navy Revolted. 31. Tenby surrendered. June 2. Maidstone Fight. Major Rolph accused for designing Mischief to the King. 3. Pontfract Castle surprised by Major Morris and Capt. Bonivent. 6. E. Norw. at Bow and Stratford-langt. with his Forces. 30. Votes for No further Addresses to the King nulled. July 7. Fra. L. Villars slain at Kingston. Aug. 17. Scotch Army under Duke Hamilton, defeated. 28. Colchester surrend. Sir Cham Lucas shot to death. Sir Geo. Lisle shot to death. Sept. 15. Commissioners (sent from the Parliament to Treat with the King) arrived in the Isle of Wight. 16. They waited on the King. 18. Treaty began in the Isle of Wight, Hor. 9 30′. A. M. Octob. 8. Judge Jenkins removed from Newgate to Wallingford Castle. 29. Col. Rainsborough slain in his Quarters at Doncaster, by a party from Pontfract. Nou. 4. Treaty in the Isle of Wight prolonged for fourteen days. 13. Sir Marm. Langdale escaped from Nottingham Castle. 14. Col. Rainsborough Buried at Wapping. 16. Large Remonstr. of the Army agreed on at Windsor. 20. Large Remonstr. of the Army presented to the House. 27. Treaty in the Isle of Wight ended. 30. Army advanced towards London. Dec. 1. King taken away from the Isle of Wight, and carried to Hurst Castle. 4. King's party commanded to depart from London. 5. King's Concession voted Satisfactory. 6. L. Gen. Cromwell to London. Members Imprisoned and Secluded. 12. M. G. Brown Prisoner to St. James'. 21. King taken from Hurst Castle, and brought that Night to Winchester. 22. Thence to Farnham. 23. Thence to Windsor. Gen. Counsel of War Voted, that all Papists should have Liberty of Conscience, and all Sequestrations, as Papists only, taken off. 29. Major Pitcher shot to death in Paul's Churchyard. Jan. 4. Supr. Authority voted to be in the H. of Commons. 5. Jews Petitioned for admittance into England, having been Banished thence by King Edward the First, Anno 1290. 6. Ordinance for King's Trial assented to. 9 High Court of Justice Proclaimed. Voted that Writs should no longer run in the King's Name. 10. High Court of Justice met in the Painted Chamber. Scots Commissioners declare their dissent from the proceedings of the English. 16. Hillary Term adjourned. 18. M. G. Massey escaped from St. James'. 19 Agreement of the People presented to the House. M. G. Brown Prisoner to Windsor Castle. K. brought from Windsor to St. James'. 20. King brought the first time before the High Court of Justice. Voted that the Bishop of London might attend the King. 21. High Court of Justice Fasted at Whitehall. 22. Scotch Com. deliver in Papers, and a Declarat. from the Parl. of Scotland against the proceed. of the Engl. Parl. and Army for Trial of the King. 26. Ambassadors from Holland. 27. King Sentenced to Death. He desired that B. Juxon might be admitted to him: Granted. It was declared High Treason for any one to Proclaim Charles Stuart (his Son) Heir to the Cr. after the King was dead. 28. B. Juxon Preached before the King. High Court of Justice Fasted and Prayed. 26. An Act for alterations of the Plead in Courts. A Scaffold erected before the Banqueting-house at Whitehall. 29. King removed to S. James', whither his Children came from Sion-house, and took their leaves of him. 30. K. Charles behead. Hor. 1. 12′. P. M. Duke Hamilton escaped from Windsor Castle. Sir Lewis Dives and M. Holder from Whitehall. 31. Duke Hamilton retaken in Southwark. Feb. 1. King's Body removed to St. James'. L. Capel escaped from the Tower. 2. But retaken in Lambeth, and sent back to the Tower. 3. An Act for Trial of D. Hamilton, E. Norwich, E. Holland, L. Capel, and Sir J. Owen. 5. A second High Court of Justice sat in the Painted Chamber, and Elected their Precedent. Charles Stuart (Son of the late King) Proclaimed in Scotland. 6. House of Lords voted useless and dangerous, The Kingly Office unnecessary and burdensome. 7. King's Body removed to Windsor. 8. The Parliaments Great Seal broken, and another brought in and approved. 9 K. Charles Inhumed at Windsor. Oaths of Allegiance and Supremacy nulled. 9 House of Commons declared to maintain the Fundamental Laws of the Nation. 10. High Court of Justice sat at Westminster in Trial of D. Hamilton, etc. 13. A new stamp ordered for Coining new Money. 14. A Council of State Erected. 15. E. Holland sent for. M. Beaumond (a Minist.) Executed at Pontfract. 16. Charles Stuart Proclaimed King in Ireland. 17. A Committee of Estates appointed. 18. The Crown, Jewels, Hangings, and the rest of the King's Goods ordered to be Sold. 21. Earl Warwick displaced. 22. Hart-Frigot Revolted. Enderness (in Scotland) surprised for the Scotch King. March 6. D. Hamilton, E. Norwich, E. Holland, L. Capel, and Sir J. Owen Sentenced. 8. E. Norwich and Sir John Owen Reprieved. 9 D. Hamilton, E. Holland, and L. Capel Beheaded in the Palace Yard at Westminster. 22. Pontfract Castle surrendered. 25. M. Lilburn, Walwin, Overton, and Prince, Apprehended and carried to Whitehall. 30. L. G. Cromwell voted Commander in Chief of the Forces sent against Ireland. Voted that Sir Thomas Fairfax should be General of all the Forces in England and Ireland. April 2. Alderman Reynold●on degraded his Majorality. 3. Alderman Andrews Elected in his room, and 5. Approved by the H. 7. An Act for the Assessment of 90000 l. per M●nsem. Voted that M.G. Brown and Sir John Clotworthy should be Tried for their Lives. 13. Form of a New Mace agreed on. 16. E. Pembroke admitted a Commoner. 21. Laughorn, Powel, and Poyer cast Lots for their Lives: Let sell on Poyer. 23. An Act for nulling the Monthly Fast. 25. Col. Poyer shot to Death in Covent-garden. A Mutiny in Bishops-gate-street. Lady Elizabeth desired to go beyond Sea. Denied her. 27. M. Lockier (a Leveller) shot to Death in Paul's Churchyard. M●y 1. Col. Hewson's Regiment marched for Ireland. 5. L. Howard of Estrick admitted a Commoner. 6. Dr. Dorislaus slain in Holland. 7. E. Norw. Sir John Owen, Col. Laughorn, and Col. Powel Pardoned for their Lives. 9 G. Fairfax marched out of London against the Levellers. 13. Col. Reeves Imprisoned at Whitehall. 15. Levellers surprised at Burford. 16. Three whereof were shot to Death there, and one Thomson (their Champion) slain in Welingborough Wood England Voted a Free State. 21. Ordered that Mr. Length, should write himself Speaker of the Parliament of England. 29. Gen. Fairfax returned from reducing the Levellers. 30. Ald. Andrews Proclaimed the Act for abolish. Kingly Government. June 7. Feast at Grocers-Hall. 11. Winchester Castle ordered to be demolished. 13. Ordered that no Ceremony should be used to the King's Children. 14. Dr. Dorislaus buried at Westminster. 15. Ordered that Col. Ireton should go next in Chief to his Father-in-law, into Ireland. 18. An Act for making good of Articles. 21. Dublin Besieged by M. Ormond. 29. An Act for borrowing 150000 l. July 10. L. G. Cromw. began his march for Irel. 17. An Act for Coining new Moneys. 23. Sir Rich. Page escaped from the Gatehouse. Aug. 2. M. Ormond defeated before Dublin. 10. An Act for admitting North Wales to composition. 14. 1000 l. per annum bestowed on Col. Jones, and six of the King's best Horses. Act continuing the Excise. 15. An Act settling 2000 l. per annum on Precedent Bradshaw. An Act settling 1000 l. per an. on Col. Hen. Mart. An Act for 2000 l. gratuity to M. G. Skippon. 16. L. G. Cromwell Landed at Dublin with his Army. Aug. Virginia and the Carybe Islands Revolted. Octob. 11. Voted that all the Members of the House should subscribe the Engagement. 24. M. Lilburn quitted by his Jury at Guild-Hall. Novemb. 13. M. Walker (a Member of the House, and Author of the History of Independency) committed to the Tower, where afterwards he died. 21. M. Lilburn took the Engagement, and was thereupon Elected a Common Council-man. An Act for discharge of poor Prisoners. 26. The Election of Mr. Lilburn a Common Council-man nulled by the House. Jan. 2. An Act for subscribing to the Engagement. 3. An Act constituting three Admirals. 4. Powder blow in Tower-street. 22. E. Pembroke died. 26. Four Ships going with Soldiers for Ireland, cast away. 30. Ald. Hoyle laid violent hands on himself. Feb. 8 Humph. Marston killed two Messengers which were sent to Apprehend him. 26. Cavaliers and Papists Banished out of London. March 2. Act for Impresting of Seamen. 4 Col. Bampfield escaped from the Gatehouse, 9 Scotch Commissioners Embarked for Breda. 16. Scotch King at Breda, 19 Scotch Commissioners had Audience of their King there, 20 Cavaliers departed London, 23 Voted that all compounders beyond sea should be re-sequestred, Anno 1650. 26 An Act establishing a third High Court of Justice. About this the Barbadoss, and divers other Plantations in the West Indies Revolted from the Parliament, 29 Montross defeated, May 1. Montross taken Prisoner, Treaty at Breda concluded, 3 Votes for pulling down and defacing the late King's Arms, 18 Montross brought Prisoner to Edinburgh, 20 Sentenced to death, 21 Barbarously Executed at Edinburgh, 31 Col. Spotswood, and Col. Urry, with some others, Beheaded at Edinburgh, June 1. L. G. Cromwell returned from Ireland. 5 Mr. Anth. Ascham (sent as Agent to the King of Spain) Landed at Santa Maria, 6 King of Scots set forth of Holland for Scotland, Mr. Ascham, and Signior Riba, his Interpreter, slain at Madrid, About the middle of this Month the King of Scots Landed at the Spey in the North of Scotland, Gen. Fairfax Voted to march with his Army against the Scots, He laid down his Commission, 26 Oliver Cromwell made General of the English Forces, 28 G. Cromwell advanced for Scotland, July 9 An Act for Trial of Sir John Stawell, 18 Dr. Levens Executed before the Old Exchange, 20 Sir John Stawell removed from Newgate to the Tower, 21 G. Cromwell with his Army at Berwick, 22 In Scotland, A great Fire at Holborn Conduit, Traffic with Scotland prohibited, 26 G. Cromwell at Dunbar, 28 At Muscleborough, Archy died, 31 Kings Children ordered to Carisbrook Castle, Aug. 10. The King's Picture in the Old Exch. defaced and broken, and this Inscription set behind the Head thereof, Exit Tyrannus Regum ultimus, Anno Libertatis Angliae restitutae primo, Anno 1648. Jan. 30. His Statue ●t the West end of St. Paul's thrown down and defaced also, 16, 17. Col. Eusebius Andrews Tried for his Life, 17 The remainder of the King's Picture in the Old Exchange thrown down and broken in pieces, 22 Col. Andrews Beheaded on Tower-hill, 24 Collington House, and Read-Hall (in Scotland) Stormed and taken by the English, Sept. 3. The Scots routted the second time at Dunbar, 7 Leith and Edinburgh taken by the English, The Castle Besieged, Leith Fortified, 8 Princess Elizabeth died at Carisbrook Castle. 11 Sir J. Gell brought to his Trial before the High Court of Justice, 21 Scotch Colours hanged up in Westminster-Hall, 24. Princess Elizabeth Interred at Newport in the Isle of Wight, 27 Sir John Gell Sentenced, 28 Alderman Andrews Elected Lord Mayor, Octob. 7. Mr. Benson Executed, and Capt. Ashley Pardoned, 8 An Act forbidding Trade with Barbadoes, An Insurrection in Norfolk, Prince of Orange died, Nou. Princess of Orange delivered of a Son, 13 Kings House (at Edinburgh) consumed with Fire, Dec. 23. William Trot, William Wilson, Nathaniel Benet, Robert Bets, Davenport Purslow, and Edm. Brady, Executed at Norwich, 24 Edinburgh Castle delivered by Dundasse, 26 Spanish Ambassador had Audience, 28 Tho. Cooper (a Minister) Executed at Holt, Stephen Winwood, and Rich. Knap, at Downham, Jan. 1. The Scotch K. Crowned at Scoone in Scotland, 2 Tho. Richardson Executed at Fakenham, 3 Major Roberts at Walsingham, William Hubbard, at Dereham, 4 John Baker, and John Olly, at Swaffam, Major Roberts and Captain Barber at Norwich, Thomas Collop at Thetford, William Restal and Tho. Wragge near Wisbich, 7 Col. Saul at Lin, 13 Portugal Ambassador had Audience, 24 Scotch King at Burnt-Island, 31 Men and Shipping ordered for reducing of Barbadoes, Feb. 2. Hume Castle taken, 4 G. Cromwell advanced from Edinburgh towards Sterling, 19 Tamptallon surrendered, March 4. Sir Henry Hyde Beheaded, 9 Lord Saint john's and Strickland Embarked for Holland, 15 Maj. General Brown removed from Windsor to Ludlow Castle, Prince of Orange his Funeral, M. Tho. Coke, of Grays-Inn, Apprehended, 18 He escaped from the Messengers at Whitehall, Act for removing Cavaliers continued. Anno 1651. 25 Brown Bushel sentenced. 29 Brown Bushel beheaded. 30 M. Coke retaken and committed to the Tower. April 18 G. Blake set sail for reducing of Scilly. May M. G. Harrison marched Northward with his Forces. 19 Peter Wright (a Jesuit) executed at Tyburn. June 2 S. Marry and Agnes Islands (in Scilly) surrendered to the Parliam. Cor. Castle (in Guernsey) assaulted, but in vain. 21 M. Love arraigned before the High-Court of Justice. Jul. 5 M. Love sentenced 15 Reprieved for 28 days. 17 S. James' Fair forbid. 18 M. Potter and M. Gibbons arraigned before the High-Court of Justice. 25 They were sentenced Inchigarvey (in Scotl.) surrendered to the English. 27 Brunt-Island summoned. 28 Surrendered to the English. S. John's Town surrendered. Aug. 5 Scotch Army at Woodh. 7 They entered England 8 Marched by Carlisle. 10 By Kendal. 16 They forced their passage over at Warrington Bridge. 22 Scotch Army at Worcester. M. Love and M. Gibbons beheaded on Tower-Hill. An Insurrect. in Wales. E. Derby landed at Weywater in Lancashire. Sep. 3 E. Dar. defeat. in Lancash. 12. Scotch Army defeated the third time at Worcester. 13 G. Cromwell returned to London. Scotch Prisoners marched through London into Tuttle Fields. 500 l. Sterling offered to any that should detect the Scotch King. Oct. 2 King of Scots landed at New-haven in France. 15 Forces Embarked at Weymouth for reducing of Jersey. E. Derby beh. at Bolton. Col. John Benbow shot to death at Shrewshery. 16, 17 Forces shipped at Chester and Liverpool for reducing the Isle of Man. 18 They hoist sail, but driven (by contrary Winds) into Beumorris. 19 Col. Hayn set sail with Forces for Jersey. 21 King of Scots at Paris. 22 Jersy Island taken. 25 Sir Timothy Fetherstonhaugh beheaded at Chester. 28 Forces (designed against the Isle of Man) set sail for Beumor. 29 Isle of Man surrendered. Ald. Kenrick sworn L. Ma. of London. Cornet Cast. (in Guersey) surrendered to the Parliament. Nou. M. Gen. Massey (sore wounded) surrendered himself to the Countess of Stamford; but the Lord Grey (her son) secured and sent him to London. M. G. Middleton, and L. G. David Lesley taken and secured. The like several others of the Scots Nobility and Gentry at Ellet in Scotland. Gen. Popham (one of the English Admirals) died. 26 L. G. Ireton died at Limrick in Ireland. 27 Col. Massey, the Mayor of Worcester, and others, brought to London and secured in the Tower. Dec. 17 Dutch Ambassadors came to Lond. 19 They had Audience. Jan. 11 Barbadoes surrendered to the Parliament. 15 M. Lilburn sentenced to banishment by the Parliament. 30 An Act for execution of the Judgement given against him. Mar. 11 M.S. john's and M. Strickl. sent Ambassadors from the Parliament into Hol. where they were several times affronted. 13 Received at Rotterdam, and conducted to the English-house. Anno 1652. May 10 Master Henry Compton slain in a Duel, near Putney, by the Lord Shandoys. 19 A Fight in the Downs betwixt the English and the Dutch. 25 Sir George Ayscue returned from reducing the Plantations. June 17 A great Fire in Glascow in Scotland. 20 Much hurt done by Thunder at Church-Laiton in Cheshire. 27 Holland Ambassadors craved Audience, 29 Had it. 30 Departed hence. July Sir George Ayscue took, sunk, and dispersed thirty six Dutch Ships. Aug. 16 Sir Geo. Ayscue fought the Dutch near Plymouth. 31 C. Massey escaped from the Tower. Septem. 5 French Fleet beaten by the English under General Blake. 6 Dunkirk taken by the Spaniard. 19 Parliament Fleet (consisting of 18 Sail) set forth of Yarmouth, to Convoy home the Merchant's Ships, who had put themselves under the Protection of the King of Denmark. 24 Those Ships were demanded by the English. 26 King of D●nmark refused to deliver them. 27 The Fl●et returned for England. 30 Antelope lost. October 2 Portugal Ambassadors had Audience. 15 The Fleet arrived at Burlington-Bay. Mr. Bradshaw sent (as Agent) to the King of Denmark on the behalf of the Merchants. November, Master Thomas May died suddenly in the night. 20 Dutch Fleet on the back of Godwin-Sands. 29 General Blake worsted by the Dutch. 30 Phoenix Frigate recovered from the Dutch. February 18, 19, 20 A terrible Sea-Fight betwixt the English and the Dutch, near the Isles of Wight & Portland, wherein the Dutch were worsted. English Fleet (in the Levant-Seas) worsted by the Dutch. Anno 1653. April 20 Parliament dissolved by the Army. 30 A Council of State declared. May 28 The English Fleet arrived (from the Northwards) in Plymouth Road. June 2, 3 Another Sea-Fight between the English and Dutch, who were worsted, yet General Dean (one of the English Admirals) therein slain. 10 M. Lilburn (hearing of the change of Government) returned into England without Licence. 14 He sued to the General for Protection. 15 He was secured in the Sheriff of London's House. 16 Sent Prisoner to Newgate. Jul. 4 New Elected Members met in the Council-Chamber at Whitehall, where the General made his Speech to them. 13 M. Lilburn brought to Trial at the Sessions-b. in the Old-Bayly. 16 He put in his Exceptions to the Bill of Indictment; the Sessions ended, and so his Trial was deferred till the next Sessions. 20 General Assembly of the Scotch Kirk dispersed. 29, 30 Another bloody Sea-Fight betwixt the English and Dutch, wherein their Admiral Van Trump was slain, and his Fleet worsted. Aug. 5 Chancery Voted down by the New Parl. 10 M. Lilburn brought again to his Trial. 20 M. Lilburn acquitted by his Jury, but sent back to Newgate. 26 Act for Marriages. 27 M. Lilburn removed from Newgate to the Tower. September 2. Londoners Petition the Parliament for continuance of Tithes. Nou. 4 An Act for Redress of Mischiefs, arising by Writs of Error, and Writs of False Judgement. 23 Dr. Wymberly (a learned Divine, and noble Friend of mine) died. 25 He was Inhumed at Westm. Dec. 12 The second Parliament dissolved, having sat about as many weeks, as the former had done years. 16 General Cromwell sworn Lord Protector. 19 Proclaimed so in England. 21 Proclamation made for continuing all persons in their Offices. Jan. 19 An Ordinance declaring what Offences shall be adjudged Treason. Another repealing the Acts and Resolves of Parliament touching subscribing the Engagement. 20 Warm Blood Reigned at Pool in Dorsetshire. 31 Protector proclaimed in Ireland. Feb. 8 He was magnificently Feasted at Grocers-Hall. Mar. 15 Three Suns seen at Dublin in Ireland. Anno 1654. April 5 Peace concluded with the Netherlands. 26 Proclaimed. June 9 Ordinance for Relief of Creditors and poor Prisoners. 27 H. C. of Justice met in the painted Chamber. 30 Ambassador Whitlock arrived at Gravesend from Sweden. July 6 Horseraces inhibited. H. C. of Justice sat in Westminster-Hall. 9 Cavaliers again commanded out of London. 10 M. Gerard beheaded on Tower-hill. Don Pantaleon Sa, beheaded likewise on Tower-hill. M. Vowel executed at Charing-Cross. August 21 Humphrey Marston executed in Aldersgate Street. 29 An Order for Ejecting Scandalous Ministers. Sep. 3 A third Parliament met at Westminster. 4 They began to sit. 11 Soldiers authorized to exercise any Trade. 12 The Recognition. Oct. 6 G. Blake set sail from Plymouth. 19 Col. Hammond buried. Dec. 13 M. Bidle committed to the Gatehouse. 19 The Fl●e● under General Pen set sail for Hispaniola. Jan. 4 Col. Overton brought Prisoner to Lond. 16 Committed to the Tower. 22 Parliament dissolve. 29 G. Pen at Barbadoes. Feb. 1 The Fleet together in Carlisle Bay. 12 A great Fire in Fleetstreet. 26 Horseraces again inhibited. 27 L. Grace of Grooby Prisoner to Windsor Castle. Mar. 1 An Insurrection intended about York. 10 M. Wildman committed to the Tower. 12 An Insurrection about Salisbury and some other parts. 15 L. Tufton Prisoner to the Tower. 20 A great Fire in Thredneedle-street Lond. Anno 1655. Mar. 26 Londoners Petitioned to have the Militia revived. 30 James Duke of Lenox died. 31 The Fleet set sail from Barbadoes. Apr. 1 Col. Penrud. and Jones examined at Whitehall. Poor Knights at Windsor continued. 6 The Fleet by the Lee under St. Christopher's. 8 Passed by Sancta Cruze. 6 Colonels Penrud. & Jones sent back into the West, in order to their Trial there. 12 Commissioners for the Trial of the Risers met at Salisbury. Col. Penrud. and Jones sent to Exeter. 13 The Fleet within kenning of St. Domingo. 14 The greatest part of the Army landed in Hispaniola. 16 The remainder landed. 18 Several persons condemned at Exeter. 22 A Fire in Southwark. 25 Major Gen. Haines slain before Saint Domingo. 26 Baron Thorp and Judge Newdigate had Writs of Ease. May 3 The Army (in Hispaniola) discomfited and shipped. Kensy and Thorp executed at Salisbury. 7 Seven more executed at Salisbury. 8 Marquis Leda (from Spain) had Audience. 9 Colonel Penrud. and Colonel Grove beheaded at Exeter. 10 The Fleet Anchored in S. Jamaica Harbour. 11 They entered the Town of St. Jamaica. 18 Sergeants Maynard, Twisden, and Windham, committed to the Tower. 21 The Scotch Lords in the Tower, with the Lord Grandson, M. John Ashburnham, and his brother Col. Ashburnham were removed to more remote places. 25 The Discovery fired and blown up. 28 Sergeant Steel admitted Lord Chief-Baron of the Exchequer. June 1 M. Long made Record●r of London. 6 M. Coppleston Knighted. 7 Judge Rolls delivered up his Commission. 8 Lords Commissioners theirs. 9 Col. Nathaniel Fines made Lord Privy-Seal. M. G. Lambert Lord Warden of the Cinque-Ports. Lord Willoughby of Parham committed to the Tower. Cap. Crook had 200 l. per annum, given him, for his service in the West. 11 Com. Gen. Reynolds Knighted. 12 Several of the Nobility and Gentry (who had been of the late King's Party) imprisoned. 15 L. Hen. Cromwell for Ireland. Sir Will. Constable died. Sergeant Glyn sworn Lord Chief Justice. 16 An Order for regulating the Chancery. 17 Collections in London for the Savoy Protestant's. Dr. French (the Divine) died at Whitehall. 21 Sir Will. Constable buried at Westminster. 25 The Fleet (bound for England) set sail from Jamaica. July 3 A fire at Lambeth 19 The Fleet entered the Gulf of Florida. 22 Passed out of the same. Aug. About the beginning of this month fell that unhappy Accident in the Family of Sir George Sondes of Kent. 21 M. Thurloe (Secretary of State) made Postmaster General. 29 Hannam (the notorious Thief) escaped from Newgate. 31 Fleet anchored at the Spithead, near Portsm. Septem. 5. The weekly Pamphlets restrained. 9 Gen. Venables arrived at Portsmouth. 18 Council of State commenced in Scotland. 20 L. Mayor of London Knighted. Gen Venables and Pen committed to the Tower. 22 L. Deputy Fleet-wood arrived at London. Oct. 10. M. Biddle removed from Newgate to Plymouth, to be thence transported into Scilly. Orders passed for regulating Printing. 17 Dutch Ambassadors had Audience. General Blake presented himself to his Highness. 26 A Declaration setting forth the justness of the War with Spain. Nou. 1 General Venables set at liberty. An Order for erecting of a Council of Trade. 7 Col. Edmund Harvey committed to the Tower. 19 The Peace with France Ratified. 24 Cavaliers disarmed, etc. 27 The Assessment of 60000 l. per mens. continued. 28 Peace with France proclaimed. Dec. 4. The French Ambassador took leave of his Highness. The Jews Petition again for admittance into England. January 6 Several persons seized on by the Soldiers, as they came from the Venetian Ambassadors. 16 Many slain at Spalding in Lincolnshire by the fall of a Chamber-Floor. 17 Col. Pride Knighted. 19 M. G. John Barkstead the like. Godfrey Goodman (the late Bishop of Gloucester) died about this time. February 1 Venetian Ambassador had Audience. Three Gentlemen (Prisoners to Saint James') Tried at the Upper Bench Bar (for killing of a Soldier, who) were found guilty only of Manslaug-hter. 12 The Swedish Ambassador had Audience. 13 The High Sheriffs freed from their usual expense in the Assize time. 16 War with England proclaimed by the Spaniards in Dunkirk. 21 A general Embargo in England for 21 days. 28 About this time Sir Thomas Alcock cut his own Throat. 29 Charles Stuart departed from Colin. Mar. 15 Sir Thomas Wortly slain in the Strand. 16 One Tyson (a Minister) of Saint Buttolph's Billingsgate, cut his own Throat. 18 The Fleet put forth to Sea, but forced into Torbay. 21 The late Bishop of Armah died at Rygate. Anno 1656. This month one Mr. Grantham (being slain in a Duel) was found dead in the Fields near South-hampton house. 27 The Fleet set sail out of Torbay. April 17 Archbishop of Armah his Funeral. 18 L. H. Cromwell's Lady delivered of a Son, named afterwards Oliver. May, Records, etc. of the First Fruits Office seized on by the Sergeant at Arms. 13 A Committee appointed for the discovery of fraudulent and counterfeit Debentures. June 12 Wrestling in Moorfields prohibited. 13 M. G. Worsly buried in H. 7 Chapel. 17 R. Hannam (that notorious Thief) executed in Smithfield. 30 Letters Patents granted to Robert Villiers, for assuming the surname of Danvers. July 9 L. Lambert constituted Chief Justice in Eyre within the Forest of Dean. 10 Peace with Portugal Ratified. Writs (for summoning a New Parliament) sealed. 20 A prodigious Storm of Thunder, Lightning and Hail in Norwich, and other parts of Norfolk, very obnoxious to the Inhabitants. 25 Swedish Ambassador had Audience. 26 Entertained at Hampton-Court, and one of his chief Gentlemen Knighted. Ten sail of Ships returned from the Fleet. August 11. Building upon New Foundations Ordered to be stayed, in Lincolns-Inn Fields and Saint James' Fields. 20 The general Election of Parl. Members. 23 Swedish Ambassador departed. Sept. 3 A Thanksgiving observed by his Highness and Council, for the two Victories over the Scots at Dunbar and Worcester. 9 A Proclamation for the Cavaliers, etc. their departing London, and 20 miles' distance, by the 12 instant. Sir Henry Vane Prisoner to Carisbrook-Castle in the Isle of Wight. The Ship called the Merchant's Delight, burnt upon the Thames near Redriff. Divers Gentlemen of the late King's Party sent to the Tower. 15 Alderman Dethick and Mr. George Fleetwood Knighted. L. Steel for Ireland. 17 Parliament first sat and chose S●r Thomas Widdrington Speaker. 23 A Declaration for a General Fast, October 30· 24 A Day of Humiliation observed by the Parliament at St. Margaret's in Westminster. 29 Alderman Tichburn Elected L. May. of London. 30 M. Pendarvis buried at Abbingdon in Berkshire. Octob. 3 The River of Thames Ebbed and Flowed twice in three hours. 8 A Thanksgiving at Westminster, for success against the Spaniard. 24 General Montague returned into Stokes-Bay. Nov●mber 1 The Silver taken, the Spanish Gallion brought into the Tower: and The Marquis of Bad●n and his Brother, Prisoners to London. Dec. 10 Col. William Lockhart, and Mr. James Calthrop, Knighted. 15 Lord Mayor Tichburn Knighted. 17 James Nayler sentenced. 18 Pillory'd in the Palace-Yard, and Whipped at the Old Exchange. 27. Pillory'd again, bored through the Tongue with a hot Iron, & Stigmatised in the Forehead, at the Old Exchange. Jan. 6. Col. James Whitlock Knighted. 14. Judge Jenkins (that constant Sufferer) ordered his Liberty, yet continues he still in Windsor Castle. 17. The Parliaments sentence executed upon Jam. Naylor at Bristol. 24. Peace with Portigal proclaimed, And. James Naylor committed to Bridewell, London. Feb. 9 Miles Sundercombe brought to his Trial in Westminster-hall, where the Sentence of Death pronounced against him as a Traitor— And. 13.— said to have Poisoned himself,— And. 17. Drawn at the Horse's Tail to Tower-hill, where under the Scaffold a hole being digged, he was turned in naked, and had a stake driven through him. 20. A thanksgiving for the deliverance. Mar. 3. Alderman Dickenson of York, Knighted. Anno. 1657. Apr. 9 Another dangerous Plot said to be discovered. 10. Whereupon— M.G. Harrison, C. Rich, M. Danvers, and Cap. Lawson, with several others secured. Apr. 20. G. Blake attempted the Spanish Fleet in Sanctacruze. May. 4. Sir Jo. Reinoldson Commissionated to Command the 6000 Foot, raised for the French Service. 8. The Protector gave the Parliam. his final Answer, That he could not undertake the Government with the Title of KING. 8, 9 3500. Of the New raised Forces embarked for France. 16. The remainder, (now) the like. 17. Sir Jo. Reinoldson followed after. 19 Resolved that LORD PROTECTOR should be the Title inserted in the Humble Petition and Advice. 25. Humble Petition and Advice consented to by the Protector. Jun. 3 Parliament kept a thanksgiving for the great success at Sancta Cruze. 11 Captain Stainer Knighted for his good Service. 26 The Protector's Magnificent and Solemn Investiture at Westminster. Parliament adjourned till January 20. July 1. Protector Proclaimed in London. 3. A lamentable accident at Ratcliff by Gunpowder. 7 Gen. Montague to Greenwich in order to his Sea expedition. 8 Ground sunk at Bickley in Cheshire. 9 Protector Proclaimed at Dublin. 15 The like at Edinburgh. 18 Lord Rich. Cromwell elected Chancellor of Oxford. 20 J. Cleypole Esq created Baronet, and afterwards Knighted. 24 Col. Edward Saxby Committed to the Tower. 29 L. R. Cromwell installed Chancellor of Oxford. Aug. 10 News came of the Death of Gen. Blake, and Vice Admiral Badiley. 17 Mr. Jefford, Mr. Ashley, and Mr. Alencon Committed to the Tower. 19 The Corpse of Gen. Blake brought to Greenwich. 20 Captain Bernard (sometimes of the Army) executed at Tyburn for Robbery. Aug. 27 Major General Jephson sent as a public Minister into Swed●n. 29 John Lilburn died at Eltham. 31 One Nathaniel Butler executed in Cheapside, for the Murder of John Knight an Apprentice, Son to a Gentleman of good worth in Berkshier. The same day John Lilburn brought to London, and buried by the Quakers in the New-Church-yard adjoining to Bedlam. Sept. 4 Gen Blake buried in Henry 7. Chappel. 9 Portugal Ambassador had private Audience. 19 The Fort at Mardike besieged by the French. Oct. 23 Mardike surrendered to the French, and by them afterwards put into Possession of the English. Nou. 19 The Lord Faulconbridge Married the Lady Mary Cromwell, Daughter to Oliver Lord Protector. Dec. 5 Sir John Reynolds, Col. White, and divers others cast away upon Goodwin Sands. 25 Dr. Wild Mr. Gunning, and others secured by the Soldiers for Celebrating the Anniversary of our Saviour's Birth. 31 L. Rich. Cromwell Sworn a Privy Counciller. Jan. 13 Col Saxby died a Prisoner in the Tower of London. 20 The Parliament met, and sat again. Feb. 4 Dissolved by the Protector. 16 Mr. Robert Rich, Son in Law to the Protector, died. 27 Cavaliers and Papists confined to within 5 Miles of their abode. Mar. 8 Richard Greenvile (Son and Heir of Sir Richard Greenvile) Executed. 23 A general search in London and Westminster, where many were secured. Anno 1658. April. Dr. Hewit Committed to the Tower. 18 Robert Earl of Warwick died. May 1 A Solemn Fast in London and Westminster. May 10. A High Court of Justice met in the Painted Chamber. 15, 16. Many seized on, and secured in most places. 19 The Solemn Fast observed throughout England and Wales. 21 A General Rendezvouz of the City Regim. 25 The High Court of Justice first sat in Westminster-Hall upon Trial of Sir Henry Slingsby. June 1 Dr. Hewit, and Mr. Mordant brought to their Trial. 2. Mr. Mordant acquitted; but Sir Henry Slingsby and Dr. Hewit sentenced to Death. 8 Sir Henry Slingsby, and Dr. Hewit beheaded 〈◊〉 Tower-hill. 10 Captain Henry Mallory, Mr. Thomas Woodcock, and Sir Humphrey Bennet brought to their Trials. 15 Dunkirk surrendered to the French, who the same day put it into the hands of the English. Mr. Woodcock acquitted, and Capt. Mallory sentenced to Death, but— 17 Reprieved, and Sir Henry Bennets Trial deferred. July 1 The High Court of Justice sat upon Trial of Col. Edward. Ashton, John Sumner, Edward Stacy, William Carent, John Bettely, Henry Friar, and Oliver Allen. 2 Mr. Carrent acquitted, but John Sumner, Edmund Stacy, Col. Ashton, Oliver Allen, J. Batteley, and H. Friar, adjudged to Death: And Mr. Christoph. Pitts fined 1000 l. and Imprisoned during the pleasure of his Highness, for refusing to give his testimony against Mr. Carrent. 7 Col. Edward Ashton Executed as a Traitor in Tower-street; John Bettely the like in Cheapside; but Henry Fry●r reprieved. 9 Edmund Stacy (sometimes a Soldier in the Parliament Army) Executed in Cornhill but John Sumn●r, and Oliver Allen reprieved. 13 High Court of Justice adjurned till Nou. 1. 22 A Solemn day of Thanksgiving. Aug. 6 Lady Elizabeth (the Protectors Second Daughter) died, at Hampton-Court. Aug. 10 Buried in Henry the 7 this Chapel. 20 Graveline delivered to the French. 23 Earl of Mulgrave died suddenly at Lincoln. 24 D. of Buckingham Committed to the Tower. Sept. 3 The Protector left Hampton-Court, and came to Whitehall, where he died. 4 Rich. Cromwell (his Eldest Son) proclaimed Protector in London and Westminster; his Father having at his Death declared him his successor; and his Son H. L. Lieutenant (or Viceroy) of Irel. 9 Proclaimed at Edinburgh in Scotland. 14 At Dubls. in Irel. soon after which he received congratulation from the Armies of Engl. Scotl. & Irel. all the Independent Congregational Churches, the most eminent of the London-time serving Ministers, the Fren. Dutch, and Ital. Churches, and most of the Countries, Cities, and chief Towns in England, with engagements to live and die with him. 20 The late Protectors Corpse privately removed from White-Hall to Sommerset-house. Nou. 23 His Funeral Celebrated at a vaster charge than hath formerly been used for the best of K. in the Richest times. Jan. 27 Another new Parl. began at Westm. called on purpose by the Court Party, for the better transferring the Govern. of these Nations from the Stuarts to the Cromwel's. In which Parliament Challener Chute Esq was chose Speaker. Mar. 16 Mr. Chute being sick, Mr. Bampfield was Elected Speaker pro tempore. The same day Maj. Gen. Overton and others, Committed by the Old Protector were discharged by the Parliament from their Imprisonment. Anno 1659. Apr. 7 A representation to Rich. Prot. published by the Officers of the Army. 8 A Copy thereof sent by the Protector, enclosed in a Letter to the Speaker. After which the Protect. stood upon his guard. 14 Challon. Chute Esq a no less Honest than Emin. Lawy. departed this Life. Apr. 15 Mr. Bampfield chosen Speaker in his place. 16 The Quakers Petitioned the Parl. against Magistracy and Ministry; but discountenanced. 22 Rich. Protector (his Party deserting him) consented to a Commission and Proclamation for dissolving the Parliament which was do●e accordingly. After which himself also was decently laid aside. 23 The late King's Party Commanded out of London. 25 The House of Com. shut up, and entrance denied the Members that attempted to sit again. May 6 A Declar. of the Officers of the Army (inviting the Members of the long Parl. (who continued sitting till Apr. 20. 1653.) to return to the Excercise and discharge of their Trust.) Ordered to be Printed and Published; and Will. Lenthal Esq solicited to sit again Speaker; which (after some Scruples and Objections made by him) he agreed to. 7 Some Members of the long Parliament sat again. 14 The late Protector's great Seal broken in the House, and their own Old one confirmed. 15 A New Council of State Nominated and appointed. 16 White-Hall and Somerset-house, Voted to be sold. June 4 Precedent Bradshaw, Tho. Tyrrel, and Jo. Fountain, constituted Commission▪ of the great Seal. 22 H. Cromwell, (Lieutenant of Irel.) by Letters signified his submission to the Parl. in delivering up the Gover. of that Nation to their Commissioners. July 1 Great Jealousies and Fears which occasioned a general Seizure of Horses in, and about London. 2 Henry Cromwell arrived from Ireland. 6 And (having given the Council an account of the State of Affairs there) had leave given to go where he pleased. The Sale of Hampton-Court Voted to be forborn till further Order. 9 Henry Cromwell retired into Cambridge-shire. 11 Soldiers at Enfield beaten by the Country People, and Nine of them sent to Newgate. 26 A Bill passed for settling the Militia in England and Wales. 29 The Lady Mary Howard committed to the Tower, and numbers of other Persons seized on and secured in several Prisons. 31 Col. Massey taken in Glocestershire, but escaped. Aug. 1 An Insurrection in Cheshire, Headed by Sir Geo. Booth, whose Forces surprised Chester, Liverpool, Chirk-Castle, and some other places. 6 Lord Lambert advanced with his Forces toward the North, for suppressing them. Maj. Gen. Desborough towards the West. 9 Sir George Booth and others with him proclaimed Rebels. 19 Sir George Booth Routed near Northwich; and soon after Chester and Liverpool surrendered to the Parliaments Forces. 23 Sir George Booth taken in Newport-Pagnel: and the same day 1000 l. bestowed by the Parliament upon the Lord Lambert, to buy him a Jewel with, for this his good Service. 24 Sir George Booth committed to the Tower and Chirk-Castle surrendered upon Articles. 27 A New Act for Sequestration. Sep. 7 A Procla. against Mr. Mordant and others, suspected to be engaged with Sir George Booth. 8 James Naylor (that notorious Blasphemer) discharged by the Parliament, from his Imprisonment in Bridewell. 20 Lord Lambert returned to London. Octob. 5 A Representation and Petition of the General Council of the Army, presented to the Parliament. 6 The Parliam. Council of State, and Field Officers of the Army, magnificently Feasted by the City, at Grocers-Hall. 12 The Lord lambert's and other Officers Commissions Voted by the Parliament (as a special Mark of their Favour) Null and Void, and themselves discharged from all Military Employment. An Act appointing seven Commissioners for Government of the Army. 13 The Parliament shut out of the House by the Army. 14 The Lord Fleetwood nominated Commander in Chief. Col. Cob. sent to Scotl. Ireland Col. Bar. sent to Scotl. Ireland to give the Reasons of these their Proceedings in England. 20 Gen. Monk signifies (by Letters) his dislike thereof, and advanced his Forces into England. 26 A Committee of Safety established. 27 A Declaration of the General Council of the Officers of the Army. 29 L. Gen. Ludlow arrived from Ireland. 31 Precedent Bradshaw died. Nou. 1 A Committee appointed to prepare a Form of Government. Four Persons sent (as Commissioners) to General Monk, to Remonstrate the State of Affairs in England, and compose (if possible) the difference with him. 3 L. Lamb. advanced with Forces towards him. 5 A Proclam. inhibiting all meetings for the raising of Forces without Order. 12 Three Comm. (sent from Gen. Monk) arrived in London. 14 They Treated with as many Comm. of the Ar. 15 The Treaty ended in an Agreement. Dec. 4 Portsmouth revolted, and the pretended Committee of Safety Ordered Forces for reducing thereof, which Forces joined with the Garrison, so soon as they came before it. 5 Tumults in London, wherein some People were slain by the Command of Hewson, Oliver's Cobbling Lord. 6 Army Officers began to sit at White-Hall, to find out a New Form of Government. 10 They resolve that a Parliament should be called, to sit in or b●fore February next, in hopes thereby to quiet the Spirits of the People. 11 The Lord Mayor placed Guards throughout the City. 24 Army Officers cried Peccavimus to the Speaker Lenthal, for their former defection; and promised Obedience for the future. 26 The Rump-Parliament began to sit again. 28 Windsor-Castle surrendered to them. Jan. 2 The Rump ordered an Oath for Renunciation of the Title of his Majesty, and the whole Line of King James. They Pardoned Lambert and all others that should submit by the 9 of Jan. upon which his Forces left him, and dispersed themselves, and he submitted to the Rump. 6 Thanks ordered to be given Gen. Monk, and that he should be desired to come to London. Gen. Monk arrived at Newcastle, after which he was Petitioned by all the Counties through which he Marched (if not all the Counties in England) for a Free Parliament. 7 Morley made Lieutenant of the Tower. 9 The Estates of Sir Geo. Booth and his adherent's ordered to be sold. 10 G. Monk at North- Allerton. 11 At Burrow-Briggs. 12 At York. The Rump approved of his marching into England. 16 Thomas Scot and Luke Robinson ordered to go and meet General Monk, to congratulate his Successes. 17 They began their Journey toward him. 19 The Army Quartered in the City. Mr. Fra. Wolley slain in a Duel, by the E. of Chesterfield. 20 Three Commissioners sent from the City to General Monk. 22 General Monk at Nottingham. 23 A Declaration from the Rump, promising a Government without a King, and many other fine Things. General Monk at Leicester, where the Rumps two Commissioners met him. 25 Sir Robert Pie and Major Fincher committed to the Tower. Gen. Monk at Northhampton. 26 The Rump voted him Custos Rotulorum for Devonshire, and Mr. Gumble (his Chaplain) promised fair. 28 Gen. Monk at St. Alban's Febru. 1 The Rump granted to him St. James' Park during their pleasure, or rather their possession of it. Their Army ordered to March forth of London to make way for the General's Forces. 2 A Mutiny at Somerset-house. 3 Gen. Monk marched into Lond. with his Army. 9 He pulled down the City Gates and Portculliss by order of the Rump, and quartered his Army in London. 10 Marched to Whitehall, but returned soon after with his whole Forces, and writ to the Rump to fill up the House, etc. 21 Secluded Memb. restored, after which Sir Rob. Pie, Maj. Fincher, & many others discharged from their Imprisonm. the City ordered to make up their Gates, & Bonfires & ringing of bells in most places, in hope of a King and free Parliament. Mar. 15 Bish. Wren enlarged. 16 Parliam. dissolved, & another Summoned to be holden at Westminster the 15 of Appil, 1660. Anno 1660. Apr. 9 Lambert escaped out of the Tower. 14 His Majesty's most Gracious Letters & Declaration dated from Breda. 21 Lambert proclaimed Traitor. 22. Taken near Daventry by the hands of Col. Ingoldsby. 24 Brought to London and commit. to the Tower. 25 The Parliament met at Westminster. May 1 His Majesty's most Gracious Letters and Declaration to both Houses, and to the L. G. Monk, presented by Sr. J. Greenvil, after which there followed many wholesome Resolves in order to his Maj. speedy return to his People; who throughout the City and Suburbs expressed their joy by Bonfires, Bells, and Ordinance from the Tower. 2. The like Gra. Letters etc. presented to the L. Ma. Alder. and Com. Coun. of London, by the L. Viscount Mordant and Sir J. Greenvil. 3 L. Montague and the whole Fleet (upon reading his M●j. Gracious Let. & Declaration to them) unanimously submitted. 5 Easter T. adjourned till Quinq. Pasch. being May the 8. 7 Charles the I. his Statue set up again in Guild-hall-yard. Justices and Sheriffs &c. (in office April 25 1660.) continued, and to exercise their office in the King's name. 8 His Majesty (with an Univer. acclam.) most solemnly proclaimed in Lon. and Westmin. and so afterwards throughout his Dominions. 9 The States Arms (so called) Ordered to be taken down, and the King's Arms set up in their stead. 10 Spanish Prisoners in Chelsy College discharged. 11 Somerset-house and St. James' ordered to be quitted of all Lodgers, etc. 11 12 Ls. and Commons (appointed to attend his Majesty) began their journey. Those from the City the like. 14 Whitehall made ready for his Majesty's reception. His Majesty left Breda. 15 He came to the Hague. 16 Comm. from the L. and Commons, and City of London, had audience of his Majesty. 23 Gen. Monk at Rochester. His Majesty with his two Brothers embarked for England. 25 They most happily landed at Dover, and from thence went to Canterbury. 28 Came to Rochester. 29 Arrived at Whitehall, and this Evening Crowned the Solemnity of the day with incredible demonstrations of joy, for his Majesties so miraculous Restauration. June 1 His Majesty went to the House of L. and the D. of York and Gloucester took their places there. 7 Those Monsters of Men the Judges of the late Murdered King summoned by Proclamation to render themselves within 14 days. 12 Dyed that Famous Mathematician Mr. Will. Oughtred. 15 Commissions at Sea (granted by his Majesty or his Highness the Duke of York, before the first of May last passed) recalled. 25 Sr. J. Robinson (that Constant royalist) made Lieutenant of the Tower. July 5 His Majesty Magnificently entertained at Guildhall in the City. 11 A sad fire in Thred-needle-street. 12 Dyed that eminent and most Faithful servant to his Majesty John Lord Culpeper Master of the Rolls, etc. George Monk, created by His Majesty, Duke of Albemarle, etc. in consideration of those signal Services performed by him, in Restoring His Sacred Majesty, and with him the three Kingdoms to that Tranquillity and happiness they now enjoy. 13 He took his Place in the House of Peers. 18 Earl of St. Alban began his journey toward France. 26 The L. Edward Montague (who commanded the Fleet, at His Maj. Restaur.) being for that & other Eminent Seru. created by His Maj. E. of Sandwich, etc. took his Place also in the House of Peers. 28 Marq. of Orm. the like as Earl of Brecknock. Aug. 23 An Ambassador from Denmark. 29 His Maj. assented to an Act (amongst others) for a perpetual Anniversary Thanksgiving on May 29 being the Day of His Majesty's Nativity, and Restauration: So likewise to another for a Free and General Pardon. Earl of Southampton made Lord High-Treasurer of England. Sept. 10 Peace with Spain proclaimed. 13 Parliam. adjourned till November the 6. An Act for disbanding the Army; etc. Prince de Ligne (Ambassador from Spain) came to London. Henry Duke of Gloucester, (that unparallelled Prince) departed this Life. 20 Bishop of London Translated to Canterbury. 23 His Majesty with the Duke of York went to meet their Illustrious Sister, Mary, Princess of Orange. Oct. 9 The Regicides Indicted at Hicks-hall. 10 Their Trials began at the Old-Bayly. 13 Thomas Harrison (one of them) Executed according to Law, at Charing-Cross. 15 Mr. John Carew (another) Executed in the same place and manner. 16 J. Cook and Hugh Peter, (that Bell-wether of Sedition) executed in the same Place and manner. 17 Tho. Scot, Greg. Clement, Adrian Scroop and J. Jones, executed in the same place and manner. 19 Dan. Axtel the like at Tyburn. Francis Hacker hanged only, at Tyburn also. 27 His Majesty went to meet his Mother the Queen's Majesty. Nou. 2 His Maj. returned with his Royal Mother to Whitehal, after her 19 years' absence thence: with whom came the Illustrious Princess Henrietta (her Daughter) and Prince Ed. brother to the Prince Elector Palatine. 6 Lords and Commons (their recess being ended) met again in Parliament. 8 Council for Trade first met at Mercers-hall. 16 Robert (sometimes Maj. Gen.) Overton Committed to the Tower for Treason. 22 Mr. J. (sometimes Sir J.) Lenthal Committed to the Tower. Dec. 4 Earl of Argyle sent for Scotland. 8 The Assurance Frigate over-set. 24 The Illustrious Mary, Princess of Orange died. General Middleton for Scotland. 29 Parl. Dissolved; and afterwards the Roy. Corpse of Mary Prin. of Orange interred in Hen. 7. Chappel. Jan. 1 Parliament met in Scotland. 2 Qu. Mother with the Illustrious Princess Henrietta Maria, began their journey for France. 6 Venner and his Phanatique Proselytes Rebelled, but dispersed. 8 Sir Arthur Hazlerig died in the Tower. 9 The fanatics (again) in Arms, but all dispersed, Killed, or taken; amongst which Venner their Seditious Ringleader. 17 Venner and 19 more of them arraigned. 19 Venner and Hodgkin hanged and quartered in Coleman-street; Oxman and Prichard hanged at Woodstreet end in Cheapside. 21 Nine more of them executed in several parts of the City. 25 Solemn League and Covenant Rescinded in Scotland. Queen Mother and her Highness the Princess Henrietta Maria embarked for France. 30 The Odious Carcases of O. Cromwell, H. Ireton, and J. Bradshaw, drawn upon sledges to Tyburn, and being pulled out of their Coffins, there hanged at the several Angles of the Triple-tree till Sunset, then taken down, beheaded, and their loathsome Trunks thrown into a deep hole under the Gallows. Their heads were afterwards set upon Poles on the top of Wastminster-Hall. Feb. 27 Cardinal Mazarine died. Mar. 23 Zachary Croften committed to the Tower, for matters of High-Treason. Anno 1661. Apr. 11 His Maj. (being 31 years old) washed and kissed the feet of 31 Poor Men. 15 He went to Winds. 16 Knights of the Garter there Installed. 19 68 Knights of the Bath created. 20 6 Earls, and as many Barons created. 22 His Maj. Magnificent proceeding from the Tower to Whitehall. 23 Charles II. Crowned at Westminster. May 7 A general muster of the London Forces in Hyde-park. 8 Parl. began in Eng. wherein the House of Ls. were restored to their Privileges. Parl. began in Ireland. 11 The scattered Limbs of the Immortal Montross being brought together, were honourably Interred at Edinburgh. 16 Convocation began 17 Eliz. Qu. of Bohemia arrived at London. 22 Solemn League and Covenant burnt in London and Westminster, and afterwards all the Kingdom over, with wonderful great solemnity. 24 Earl of Argyle received his sentence. 27 Beheaded at Edinburgh for High Treason. June 1 Guthexy and Giffen there also executed for High-Treason. 7 The Solemn Funerals of Sr. Ch. Lucas and Sr. Geo. Lisle (Savagely Murdered in cold Blood at Colch●ster, Aug. 28, 1648) most Honourably there Celebrated. 19 Earl of Sandwich weighed Anchor in the Downs. 25 The Ls. Bishops of the several Dioceses of this Realm, most nobly entertained at Dinner by S. Ric. Brown. July 1 L. Mounson, Sr. Hen. Mildmay, and Mr. Rob. Wallop brought to the Bar of the House and there sentenced to be drawn (like themselves) upon sledges, with ropes about their Necks, from the Tower to Tyburn. 15 Mr. Prin recanted his Sundry reasons, etc. and the House remitted his Offence. 19 L. Commissioner of Scotland came to Whitehall. 29 Earl of Sandwich before Algiers. 30 Parl. adjourned till Nou. 20 following. Aug. 1 Commissioners from the Parl. in Ireland came to Westminster. 13 His Highness the D. of York with several other great Personages, highly entertained by the Artillery Company at Merchant- Taylers-hall. 15 His Sacred Maj. the Illustrious Duke of York, etc. dined at the Inner Temple. Sept. 7 E. of Clarendon, L. H. Chancellor of England, at Oxford. 10 Parl. in Ireland adjourned till Oct. 10 follow. 28 Francis Meynel and Sam. Starling Esq Sworn Sheriffs of London. 38 Swedish Ambassador landed at Tower wharf, where the French and Spanish Ambassadors so hotly contended for precedency. Sir John Fredrick Elected Lord Mayor of London. Octob. 15 The Learned, Loyal, and truly Pious, John Berwick (Doctor of Divinity) Elected Dean of St. Paul's. 19 The Election confirmed. 20 A Proclamation for removing the Mercats from St. Paul's Churchyard, into Aldermanburic and Broad-street. 29 Sir John Frederick Sworn Lord Mayor of London. The Dauphin of France born. Nou. 4 James Duke of Ormond, (that truly Honourable and most constantly Loyal Personage) made Lord Lieutenant of Ireland. 19 J. James arraigned for Sedition and Treason. 20 Parl. sat again, in which the Lords Spiritual were restored to their Privileges. 21 1100000 l. Voted for supply of his Majesty's present occasions. 22 D. of York returned from Dunkirk. J. James sentenced to be drawn, hanged and Quartered. 24 Hen. E. of St. Alban (L. Ambassador Extraordinary from his Maj. to the Crown of France) came to Whitehall. 25 The remaining Regicids in the Tower (Penington only by reason of his bodily Infirmities excepted) were brought to the Bar of the House, and Lambert, Vane, and the rest lately sent away, Ordered to be sent for back to the Tower. Illegal Protections Nulled. Praise-God Barbone, and Sam. Moyer Committed to the Tower for Treasonable Practices. 26 Major Wildman, Mr. (sometimes Sir) James Harrington, Mr. (sometimes Alderman) Ireton, and Major Haynes, Committed also to the Tower of London. 27 Capt. Rob. Holms Committed to the Tower by order of the Council. J. James drawn hanged and Quartered at Tyburn. 28 The truly Honourable and no less valiant Gentleman, Sir Charles Compton departed this life. 29 Col. Salmon Committed to the Tower for Treasonable designs and Practices. 30 Dyed the Learned and Reverend Brian Lord Bishop of Chester. Dec. 2. Capt. Holms released. 3 The noble E. of Peterborow took his leave at Whitehal to go for Tangier. 9 His Majesty's Forces intended for Tangier, Embarked at Dunkirk. 20 Parl. adjourned till Jan. 7 next following. 30 Hen. Cov●ntry Esq (Son to the late Famous Tho. Lord Coventry, Lord Keeper of the Great Seal of England) sworn one of the Grooms of his Majesty's Bedchamber. Jan. 7 Parliam. met again according to the last adjournment. Frederick L. Conwallis Treasurer of his Majesty's household departed this Life. 10 Sr. Hen. Vane, and Mr. J. Lambert, ordered to be sent for back to the Tower of London. The Marquis Durazzo Ambassador Extraordinary from the Commonwealth of Genoa, entered London. 13 Had his Audience. 27 L. Mounson, Sr. H. Mildmay, and Mr. Robert Wallop, all drawn from the Tower of London on Sledges with Ropes about their Necks to Tyburn, and (having there Threded the Triple-tree) back again in like manner to the Tower. 30 Earl of Peterborough took possession of Tangier in Africa for his Majesty. February 1 The Genoa Ambassador took his leave of his Majesty. 7 The condemned Prisoners in the Tower brought to the Bar of the House of Peers. 13 Elizabeth Queen of Bohemia departed this life. 18 Prodigious Winds doing great mischiefs in most parts. 21 Died that most Loyal and Signal Sufferer for the Crown of England Sr. John Stawell. Christopher L. Hatton (that most Pious and Faithful Counsellor to his late Majesty) sworn one of his Majesty's most Honourable Privy Council, made Governor of Guernsy, durante vita and the Reversion of that Government most deservedly Conferred on his son. March 16 Miles Corbet, John Okey, and John Barkstead, brought Prisoners to the Tower of London, having been taken at Delft not many days before, by the care and faithfulness of Sr. George Downing. 24. George Withers removed from Newgate to the Tower for his wont practice of Seditious Libelling. Anno 1662. April 3 the most Noble and Valiant Sr. Will. Compton, Master General of his Majesty's Ordinance (Son to that magnanimous Hero, Spencer, late Earl of Northamp. who so gallantly sacrificed his Life in defence of his late Majesty at the Battle on Hopton-heath, Anno 1642.) sworn of his Majesty's most Honourable Privy Council. 13 Qu. Kathrine Embarked for England in the Royal Charles. 16 Miles Corbet, John Okey, and John Barkstead received the sentence due to Rebels and Traitors to their Sovereign Lord and King. 19 They were all 3 drawn on sledges from the Tower to Tyburn, and there Hanged and Quartered. 23 Articles of Peace concluded with those of Algiers by Sr. John Lawson. 28 His Highness Prin. Rupert, George Duke of Buckingham, and John L. Middleton, sworn of his Majesty's most Honourable Privy Council. 30 Her Highness the Duchess of York delivered of a Daughter at Saint James'. May 14 Qu. Katherine landed at Portsmouth. 15 Bonfires throughout all the streets of London for joy thereof. 19 His Majesty Prorogued the Parliament till February 18 next following. 20 His Majesty at Portsmouth. 21 King Charles II. & Donna Catharina Infanta of Portugal publicly married by Gilbert Lord Bishop of London, at Portsmouth. 27 E. of St. Alban set sail for Calis, to wait upon the Queen Mother into England. 29 The King and Qu. Majesty came to Hampton-Court. June 2. The L. Mayor and Aldermen of London, with the chief Officers of the City, came to Hampton-Court, and tendered their duty to the Queen's Majesty. 6 Sir Henry Vane Indicted and found guilty of High-Treason. 9 Mr. John Lambert the like. 11 Both received their sentence, but Mr. Lambert's Execution Respited by order from His Majesty because of his Prudent and Civil demeanour at his Trial. 14 Sir Henry Vane beheaded one Tower-Hill. Earl of Peterborough (being returned from Tangier) came to Hampton-Court. 22 Rump Officers and Soldiers commanded by Proclamation to departed London and Westminster. 28 English Forces arrived at Lisbon. July 9 His Grace the Duke of Ormond, Lord Lieutenant of Ireland, began his Journey towards that Kingdom. 27 Landed in Ireland. 28 Qu. Mother landed at Greenwich. August 23 Queen Katherine came first to Whitehall with great Triumph. 24 Exit Jack-Presbyter. Nevertheless— 27 He presumed to Petition His Majesty for a Dispensation, but to no purpose. Septem. 8 Mr. William Lenthal died very penitently. 29 Sir John Robinson Knight and Baronet, His Majesty's Lieutenant of the Tower, unanimously chosen Lord Mayor of Lon. for the following year. Oct. 2 Captain Mynns (with incredible Valour) took the City of St. Jago, with the Castle and Blockhouses of the Harbour, and six Sail of their Ships riding before it. 5 Articles of Peace between His Majesty and those of Tunis, concluded by Sir John Lawson. 18 The like with those of Tripoli. Sir Henry Bennet sworn Principal Secretary of State to His Majesty in the place of Sir Edward Nicholas. Nou. 9 10 Several Conspirators against His Majesty, seized on, and secured in Dublin. 12 A lamentable Fire at Tiverton in Devonshire 16 A Proclamation declaring His Majesty's City and Garrison of Tangier in Africa, a Free Port▪ 19 All the Captives in Algiers, Tituan, etc. who were Subject to His Majesty of Great-Britain, redeemed from Slavery, by the charitable Contribution of the Right Reverend Archbishops, Bishops, etc. of the Kingdom. Dec. 11 Tho. Tongue, Geo. Philip's, Francis Stubs, James Hind, John Cellars and Nathaniel Gibs, arraigned for High Treason, at the Sessions-house in the Old-Bayly, of which James Hind only Pleaded Guilty, and on his Knees begged his Ma. Pardon. The rest were all found Guilty by the Jury, and condem-to be Drawn, Hanged, and Quartered. 22 Geo. Phillips, Tho. Tonge, Nathaniel Gibs, and Francis Stubs, Executed at Tyburn for High-Treason. 24 One Mr. Gardner executed at Tyburn for Coining. 26 A most lamentable Fire in Lothbury London, wherein were consumed Mr. De Laune (a Merchan●) and his Wife, and with them, 5 or 6 other Persons, being all in the House. 27 Col. William Legg returned from Ireland. 29 The Russian Ambassador had audience of his Majesty, and delivered his presents, consisting of Sea-horse-teeths, Hawks, Horses, Persian Carpets, Sables, etc. Jan. 6 Mr. Edmond Calamy Prisoner to Newgate. The right Honourable Geo. Earl of Norwich died at Brainford. 14 Philip Gibbs, (brother to Nathaniel Gibbs lately executed at Tyburn for High-Treason) apprehended, and sent to Newgate. 16 Mr. Edw. Bagshaw (a Minister) committed to the Tower for Treasonable designs and practices. 18 Phil. Gibbs removed from Newgate to the Tow. 24 Archibald Johnston (commonly called Laird Warreston) brought prisoner to Dover, having been found and apprehended in France a little before. 26 That great-Souldier (the L. Ruth●rford, late Gou. of Dunkirk) created E. of Tiviot in Scotland. J. Ireton (being brought back from Scilly-Island) committed to the Tower. Archibald Johnson committed to the Tower for crimes of High-Treason. 30 Capt. Mynns (with his wont resolution) stormed and ●ook the Fort and Town of Campeach. Febr. 13 The Lor●s and Commons of Parliament met again at W●stminster, according to Prorogation the 19 of May last. 19 The before named Philip Gibbs and one Baker (another notorious conspirator) arraigned at ●he Sessions-House in the Old Bailie, who (confessing themselves guilty of High-Treason) received sentence of Death accordingly. 23 Both were executed at Tyburn. Mar. 18 The right Honourable Jerame Earl of Portland (one of the Lords of His Majesty's most Honourable Privy Council) departed this Life. Anno 1663. Apr. 2 Abraham Goodman committed to the Tower, for attempting the Murder of his Grace the D. of Buckingham. 4 Count de Conniges (Ambassador from France) made his public entrance into London. 5 He had Audience of His Majesty at Whitehall. 22 The King and Queen's Majesty arrived at Windsor in order to the Celebration of the Anniversary of St. George's Feast which began that Evening. May 12 Capt. Bl●ke (Commander of ●he Lizard) received into his Custody Archib●ld Johnston, to be (by him) transported into Scotland. 26 Col. Robert Overt●● committed to the Tower▪ 29 The Castilian● defeated by His Majesty of Portugal, in which Fight the undaunted English obtained great Honour. June 9 The Rus●a Ambassador having had his last Audience, and taken leave of His Majesty, went away from York-house by Water. July 1 The right Honourable Edward Earl of Clarendon (L. High Chancellor of England) Sworn L. Lieut. of the Country of Oxon, in the place of that truly Noble L. the L. Viso of Falkland deceased. 3 E. of Peterborough ●●rived at Portsmouth being returned from Ta●giers 4 Came to Whitehall. 5 George Elton (a Fifth Monarchy-man, and one said to be of the Council of Six in the late Conspiracy) committed to the Tower for Treasonable designs and practices. 9 Dr. William Juxon late Lord Archbishop of Canterbury was buried in the Chapel of St. John's College at Oxford. About a fortnight after the Body of that great Martyr Archbishop Laud (his predecessor in that See) was removed from Barking Church near the Tower, (where he was Canonically buried Jan. 11. 1664 by honest Mr. Tho. Fletcher) to the Chapel of St. John's College aforesaid, and there interred close by the said A. B. Juxo. 11 John Dodington Esq committed to the Tower. 15 Alexander Jephson, Col. Edward Warren, and Lieutenant Thompson Executed at Dublin for High Treason. 21 The Earl of Carlisle sent Ambassador to the Emperor of Russia. 22 James (Son to His Royal Highness James Duke of York) was Christened at St. James' by Gilbert then Lord Bishop of London. Archibald Johnston Executed at Edinburgh upon a Gibbet 22 Foot high. 23 The King and Qu. Majesties went toward Tunbridge. 27 Parliament Prorogued till the 16 of March next coming; and soon after the E. of Bristol step't aside. Aug. 11 His Majesty removed from Tunbridge to Whitehall. 15 His Majesty went back to Tunbridge. 18 The King and Qu. Majesties both returned from Tunbridge to Whitehal. 21 The Parliament of Scotland passed an Act for a National Synod, the first that ever was in that Kingdom under the Government of Bishops. 25 His Majesty's Proclamation for discovery and apprehension of the Earl of Bristol. 26 The King and Qu. began their progress toward Bath, and lay that Night at they Wddow Whitfields' in Maidenhead; 27 At (that worthy Gentlemen) Sr. Thomas Doleman of Shaw near Newbury. 28 At the Right Honourable the L. Seymours. 29 Arrived at the Bath. Sept. 5, Most Nobly entertained at the City of Bristol, whence after dinner they returned to Bath. Their Royal Highnesses (the Duke and Duchess of York) went to Portsmouth. 10 The King and Queen, dined at (that Loyal Gentleman's) James Thynns. The Lord Mont. Alexander (Master General of His Majesty's Ordinance in Ireland) departed this Life. 23 King and Queen Magnificently treated by the Right Honourable the Lord High Chancellor of England, at Cornbury, from whence they afterwards went to Oxford. An Act of the Scotch Parliament whereby is offered 20000 Foot, and 1000 Horse, to be in readiness for His Majesty's service, whensoever they shall be called for by his Majesty to march to any part of his Dominions of Scotl. Engl. or Irel. for suppressing of any Foreign Invasion, intestine trouble or insurrection, or for any other service wherein His Majesty's Honour, Authority or Greatness may be concerned. 25 His Maj. with His Royal Highn. the Duke of York, went to Cornbury, where that night they Lodged, and (having viewed Woodstock-Park) 26 Returned to Oxford. 30 The Court removed from Oxf. to Wickh. Octob. 1 To White-Hall. 2 Sir Richard Fanshaw Kt. and Bt. Sworn on of His Majesty's most Honourable Privy Council. 12 A general Commotion designed by the fanatics, but timely prevented by the great Wisdom and Vigilancy of His Majesty and his most Honourable Privy Council. 18 Dyed, the Right Honour: Sir Will Compton Kt. Mast. Gen. of His Maj. Ordinance in Engl. and one of His Maj. most Honor. Privy Council, A Person of so much integrity, true Valour and Affability, the loss of him can never be sufficiently Lamented. Nou. 4. One Blackburn, a Clothier of Leeds, and one of the precious Saints in the late Rebel▪ being accused of High Treason cut his own Throat. 10 A Proclamation for discovery and Apprehension of divers Traitorous Conspirators therein Named. Dec. 6 Dyed that Eminent, Loyal, and renowned Patriot, Judge Jenkins, at his House, at Cowbridge. 24 Earl of Tiviot Embarked for Tangier. The Jugdes and Justices of Oyer and Terminer began their Journey towards York for the Trial of the late Conspirators. Jan. 5 They arriv. at Y. 8 Were arraigned and tried, 17 Conspirators, whereof 15 Convicted of High Treason. 9 Three more Convicted for the same Crime. 12 Two more Convict. 16 James Turner (well known by the name of Col. Turner) arraigned and Cast at the Old-Bayley for Felony and Burglary. Sixteen of the late Conspirators Executed at York, whereof two of their Heads sent to Doncaster, two more to North-Allerton, and the rest pitched upon Poles, and set on the City Gales in York. 19 Three more of them Executed at Chappel-moor near Leed●, whose Heads were afterwards set on the Tolbooth there. 21 Sir Richard Fanshaw (Lord Ambassador to the Spanish King) set out for Portsmouth. Col. Turner Executed in Leaden-Hall Street. 22. Sr. John Lawson arrived at Portsmouth. 23 Sr. Richard Fanshaw came thither also. 25 A Fire at Whitehal. 31 Sir John Lawson (with the L. Ambassador Fanshaw) Embarked for Spain. Feb. 20 John Twin (a Printer, arraigned and condemned at the Old Bailie, for Printing a most execrable Libel against his Maj. and the Government. 22 Executed in Smithfield. Mar. 1 Tho. Brewster (a Bookseller) and Natha. Brooks, (and a Bookbinder) stood in the Pillory in Cornhill, and the day following in Smithfield for Selling and Uttering Malicious, Scandalous and Seditious books against the King, the State, and peace of the Kingdom. 16 The Ls. and Commons of Parl. met at Westminster according to Prorogation July 27 1663. and adjourned till Monday following. 18 Began the Assizes at Appleby, where four more Conspirators were indicted for High-Treason, whereof three found Guilty, the other acquitted. 21 Three more such indicted whereof One found Guilty, the other two acquitted: and Sentence passed upon the former Three, and the Last, found Guilty to be drawn, Hanged and Quartered. An ancient Gentleman (a Portugese) lodging in Covent garden, most cruelly Murdered by one Peter Caesar his Servant. 24 Three of the Condemned Rebels executed a● Appleby. Anno 1664. 26 27 A Notorious tumult in Cheapside, fomented by the Industry of the fanatics, whose design was to improve a Riot into a Rebellion: April 3 Mr. Dodington removed from the Tower to Hull, Samuel Moyer to Tinmouth, 〈◊〉▪ Smith, Overton, Hevennigham, Millington, and Temple to Jersie. 4 Count Conningse●k (the Emperor's Envoy) had his audience. April 5 Edward Bagshaw removed from the Tower to South-sea Castle. House of Ls. adjourned till the 18 of April following. 6 The House of Commons did the like. Paul Hobson removed from the Tower to Chepstow. 18 Mildmay, Fleetwood and Garland to Tangier. 27 Peter Caesar (formerly mentioned) executed for the horrible murder of his Master. The two Houses concurred with the Vote of the Commissioner for the advance and improvement of Trade, touching the depredations and Injuries done by the Dutch, wherein it was resolved that they would with their lives and fortunes assist his Majesty against all opposition whatsoever. May 3 The Earl of Tiviot and his party cut off by the Moors near the Jews River at Tangier. 15 Col. Richard Nichols, Sir Robert Carr, and Col. Cartwright embarked for New- England. 17 Parliament Prorogued to the 20 of August following. 30 A Proclamation for recalling and prohibiting English Seamen from the services of Foreign Princes and States. 31 Sir George Downing arrived at London. June 7 A Dreadful Tempest of Thunder and Lightning, in and about London. 10 His Grace the Du. of Ormond arrived at Whitehal from Ireland. The Heer Van Goc●, Ambassador Ordinary to his sacred Majesty from the State's General, at Gravesend. 12 Col. Fitz-Gerald with Capt. Spraggs, and Captain Victor's Companies embarked at Portsmouth for Tangier. 16. Earl of Argyles Head taken down from off the Tol-Booth in Edinburgh by order of his Majesty, and his Son admitted of his Maj. most Honour. Privy Council there. 25 The Heer Van Goch (the State's Ambassador) after two private Audie. & a formal entry, had public Audience. July 4. The King and Queen's Majesties treated at Tilbury-hope by the right Honourable the Earl of Sandwich. 15 A Proclamation for further Proroguing the Parlia. from the 20. of August next (the Term of Prorogation at the last Session) till the 24. of November following. 27 A Proclamation for discovery and apprehension of several Persons engaged in the late horrid conspiracy of the North and other parts of this Kingdom. Aug. 3 Richard Oldroyd (commonly-called the Devil of Dewsbury) arraigned, condemned, and afterwards Executed. 20 Parl. met and Prorogued to Nou. 24 following. 21 That notorious Regicide Lisle, overtaken by divine Vengeance at Losanna, where the miserable wretch was shot dead by the gallantry of three Irish Gentlemen, who attempted the surprisal of him and four more impious Parricides. Sept 4 Mr. Coventry (Groom of his Majesty's Bedchamber) envoy Extraordinary to Sweden. Sir Gilbert Talbot the like for Denmark. 8 Don Francisco Ferreira Rebello, envoy Extraordinary from His Majesty of Portugal, arrived at London. 29 Sir John Laurence Elected Lord Mayor of London. Oct. 11 Sir John Lawson, and Captain Beckly arrived at Portsmouth from the straits. 12. Captain Berkly came to Whitehall, where His Majesty was pleased to confer upon him the Honour of Knighthood. 15 The Earl of Sandwich and Sir John Lawson came to London. 26 The Royal Katherine (a goodly Frigate) Launched at W●olwich. 27 The Common Council of London unanimously voted 100000 l. to be sent His Majesty. 30 Peace concluded between His Maj. and the City and King●. of Algiers by Sir Tho. Allen Kr. then Admiral of His Maj Ships in the M●di●●●rean Sea● when th● Hollanders (who s●●t invited His Maj. into a conjunct Eng●gm. with them) had not only quitted the place by stealth, and so deserted him, but most treacherously a● the same time invaded His Maj. Rights in Guin●a. Nou. 9 His Royal Highness the D. of York (Lord High Admiral of England) set forth towards his charge at Portsmouth. 23 Sir Will. Pen, with part of His Maj. Fleet set Sail from Dover. 24 The Parliam. met again according to Prorog. Aug. 20 last past. 25 The Honor. House of Commons Voted His M. a supply of 2500000 l. Sterling to be raised in three years, to be accounted from the 25 Dec. 1664. And the same day the Fleet from the Downs arrived at the Spit-head. 30 His Royal Highness the Duke of York, his Highness' P. Rupert, and Sir J. Laws. (having been Cruising to and again, ever since the 27 day towards the Coasts of France to see if the Dutch would adventure through the Channel, but perceiving they had betaken themselves to a safer resolution) arrived all at St. Hell●ns Rhode. Dec. 4 His Royal Highn. returned to Whitehall having found that the Holland. had rather rest contented with the blind passage of the North, then adventure unmannerly to provoke him, by pressing through the Channel. 16 An Order of Council for giving Letters of general Reprisals, against the Dutch, and for the final adjudication of all Prizes already made, or hereafter to be made. 20 The Parliament adjourned until January the 12 next coming. 24 A Blazing Star appeared in England. 29 Admiral Allen took four Prizes from the Dutch, and beat their Convoy, with the remainder of their March. Ships into Cadiz. Jan. 8 Mr. E. Hide (3. Son of the Right Honora. the L. High Chancellor of Engl.) Died of the small Pox. A very hopeful Young Gentl. and much lamented. 9 His Maj. (having passed His Royal word that a particular and severe enquiry should be made into the actions of Major Holms against whom the Holland. had complained for several Misdemeanours) ordered his Commitm. to the Tower, until there should be a full examination of the whole matter. 12. Parl. met again, according to adjournment of December 20 last past. 13 Mr. E. Hide very Hono. interred in the Abbey at Westminster. Feb. 21 The Lord Carrington murdered at Pontoise, by his own Servant a Fleming. 25 A most notorious and impudent Dutch impostor (who under the disguise of a Swed●) Newly arrived from Guinea, reported the utter destruction of the Engl. there by De Ruyter, and affirmed upon Oath that with his own eyes he saw 1500 of them thrown overboard, but being detected to be a Cheat, was whipped through the Streets with a Paper on his Head expressing his Crime, viz. Scandalous words and Perjury. Mar. 2 Parl. Prorogued till June 21. following. 4 War proclaimed against the Dutch. 7 His. Maj. set out (very early) for Portsm. and the same morning was that sad loss of the Lond. Frigate, as she was coming up towards Lee, by Fire taking the Powder in the Gun-room. 11 His Maj. returned from Portsmouth, amply satisfied to find his Naval preparations in so excellent order. 21 The L. Mayor and Court of Aldermen moved His Majesty for his Royal leave to promote a voluntary subscription toward the speedy building of another Frigate to supply the loss of the London: which was most graciously accep. of by His Maj. who was pleased to Honour it with the Epithet of Loyal to be added to the intended name of London. Major Holms (having fully and clearly acquitted himself from the unjust Calumnies and Clamours of the Dutch,) discharged from his Imprisonment. Anno 1665. April 5 Was observed a general Fast throughout England, for a Blessing of God upon His Majesty's Forces employ in this present Expedition against the Dutch. 6 Arrived at London His Highness the D. De Verneville and Monsieur Courtin, upon an Embassy Extraordinary from the French K. to His Maj. generally conceived to be in order to an Accommodation with Holland. 8 The Lord Bellasis Governor of Tangier, arrived there. 15 His Maj. Vouchsafed to honour the College of Physicians London, with His Royal presence at their Anatomy Lecture which finished, he conferred the Honour of Knighthood upon the Learned Reader Dr. George Ent. 20 De Ruyter with his Fleet, attempted, the Island of Barbadoes, but beaten off with shame and disorder. 21 His Royal Highness set Sail with his whole Fleet. 28 Before the Texel. May 4. Eight Dutch prizes taken by some of His Majesty's Frigates, their Convoy being forced to desert them. 8 The French Ambassador, before mentioned (together with Monsteur de Connings) made a very Splendid and Magnificent entry. 9 They had audience of his Majesty. A great Plague began in London. 29 The Holland Fleet about the Dogger-Sands. 30 His Royal Highness (with the whole Fleet) Weighed Anchor at Gunfleet near Harwich. A Proclamation for further Proroguing the Parliament from June 21 next coming, till a further time, which should be prefixed by his Majesty at their actual Prorogation. The Hamborough Fleet fell into the hands of the Dutch, notwithstanding they were precautioned of the Danger, and advised not to put to Sea till further Order. Jun. 1 His Royal Highness with the whole Fleet arrived about 6 this morning at Southwold-Bay, where they Anchored five miles from the Shore. 2 Within three leagues of the Dutch-Fleet. 3 Was that glorious victory obtained against the United Naval force of the Netherlands, under the Personal and Auspicious Conduct of his Royal Highness the Du. of York wherein above thirty of their best Ships were taken and destroyed, and at least 8000 (modestly computed) of their men killed and taken Prisoners. 16 His Royal Highness arrived at Whitehal, accompanied with his Highness' Prince Rupert, whose Prudence and Courage in the late Engage. Crowned all his former atchivems. 19 2063 Dutch Prisoners, brought to Colchester, whereof 13 Commanders. 20 A Public Thanksgiving observed in London and Westminster and other places adjacent, for the late glorious victory obtained against the Dutch. 21 The Parliam. met at Westminster according to the term of Prorogation, and was again Prorogued to the 1 of August next. His Excellency the Count de Molina (Ambassador to his Majesty from the Spanish King) made his public entry with great Splendour and Magnificence. 22 Was Interred the Body of the most Noble Earl of Falmouth, unfortunately slain in the late Fight with the Dutch. His Majesty conferred the Honour of Knighthood upon Vice-Admiral Mynns, and C●pt. Smith, for their Eminent services in that Fight. 23 His Excellency the Count De Molina had public audience. 26 Mr. William Coventry (Secretary to his Royal Highness received from his Sacred Majesty the Honour of Knighthood, and was afterwards sworn of his Majesty's most Honourable Privy Council. 27 His Majesty with his Royal Highness the D. of York, his Highness P. Rupert his Grace the Duke of Monmouth and o●hers of the Nobility, arrived at the Buoy in the North, together with her Majesty the Qu. Mother, who thence prosecuted her journey toward France, his Majesty taking his leave this night, and afterward going aboard the Royal Charles, Conferred the Honour of Knighthood upon Rear-Admiral Tyddiman, Capt. Jordan, Capt. Spragg, and Capt. Cuttings, for their eminent valour showed in the late Fight with the Dutch. July 2 His Majesty returned to Greenwich, whence he passed (by Coach) to Hampton-Court. 4 A Public Thanksgiving throughout England and Wales, for the late glorious Victory obtained against the Dutch. 5 Part of his Majesty's Fleet set sail from Southwold-Bay, towards the Coasts of Holland. A general Fast observed in London and Westminster, and places adjacent, by his Majesty's Command, upon occasion of the Plague and Pestilence, then raging there: And the second of August next to be kept in like manner, and so the first Wednesday in every month for the future, until it pleased God to remove that heavy Judgement. 27 His Majesty and the Queen Consort removed toward Salisbury. 28 Their Majesties parted this morning at Farnham-Castle, her Majesty proceeding towards Salisbury, his Majesty to Portsmouth, whither he came this day at Noon. 29 Her Majesty arrived at Salisbury. 31 His Majesty in the Isle of Wight. Aug. 1 His Majesty came to Salisbury. Parliament again Prorogued to the 3 of October next coming. 5 Their Royal Highnesses, arrived at York. 15 The Receipt of his Majesty's Exchequer (being removed to his Majesty's Honour of Non-such in Surrey, in regard of the great and dangerous increase of the Plague at Westminster) opened there. 16 His Royal Highness at Hull. The Dutch Smyrna Fleet and Straits-Men, De ruyter's and their East-India return Ships (in all about 50) being arrived at Bergen in Norway, were by a Squadron of 22 Sail (commanded by Sir Tho. Tyddiman) most gallantly Attacked in that Harbour. But the Danes (having suffered the Dutch to land, and plant their Guns ashore, to the best advantage of annoying us) assisted them by their Shot from the Castle and Forts: All which would not yet have served their turn, if a strong Gale out of the Harbour had not made our Fireships useless, whereupon our Ships retired with some loss of Men (amongst whom M. Edward Montague and Mr. Wyndham, who lost their lives honourably in the service of their King and Country) and some 4 or 5 of our Ships disabled: But not without some severe Execution done both upon their Men and Shipping. 30 His Majesty's Fleet commanded by his Excellency, the Earl of Sandw. set sail towards the Coast of Holland, in hope once more of engaging the Dutch this year. 31 A great storm at Sea, especially upon the Coasts of Norway, which scattered the Dutch thereabouts. September 1. His Grace the Duke of Ormond, Arrived at Waterford in Ireland. The Bishop of Munster advancing (with an Army) against the State's General for recovery of Bokelo, the Eyler Fort, and several other places, by them unjustly detained from him, being assisted thereto, with a great sum of Money by his Majesty of Great-Brit. to find them work at Land; as well as by Sea. Sir George Downing returned from Holland. 3, 4 Four Dutchmen of War, two rich East-India Ships, and several other of their Merchantmen taken, by some of his Majesty's Navy, commanded by his Excellence the Earl of Sandw. with the loss only of the Hector, a small Flem. Vessel of 22 Guns, taken from them in the last War, unhappily sunk in this servant 5 Fires kindled and continued 3 days & 3 nights in all the Streets, Courts, Lanes & Alleys of London, to correct and purify the Air. 7 The Holland Fleet joined with the rest of their Merchantmen at Bergen. 9 Some of his Majesty's Ships encountered 12 sail of Hollanders, and took the greatest part of them, amongst which were four Dutchmen of War, and several others, West-India Men, and Provision-Ships, with above 1000 Prisoners. So that no less than 30 Prizes were taken from the Dutch, in this Expedition, under his Excellency, the Earl of Sandwich, who had pursued this advantage into their own Harbours, had not a most violent storm (this very day) put the Fleet into some disorder, many Ships being thereby separated from the Body thereof. 11 His Majesty removed from Salisbury to the Right Honourable the Lord Ashleys' at Saint Giles', where he lay that night. 15 His Majesty at Pool. 17 At Lutworth-Castle in the Isle of Purbeck. 18 At Weymouth. 19 His Majesty at Portland. 20 At Dorchester, whence he returned to St. Giles. 21 Thence to Salisbury. 23 His Royal Highness set forth from York toward Oxford, and lay at Sir George savil, at Rufford, that night. 24 At Warwick-Castle. 25 His Majesty set out from Salisbury toward Oxford, where he orrived and met his Royal Highness the same night. 26 The Queen's Majesty came to Oxford. Her Royal Highness began her Journey from York toward Oxford. 29 Sir Thomas Bludworth elected Lord Mayor for the ensuing year. October 5 Her Royal Highness arrived at Oxford. 9 Parliament met at Oxford, according to the Term of Prorogation. 10. The two Houses ●et, and attended His M●●esty in Christ-Church-Hall ●his Morning, where His majesty Entertained them ●ith a most Gracious speech, which was Seconded by another from the Right Honourable the L. Chancellor: After which, ●he House of Commons ●oted, That Humble and Hearty Th●nk● should be returned to His Majesty ●or his great Care and Con●●ct in the Preservation of 〈◊〉 People, and the Ho●our of this Nation; and ●●at they would Assist him ●ith their Lives and Fortune's against the Dutch, or ●●y other that should As●●●t them against His Majesty. That the Humble and Hearty Thanks of the House be returned to His Majesty for the Care he hath of the Person of his Royal Highness'. Also, That the Concurrence of the Lords should be desired therein. 11. Resolved by the Houses, That an Additional Supply of 1250000 l. be given to the King's Majesty, for his present Supply, to be raised by a proportionable Addition to the Monthly Assessment, to begin from Christmas next. Part of Michaelm. Term, viz. from the first Return thereof, called Tres Michaelis, to the fifth, (called Oc●abis Sancti Martini) Adjourned from Westminster to Oxford, by His Majesty's Proclamation. 14. The Dutch Fleet hover up and down upon the Co●st of Margate, against which they bestowed some three or four hundred Shot to no purpose, and so Sailed off again before they could be called to an Account for the Bravad●. 25. The Dutch Fleet returned into H●rbour. O●tob. 3●. Sir Tho. Bl●●●●●th Sworn Lord Mayor 〈◊〉 London, at the outmost. Ga●e of the Bulwark, by the Honourable Sir J●hn Robin●●n, Kni●h●●nd Baronet, H●s M●jest 〈◊〉 Lieutenant of the Tower, by Virtue of His Majestics Commission to him directed for that purpose. Nou. 17. Don Patricio Omuledei, Resident from the Catholic King, had his Audience of Congee from His Majesty, being in few days to return for Spain. 18. The several Courts of Justice sat in the Schools at Oxford, according to an Adjournment made at Westminster to that purpose, in pursuance of His Majestics Proclamation of September 26. last. 23. The French Ambassadors took their leaves of His Majesty. Person's Chronology of the Acts of Great Britain. Place this Hand before the Title of Chiromancy. Job. 37.7. Qui in manu omnium hominum signa posuit, ut cognoscerent opera ejus singuli. ΧΕΙΡΟΜΑΝΤΙΑ: OR, THE ART OF DIVINING BY The LINES and SIGNATURES Engraven in the HAND of MAN, By the HAND of NATURE, Theorically, Practically. Wherein you have the Secret Concordance, and Harmony betwixt It, and Astrology, made Evident in Nineteen GENITURES. Together with A Learned Philosophical Discourse of the Soul of the World, and the Universal Spirit thereof. A Matchless Piece. Written Originally in Latin by Jo. Rothman, D. in Physic, and now Faithfully Englished, By George Wharton, Esq Manus membrum Hominis loquacissimum. London, As it was Printed in the Year 1652. To the Truly NOBLE, and Universally Learned (My much Honoured Friend) Elias Ashmole, Esq Worthy Sir, WERE it not that in Common Civility I am bound upon this Occasion, as to acknowledge my Infinite Obligations to you (that being the best Quality of a Bad Debtor, and even All a Christian Creditor should expect, where the Means of a juster Requital is wanting,) so to give you an Account of the present Work, unto which you first incited Me: Yet (Sir) the Rarity of the Subject, and the Gipsy-like Esteem it hath amongst the Vulgar, would have necessarily enforced Me to shelter it under the Wings of none but an Absolute Mercurialist. That you are no less, The Ingenious Works you have already Published, The Succinct and Learned Annotations you have made upon some Part of those, (to ●●it what I know you have in Design;) your exquisite knowledge in Arithmetic, Geometry, Astrology, Natural Magic, and Physic: And in th●●e other Infer●o●● Objects of your Delight, viz. Linen, Engraving, Painting, and Music. may and do abundantly manifest: I shall not, I need not expatiate: (To instance the particular knowledge you have in chiromancy, w●re but Actum agere, in that Astrology (●efore mentioned) comprehends the same, as here it is applied; and yourself Them both.) Nor could I glory at all in the Name of a Greater Personage to Patronise this Piece: It is not the Blustering noise of an Empty Title, or the Frail Support of a Signal Birth, only, that can be a fit Champion for this or the like Mysterious Sciences: Learning is best Fortressed of those by whom she is most understood: I confess her Admirers may wish her Happiness; yet they commonly fail her in Extremity. And herein I follow the Example of mine Author, who made choice of the best Deserving in his Country, unto whom he Dedicated this Work in the Original: That is, unto such as were sober and skilful: Not to Men that were Mighty and Ignorant, or Learned and Malicious. Nor yet have these any just cause to complain, unless for the want of Ingenuity; whereby they are Doomed to an Absolute Depravation of that, whereby Wise Men daily Ascend, even to the Presence of God and his Angels; I mean the Knowledge of his Works: For it is not sufficient we hear a story of God in the Scriptures, unless also we read or see him in the large Volume of his Creatures: Neither do we Read Him by a bare Gazing upon the outward Form thereof, but by a narrow Enquiry and search made into their hidden Nature and Disposition: For, In the Beginning (saith my Author) God adorned all things Created with Signatures, that so the Mind of an Ingenious Man might delight itself by a diligent searching into the Nature and Disposition thereof, and thence boldly acknowledging the Wonderful Works of God, and converting them to a right use, be cheerfully constrained to the Love or G●d himself, and to Worship him with all his heart, for his Infinite Wisdom and Goodness. Let us therefore beheld the Heaven, the Stars, and Celestial Signs, the Animals, Plants, Roots, Stones, Metals, etc. in and upon the Earth; and consider how wonderfully their various Signatures every where present themselves unto us, and by a Tacite Language proffer us their Nature and Disposition! How exceedingly the Seven wand'ring Stars (Vulgarly called Planets) do differ, not only in Magnitude and Motion, but also in the Brightness and Beauty of their Light! How variable an Influence is in each; what a Lively, Lasting Spirit, diversely Disposing, Moving, Animating, Producing, Signing, and Sustaining these Inferiors, according to their different Position in the Heavens, and the sundry Complications and Mixtures of Beams occurring from other Stars! The Philosophers of old have acknowledged, (and we shall willingly the same) Et in infimis Suprema, & in Supremis infima: There are in Heaven Earthly things, in respect of the Causes, and by a Celestial manner, and Celestial things in Earthly, but by a Terrestrial manner: Whence indeed it is, That the Sun, the Moon, and other Stars are considered in the Earth, but that in regard of a Terrene Quality; so also Plants, Stones, Metals, etc. in the Heavens, but this in respect of a Heavenly Nature, endued with Life-Intellectual. And this was the Reason why Heaven itself was depainted with sundry Images by the Ancient and Holy Fathers: And that he who had through his Ingenuity attained th●se Holy Mysteries of the World, was by the Hebrews truly named Rabbi, by the Latins, Magister; and by almost all other Nations, Magus: Nevertheless this Name is now so much suspected and hated, that some had rather forgo the Gospel itself, than receive it again into Favour: So wilfully Obstinate, Blind, and Stupid are the Masters this Age hath produced. But let us Instance a few Examples, and first, of the Celestial Bodies: You know that the Image of the Serpent hath the Nature of a Serpent; that is, it causeth death by Poison, so oft as the Lord of the Geniture, or the Moon is therewith unhappily Posited at the Birth: The like of the Scorpion; For even the same Images drive away and kill Serpents and Scorpions, Spiders and Flies, they expel Poison and the Plague, being deduced from Heaven upon the Terrestrial Chaos, at an observed time: Leo makes Men Bold; Virgo, Docile; Taurus, Robust; Aquila procures Honours; Lyra instills the love of Music, and the Study of Poesy: Sagittary addicteth to Hunting; and much more of that Nature, marked with their proper Signatures. Next, let us contemplate the Animals of the Earth, how every one beareth its own Nature; and how we know the same in most of them by their Effigies, [viz. by their Countenance] Voice, Gesture, Habit, often by their Colour. The Horse by his Gesture bewrays his Pride: The Ass his Slowness: The Lion (by the Face and Gesture) his Courage: The Bear his Fierceness; The Cock his Cheerfulness: The like are every where obvious in other Creatures, unto any but such as regard the knowledge of nothing. Now by observing the outward Forms of Beasts, ariseth Physiognomy in Man: For look what Beasts a Man resembles most, either in Face or Proportion, he is truly said to possess the Disposition and Nature thereof. If now we descend to Plants and Roots, we shall there enter a Theatre of Signatures worthy our Contemplation. For Example: Solatrum vesicatorium (barbarously termed Alkakenge) shuts up its Husks so soon as the Vessels thereof are filled with Juice, and replenished with little Stony-Grains, as if intimating unto us by a Tacite Language, That therein resides a virtue of Purging the Bladder, and of Diminishing the Gravel and Stone therein. Chelidonia, not only Blushes with a certain Bloody Moisture, and therewith stains the Hands of him that Touches it, but in the Root it also shows a Cavity much like the Ventricles in the Heart of Man: whereby is intimated that its virtue is to Purge the Blood, to quicken the Vital Spirit, and to free the Heart from the Injuries of Poison. Cynosbatus, as also Mespylus, fill the Belly with little Stones, that break in pieces the Stone in the Bladder. Carduus offends the Fingers of those that touch it by prickles, yet such is the secret virtue thereof, that it consumes and Expels all prickling and stingings in the Body of Man. The Numulariae resembles in the Leaves thereof the Epiglossis, and heals the Inflammation of the Throat. Nux Juglans and Moscara represent in the Faces thereof the Composure of the Brain and Head, and are therefore comfortable to both. Orchis in the Root thereof, resembles the Testicles, and therefore is Venus excited by it. The Hypericon and Persicaria are notoriously known to Operate according to their proper Signatures. Many Hundreds more might be instanced of Flowers, Seeds, Leaves, and Roots. The Signatures are most apparent in such Herbs as are least endued with Odour: Those that are Sweeter, Evidence their Virtues unto us (notwithstanding we were Blind) by their Smell. So also in the Leaves of Trees, in Rinds and Barks, in Wood and Roots, we find such Signatur●s, as do manifest the hidden Virtues thereof, and thereby learn to apply them to Humane use, or the Healing of Diseases. The like we see in Stones and Metals. If this than be so clear in the Stars and Signs of Heaven, if so in Animals, Plants, Roots, Stones, and Metals: Who but a Madman, or Fool dare say, That the like Signs in the Hand of Man are Idle and Vain? Man is he for whom all things were made, and wherein all things of the Greater World are comprehended, although with a Face more Occult. Man only Rejoiceth in this Honour [that he hath a Resemblance, Operation, and Conversation with all things in the World:] He symbolizeth (as I may say) with the Matter in the Proper Subject, with the Elements in their Fourfold Composure of Body, with the Plants in the Vegetative Virtue, with the other Animals in the Sensitive, with the Heavens in the sidereal Spirit; that is, in the Motion and Influence of the Superior Bodies upon these Inferior, with the Angels in the Intellect, Wisdom, and Speech; with God himself in the Containing Power of all things. And therefore we cannot imagine the Signs so variously Portrayed in the Hand of Man are in vain: But that they are there placed by Nature, with intent to make known unto us the Inscrutable Works of GOD, if Job (Chapter 37.) may be Credited. That the Explanation of these Signs is named Chiromancy, I need not acquaint you: Nor what Canons the Ancient and Modern Philosophers have written concerning the same: Only this I shall tell you, My Author hath not only (in this small Tract) Reduced all to a Concise and Methodical Discourse, and added divers others of his own Observations: But also Illustrated the Practic Part thereof with sundry Notable Examples, whereby he hath manifested an Astrological Consent and Harmony betwixt the Hands and Genitures of all Men. A work not attempted by any before him. And whereas the Masters in this Science have not Assigned the Tubercula, or Mounts of the Hand to the Planets, without some Successive Discrepancy: Nor although all of them deliver it for a general Rule [That by how much every one hath a Planet more Dignified at the Hour of his Birth, by so much more Evident the Characters and Signs will appear upon the Region appropriated to the same Planet,] yet hath not this been approved until by this Author, who hath hereby abolished all former Doubts, and clearly demonstrated the Truth of that Doctrine. Nor hath He thereby (in my Judgement) restored the Art of Chiromancy to more certainty, than he hath confirmed the Grounds and Credit of Astrology, and dashed in Pieces the bugbear Arguments of all the Enemies of either: For what more Convincing to the Judicious, than if (by Inspection made into the Hand of any Man) I truly pronounce this or that Planet Essentially Dignified or Angular in his Geniture, or in such or such a Position with other Planets or Stars: Another Infortunate, Afflicted, or Dejected? Or if (on the contrary) by looking first into the Geniture, and considering therein the several Positures of the Planets, and their Configurations one to another, and with other Stars; I tell him (and that distinctly and truly) the Lines and Signatures engraven in his Hand: What (I say) is or can be more satisfaction than this to Rational M●n, as touching the Power and Influence of the Planets and Stars upon these Inferiors, and consequently of the Lawful use and verity of the Sciences of Astrology and Chiromancy, betwixt whom there is such a secret Coherence and Harmony? And this I dare undertake to perform for the Honour of these Sciences, to the shame of all Malicious and Pestilent Detractors. Indeed (I confess) we cannot by Chiromancy so exactly determine the time of any Accident, as by Astrology, where the Arch of Direction may be Resolved into the most Scrupulous Parts of Days: I suppose Chiromancy was not so much Ordained by Providence for the use of such whose Purer sights can penetrate the Celestial Spheres, and there exactly read their own, or others Fate, in those Golden Letters of the Stars: But rather for the Benefit of such that be of a Grosser Genius, and whose Dimmer Eyes cannot Discern the Decrees of Nature at so great a Distance. Yet are not these Signatures wanting in any Man (more, or less) lest he should prove wanting to himself in the Accomplishing of a Higher Scrutiny. As touching the Version itself, I have done it with all Integrity: And if in some places I may seem to differ from the Original, it is but where I find the Author abounding more with Elegance, than Variety of Matter, and even forsaking the Terms of Art, rather than he will miss of an Eloquent Expression: For perhaps I have herein sometimes Contracted him, yet still retained his Genuine Sense. In other Places I have only Corrected the Errors of the Press, the which indeed were many more than the Author's Errata specified, and very Gross ones besides: And therein have done no more than I desire others may do for Me. For any thing else I know not that I have escape the Laws of Translation, unless it be in retaining the Terms of Art, and that I did purposely, lest in Abolishing them, I should therewith abolish the Art also: Nevertheless in the first Seven Pages I have given the English thereof, and that (I hope) is sufficient. The End proposed, is, That h●reby all Persons, who are not acquainted with the Latin, might in plain English Read and understand their own Destiny: And (if possible) Avert (at leastwise Mitigate) the Mischiefs Threatened them: Or with comfort attend, and (by Humane Prudence) Cherish and Augment the Good portended: Whereby they may greatly be enabled to give God thanks for his Infinite Mercy and Goodness; at leastwise Glorify him in the midst of their greatest Afflictions. And this is the first Tract (of this Nature) that ever appeared in the English Tongue; and I may confidently say in any Language whatsoever, (the Latin excepted;) wherein the Author writ no less Learnedly, than Elegantly: And I heartily wish (and desire, Sir, you will join with me in it) That some one or other of our ablest Astrologers, (who have better Encouragements than myself,) would pursue this Design of the Authors, it being (in my Opinion) the best and only way of bringing this Science the nearest to Perfection. Sir, I have now but a little to say, and that is, First, to give you Thanks for all the variety of Favours you have conferred upon me ever since the first Hour of our (to me) Happy Acquaintance: Next, to assure you (in a short time) Ptolemy himself, in the English Tongue, which so long hath be●n expected from me, yet still retarted by Reason of the many Discouragements and Cross-grained Events I have Laboured under for some Years past, begging your kind Acceptance of this in the Interim: Then to crave your Pardon for this Prolixity: And Finally, the Continuance of your wont Affection and Opinion of Him, who unfeignedly am, Feb. 18. 1651/ 2. Sir, Yours in the utmost of all True Love and Friendship, Geo. Wharton. M. Manlius in his Preface to Aug. Caesar. WHen every Species of the glittering Sphere (The Stars returning) Ranked did appear In their own Seats: And by the Fates Decree, Each had restored its Formal-Potency; Experience framed Art, by various use, Example guiding where it was Abstruse: And (though at a vast Distance) plainly saw The Stars All-ruling, by a Tacite Law: The whole World Moved by Reason-Alternate, And how, by SIGNS, to Judge the Turns of Fate. A short and plain Rule of CHIROMANCY. CHIROMANCY is a Rule whereby to know the Signs in the Hand of Man, and a Science of Judging Rightly concerning them. There are Two Primary Parts of Chiromancy, 1. Theorical. and 2. Practical. 1. The Theorical is that which considereth the Parts of the Hand, as the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 [i. e. the Argument, Matter, or Subject] of the Art. The Parts of the Hand [that is, of the Hand and Palm thereof Extended and opened,] are, 1. The Vola, or Inner-part of the Hand, wherein the Lines, the Tubercula or Rising parts, the Feriens or Smiting-part, the Cavea or hollow, and the Mensa or Table thereof, are, (by a clear and certain Method) known and considered. 2. The Five Fingers; viz. The Pollex, or Thumb, the Indix or Forefinger, the Medius or Middle-finger, the Annularis or Ringfinger, and the Auricularis or Little-finger. I. LINES. THE Incisures, or Lines, are engraven by God and Nature, within the Spaces and Distinctions of the Inner-part of the Hand: And of these, some are Principal, others Less Principal. The Principal Lines. 1. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Cardiaca [that is, the Line of, or belonging to the Heart] which includeth and embraceth the Mount of the Thumb. It is also called, The Line of Life. 2. Epatica, The Liverline, or the Natural-Mean, which runs through the middle of the Hand, arising from the same place with the Cardiaca at the Root of the Forefinger. 3. Cephalica, or the Line of the Head and Brain, which ariseth below from the Cardiaca, and (being drawn thence to the Epatica) makes a Triangular Figure. 4. Thoralis, the Table-Line, or the Line of Fortune, which takes its Original under the Mount, or Root of the Little-finger, and extends itself towards the Forefinger. 5. Restricta, or the Dragon's Tail, which separates and distinguishes the Hand from the Arm, either by a Simple or Double Transcursion. This Line determineth the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, or Subject of the Art. It is likewise called the Discriminal Line. The Less Principal Lines, Are not in every one's Hand, or when they be, not very clearly to be seen. And of these there are Five in Number. 1. Via Sol●s, or the Sun's way, which is a Right Line running downwards from the Tuberculum (or Rising Part) of the Ringfinger, into the Cavity of the Hand. 2. Via Lactea, or the Milky-way, running upward, from the Restricta, through the Feriens. 3. Saturnia, or the Line of Saturn, thence ascending through the middle of the Vola, to the Tuberculum of the Middle-finger; which Line, if it be cut and parted, is called Via Combusta, or the Burnt way. 4. Cingulum Veneris, or the Girdle of Venus, which is the Figure of a Hemicycle, drawn from the ●●ace betwixt the Forefinger and Middle-finger to the space betwixt the Ringfinger and Little-finger. 5. Linea Martis, the Line of Mars, or the Vital Sister, which is Parallel to the Line of Life, in the Tuberculum of the Thumb. 2. TUBERCULA. THE Tubercula, are, the more Eminent Muscles under the Fingers. 1. of Venus. In the root of the Thumb. 2. of Jupiter. In the root of the Forefinger. 3. of Saturn. In the root of the Mid●le-finger. 4. of Sun. In the root of the Ringfinger. 5. of Mercury. In the root of the Little-finger. 3. FERIENS. THE Feriens (or Smiting part) taking its name à Feriendo, or Percutiendo, is that part of the Hand which we turn about in giving or receiving of things: And this is the Mount comprehended betwixt the Mensal and Discriminal Lines, under the Tuberculum of the Little-finger, the which is attributed to the Moon. 4. CAVEA. THE Cavea, is, the Hollow place in the middle of the Palm, wherein the Three Principle Lines, Cardiaca, Epatica, and Cephalica make the Triangle. And this is given to Mars. 5. MENSA. THE Mensa, is, the Interval, or Space betwixt the Thoral and Epatica, the which is given to Fortune: Whence the Thoral is called The Line of Fortune. VERSUS. Est Pollex Veneris; sed Jupiter Indice gaudet: Saturnus Medium; Sol Medicumque tenet. Hinc Stilbon Minimum: Feriente candida Luna Possidet: In Cavea Mars sua Castra locat. Venus' the Thumb, and Jove the Index guides; Saturn the Middle; Sol the wanton Brides: Stilbon the Least, Luna the Ferient, And Mars in Cavea doth pitch his Tent. Here we must Note, That there is some difference amongst Authors concerning the places of Mars, Venus, and Mercury: For some give the Tuberculum of the Thumb to Mars, The Cavea to Mercury, The Region of the Little-finger to Venus. Now, to satisfy myself, I first of all observed such Men as were Venereal, [that is, such as were given to Jeasting, Fair, Merry, Agile, Lovers of Music, etc.] And these I found had the Region of the Thumb plainly Marked with decent Signs, comely Notes and Characters: And that, not without their Nativities portending the Luxury of Venus, she being either collocated under her Proper Prerogatives in a competent place of the Figure, or in a good Aspect of some Planet. The like regard I had concerning Mercury. Wherefore the Cavea belongs to Mars. The Practical part of Chiromancy. The Practic of Chiromancy is that which gathereth probable Predictions from Lines, the Places of the Planets in the Hand, and From the Notes and Characters every where posited in the Hand and Fingers. Wherefore let this Series be Observed for Method-sake. 1. Cardiaca, or the Line of Life. 2. Epatica, or the Liver Line. 3. Cephalica, or the Line of the Head and Brain. 4. Thoralis, or the Table Line. 5. Restricta, or the Dragons Tayl. 6. Via Solis, or the Sun's way. 7. Via Lactea, or the Milky-way. 8. Via Saturnia, or Saturn's way. 9 Cingulum Veneris, or the Girdle of Venus. 10. Via Martis, or the way of Mars. 11. Mons Veneris, or the Mount of Venus. 12. Cavea Martis, or the Cave of Mars. 13. Mons Jovis, or Jupiter's Mount. 14. Mons Saturni, or Saturn's Mount. 15. Mons Solis, or the Sun's Monte 16. Locus Lunae, or the Moon's place. 17. Mons Mercurii, or Mercury's Mount. 18. Mensa, or the Table. 19 Pollex, or the Thumb. 20. Index, or the Forefinger. 21. Medius, or the Middle-finger. 22. Annularis, or the Ringfinger. 23. Auricularis, or the Little-finger. QUESTION. Whether we must Judge by the Right-Hand, or the Left? IT is certain, that in one Hand the Lines, and other Signatures, are very often more manifest, and by their Featness more perspicuous, than in the other, as well in Men as Women: Wherefore a Question hence arises, whether in both Sexes the Right or Left Hand is to be taken: Or whether the Right Hand in a Man, (as some teach) and the Left in a Woman only? ANSWER. THat Hand (in both Sexes) which shows and exhibits the Lines thereof most clearly, and abounds with a Series of Characters and Signs: yet so, as that the other, whose Lines are more obscure, may pay its contribution. If in both Hands they consent and appear to be fair and comely, they declare a Constancy of Fortune and Health. The cause of which diversity is this: He who is Born in the day time, and hath a Masculine Planet [the Sun, Saturn, Jupiter, or Mars] Lord of his Geniture, bears the more Remarkable Signs in his Right Hand, especially when the Sign Ascending is also Masculine. The contrary befalls those that are Born by Night, so oft as a Feminine Planet predominates, and the Sign Ascending is Feminine. If both Hands agree, it must needs be, that in a Day-Nativity the Feminine Planets Rule: Or that there falls out a Mixture of Masculine and Feminine. So in the Night, by the contrary Reason: Which Diversity must necessarily be observed. 1. Of the Line of Life. This is also called Cardiaca, or the Heart-Line. 1. WHich being Broad, of a Lively-colour, and decently drawn in its Bounds, without Intersections and Points, shows the Party Long-Lived, and subject but to few Diseases. 2. If slender, short, and Dissected, with obverse little Lines, and deformed, either by a Pale or Black colour: It presageth weakness of the Body, sickness, and shortness of Life. 3. If orderly joined to the Natural Mean, and beautified in the Angle with Parallels, or a little Cross, it argues a good Wit, or an evenness of Nature. 4. If the same have Branches in the upper part thereof extending themselves towards the Natural-mean, it signifies Riches and Honour. 5. If those Branches be extended towards the R●stricta, it threatens Poverty, Deceits, and Unfaithfulness of Servants. 6. If in this Line there be found some confused little Lines like hairs, be assured of Diseases; and they to happen in the First Age, when they appear below; if towards the Cavea, in the Middle; if towards the Epatica, in the Declining Age. 7. If this Line be any where broken, it threatens extreme danger of Life, in that Age which the place of the Breach showeth: For you may find out (almost ad unguem) the Dangerous or Diseased Years of your Age, if (this Line be divided into 70 parts) you begin your number and account from the lower part thereof, near the Restricta, for the number falling where the Breach is, determines the Year. 8. If the Character of the Sun (as commonly it is made by Astrologers) be found in this Line, it presages the loss of an Eye: But if two such Characters, the loss both Eyes. 9 A Line ascending from the Vital beneath the congress of it and the Epatica, to the Tuberculum of Saturn, designeth hominem 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 [That is, An Envious Man, who rejoiceth at another's Calamity;] the scite of others concurring. This also frequently shows a most perilous Saturnine Disease, as is the Plague, etc. in that part wherein it touches the Vital: And so much the worse if it cut the same. 10. But such a Line passing from the Vital to the Annular or Ringfinger, promiseth Honours to ensue, from or by means of some Famous Woman, or Queen, or the gainful Favour of some Lady of Honour. 11. The Vital Line thicker than ordinary at the end under the Forefinger, denotes a Laborious Old Age. 12. A Line passing through the Vital to the Cavae of Mars, foretelleth of Wounds and Fevers, and of Misfortunes in Journeys. II. Of the Epatica, or Natural-mean. 1. THis Line being strait, continued, and not dissected by observe little Lines, denotes a Healthful Body. 2. If it be short (or broken) and reach not beyond the concave of the Hand, it bodes Diseases, and shortness of Life. 3. By how much more the same is produced, by so much longer the Life may be warranted. 4. If cut at the end thereof by a small intervening Line, it threatens Poverty in Old Age. 5. If in the upper part, it be distant from the Vital by a great space, it bodes Distemperatures of the Heart, as Palpitation, Syncope, etc. 6. This also shows Prodigality, especially if the Table be broad. 7. If Tortuous, [that is, if it wind and turn several ways,] unequal, of a different colour, and dissected, it argues an evil constitution of the Liver, and thence Diseases proceeding from the weakness thereof: Covetousness also, and a Pravity both of Nature and Wit; especially, if from under the Region of the Middle-finger, it approach towards the Cardiaca, thereby making a short or narrow Triangle. 8. If Decently drawn, and well coloured, it is a sign of a cheerful and Ingenious Disposition. 9 If it have a Sister, it promises Inheritances. 10. If continued with some little hard knots, it demonstrates Manslaughters, either perpetrated, or to be perpetrated, according to the number of those knots. 11. If therein a Cross be found under the Region of the Middle-finger, it denounces Death at hand. 12. If it terminate with a Fork towards the Ferient, it is a sign of a Depraved Wit, of Hypocrisy, and Evil m●nne●s. 13. When it tends to the Mensal, it is a token of a slanderous and reproachful Tongue, and of Envy. 14. When it projects a remarkable cleft through the Vital, to the Mons Veneris, and the Sister of Mars, especially if the same be of a Ruddy colour, it bids beware of Thi●ves! and intimates also Fraud and Deceits of Enemies. 15. This cloven likewise insinuates a most vehement Heat of th● Liver, p●oceeding from the Rays of Mars, whereby the Life is disquieted, for that the Line of Life is dissected. 16. This Line having some breach, yet such a one as that nevertheless it seems to be almost continued, shows, that the manner of Life will be, or is already changed. And this in a Declining Age, if the breach be under the Ringfinger: But if under the Middle-finger, in the strength of Years. III. Of the Cephalica. 1. THis is called the Line of the Head and Brain: Which if (arising from its place in a due Proportion,) it connect the Lines of the Liver and Heart, in a Triangular form, have a lively colour, and no Intersection falling out between, declares a Man of admirable Prudence, and one of no vulgar Wit and Fortune. 2. By how much more Decent the Triangle is, by so much happier shall the Temperature, Wit, and Courage be: But if it be obtuse, it argues an evil disposed Nature, and a Man that is Rude: If no Triangle, far worse: [A Fool, a Prodigal, a Liar, and commonly a short Life.] 3. The Superior being a Right Angle, or not very Acute, foretelleth the bel● Temperature of the Heart; but when it is too much Acute, especially if it touch the Line of Life upon the Region of the Middle-finger, it argues Covetousness. 4. The Left Angle, if it be made upon the Natural-mean, in the Ferient, and be a Right Angle, confirms the goodness of the Intellect. 5. But when the Cephalica projects unequal, and incomposed clefts to the Mons Lunae, thereby making unusual Characters; in Men, it denounces Weakness of the Brain, and Dangerous Sea-Voyages: But in Women, frequent sorrows of Mind, and Difficulties in Childbearing. 6. Equal Lines (thus projected) presage the contrary in both Sexes: viz. In Men, a good composure of the Brain, and Fortunate Voyages by Sea: In Women, cheerfulness and Felicity in Childbearing. 7. This one thing is Peculiar to the C●phalica: [If it project a cl●ft, or a manifest Star, upwards, to the Cavea Martis; it signifies Boldness and Courage: But if it let fall the same, downwards; Thefts and Deceitfulness.] 8. The Cephalica joined to the Dragon's T●yl, by a remarkable concourse, promises a Prudent and joyful Old Age. 9 The same drawn upward in the shape of a Fork, towards the Place of Fortune, signifies subtlety in managing of Affairs, and Craftiness, either to do good or bad. 10. If in this Fork a Mark appears, resembling the part of Fortune, as it is noted by Astrologers, that gives an assurance of Riches and Honours to succeed, by means of Ingenuity and Arts. IV. Of the Thoral Line. 1. THis is also called the Line of Fortune; It is termed likewise the Mensal, because it makes up the Table of the Hand: Which Line, when it is long enough, and without Incisures, argues a due strength in the Principal Members of Man, and withal, Constancy: The contrary, if it be short or crooked, cut, or parted. 2. If it terminate under the Mount of Saturn, it shows a vain and lying Fellow. 3. If projecting small branches to the Mount of Jupiter, it promiseth Honours. 4. If there it be naked and simple, 'tis a sign of Poverty and Want. 5. If cutting the Mount of Jupiter, Cruelty of Mind, and excessive wrath. 6. If it project a branch betwixt the Forefinger and the Middle, in a Man it threatens a Wound in his Head, in a Woman, danger in Childbearing. 7. Three Lines ascending directly upwards from this Line, viz. One to the space betwixt the Middle and Forefinger; a second to the space betwixt the middle and the Ringfinger; and a third to the space betwixt the Ring and the Little-finger, argues a Contentious Person in many Respects. 8. A little Line only thus drawn to the Interval, or space betwixt the middle-finger and the Ringfinger, Sorrow and Labour. 9 If annexed to the Natural-mean, so, as that it makes an Acute Angle, it bringeth Sorrow and Labour. 10. If the Natural-mean be wanting, and the Thoral annexed to the Vital, it threatens Decollation, or a Deadly Wound. 11. If no Mensal at all, it shows a Man Malevolent, Contentious, Faithless, Inconstant, and of base Conditions. 12. Confused little Lines in the Mensal, denote Sicknesses: If under Mercury, in the First Age: Under the Sun, in the Flower thereof; under the Middle-finger, in Old Age. 13. When in this Line there are certain Points observed, they argue strength of the Genitals, and burning Lust. V. Of the Cauda Draconis, or the Restricta, and the Lines arising thence. 1. IF this be double, or treble, and drawn by a right and continued tract, it promiseth a good composure of the Body. 2. That Line which is nearest the Hand, continued, and of a good colour, assureth of Riches. 3. But if the same Line be cut in the middle, cr●●ked, and very pale, it denounces debility of Body, and a want of all things. 4. A Cross, or Star upon the Restricta, foreshews Tranquillity of Life in Old Age. 5. If there be a Star, simple or double, or any Lines near the Tuberculum of the Thumb, in Women, they denote Misfortune and Infamy. 6. A Line running from the Restricta through the Mons Vener●s, presageth Adversities, either by the means of some Kindred, or a Wife. 7. A Line extended from the Restricta to the Mons Lunae, denotes Adversities, and private Enmity. If it be crooked, it doubles the Evil, and betokeneth perpetual Servitude. 8. Such a Line also being clear, and strait, and reaching so far as the Region of the Moon, foretelleth many Journeys, both by Sea and Land. 9 If it extend to the Tuberculum of the Forefinger, it tells the Man he shall live in a Foreign Country, in great Estimation. 10. If to the Epatica, it argues an Honest behaviour, and prolongeth Life. 11. If to the Mons Solis (be it simply, or doubly) it shows inseparable good, and enableth to Govern, or Rule in great Affairs. 12. By the same Reason, if it pass to the Mons Mercurii, it betokeneth a M●n that is fit for many things. But if it reach not the Mons Mercurii, but be broken about the middle, and end beneath the Mons Mercurii, this marks out a Prating Fellow, a Liar, and a Murmurer. 13. If directly ascending to the M●ns Saturni, it signifies a good Position of Sa●ur●, in the Geniture, whose Decrees shall shortly follow: But if crookedly both towards the Restricta and the Epatica especially; it bodes a Man that is Covetous, Laborious, and hard. VI Of the Via Solis, or the Sun's way. THis being whole, equally drawn, and well coloured, promiseth the Favour of great Men, and joyful Honours: But if dissected, and unequal, the contrary; and exposes to divers Impediments, and Envy in attaining the same. VII. Of the Via Lactea, or the Milky-way. THis well proportioned, and continued, presages Journeys that be Fortunate, both by Sea and Land, and moreover, a good Brain; the Favour of Women (Venus assenting,) a composedness, and gracefulness of speech: If it be cut, or distorted, it argues Infelicity and Lies; but whole, and ascending to the Little-finger, is a sign of great Happiness. VIII. Of the Saturnia, or Line of Saturn. 1. THis being fully and wholly protracted to the Middle-finger, is an Argument both of profound Cogitations, and likewise of Fortunate Events in Counsels and Actions. 2. Combust or Deficient, an evil sign, portending many misfortunes, unless other Positions favour it. 3. Bending backward, in the Cavea of the Hand, towards the Ferient, in the form of a Semicircle, threatens Imprisonment. 4. A Line drawn from the Vital through the Epatica to the Tuberculum of Saturn (if there it touch the Saturnia) the same. IX. Of the Cingulum Veneris, or the Girdle of Venus. IF this Line have a Sister, it argues Intemperance and Lust, in both Sexes, and baseness in Venereal congression; a filthy Man especially, who abhors not the carnal knowledge of Beasts. And if dissected and troubled, Losses, and Infamy by reason of Lusts. X. Of the Via Martis, the way, or Line of Mars, or the Vital-Sister. THis Line (so oft as it appeareth) augments and strengthens the things signified by the Cardiaca. But (particularly) it promises good success in War, provided it be clear, and decently Red. Two Observations concerning Lines. 1. THE Quantity of all Lines must be wisely observed, [that is, their Length and Depth:] So likewise their Quality [that is, their complexion and shape, whether they be crooked or strait.] Next, their Action, which is, to touch or cut other Lines: Their Passion, to be touched or cut of others. And lastly, their Place and Position. 2. We must know, that the Lines are sometimes prolonged until certain Years of our Age, otherwhiles shortened: Now they wax pale, anon they become notable, and as it were Luxuriate with a kind of Redness, and this as well in the Principal, as Less Principal Lines. Again, (as touching the Less Principal, and such as are found in the Tubercula of the Planets,) it is most certain, that some do one while quite vanish, and that another while, others rise of a different shape and complexion. The cause of which, I suppose to be no other than the various Progressions of the Aphetical Places in the Genitures; that is to say, Fortunate, and Infortunate, to the Influence whereof Man himself is wonderfully subject. The Signs of his Hand are presented at different times with different Faces: Such a Virtue, such a Love resideth in the Imagination of the Greater World towards this Lesser. And therefore the most studious in Chiromancy cannot attain the knowledge of Particulars, by one inspection, only made to a certain Year of the Persons Age. Things that worthily merit our Observation, yet known or approved of but by a few. Of the Planets. The Planets also administer not a little in judgement, from their respective places: For, if they be Happy and Benevolent, good things are portended, but being Unhappy and Froward, the contrary. Here we must also Note, that those Planets are termed Benevolent, in whose Tubercula, and places, the accustomed Lines are found to be Equal, their Characters fair and proportionable, as a Cross, Stars, three or four parallel Lines, Ladders, little branches, a Quadrangle, the Character of Jupiter. But the Froward and Unfortunate are those Planets, whose Tubercula and places are deformed with troubled Lines, and uncouth Figures, as a lame and interrupted Semicircle, Grid-irons, the Character of Saturn. And this is to be Observed in all the Lines of the Hand. Now, as touching the Planets, let us proceed according to the Method proposed. XI. VENUS. Venus' shining well and happily, (that is, when in her Tuberculum she presents a clear Star, or Furrows that be red and transversly Parallel; and so, often as her Tuberculum is much elevated, makes such Men to be Merry, Cheerful, Luxurious, yet Amorous, Grateful, Comely, and Libidinous, very Honest also, and Just, with whom an entire and interrupted tye of Friendship (once made,) is permanent. She renders the Body somewhat tall, and clear, the Eyes pleasant, and sparkling with the splendour of Beauty, full of allurement and temptation: The Hair crisped, and very thick, yet gently curling: She instills a spotless, and a Noble Mind. Yet oftentimes gives Men full of boasting, and incontinency. She inclines the Mind to Music, Painting, and all other Arts that have Beauty, etc. Sometimes (according to the strength of the Geniture) she produceth Priests and Pedagogues, Apothecaries, gardiner's, etc. But being Infortunate, she causeth Lasciviousness, Incontinency, and Boasting: And if you find a Cross also, near the first joint of the Thumb, it commonly designs an Adulterer, or such a one, on whom a mishap hath fallen in some Uxorious matter, or thing. If the place of Venus be untilled, and void of Incisures, it points out an effeminate, rude, and sorrowful Person, Foolishly and Ridiculously addicted to be Merry and Jeasting. XII. MARS. MARS is Fortunate, so often as his Sister appeareth red, clear, and decently drawn, and when either Stars, or a Cross are found in his Cavea. Thus therefore he denotes such as are bold, and full of Courage, Stout, Warlike, Contentious, and not easily mutable, strong, and lusty Trencher-men, Imperious: The Hair for the most part yellow, the Eyes from black waxing red and terrible. If Jupiter participate, he possesseth the Gall, the Reins, the Back, the Liver; If with Venus, the Privy Members, etc. But if he be Froward and Infortunate, that is, when his Signs, and Place are afflicted, etc. He describes Men that be Litigious, Violent, Deceitful, Angry, Intolerable: Also (the rest dissenting) Thiefs; Bloody-minded, and such whose Arts or Occupations are conversant with Fire and Iron. He hath significations of a Wife, Sons, and dissembled Friendships: Thus also he engendereth Fevers, and Blisters or Wheals, filthy Eyes and Skin, the Apoplexy, Holy fire, Wounds, and troubled Thoughts. If you find a Saturnine Particle in the Cavea of Mars, it threatens a Precipice, or fall from some high Place. If there ascend a crooked Line from the same Cavea, to the Tuberculum of Saturn, it threatens Imprisonment. If a Line run from the Cavea of Mars towards the Restricta, and terminate in that part thereof which is under the place of the Moon, it is an Infallible sign of many Peregrinations and Journeys. XIII. JUPITER. JUpiter is Happy, or Fortunate, when in his Region he exhibits signs that be Auspicious; that is, if there be a Star, or a Doubled Cross, Parallel Lines, or a Line decently drawn from the Vital to his Tuberculum, etc. For, thus he signifies Men that are Noble, Glorious, Honest, Benevolent, Affable, Honourable, Merry, Renowned, Neat, Just and Equitable, Beautiful, Formidable, and Happy, such as have comely Eyes, thick Hairs, and a Grave Gesture; likewise such as be shamefaced, and keepers of their Promises. These Men are preferred to great Dignities, and solicited by the Conversations of Great Men, etc. and do highly favour and esteem of their Wives, Sons, honest and good Men, etc. In a Man Jupiter hath the Liver, Blood, and Ribs, the Lungs, and Gristles. But if he be unhappy, he ofttimes throws a Man headlong from a great Estate, to Calamities: If there be half a Grid-Iron in his Tuberculum, it betokeneth Losses, especially by means of the more Potent sort of Women: Otherwise (thus constituted) he occasioneth Griefs of the Heart, the Cramp, Inflammation of the Lungs, and other Diseases proceeding from Wind. If a Line transversely cut his Tuberculum, and afterwards tend to the place of Saturn, making there little hairs, it threatens the Apoplexy. But if you find a Cross especially, or a clear and red Star in his Turberculum, he premonstrates splendid Honours, confers Riches, and Public Rewards from Princes, or other great Personages. XIV. SATURN. SAturn is happily Placed, when we find his Line wholly running to his Region: But less happy, when he presents some inauspicious Characters. Unhappily, if he show Confused, and Infortunate Signs. He governs the Spleen, Bones, and Bladders. When he is Fortunate, he makes Men silent, Provident, of good and profound Counsels; such as Muse much, and are somewhat sorrowful; Men that are puffed up with a silent Spirit, and whose aim is at Honours. And these are slender of Body, somewhat tall, pale and feeble, their Hair blackish, Eyes hollow: They are Fortunate in Tilling of Ground, and in Metals of all forts, yet more careless of their Wives, and less addicted to Venery; foolishly Laughing, and Jeasting: Tenacious also, and more Worldly than is fitting or just, etc. But if Saturn be Infortunate and Froward, he makes Men Sorrowful, Laborious, Sordid, Humble, Covetous, Unfaithful, Liars, Luck-less, Malicious, Encumbered and Oppressed with perpetual Griefs and Anxieties. Thus also he afflicteth with dangerous Diseases, Catarrhs, Coughs, Melancholy, and Hypocondriacal Infirmities; the Dropsy, Gout; Falling-Sickness, Hectic and Quartan Fevers: He likewise occasioneth Imprisonment, Falls from Houses, and endangering of Life by Waters. A gross Line running from the Interval of the Middle and Forefinger, to the Mensal, and breaking or interrupting it, denotes Diseases or Wounds in the lower part of the Belly. XV. SOL. IF the Sun do Fortunately Rule, he makes Men Faithful, Ingenious, Honoured, highminded, Wise, Humane, Religious, Just, Moderate, Aged, and such as always manage their Affairs Honestly. He gives a Body well composed, and adorns it with yellow Hair. He governs the Heart, the Midriff, and the Nerves. But if Infortunately, Men that are Proud, and Highly elated, manifesting their access to Dignities by unjust means, Boasters, and immodest. He brings Fluxes of Rheum upon the Eyes, and thereby hurt both to them and the Mouth, Trembling of the Heart, Syncope, etc. The Via Solis, being cheerful of Colour, signifies Honours in Political Affairs, the Favour and Grace of Princes: But if (on the contrary) it be Confused, and Infortunate, it obstructeth Honours, and intimates the wrath and hatred of Princes. XVI. LUNA. THE Moon, Happy, makes Men Famous, Honest, Honourable, and of a great Body; yet well proportioned, pleasant also, and willingly Journeying by Sea, and walking by the sides of Rivers. But i●●ny ways dissenting in the rest, unconstant both in Life and Actions, yet tending (for the most part) to the best. She Rules the Brain, the Stomach, and the Belly. But if Infortunate, she portends a various, and inconstant kind of Life, Weakness, and an increase of Griefs and Anxieties: She (thus) occasions the Paralysis, a commotion of the Members, oftentimes an Epilepsy and Canker, Spots of the Body, cruel Colicks, and whatever else proceedeth from abundance of Cold and Moisture: And this the rather when the Lines found in the Tuberculum of the Moon do appear very pale. If there be Fair and Comely Signatures near the Ferient, they premonstrate Happiness to the Man in his Journeys and Messages; and in Foreign Country's: To the Woman Felicity, and Fertility in bearing of Children. Ominous Signs do show the contrary. XVII. MERCURY. MErcury, Happy, and Fortunate, makes Men Ingenious, desirous of Sciences, and seeking diligently after Secrets, such as be apt for any thing; Orators, Poets, Eloquent, Crafty, Variable, and ready to learn any thing, Mathematicians, Arithmeticians, and Men addicted to Merchandise, etc. He governs the Tongue and Memory, etc. If he be Unhappy, he denotes Men full of Levity, Liars, Pratlers, Thiefs, Cheats, Unconstant, Faithless, Traitors, etc. He suscitates dry Diseases, Madness, Fury, and Acute Fevers, according as the rest shall assist him. But forasmuch as he very seldom yields the Rule to one Planet only, (the Familiarity of Two, Three, or Four often concurring) we ought to proceed very warily in finding out their Decrees: For, to collect and dispose the Mixtures of the Planets rightly, is a thing very hard to be done, especially of those who are but slenderly excited: Because such Mixtures are almost inscrutable, in respect of the general influence of the Heavens. Nevertheless, the Work is sooner effected, where the Lines and Signatures are fair and clear: But if they be obscure, the Judgement is more intricate. XVIII. The Mensa, or Place of Fortune. THis space being Great, and Broad, and the Figure Decent, declares a Liberal Man, Magnanimous, and long-lived. 2. But if small, and narrow, it argues a slender Fortune, Niggardize, and Fearfulness. 3. A Cross or Star within it, clear, and well proportioned, especially under the Region of the Ringfinger, betokeneth Honours and Dignities to ensue, from, or by means of great and Noble Personages: If the Character of Jupiter, it promises notable Dignities Ecclesiastical. 4. The same Cross or Star Tripled, excellently increaseth the Portents of good Fortune: But if it be cut by confused little Lines, the good Fortune is thereby diverted, and Anxieties and Labours threatened, in defending his Honours, especially if they be under the Region of the Ringfinger. 5. A Cross or Star in the uttermost part of the M●nsa, is a sign of Fortunate Journeys. 6. The Mensa sharpened by the concourse of the Thoral and Cardiaque Lines, point out Deceits, and danger of Life. 7. If no Mensa be found in the Hand, it shows Obscurity both of Life and Fortune. 8. Good and equal Lines in this Space, do speak the Fortune good: But if evil and incomposed, they quite overthrow it. 9 A little Circle, shows perfection of Wit and Sciences, the rest Assenting. XIX. The Pollex, or Thumb. OVerthwart Lines, that be clear and long, underneath the Nail and Joint of the Thumb, confer Riches and Honours. A Line passing from the upper Joint of the Thumb, to the Cardiaca, threatens a violent Death, or Danger by the means of some Married Woman. Lines every where dispersed in the lower Joint of the Thumb, describe Men that be contentious, and such as rejoice in Brawling and Scolding. A Line surrounding the Thumb, in the middle-joynt, portends the Man shall be Hanged: Equal Furrows drawn under the Lower-joynt thereof, argue Riches and Possessions. If the fi●st and second Joint want Incisures, it is a token of Drowziness and Idleness. XX. The Index, or Forefinger. MAny Lines in the uppermost Joint, and they proceeding overthwartly, denote Inheritances, but running so in the middle-joynt, an Envious and Evil Disposed Person. Right Lines running betwixt those Joints, declare (in Women) a Num●rous Issue; In Men, Bitterness of the Tongue. If they be in the First Joint, near unto Jupiter's Mount, they manifest a Jovial Disposit●●●; that is, they point out the Man, whom Jupit●● favoured well in his Geniture. That Woman who hath a Star in the same Place, may safely be Pronounced unchaste, and Lascivious. XXI. Medius, or the Middle-finger. THis Finger, presenting little Grid-Irons in the Joints thereof, plainly declares, an unhappy and Melancholy Wit: But if Equal Lines, it manifesteth Fortune in the Veins of Metals. A Star there, presages a violent Death, by Drowning or Witchcraft, etc. If a Gross Line be extended from the Root thereof upwards through the whole Finger, unto the end of the last Joint, it argues Folly and Madness. XXII. Annularis, or the Ringfinger. A Line rising from the Mons Solis, and ascending by a Right Tract through the Joints thereof, is an Argument of Noble Fame. Equal Lines in the First Joint, premonstrate Honours and Riches: Overthwart-Lines, the Enmity of Princes; Howbeit, if these Lines shall seem to be Intersected, it is the better, because they argue Impediments. XXIII. Auricularis, or the Little-finger. FRom the Joints hereof, as from the Mount itself, are Judgements and Decrees passed concerning Merchandise, and Favours. A Star in the First Joint, near the Tuberculum, argues Ingenuity and Eloquence. Other Obtuse Signs, the contrary: But when there appear Infortunate Signs in the First and Second Joint, they mark out a Thief, and a very deceitful Person: If Adverse Lines in the last Joint, perpetual Inconstancy. Some there are, who predict the Number of Wives from the little Lines in the Mons Mercurii, at the outmost part of the Hand: And I have often observed them hit the Truth; but yet I will not boldly confirm any thing, in this respect, because it properly appertains to Venus, and her Disposition. If the end of this Finger reach not so far as to touch the last Joint of the Ringfinger, it signifies a Wife most Imperious in all things: The Truth thereof may be approved, almost, in any Body. Two Observations touching the Mounts and Fingers. 1. AS the Mounts adorned with good Figures and Characters do carry a good and happy Omen: So likewise being vitiated with confused and unhandsome Lines, they evermore bode the contrary, and this as well on the Fingers as Mounts, unless they be restrained by the Confederacy of other Lines that be good. 2. Chiromancers do Teach and Affirm, That the First Joint near the Mount of the Finger, must be attributed to the First Age: The Second to the Flourishing Estate of Age; And the last unto Old Age. The Marks found according to the Nature of the Planets, we have already explained; concerning which, (notwithstanding we have formerly admonished it) it is our Opinion, that the Directions, or Progressions of the Principal places in every Geniture, do in due times, manifest their respective Marks and Characters, whether Fortunate or Infortunate. The Special Practice of Chiromancy, and its Genethlical Concordancy, in Nineteen Examples. I Have Read in Authors, That the Characters of Places, and the Faces of Lines, are represented according to the Position and Habitude of the Predominating Planets, in every Geniture: And I found it so: Nor shall I (anon) deny it verified in my own: But met with none that had ever brought Example's, or Collected any thing of this Nature. Whereupon, I more Ardently endeavoured to make Trial thereof myself, That so the Truth, and Excellency of this Science, might (both with me and others) remain fully approved of and certain. And having observed one, and another Example, manifesting their Concordancy, by a more Covetous and diligent search, I quickly found the like Harmony in divers others, Nineteen whereof (Ingenious Readers) I now expose to thy view: Read, Understand, and Judge. As for the Ignorant, let him either Learn, or be Silent: And for the Envious, God send him his Health, and let him upbraid where he pleaseth. Example I. One Born at Uratislavia, in the Year of Christ, 1567. August 17. Hor. 12. 10′. in the Afternoon. HE is promised Long-Life, and seldom to be troubled with Diseases: His Complexion (for the most part) Phlegmatic. Mercury Angular, and in his own House, denotes his Ingenuity. The Mid-Heaven Irradiated by the Trine of Jupiter, an Affluence of Joyful, and easily-attained Honours, without Impediments. Mars in the 12. and in the House of Mercury, whom he Afflicts by a Quartile, obstructs his Muse, by Martial Men, especially: And such as are given to Merchandise, etc. V●nus is excellently well and Fortunately Placed, for Marriage, and Plenty of Children. We find an increase of Riches, by Marriage, so likewise from his own Services, and Offices, Honestly undertaken, on the behalf of others: No Testimony of Imprisonment, or a violent Death: Yet some Misfortune to be taken heed of, proceeding, either by the means of Thiefs, or by some of the greater sort of Beasts: Frequent Journeying in his First, and Middle-Age, and those Famous, Honourable, and Gainful. Now, if we Trace these things by the Lineaments of the Hand, we shall find an agreement. 1. For, in the first place, the Mons V●neris notably Furrowed, shows, that Venus had the best Positure in the Geniture. Hence we must gather the significations of Venus, to complete the Judgement. 2. There are three clear Lines in the First Joint of the Little-finger, which tell us the Dominion of Mercury: The like, the Triangle so aptly described. Whence we conjecture a most Excellent Wit, and Commendable Behaviour. 3. The Sun's Place hath its little Lines not foolishly Posited, which contribute Honours: And the like doth the Partile Sextile of Jupiter and the Sun, who is Angular in the Geniture. 4. Saturn (by the Incisures of his Mount) shows Adversities, some Diseases; yet those but Light and Easie. 5. The Breadth of the Mensa confirms the Liberality of Nature. 6. The Saturnia extending to the Epatica, shows an Honest Behaviour, Good Judgement, a Long Life. 7. The Mons Jovis decently adorned with Incisures, the Height of Honours. 8. The Cross near the Ferient, promises Happy and Honourable Journeys: Otherwise the Region of the Moon were here untilled. 9 The Cross in the Mensa under the Annular, contributes Honours, and good Fortune: But insomuch as it is cut by the same, (being let down through the Epatica) it threatens loss of household Goods in his Old Age. To be short, the Principal Lines being endowed with the best Conformity, demonstrate strength in the Principal Members of the Body, as also appears by the Geniture: For, it is not our purpose to draw, or examine all the Incisures in General, especially the lest of all, running through the Fingers or the Restricta: We hold it sufficient, that we have Rightly applied the significations of the Principal Lines and Characters to the Planets and Stars in the Geniture and their Significations: So, that the rest may be ver●●ell referred to the Readers own Ingenuity. Example II. Another Born (Spurcè puta) in the Country of Uratislavia, of Ignoble Parents, in the Year 1590. Feb. 2. New Style, Hor. 1. 30′. Afternoon. AS soon as I saw this Child (in my Travels) I desired to know the time of his Birth: For he was hardly Four Years Old, and looked with an exceeding free and comely Face: And perceiving him Illegitimate, I did the more diligently observe and describe the Lineaments of his Hand; And how exactly they agree with the Stars in his Geniture, shall be the next presented to our Enquiry. We find Four or Five of the Planets Excellently well dignified; in which respect, it might fitly be called, A Regal Geniture. Venus herself is in her Exaltation, and more than so, in mutual Reception with Jupiter, from Houses. The like Reception there is betwixt Saturn and Mercury. Mars is in his Triplicity, and very strong in that part of Heaven. Sol, Saturn, and Jupiter make a Triangle, in Airy Signs, and so doth the Part of Fortune. 1. They all premonstrate not only length of Life, and constancy of Health, but also an absolute Wit, and a Mind that is Noble. In his Hand you find an Excellent Concinnity of Lines, and the places thereof admirably well adorned [viz.] The Tubercula of Venus and Jupiter, than the Taberculum of Mercury, and lastly, the Moons: Ye behold a conspicuous Sister of Mars: Whereby we may pronounce him a most Fortunate and Formidable Warrior. 2. Mercury inclines him to all manner of Sciences, and gives a Profound Wit. 3. The Region of Jupiter is graced with his proper Character. So you see, in the Geniture, the gre●● Dominion of Jupiter with the Virgin's Spike, not without the Reception of Venus. 4. In like manner the Tuberculum of Venus, beautified with convenient Incisures. And therefore in describing the Genius of the Native, we must make 2 Mixture of the significations of Mars, Venus, Jupiter, and Mercury. 5. Saturn letting down Three Little Lines from his Tuberculum, and therewith cutting the Thoral, denounce Sickness in his Old Age, Poverty also and Neediness. 6. The Capaciousness of the Mensa, shows the Goodness of his Nature. 7. The Via Solis designs him to Honours, but (being touched by Diminutive Lines) not without some slender Impediments. 8. The Line of Saturn Ascending (by a strait Path) even to the Middle-finger, confirms the Excellency of the former Judgements. 9 The Ferient tells of Journeys: And the like are signified in the Geniture, by the Positure of the Moon in the West-Angle: So also by the Trine of Mercury to Saturn, Lord of the Ninth House. 10. The Epatica (having a Breach in the End thereof) denotes a Change of the manner of his Life, in Old Age, etc. The Excellent Reception of the Planets disposing of the 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, and 12 th'. Houses, what further concerns the State and Condition of the Native. Example III. The same Day and Year (abating but 12 hours and 30 min.) A Female was Born in Turingia, where the Pole is Elevated 51 Deg. 30 Min. IT will merit the Pains, if (in some sort) we compare the Discourse of the former Hand, with this that follows. 1. The Principal Lines, [viz. the Vital, Epatica, ●nd Thoral,] do almost agree in their Scite and Confirmity: In the Less Principal you see a Difference. 2. The Vital is thrice Cut. First, near the Retricta, which shows a Disease about the 7 th'. Year of ●er Age: And although in Directions there appear nothing suspicious about that time; yet, in regard there ●re for the most part some Dangers of Sickness, or Craftiness in all Clymacterical Years, even when there happens no unlucky Progression of the Aphetical places: You may conjecture a small Fever, some short and slender Distemperatures, the Small Pox, or the like. Another Section (conspicuous in the middle of the same Line) agrees with the Direction of the Horoscope, to the Opposition of Saturn, which falls out about the 32 Year of her Age; and brings with it a Dis●ase very Dangerous. The third Section must be referred to the 52. or 54. Year of her Age, the Horoscope then coming to the Quartile of M●rs: And this premonstrates Wounds, or a Burning Disease in the Lower Parts of her Belly; because it interrupteth other Lines, through the Cavea of Mars. But die she does not of this Disease, in regard Venus Assists in the Geniture. 3. The Sister of Mars is wanting: But the Venereal Furrows are sufficiently Eminent. Wherefore they portend Lasciviousness. The same is signified by the Conjunction of Mars and Venus in Pisces, Mars being Lord of the Horoscope. 4. The Cephalica, here, excels; and therefore endues her with the more Ingenuity. In the Geniture you see Mercury in the Third House (a Competent place) in Reception and Aspect of S●turn himself: Notwithstanding the Tub●rculum of M●rcury scarce shows so much as one Incisure. 5. A Cross in the Moon's Place, foretelleth of Fertility and Happiness in Bearing of Children. And to this, Venus is fitted in the Geniture, notwithstanding she hath Mars in Conjunction with her. Yet, seeing he disposeth of the 6 th'. House, it is to be feared, lest at some time he occasion Danger in the Birth of a Boy. 6. The Place of Jupiter is also otherwise understood, than in the preceding Example. The Region of the Sun likewise favoureth in some measure. An Honourable Life is seldom obtained by the more Generous sort of Women, unless by Marriage. 7. The Line arising in the very Middle of the Hand, and thence Ascending to the Root of the Thoral beneath the Region of Mercury, by Dissecting the Epatica, points out an Unfaithful Friend, which (in her Declining Age) should occasion Loss and Detriment in her household Goods, and Things. 8. The Epatica (Cut in the End thereof) bodes a deficiency of Wit in her Old Age: The Cross there, is the Fore runner of some Good: The Reception of Mercury and Saturn from Houses, in the Geniture, and they Dispositions of the 3, 4, and 8. Houses, a sign of Inheritance. 9 The breadth of the Mensa is very Feat, and the Site of the Thoral comely and decent, which argue her Goodness of Nature, Readiness of Wit. 10. The Line of Saturn running in an Oblique Tract from the Restricta, to the Tuberculum of Saturn, doth usually mark out such as be Laborious, something Covetous and Hard. But that the Lines of the Hands are not completely perfect at the Hour of the Nativity, this Exam●●● abundantly manifests. Moreover, seeing by this, 〈◊〉 is certain, That the Positure of the Planets in the Figure are of great Authority: It necessarily follows, that the Lines, especially the Less Principal, do truly receive their clearer Conformity from the first Moment of the Birth, in which the Infant begins to move its hands, and make, as it were, to lay hold of, or catch at things. As touching the Principal Lines, there is no doubt but that they are clearly enough Engraven at the very Instant of the Nativity: But that (in process of time) there is an Access of some Incisures and Characters, Reason itself will teach him that shall make more diligent Inspection into the Hands of little Infants. For, at first we find an obscure and subtle Draught of the Lines: Afterwards, (the thin and tender skin being worn away, by the continual Motion and Bathing thereof) all the Lines grow fairer and brighter every day more than other: For then the Virtue of the Stars, and the sidereal Spirit, (wherewith every one is Inspired) begin to perfect the Lines more completely (the Element of Water intervening.) Whatsoever is Generated in this World, is Generated of Water, and the Spirit. And whosoever is not Regenerate of the Water and Spirit, shall not enter into the Kingdom of GOD, (as our Saviour speaks:) Water hath a respect unto the Heart of Man, but the Spirit hath regard of the Divine Efficacy. Moreover, the Stars do first of all convey their Influence through the Air, which is nearest the Nature of Fire, like as is the Nature of the Stars themselves; whereby the Water itself, (that is next to the Air in Situation) receives the Celestial Virtue, and Communicates it to the Earth, from which Communication the Fecundity thereof proceedeth. And this is evident in the Springtime, whilst things are Sprouting from the Bosom of the Earth: For, if showers be then wanting, they grow but slowly: And the Increment they have is either by the Vaporous Cold of Night, (the Image of Humidity) or else the Nightly Dew, or both together, (the heat of the Sun assisting in the daytime:) Which being continued for some days, afterwards (when a shower comes) you shall quickly perceive them increased in a Moment: Because that now the sidereal Spirit enlivening them, renders itself more Excellent than they, by its plentiful besprinkling of Moisture. The like is to be understood o●●he slender Skin upon the Hands. You see also in the Plants themselves, how Rude their Leaves be, when first they peep out of the Earth, in respect of the Lineaments and Pictures of their Branches, (they are otherwise called Signatures:) which by little and little show themselves more plain and openly to our view. The like we must judge of the Lines, or Incisures of the Hands, which hold the like Analogy and Proportion in the Manifestation of their Signatures. Whereby it appears, How Great the Works of GOD are: He hath put these Signs in the H●nd of all Men, that every one also might hereby acknowledge his Works past finding out, as Job saith, Chap. 37. v. 7. Nevertheless, there are some, (both Divines and Philosophers) who account it a Heinous thing of us, that we wr●st this saying of Job's to Chiromancy: But that we may briefly satisfy such, we will examine the meaning thereof more fully. The T●xt there, runs thus: V. 5. God will Thunder Marvellously with his Voice, who doth Great and Inscrutable things. V. 6. Who commands 〈◊〉 ●now to fall upon the Earth, so likewise the Win●●r s●owers, and the Rain of his Strength. V. 7. Who hath placed Signs in the Hand of every Man, that all Men may know his Work. V. 8. The Beast entereth into his Covert, and remaineth in his Den. IN the beginning of the Chapter, you have, as it were, certain Praeludiums to a following Proposition, laid down in the 5 th'. Verse: For thus he saith, Jehovah Thundereth, or speaketh loud in his Works, That they may be Great and Inscrutable. The Examples of the Proposition follow in the 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, etc. He maketh (saith he) the Snow to descend like Wool, as the psalmist addeth. The Reasons of the Generation of Snow, are indeed speciously delivered amongst the Peripatetics; yet if you reduce them to a Level, they will by no means stand, but terminate in Dotage. Another Example of the Proposition, you have in the 7 th'. Verse, GOD Signeth all Men in their hands, That every one might know his Work: That is, Those Lines were not made there by Chance. The Hebrew V●●sion v●rbatim: He shall Sign all Men in the H●nd, that every man may know his Work. The 70 Interpreters. He marketh all m●n in the Hand, that ●very Man may know his Infirmity. St. Hierom●. He hath placed Signs in the Hand of all Men, that every one may know his Works. The Chaldee Translation. He maketh Signs in the Hand of all the Sons of M●n, that all the Sons of Men might know their Work. These we wholly apply to the Lines of the Hands, because that every Man beholds them daily, but seldom knows what they signify unto him. You have in each an Universal Particle, and therefore no Man is Excluded: Which very thing Refutes the Translation of some, who Read [That every one might know his Workmen:] But there are many Thousands of Men Living, that have no Workmen at all, who earn their Bread with the Labours of their own Hands. Besides, To know their Workmen, is not a Great and Inscrutable Work, but altogether such a one, as every common Rustic daily is capable of. And therefore that version wholly dissents from the Proposition. Object. But now ye may Object, That if the Disposition and Draught of the Lines of the Hands be an Inscrutable Work, than nothing of Certainty can be pronounced as touching their Decrees and Significations: And therefore the Science of Chiromancy will be Imperfect and Lame, or (if you please,) no Science. Solu. I Answer: All Sciences in this Life are Imperfect and Lame, if ye look upon the Force of Humane Wit; as the Apostle himself Testifies. And surely they were so made, lest we should wax Proud, and Boast of our Wit, and of those Sciences, but rather seek for the Absolute Perfection of all things in GOD, who hath reserved that Perfection for the World to come: Yet therefore are not those Sciences to be Despised, and utterly Rejected: But that the Mind of an Ingenious Man might delight itself in them, because Sciences are the only Food of the Mind. We maintain also, that Chiromancy containeth things that be Inscrutable, by a threefold Reason. 1. Because that in this Science, we cannot attain the Knowledge of all the Particular and scrupulous Lineaments, so, as that we can explicate the Decrees of every Incisure. And although many Particulars may be pronounced, yet are they such Particulars as may not recede from the Number of Universals: Yet when ye can or would pick out the Decrees of all the most scrupulous Incisures, there may be ofttimes above an hundred Portents to be considered, which is Impossible to be done. Therefore our knowledge hardly reaches to the one half of this Science: In which respect the Significations of all Particular Signs, are not Injuriously deemed Inscrutable. 2. Another Reason, is, for that the Position of these Lines very much differs in all men's H●nds: For, although you should observe a thousand, yet could you not find any Two exactly agree in every Particular Positure of their Lines. And this Diversity proceeds from no other thing, than The Soul of the World: She it is that by her Spirit, from hour to hour, variously Disposeth, Moveth, Animateth, Produc●th, Sign●th, Sustaineth all things of this Inferior World: This is it that Communica●es to every Man a certain Sidereal Spirit from the seven Planet's, and Twelve Signs, by whose Rule and Instinct every thing (that is itself,) exceedingly Profits; the Liberty of Will remaining. The Ancient Philosophers called it, The Good Spirit, or Proper Genius of every one: Wherefore, if the finding out of these Signatures were not to all Men almost Inscrutable, every one might easily find and know his own Genius, and what were needful for him to do. But touching the Soul of the World, and the Spirit thereof, I shall annex some things at the end of this Work. 3. Lastly, the Structure of the Hand itself, is admirable, in regard of the Proportion it beareth to the Face, and certain Parts thereof: Which is this: 1. The whole Hand is of Equal length with the Face. 2. The Greater Joint of the Forefinger (which adjoins upon the Tuberculum of Jupiter,) Equals the Height of the Forehead. 3. The other Two (to the Extremity of the Nail) are the just Length of the Nose: [viz. from the Intercilia, or place betwixt the Eyebrows, to the Tip of the Nostrils.] 4. The First and Greater Joint of the Middle-finger is so long as it is betwixt the bottom of the Chin and the top of the Under Lip. 5. But the Third Joint of the same Finger, is of equal length with the distance that is betwixt the Mouth and the lower parts of the Nostrils. 6. The Greater Joint of the Thumb, gives the Wideness of the Mouth. 7. The Distance betwixt the bottom of the Chin, and the top of the Lower-lip, the same. 8. The Lesser Joint of the Thumb is equal to the Distance betwixt the top of the under-lip, and the lower part of the Nostrils. The Nails obtain the just half of their respective uppermost Joints, which they call Onychios. Now I suppose it well enough understood, what consideration is requisite to the knowledge of the Hand, the Parts and Signatures thereof, which yet is supposed but a small Particle of the Humane Body: But the cause of the aforesaid Proportion, who can tell? Verily therefore, Man is the work of GOD, as t●e Hebrew Translation hath it, (Ad verbum,) in the aforesaid Place of Job. The third Example, proposed by Job, is, concerning Beasts that seek their D●ns, and leave them at their pleasure, not otherwise, than as if somebody had taught them it. Whence it is manifest, Beast's do live indeed by sense, yet not wholly destitute 〈◊〉 some Reason: Which very thing is proved also by other Documents. But we may more Rightly attribute unto them, an Image or Proportion of Humane Reason. Now the rest, I leave. Nor yet have I here said thus much, as if without it this our Chiromancy could not stand. Let those to whom it is acceptable, approve thereof; otherwise, let him it pleases not, abound in his own sense. Example IV. One Born upon the River Rhine, A.C. 1546. January 6 Hor. 1. Min. 20 in the Afternoon, the Pole Elevated almost 52 Degrees. The things considerable in this Example, are, 1. A Token of the Gout, under the Finger of Saturn, whereof he was sick (by Turns) for some Years: Notwithstanding, that Disease could not be foretell (in specie) from any Characters. Mars Posited at the Geniture in Sagittary, and in the sixth House, brings Infallibly the Gout: Of which Positure we have also known other Examples. The Girdle of Venus' whole, yet twice Intersected, is a palpable sign of Intemperance, and of Beastly Behaviour in Venereal Actions, not without some stain both in Name and Repute, which he found by the Event. Consider, I beseech you, Saturn in the 7 th'. House, joined to Venus in a Quartile of the Moon. 2. For, such a Conjunction produces Minds that be Impure, unless Jupiter interposeth. He likewise denies Issue, and ofttimes takes away the Children given, or maketh such as are to be Born Infortunate. 3. The Triangle perfect; the Cephalica extended, by a continued Tract, to the Place of Mercury; and the Saturnia rightly touching the Natural Mean; the Place of Jupiter, Mercury, and Venus: And lastly, the Via Lactea, not foolishly form, Argue, A Fortunate Man. In the Geniture you may behold Saturn and Jupiter disposing of the 7 th'. 8 th'. 9 th'. 10 th'. 11 th'. and 12 th'. not without Reception of Houses: In which places you find all the Planets (Mars only excepted:) This Native therefore was most Fortunate in such things as are subject to V●nus, Mercury, and Jupiter. 4. The two Parallel Lines conveniently drawn (in the form of a Ladder) from the Region of Saturn and the Sun, to the Moon's Place, denote a prosperous and constant Fortune in Foreign Countries. 5. The Mons Lunae well and fairly depicted with convenient Incisures, premonstrates Journeys. 6. The Mensal cutting the Mount of Jupiter, denotes Men that are full of Wrath: And so they are wont to be, for the most part, in whose Nativities Mars resideth in the 6. 7. The same Dissected under the Finger of Saturn, by a short and thick Line, threatens a Grievous Disease in the lower part of the Belly, and that in his Old Age. 8. The Vital broken, towards the end thereof, by a double Incisure, bodes Diseases about the 52. or 54 Year of his Age. At that time the Horoscope comes (by Direction) to the 6 th'. degree of Leo (the Terms of Saturn) very Ominous, etc. 9 The Via Lactea adhering to the Dragon's Tail, (another Cross occurring,) speaks his Old-age to be full of Tranquillity. 10. The Cross in the Mensa, under the Solar Finger, designeth Honours, and the Favour of Great Men. It is not requisite to describe all that is signified by the Geniture, because in the Disposition of the Planets, showed you before, all things are comprehended; which sidereal Face and Position very seldom happeneth. Example V. One Born in the Year 1586. Decemb. 9 New Style, Hor. 8. Min. 40. Before Noon, in the Upper Lusatia. AS you see but a simple Concourse of Lines in the Hand; so the Places of the Planets in the Geniture are sufficiently dejected. 1. 'Tis true, Jupiter is accounted Angular, and in his Exaltation; yet is he Retrograde, and by Calculation, not (partily) found to be in the West Horizon: He hath not (as yet) adorned his Mount with any Lines; yet there, (in the Geniture) he favoureth Marriage, and when he doth so, the Lines that shall arise in their due time upon the Tuberculum of Jupiter, will manifest; not without some other Prosperity. 2. Venus also is hereunto fitted, as being in the Se●ond House, yet adorns her Tuberculum but slowly, because she is Peregrine: 3. This Child was sometimes afflicted with an Epilepsy; nor was he ever Cured thereof: Which Accilent, whether it should be attributed to those little Branches, arising from the Thoral, under the Region of Saturn; Or, to the Conjunction of the Thoral with the Epatica, by that little clear Incisure, I cannot determine. 'Tis hardly possible to find the Signs of all Accidents in the Hands: And I confess, I have not here so accurately distributed the Lines of the Fingers; for that in Children we can very seldom perceive their Delineations plainly. Indeed, in the Geniture, the Conjunction of the Luminaries is Infortunate; because the Brain is thereby much weakened, and greatly bereft of the Animal Spirit. By how much nearer their Conjunction is, by so much more evidently do we find the Evils thence descending. I know that such are of a weak and simple Ingenuity; almost continually Sick; but especially Afflicted with Hypocondriacal Melancholy. Moreover, Saturn being here in Aries, augments the Infirmities of the Head. 4. The Epatica, inclined towards the Restricta, (thereby making a Narrow Triangle,) Contracts his Wit, diminisheth his Prudence: But withal it renders him somewhat Covetous. The Cephalica decently drawn, helpeth the Wit in some measure. In the Geniture you find but slender Testimonies of Ingenuity; for Mercury in Sagittary, nigh to the Sun, is altogether weak: The Moon is hardly a Days Journey from the Sun: The Horoscope also not Irradiated by either Jupiter, and Saturn Annular, are the only Assistants. The Line passing by the Vital to that Concave of Mars, and there Erecting a Cross, with the dimidiate Line of Saturn, betokeneth Wounds, and dangers of Life, by the means of Thiefs, etc. The same is rightly manifested by Mars in the Geniture, he being then in the Cusp of the 9 th'. House, because of his North Latitude; and in Quartile to the Sun and Mercury. The Conjunction of the Thoral and Epatica, by the small Intervening Line, confirms this Judgement. The aforesaid Cross in the Concave of Mars, threatens Fevers, and other Diseases of his Nature, etc. Now, it sufficiently appears, that the Abject Concourse of the Stars in the Nativity, do agree with the Rude Draught of the Lines in the Hands; which very thing I have elsewhere also observed. Another Born in Thuringia, in the Year of Christ, 1585. June 26. Half an hour before Noon. IN which Geniture, Saturn falleth in the 7 th'. House, in Aries; Jupiter in the 9 th'. in the beginning of Gemini; the Sun in the 10 th'. in Cancer, and in Conjunction with Mercury, who is Retrograde, and in Square of Saturn: Mars in Virgo possesseth the 12 th'. House, the Moon in Scorpio, the second, Venus being Retrograde in Leo. This Positure, as it is the most dejected, so found I the Lineaments of his Hand accordingly Infortunate. For first, the Vital is Dissected by a part of the Cephalica, not touching the Cavity of the Hand. And I beheld (as it were) some Ruder Lines not only here and there projected from the Cephalica through the Ferient, but they also broken one by another, near to the Place of the Moon. Moreover, in the Concave itself, or rather under the Tuberculum of Saturn, than the Sun's; a certain Star adheres to the Epatica, casting a Cleft through the Mensa upon the Thoral Line, under the Region of Saturn, etc. These Signatures bring not only Infelicity, but shorten the Life. The same you may Collect from the Geniture itself. The Horoscope comes by Direction to the Opposition of Saturn, about the 15 Year of his Age, designing a Deadly Disease. Example VI The Brother of the former Born in the Year 1588. December 17. (New Style) at 5 in the Morning. 1. MARS (Lord of the Horoscope) received of Venus from Houses, (yet they dejected) engenders Lust and Incontinency. You see the Region of Venus how evidently it is adorned with Furrows, a Cross being Posited in the upper part thereof; which oftentimes produceth Adulteries. 2. Jupiter is partly collocated in the Mid-heaven, making a sufficiently decent Triangle with Saturn and Mercury, in Earthly Signs. And therefore Jupiter adorneth his Seat by the little Line, and the Cross annexed thereunto: Whence you may conjecture, that this Planet hath greatest Dominion over the Native. His Significations may be Collected from what hath been said before, yet more Remissly, because he is in his Detriment. 3. Saturn (in Conjunction with the Moon) is Lord of the Geniture, and this by a double Proportion in respect of Jupiter. And therefore you see the Saturnia whole and Entire; and, which is more, a Sister annexed thereunto, the same extending beyond the Thoral by a decent Tract. 4. Although that from Jupiter, Venus, and Saturn, there be something (of Wit) demonstrated; yet you may see the Cephalica drawn to the Tuberculum of Mercury; and the Auricular bearing a small Line, which is clear enough, and running through the Joint itself. Mercury in the Geniture, in Capricorn, promotes the Wit exceedingly, (and so he does when he is in Aquarius and Libra, in which Signs Saturn predominates.) The like is declared by the Trine of Jupiter, and also the Sextile of Mars and Mercury: But the Quartile of Mars afflicts Mercury, obstructing the Attainment of Honours. 5. The Moon is excellently well Posued in Taurus, and in Trine to the Sun; but yet in the Cusp of the sixth, and therefore two little clear Lines adorn the Ferient, assuring an increase of Honourable Journeys. 6. The Via Solis whole, and equally drawn, promises the Favour of Noble Men, and Joyful Honours. The Dignities fore-seen by the Geniture will come by the Excellent knowledge of Learning, and from such things as are Dedicated to Mercury: The Position of the Sun in Capricorn, brings something peculiar to all manner of Affairs. 7. The Mensa itself of a large Capacity, confirms the former significations. A Cross there troubling the Saturnia, shows some Misfortune to descend from the Malice of Saturn. The Opposition of Venus and Saturn is not only adverse to Matrimony, but also usually wont to deny Issue. 8. The Thoral emitting little Branches towards the Ferient, doth sometimes presage Poverty. Thus (we hope) both the Lines of this Hand, and the significations of the Geniture, have been sufficiently Examined. Example VII. The Brother of the former Born in the Year of Christ 1590. December 30. (New Style) Hor. 4 min. 30. in the Morning. 1. THE Genius of this Native depends upon Mercury, Venus, Saturn, and Jupiter, because you see their places handsomely adorned, and the Lines wholly produced. And although Mercury exhibits no Character on his Tuberculum, save only a little Line; yet the Cephalica, drawn by a direct Path, even to his Tuberculum, universally gives his Decrees. Hence do appear the Endowments of a Ready Wit, a Happiness to Eloquence, and other Ingenious Arts: Whereof before in its proper place. 2. Although the Sun be (here) in Capricorn, (as in the precedent Geniture) yet appears there no Via Solis in the Hand: In which respect, the Favour of Princes shall not so easily be gained by this as the former Native, who hath Jupiter himself partly constituted in the Mid-heaven. Nevertheless, the Cephalica shows, that this Native shall happily Manage great Affairs. 3. The same is promised by the Conspicuous Star in the Mount of Jupiter.— The Line running (as you see) from the Vital to the Mount of Jupiter, hath very often manifested to me the Conjunction of Mars and Jupiter in the Genitures, especially when it passeth through the Vital and the Temple of Venus, as you see it does, in the two following Examples, and in the 17 th'. therefore Jupiter is excellently well placed, he being Direct in Motion, and nigh to the Southern Lance of Libra, beholding the Mid-heaven by a Sextile, notwithstanding he be in a Dejected House of the Heavens. 4. The Moon affords but slender signification, because she is not as yet come to a Sextile of the Sun. The Ferient presents but one Line, and that is attributed to short Journeys. 5. The Mensal projects little Branches towards the Ferient, as in the former Example. 6. Concerning the Portents of Saturn, which are yet more Obscure, we say nothing. For, seeing he is Retrograde in the 8 th'. House, (although in his Triplicity) his Condition is but Indifferent: He afflicts Venus more by his Opposition, than he does Mercury, in that he is Extremely Adverse the Nature of Venus. As to their Opposition, we have but newly spoke. 7. The Mensa itself hath a due and simple proportion, whereby the goodness of Wit, Temperament and Behaviour is confirmed. 8. The little Line is posited in the Interval of the Index and Medius, is Infortunate, and points out a Wound in the lower part of the Belly. 9 The Vital vitiated near the beginning thereof by an Incisure, bodes a Disease in his Infancy. And he was accordingly seized on by an absolute Frenzy, at the middle of the Spring, in the Year 1593. Yet happily escaped it without the Application of any Remedies, Corruption flowing abundantly from one of his Ears. Hereupon we thought him Reserved for greater Matters. The same Vital dissected by the Intervening of a Line descending from the Region of Saturn, threatens a most dangerous Disease, of the Nature of Saturn; and this about the 40 th'. Year of his Age: You see also the Horoscope itself comes (at that time) by Direction, to the Opposition of Saturn. This thing (as also elsewhere) we can scarce sufficiently admire. Mercury Lord of the 8 th'. (the House of Death) is found in his Detriment, hostility Afflicted of Saturn himself: Which denotes a Fall from some High-Place, Drowning, Poison, Plague, etc. Venus' interposing herself, mitigates, and abates of the Evil, in some sort, but takes it not wholly away. Example VIII. A certain Man Born on the Confines of Bohemia, in the Year of Christ 1588. the 8 th'. day of November (New stile) at 8 a Clock, 45 Min. 40 Sec. in the Afternoon: The Latitude of the Place 50 Deg. 30 Min. THIS Geniture is Fortunate, as are also the Lineaments of the Hand. 1. The Moon Partilly Posited in the Horoscope, in Trine of Mercury, demonstrates an Excellent Wit: So also the Reception of Mercury and Mars, from Houses. The like Venus being Angular, and in her own House: And lastly, the Conjunction of Jupiter and Mars in the House of Mercury, they embracing the Moon by a Sextile. The like is signified by the Cephalica, extending itself to the Tuberculum of Mercury: So likewise by the Finger and Tuberculum of Mercury, they exhibiting not undecent little Lines. Herewith 〈◊〉 th● 〈◊〉 itself, and those very fair Characters in the Places of Jupiter, Venus, and the Sun. 2. Venus is conspicuous in her Furrows, as being Angular (at the Birth) in her own House. 3. The Trine of the Sun and Mercury, (in Watery Signs) to the Cusp of the South-Angle, and Horoscope itself (where we meet with the Moon) and also the Part of Fortune Salutes him with Honours, and wished-for success of all things. Such a Trine is seldom met with. It promotes a Prosperous Fortune. Unto these let be added Venus Angular in Libra, etc. The Regions of the Sun, Jupiter, Venus, and the Moon, are excellently Beautified in the Hand: And a double Triangle therein wonderfully occurring; one of which is formed of the Vital, Epatick, and Cephalick Lines: The other, by the Cephalick, Mensal, and Vital, if you add the little Line of the Vital, which runs thence to the Tuberculum of Jupiter. The Two Parallel Rules assist notably in Point of Marriage, Honours, Ingenuity, and Affairs: One of which is made by the Line that passes from the Interval of the Index and Medius, to the Mensal, touching the same, below the Interval of the Medius and Annular; and thence Protracted to the Interval of the Auricular and Annular; (some by such a Line Prophesy Incest;) the other from the Line falling from the Pollex, upon the middle of the Vital, and running thence by a Right Angle through the Cavity of the Hand, to the Natural Mean. All these things do plainly presage a most Excellent Man in all manner of Sciences, especially the Mathematics. And this very same judgement, manifestly ariseth from the Geniture, by the Situation of Mercury in Scorpio, the Positure of the Moon in the Horoscope, in her own House, and the Trine of Mercury. Lastly, by the Reception of Houses betwixt Mars and Mercury. Besides, the Sextile of Mars and Mercury, etc. argues Celerity: The which are so manifest to the Intelligent, they cannot be looked upon and conferred without Admiration. 5. The Region of the Moon, presenting a very clear Line, betokeneth Journeys: The Moon Angular, in a Movable sign, the same: So also Mercury received of Mars, Lord of the Third. 6. The Vital, and that Line which runs from the Tuberculum of Saturn through the Hand, unto the Region of the Moon, do seem to resemble a Scale, or Ladder, of an Excellent bigness, and that by a Notable Tract: In which Scale are every where found Transverse Lines, requisite to the shape thereof. This presages a wonderful and formidable Tract of Dignities, but not without great Envy. 7. As touching Riches, what need we say more? There are no Dignities, no Kingly and Magnificent Affairs, wherein an Affluence of all things is wanting-Venus Centrally in the 4 th'. House, contributes Honourable Possessions in his Old Age, and no little Fame after his Death: You see how her Tuberculum even Luxuriates with accustomed Incisures. 8. The Vital diversely cut, concerns no small or light Infirmities. In the fifth Year of his Age, he was sick of the Small Pox. The rest you may judge to fall out in the 11, 21, 25, and 43 Years of his Age, or thereabout. 9 Moreover, Saturn projecting (in his Region) an Incisure, through the Mensal, bodes a Disease in the lower part of the Belly: (I suppose the Stone in the Bladder, etc.) As therefore this Geniture of itself is happy; so are likewise the Lineaments of his Hand, and the Conveniency in the Lines themselves, which was to be Proved. Example IX. One Born in the Year of Christ 1551. the 8 th'. day of March, at Nine a Clock and 30 Min. before Noon, where the Elevation of the Pole is 51 degr. in Silesia. WE observe the Right Hand of this Person, because that therein we perceived the Lines most clear, according to our former Annotation: We have also made Proof thereof in other Examples, yet ofttimes found a certain Diversity (as before we have said) we must not every where repeat this same thing, which makes so little to the purpose. First, let us see the Practice, and throughly inquire its wonderful Agreement with the Genitures themselves. 1. The Line of Life conspicuous with Incisures, as it were some little Hairs, portends no small Diseases: The like Saturn cutting the Thoral with four Incisures; whereby he also foreshews four more grievous Infirmities proceeding from his Nature. The First of which befalls the Native about the 21 Year of his Age, by a sudden Catharre upon his Breast and Lungs, not without some strangling, and Difficulty of Breathing. The second in the 35 Year of his Age, by the means of a Poisoned Drink. But in regard he shall not wholly Drink off the Cup at one Draught, (because of some Nauseous thing appearing) the Deadly dregs is left in the bottom; yet hurts it him something. But by the Help of a Physician the strength of the Poison is easily Compressed. If you take the pains to Calculate, you will find that the Progression of the Sun comes exactly then to the Quartile of Saturn. The Third, we conjecture, will be in the 45 Year of his Age, or thereabout, the Horoscope then passing out of Cancer into Leo. This Progression also is wont to bring a Change of Outward Goods. The Fourth, we judge to fall out in the 54, or 55 th'. Year of his Age, the Horoscope coming then, by Direction, to the 6 th'. degr. of Leo; which degree how greatly it threatens in Directions, we will more clearly explain to you elsewhere. But although this ensuing Disease may prove very Grievous, yet is it not to be thought altogether deadly, because of Jupiter's divolving himself to the very degree of the Horoscope. Let him then take heed of a Quartan Fever, the Plague or Pestilence. Upon the Direction of the Horoscope to the Body of Mars, in the 13 or 14 Year, the Native fell into hot-scalding-water, with the hurt of his Arm and Breast. Now, this Accident we seek for in the Vital (yet not in Specie) where we behold little Hairs. The Place of Mars, according to the Calculation of Copernicus, hath of North Latitude 2 degr. 10 min. wherefore his Oblique Ascension is 62 deg. 50 min. 2. Jupiter conspicuous in his Tuberculum, with no unusual Incisures, shows Dignities that be sufficiently Great (respect being had to the Place of his Birth.) The like in that he is Collocated in the Cusp of the Ascendant. We have also elsewhere observed (from the Line of Mars drawn through the Vital, to the Region of Jupiter) the Conjunction of Jupiter and Mars in the Geniture. Nor does the precedent Example very much descent from the same. 3. The Sun is not ill placed near to Venus in Pisces: You see therefore in his Mount a little Line that is clear enough. 4. The Region of Venus adorned with convenient Furrows, not only manifests her good habit in the Geniture, but also presages some goodness to accrue by the means of a Wife. The Sun therefore coming, by Direction, to the Sextiles of Venus, greatly Enriched him by the Inheritance of a Wife, and this about the 41 Year of his Age; in which we observed his Hand thus Delineated. 5. Jupiter and Mars arising together in the East, denotes Ingenuity: So Mercury in Aries (thus remote from the Sun) a ready Wit. Observe his Region, and therein you shall find Three Parallel Incisures. The same you may pronounce from other places, according to the former Precepts. 6. The Cephalica and Via Lactea do hereunto both contribute, notwithstanding they be of a shorter extent. 7. The Region of the Moon is Incult, and quite destitute of Incisures, and therefore wholly silent; like as also she is in the Geniture, being scarcely departed from the Sun above a days Journey. 8. The Restricta continued, and of a good colour; argues Riches, and a good Crasis of the Body. 9 The Mensa very broad, his goodness of Nature: And the like you shall find by Jupiter in the Nativity. 10. The Natural Mean dissected by the Intervening of an Incisure, Heat and Grief of the Liver: The like from Mars, (next to Jupiter in the East) in an Airy Sign. 11. Saturn in the Cusp of the 10 th'. is (in some sort) averse to Dignities, occasioning Envy, especially. He also exhibites (and that not vaily) an Incisure under his Finger, arising from the Interval of the Medius and Annular. Thus also have we briefly demonstrated from this Geniture, the wonderful Consent and Harmony of the present matter. Example X. Another Born in the Year 1588. the 8 th'. day of February, at 4 hours and 30 min. in the Evening, at Witeberge. WHat Familiarity there is in this Illustrious Example, shall be shown you in brief. 1. The Dominion of the Geniture rests chiefly in Jupiter and Mercury: Next, in Venus and Mars; yet not excluding Saturn and the Moon. The Rule for finding and constituting the Lord of the Geniture shall be explained in our Astrological Commentaries: And that we will always follow, and do certainly know we deviate not from the Truth. Now, seeing that Jupiter, Mercury, the Moon, and Saturn are all of them Angular, it must be of necessity, that these are very conspicuous in their Mounts. Venus also, and Mars Luxuriate in no Evil Conjunction. 2. This Geniture (therefore) is very Fortunate, (except in those things that concern Health:) For, Saturn is so adverse to Jupiter and the Moon, that (almost perpetually) he suscitates Distillations upon the Breast and Liver. Herewith agree the Intersected Lines in the Tuberculum of Saturn: Then the Vital also and Epatica are on every side Assaulted by the Touch of other small Lines. Whence I conclude that the more notable Assault of Diseases will happen in the 30, 32, 36, 44, and 50 th'. Years of his Age, or thereabout. 3. The Position of all shows, a Great Wit, Eloquence in abundance, and a Propensity to all Arts whatsoever: So many Parallel Lines, Crosses, and Convenient Characters, there are every where found: But especially the Cephalica Invading the Region of Mercury by a continued March: The Place of Mercury, and the Auricular itself adorned with Lines and a double Cross. Lastly, Jupiter, Venus, the Mensa, the perfect Triangle. In the Geniture such things as appertain to the Ingenuity, are gathered from the Positure of Mercury, the Moon, Saturn, etc. 4. The Cephalica doubled up to the Natural Mean, argues Craftiness and Subtlety in Managing of Affairs: 5. The Star of Venus in its proper place, and thereon most clear Furrows, denoteth Lust. The three Incisures upon the Eminent part of her Tuberculum, premonstrate good things to be obtained by Marriage. The same you have from the Conjunction of Venus and Mars in Pisces, [to wit, a Venereal, and Jovial Sign] in a Sextile of Saturn, and Trine of the Moon: Venus in the Second House, and Jupiter in the 7 th'. descending to the Head of the Twins, do import an Affluence of Riche● by Marriage: Jupiter there, doth also assure him Victory over all his Enemies. 6. Although the Sun be not Excellently well Posited in the Geniture; yet adorns he this Region in some measure, by certain little Lines: But they are cut, and do therefore insinuate troubled Honours. Jupiter and Mercury promise those that be more Joyful, and so doth the Mensa, here and there offering a Multiplied Cross. 7. The Saturnia drawn to the Natural Mean, in a clear Tract, and afterward (by an Obscurer) to the Place of Saturn, concerns the happy Issue of things: (Saturn is here more adverse to his Health than Outward Fortune:) And this (in the Geniture) may be Collected from Saturn, Angular; from the Principal Rule that Jupiter and Mercury challenge therein, and also from Venus and Mars, who are joined in Pisces; which Congress raiseth not easily to Fortune. 8. The Line running from the Cavea of Mars, through the Saturnia, until it attain the utmost part of the Hand (below the Region of the Moon) denounceth Long Journeys: So likewise the place of the Moon, which is signed with three Parallel Incisures: The same Judgement ariseth from Mercury in the East Angle of the Geniture: The Moon Angular, Saturn Lord of the Horoscope, (in the Moon's Exaltation,) and in the House of Venus (Lady of the 9 th'.) And Lastly, from the Conjunction of Mars and Venus, Dispositors of the 9 th'. and 3 d. Houses. 9 The Part of Fortune in the 8 th'. insinuates Goods by Inheritance, as also such as flow plentifully from his own Ingenuity and Arts. But yet Mars and Venus in Opposition thereunto, pronounce a Profuseness through Pleasures and Luxury. I conjecture the same Accession of Inheritance, from the Cross, and small Lines in the uppermost Joint of the Thumb, below the Nail, etc. 10. Capricorn in the Ascendant, and Saturn in a Sign of the same Quality, is an Argument of Long Life. The Epatica more than usually produced, the same. 11. This Figure doth almost insinuate a Violent Death, either by Drowning, or otherwise being Ruined: Venus also promotes the Provocations of Immoderate Lust: But because of Jupiter (who potently restrains Saturn) I shall judge the Primary cause of his Death to be an Apoplexy, or Dropsy: Let him beware of a Philtre in his Youth. Saturn also so very much adverse the Moon, and that from an Angle, threatens dangers of Imprisonment. Here the deceits of Venus are suspected. Indeed there is a Branching Character in the Mount of Saturn, but 'tis Intersected by the Intervening of two small Lines. 12. The somewhat bigger Cross in the utmost part of the Mensa, near the Ferient, as also that Cross annexed to the end of the Epatica, towards the Restricta, denote a plentiful Life in his Old Age, and Journeys that be prosperous. 13. That Line which from the Mensa is Recurved through the Epatica and Cephalica, until below the Ferient, and towards the Restricta, it become a Semicircle, denotes Captivity, and secret Enemies: The like (as was said before) appears by Saturn in the Geniture, who is therein Diametrically Opposite to the Moon, and partily afflicting Jupiter (Lord of the 12 th'. House) by a Square. You may therefore pronounce those Enmities to ensue in respect of his Wit, the store of Sciences, and the Excellency of Dignities wherewith he is endowed. And now (we trust) we have sufficiently Explained and Demonstrated what was proposed. Example XI. Another Born at Augusta (a City of the Vandals) in the Year 1581. the 11 th'. day of May, at One of the Clock in the Morning. 1. ALthough Jupiter be in his Fall, and in a Dejected place of the Figure, yet in that he assumes the Lordship of the Geniture, and is the first that receives the Moon into his Embracement, he leav●s not his Tuberculum untilled. Whosoever thou be'st that art addicted to Astrology, and wouldst know the Principal Lord of the Geniture: Observe (above all others) that Planet which first Receives the Moon (as before we have said) into Conjunction with him, and so poureth upon her his Celestial Moisture: Which thing you shall unders●●nd mo●● plainly elsewhere. 2. Mercury participates in the Rule of the Geniture, (for that he Receiveth the Moon) is collocated in his own Hous●, and in a Good Place of the Figure: The which he also signifies in his Mount, notwithstanding he is Retrograde. Saturn in the Horoscope, in his own House, and Triplicity, augmenteth and amplifieth the Depth of his Wit. 3. Saturn partily Afflicting the Luminaries, by Malign Aspects, and from a violent Sign, the Sun al●o no● far distant from Palalitium, or the Bull's Eye, (a Malevolent Fixed Star) denounces a violent Death, or great danger thereof: Whereof the troubled Character upon the Region of Saturn is an Argument: For thereon shall such Characters appear, either in some other form, or else more clearly, when the Evil approacheth. 4. We do judge the Integrity of Behaviour from the Saturnia, terminating at the Natural Mean. Venus in her own House, Irradiating the Moon by a Trine, begets a Natural shamefac'dness, the which is seconded by Jupiter, who (as we told you) hath the Dominion in this Geniture: Mercury (if not Superior to him,) is certainly his Equal in Government. 5. The Tuberculum of the Sun presenting almost the Character of Saturn, is not accounted very Fortunate, for that it betokeneth many Enemies, without Cause, Envy accompanying. The Luminaries (so greatly infested of Saturn) presage the same. As often as the Sun's Place beareth the Greek Letter χ, (so, that the Line cutting that which is erected on his Tuberculum, descendeth from the Interval of the Auricular and Annular, the like whereof the Cingulum Veneris usually describeth;) you may most certainly adjudge Difficulty of Businesses, through the Envy of Men. 6. Venus' forming three little clear Lines on her Mount, augments his Revenue in some Measure, by the Means of a Wife, as is clearly evinced by her Positure in the Second, with the Part of Fortune. 7. The Vital vitiated in three places, by the Transite of three little Lines, threatens three sufficiently Grievous Diseases, about the 32 th'. 40 th'. and 45 th'. Years of his Age. If you bring the Horoscope to ●he Quartile of Mars, and in like manner the Moon to the Quartile of Mars and Saturn, you shall surely produce the Years before nominated. Example XII. The Brother of the former, Born A. C. 1583. June 27. Hor. 11. Min. 30. Afternoon. 1. THe Line of Life troubled by the Intervening of another, threatens a Disease about the 20 th'. Year of his Age. And doubtless at that time the Direction of the Horoscope comes to the Quartile of Mars: So likewise the Progression of the Moon to Saturn himself: Howbeit this Direction (in regard of the presence of Jupit●r) is not much to be feared. 2. The Rule of the Geniture belongs to Saturn and Jupiter. Wherefore the Tuberculum of Jupiter affords us overthwart little Lines: But the Tuberculum of Saturn, a Star, until the Saturnia also Ascendeth. 3. You have likewise the Signatures of Mercury and Venus, in their own Places, which are now conjoined in Leo, the Conjunction being not to be despised, although it be Platique. 4. The three little Lines collocated on the Ferient, insinuate Journeys; and so doth Mars, Lord of the Horoscope (in the House of Mercury) and the Sun in Cancer. 5. The Cross in the Cavea of Mars, increaseth his Martial Disposition, and the Heat of the Liver. 6. The Sun's Place presenting a Cleft, increases his Honours but slowly. In the Geniture, the Decrees of Dignities are obscure: Yet the Sun is Angular with the Heads of the Twins. 7. The Saturnia being whole, promiseth a Happy success of Events and Actions, and so doth the Conjunction of Saturn and Jupiter, Dispositors of the 8, 9, 10, 11, and 12 th'. Houses. Example XIII. A Brother of both the two last, Born A.C. 1577. Nou. 7. Hor. 3. Min. 12. Afternoon. This Third Example I lately got at Ratisbone. 1. THE Saturnia whole, although Obliquely drawn to its proper Seat, shows, that Saturn is Lord of the Geniture. He discerns not absolutely an Adverse Fortune, etc. (Hither transfer the rest of Saturn's Significations, from their proper Place, when he is not Infortunately Posited.) Yet Saturn in the Cusp of the 10 th'. perturbs the good Fortune of Venus and Jupiter, who share in the Rule of this Geniture: Mars also in the West Angle, and there in a strange Sign, denounceth the same: Which Mischiefs shall be multiplied in his Old Age. 2. Venus (by reason of her North Latitude) Resides on the Cusp of the 7 th'. having the Moon joined with her, in regard of her South Latitude. And therefore their Place tells us of Lines and Marks that be trim and handsome: Notwithstanding the Moon's more Remissly, in regard that she (hasting to the Sun,) is not Illustrated with Light sufficient. 3. Jupiter Direct, and in Conjunction with Venus near unto Spica Virgins, adorns his Region with a little Line that is Decent enough: But yet he is Oppressed of Saturn. We have often observed, that his Conjunction with Venus hath bestowed very Great Riches, by Marriage: Wherewith here agree the Condition of Venus and the Part of Fortune. 4. The Via Solis shows itself in some sort a Friend unto Honours. That Planet Angular, in Scorpio, and with the Scorpion's Heart, must not be rejected. 5. Mercury Retrograde, in his Detriment, and in the Eighth House, is accounted very weak: (He is somewhat strengthened of Venus and Jupiter:) wherefore you see (at this time) no Signature to be found in his Region. 6. The due breadth of the Mensa differeth not much from this Habit of the Stars. 7. The Cross above the Restricta, promiseth Tranquillity in his Old Age: But the Saturnia denies it: But seeing that Cross is made of the little Line which descendeth from the Vital and the Region of Venus, look if it bring not Misfortune and Strifes by the Means of Wives, etc. The rest are left to every Man's Discretion: Nevertheless, we must needs acknowledge, that All Incisures are neither here, nor elsewhere scrupulously Delineated. Example XIV. One Born at Thuringia, A.C. 1586. Decemb. 3. Hor. 7. Min. 30. Before Noon, Lat. 51 Degrees. WE have, before, in the 5 th'. Example, almost the same Position: The distance of their Births is only five days. The Principal Lines do agree in Situation and Conformity: In the rest there is some (yet no very notable) difference. 1. The Vital is often Dissected about the End and middle thereof: Wherefore it denotes a Sickly Disposition in his Old Age. The two little Lines vitiating the same by their Transite, and descending upon the Cavea of Mars, manifest Martial Infirmities of the Body, about the 50 and 52 Year of his Age. Wounds also in the Head or Feet are then to be feared. 2. In like sort, Saturn letting fall a Line, Obliquely, from his Place, shall at the same time besprinkle his Poison: Wherefore that time shall be full of Misfortunes. A Disease also must be expected about the 11 th'. Year of his Age, because the Vital is there Marked by a touch of the Cephalica: The Horoscope comes at that time to the Quartile of Mar●. 3. The tract of the Cephalica, extended to the Mensal, argues a Ready Wit. In the Geniture, Mercury is not unhappily Posited in the Horoscope, in a Trine of Saturn: But yet he possesseth a strange Sign, being likewise Oppressed by the Quartile of Mars: Whence you see the Region of Mercury but slenderly Marked. 4. A Cross in the Cavea of Mars, betokeneth the Quality of Mars, and a Heat of the Liver, Danger and Wounds in his Journeys. In the Figure, Mars afflicts the Sun by a Quartile from the 9 th'. House: The Moon is also in Square with Saturn. 5. That Line which is almost Parallel to the Vital, occasioneth many unprofitable Journeys; because it is Decurt, and Tortuous. The two small Lines also so conspicuous upon the Tuberculum of the Moon, concern Journeys. Mars in the 9 th'. in the House of Mercury: He in the First, and the Moon in a Movable Sign, in the Geniture, the same. 6. Venus and Jupiter do in some sort manifest their Bounty in their respective Places: But in the 5 th'. Example, the Mons Jovis is Incult. Yet because he here shows his Assistance, from the New Moon, preceding the Nativity, in Sagittary, it will doubtless flow abundantly so soon as he gets the Principal Dominion. Such a strength Jupiter had not before in the 5 th'. Example. 7. Furthermore, the Virgin's Spike with the Dragon's Head in the Cusp of the 10 th' And likewise Aquila itself now Rising in the East, do all of them largely contribute Honours: The like doth the Positure of the Sun, he being in his Triplicity, and Angular; which gives the two little Lines on his Mount. Example XV. The Brother of the former, Born A. C. 1589. April 24. at 4 in the Morning. HEre we give you the different Faces of either Hand. 1. In his Right Hand the Epatica is visible, but passeth not the Concave thereof. And therefore it shows his shortness of Life; especially, because a certain Line is transversly let fall from the Vital to the end of the Epatica, as it were interrupting the Progress thereof. The Vital of the Left Hand receiveth a Line arising from the Tuberculum of Saturn. The Place of the Vital thereby touched and almost broken, appertains to the 25 th'. Year of his Age, or thereabout, wherein, without doubt, the Horoscope comes, by Direction, to the Body of Saturn. Indeed Venus is present, but in a strange Sign; whence the Native shall then very hardly escape. The Oblique Ascension of Saturn is 54 degr. 36 Min. that is, the 5 th'. degr. of Gemini. 2. In the Left Hand the Epati●a is wanting, and two Lines (almost Parallel) are ●et fall from the Vital to the Mensal; which argue weakness of the Liver, and an evil composure thereof: Likewise a Pravity both of Wit and Behaviour. 3. But although Venus (in the very Cusp of the Horoscope) by reason of her South Latitude, 1 degr. 12 min. doth produce no slow Ingenuity: Yet being in the House of Mars, or a Foreign Sign, she will incline the Native to all manner of Wickedness, [Petulancy, Lasciviousness, Inconstancy, etc.] Mars Lord of the Geniture (Venus participating) Afflicting Mercury (in Taurus and Retrograde) by an Angular Opposition, the same. Therefore he denoteth, or rather maketh him Contentious, Disobedient, Violent, Unfaithful, etc. All which are manifestly seen by the Evil Disposition of the Lines in his Hand. 4. The Cephalica of the Left Hand, increaseth the strength of his Wit, wherewith the Tuberculum of Mercury agreeth, though slenderly, because it is Marked with two Incisures, at the least, in the utmost part of his Hand. Venus presents three sufficiently clear Incisures in her Region; the rest I found Incult. 5. Mars hath a Sister appearing in the Right Hand, but none in the Left. This begetteth wrath, and incites the Native to Warlike Arts, as to be an Engineer, or a Gun-Smith, making Warlike Arms and Instruments of all kinds: Only this, when Mars is not Angular, and in his own House, you shall find no Effects of him in the Hand: Yet being Retrograde, he possesses Men with unhappy Malice, and threatens some Adversities, especially in Old Age. And therefore when he neither shows a Proper Line in both Hands, nor exhibits in one a Line that is decently drawn, you may safely adjudge his Decrees Imperfect, and less Prosperous. 6. In the Left Hand, the Vital is variously touched: Wherefore number ye so many future Diseases, about the 7, 14, 25, 32, etc. Year of his Age. 7. A treble Cross about the Vital, by the Place of Mars, confirms the Assistance of Mars: But in Uxorious matters, it argues Cross Fortune, and a bad Belief. In the Nativity, Venus is shrewdly suspected for her Positure, especially for that her Dispositor is resident in the West Angle. 8. The Saturnia descending by an unaccustomed Path, plainly shows a Corrupt Nature. 9 The same Line passing above the Restricta, to the Region of the Moon, is also a Sign of Adversities, and secret Enemies. And verily there is almost nothing observed in this Geniture, that disposes to a Prosperous Fortune. 10. The two Lines in the Tuberculum of the Moon, premonstrate Journeys; as do also the Moon in the 9 th'. and Mercury in the first House. 11. Jupiter is most dejectedly Collocated; yet hath he adorned his seat with a little Line. He makes a Triangle in Earthly Signs, the Moon shining by a Sinister Aspect unto him, the Sun and Mercury by a Dexter. Wherefore, he assuageth and strangely declineth all Misfortune, especially such as appertains to the Impediments of the Mind. 12. The Sun is Angular, and Riseth exactly with the Pleyades, in a Trine to Jupiter. And therefore you see a small Cross under his Mount, notifying, that this Man shall not altogether live obscure. This Diversity of Lines in the Hands, floweth from a troubled Imagination of the Macrocosm, as we shall show in its due Place. Example XVI. One Born in Thuringia, A. C. 1592. March 24. Hor. 3. Min. 11. Afternoon, the Pole Elevated 51 Degrees. I Have here also put both the Hands; because in the Left Hand, the Thoral, or Mensal, and some other Less-Principal Lines, appear with another Face, than they do in the Right. We will now consider of the Question formerly put at the beginning of this Tract, [Whether the Left or Right Hand is most commodiously to be assumed, th●t thence we might frame a constant judgement: Or whether both Hands are to be considered?] For, I find that both exhibit Lines that be clear enough: Wherefore seeing that this Man was Born by Night, whilst a Masculine Sign Ascended, and when Jupiter (especially) and Venus had Dominion in the Geniture, we cannot determine whether Hand should be chosen: Because those Testimonies equally Contend. [A Masculine Sign Ascends: A Masculine Planet predominates: The time of the Birth is Nocturnal, resembling the Female Sex: And Venus, A Planet of the same Sex, participates in Dominion.] Wherefore (things standing thus) we are forced to retain both, comparing them together. The former Example requires the same Practice in Election of the Hand. 1. Venus is Rightly Placed in both Hands, because that each presents a Star on her Region: Which portends a most Libidinous Man, and such a one as may be Impetuously hurried unto all manner of Voluptuousness. So the same Planet doth also Luxuriate in the like Inclination, being Excellently Posited both in her Exaltation, and in the Horoscope. Her Longitude is Calculated from the Alphonsine Tables, as being the surest and best for finding of her Place. 2. In like manner, the Place of Jupiter appeareth in both Hands well-disposed; even as he possesseth his own House in the Geniture, and a good Place of the Figure: For, the 11 th'. House is called the joy of Jupiter. Both these Planets administering the Geniture so Favourably, Import a Glorious and Lasting Fortune; the Place of Saturn excepted. 3. For, he brings Captivity; yet not so heavily, because he is in Cancer, and disposing of the 12 th'. In the Right Hand he le's fall a Line beyond the Place of Mars, the which grows crooked towards the Ferient; but is more straight in the Left Hand. The Progress of the Mid-heaven to the Opposition of Saturn, points out the 36 or 37 Year: At what time other Characters also will appear on his Tuberculum, which shall bode some Misfortune at Hand. 4. The Peregrination Line proceeding from the Cavea of Mars, towards the Restricta, appeareth in the Lefthand: But in the Right it is Cut, and conveys itself to the Cephalica. Hence we gather a various Fortune in Journeys. Venus, Lady of the 9 th'. House, and in the Horoscope, maketh the Journeys Prosperous: Mars in the third, impugns that Prosperity; but yet Venus prevaileth: Mars so posited, premonstrates great strifes with Brethren and Kindred. 5. The three Parallel Lines drawn from the Tuberculum of the Sun and Mercury, to the Vital, promise him Fortune in his own Country, and this by the means of Courtiers, Learned Men, and the Nobler sort of Women: Which Significations are confirmed by the small Lines that are found in the Mensa of the Right Hand. All which depend upon Jupiter, Venus, and the Sun. 6. The Place of Mercury is not altogether Barren, and therefore he not destitute of Ingenuity: Besides the Cephalica and Lords of the Geniture are Assisting unto him. 7. The Mensal of the Right Hand is extended by a continued Tract, to the utmost part thereof: But in the Left it passeth not the Tuberculum of Mercury: Wherefore, That declareth a strength of the Principal Members, or Genitals: This, some hurt or loss therein, especially in the Genitals: But what that hurt, or loss will be, is not so boldly to be determined. 8. The Epatica of the Right Hand passeth not the Extremity of the Ferient, as it doth in the Left: This, shows a Decrepit Old Age; That, otherwise, notwithstanding it is decently enough produced. 9 The Vital agrees in both Hands, as well in the Draught as tacture of other Lines: Wherefore the little hairs in the beginning thereof, presage a Diseased Infancy. Other Diseases are premonstrated about the 14, 21, 25, 32, etc. Year of his Age: We will also observe the 56 Year, wherein if the Native shall escape an Apoplexy, without danger, then will we allot him a Longer Life. Without doubt those Years will answer to their respective Directions. Example XVII. Another Born in Thuringia, under the Latitude of 51 Degrees, A. C. 1588. September 21. at 7 in the Morning. 1. THose Planets which have Predominancy in the Geniture, are also very clearly to be seen in the Hand; [Venus, Mercury, Jupiter, and Mars.] The Via Solis, and Via Saturni, are both Dissected: The Region of the Moon presents an obscure draught. 2. Therefore Venus giving a Star in her Region, shows a mind that is Lascivious, Ingenious, Merry, etc. as before we have described, Pag. 23. concerning her Ingenuity. Wherefore the Positure of Venus most exactly agrees in the Hand and Geniture; for here she glittereth in her own House, and in the very Cusp of the Horoscope. Her Oblique Ascension is 202 degr. 15 min. That is, 15 degr. 15 min. of Libra. 3. Mercury (by the like Reason) shows his Fortunate Assistance, exhibiting on his Region both a Star and a Cross, with convenient Incisures. So in the Geniture he is most excellenty well seated, being in a competent Place of the Heavens, in his own Mansion: Whereby he confers the things that be of his Nature with abundance of Favour: See before, (viz. pag. 31.) where we have Treated of the Rule of Mercury. 4. The Cingulum Veneris not obscure, confirms the incontinent Lasciviousness and Luxury of Venus: The same Dissected under the Finger of Saturn and the Sun, declareth Losses by the means of Lusts: This Decree is confirmed by Venus in the Horoscope, Retrograde in Libra. 5. You see also the Dominion of Jupiter, noted by Incisures and a double Cross. This confers Honours, and renders the Native a Goodly Person, jocund, etc. He there peculiarly administers Aid Inseparable. He is direct in the Geniture: And although in his Detriment, yet he rejoices in that Place of the Figure, as being near to the Tail of the Lion, and the Dragon's Head, and his Dispositor strong and Fortunate. But because he is within 10 degrees of Mars, and Afflicted by the Square of Saturn, he abates somewhat of his Favour. 6. There is indeed a Sister of Mars, (notwithstanding it be but obscurely drawn) letting fall a cleft upon the Tuberculum of Jupiter. I told you before that I had very often found out the Conjunction of Jupiter and Mars in the Geniture from such an appearance of the Sister of Mars. Therefore Mars thus found nigh to Basiliscus, or Regulus, increaseth his Courage and Anger: Yet bodes it a desired end of Contentions. Mars in partile Opposition to the Moon, doth sometimes occasion Adversities in Honours, Marriage, Sons, and Moneys. Moreover, this Position of his takes away the Favour of the People. 7. The Epatica, Cephalica, the Triangle, and Mensa, are all exceeding well Form. Besides, the Mensa is decently adorned with Lines that are drawn thither from the Region of Venus. By all which we generally Conjecture, not only a more Prosperous and Healthful Habit of the Body, than ordinary; but also Ingenuity, the best Endowments of the Mind, and Dignities that be Excellent; especially within his own Country; and by the means of such Persons and things as are Dedicated to Venus. 8. The Line that passeth from the Vital (by a crooked Path) through the Concave and Epatica, to the Ferient in the Mensa, (whereunto other Incisures likewise tend, beneath the Region of the Sun) do intimate Strifes in Old Age, for Defence of his Honour and Estimation. 9 The Via Lactea, being of itself fairly Furrowed, denotes the Goodness of his Brain, Favour of Women, sweetness of Expression, and Fortunate Journeys. The like Mercury in the Geniture, as being Lord of the Ninth House, in his own Mansion, in a good Place of the Figure, and free from the Rays of the Malevolent Planets. 10. The other Intricate Lines in the Triangle, presage a confusedness in those Affairs which belong unto Mars, the Moon, and Mercury. 11. The Via Solis is interrupted by the Cingulum Veneris, which will bring a stain upon his Honour, by the means of something relating to his Wife. 12. The Tuberculum of Saturn hath upon it the same Mark that we found before in the fourth Example: Which threatens the Gout, and some other grievous Diseases, of the Nature of Saturn: And the same is discerned by the Residence of Saturn in the House of Death, afflicting the Moon and Mars by a Platique Quartile. 13. The Vital somewhere touched and cut by other Lines, presageth Diseases about the 14, 20, 24, 30, 48, etc. Year of his Age: The Horoscope proceeds from Libra into Scorpio about the 20 Year of his Age, and there remains in the Terms of Mars for the space of Nine Years. Saturn Infortunate in Nativities, is wont to Vomit his Poison most vehemently after the first Revolution; that is, after the 29 and 30 Years (in which time he moveth round the Zodiac.) What the Cross above the Restricta meaneth, we have often told you. The other Incisures, (especially those that seem to shadow the Saturnia) are but slender, and obscure as yet. Example XVIII. One Born at Erphordia, in the Year 1589. the 8 th'. of May, at 1 h. 45 min. Afternoon. 1. Venus, Mercury, and Jupiter Rule the Geniture; and therefore you see their Regions in the Hand decently enough adorned. 2. Hence therefore we Prognosticate a happy Wit, and other things that flow from Jupiter, Venus, and Mercury. 3. The Triangle drawn with the best Conformity, helps the Ingenuity, and all the Endowments both of Body and Mind. 4. The Region also of the Moon shows her Dominion, the same being marked with no despicable Incisures, it occasioneth Prosperous Journeys, addeth splendour both to the Body, and Manners of the Native, and gains the Favour of Women; which very thing the Moon (in Cancer, and in the 10 th'. House of the Heavens) most plainly demonstrates. 5. The Lines of Jupiter are somewhat troubled, and therefore his Condition is but indifferent: Yet gives he Honours not contemptible, although with some Difficulties, some Impediments. 6. The Conjunction of Venus and Mercury in the House of Venus, and in a Partile Trine of Jupiter, is accounted very Fortunate. For thereby his Mind is excellently inclined unto all such Arts as are dedicated to Venus and Mercury. I see he will prove a most Eloquent Man. The two Parallel Lines (which are drawn in the Form of a Scale, or Ladder, from the Region of Mercury, to that of Venus) do clearly manifest this Conjunction, and the very same judgement. We have almost the same Scale or Ladder in the 15 th'. Example, which gave that Native the Benefit of a Voluble Tongue, and a quick Pronunciation. 7. Saturn hath Ominous Signatures upon his Tuberculum, intimating Wounds and other grievous Accidents: And the Line which runneth underneath the same from the Thoral, to the Concave of the Hand, threatens a fall from an High Place, or Drowning. The same is Denounced by the Sun in the Geniture, who is Afflicted of Saturn by his Conjunction with him, near to the Hyadeses: Mars (Lord of the Eight House) being in his Detriment. 8. The Vital is thrice touched: First, by a Line running from the Cephalica: But because it breaks not the Vital, we suppose the Disease (thereby signified) will not be so grievous, as otherwise: The Moon comes, by Direction, to the Quartile of Mars, about the 18 th'. Year of his Age. Besides, the Progress of the Horoscope to the Body of Mars, about the 47 th'. Year will agree to the other Incisures. And lastly, the Progression of the Moon to the Square of Saturn, about the 54 th'. Year; in all which Years, the Native must take heed of a violent Death. 9 The Mensa excellently Razed, confirms the goodness of Wit, and Temperament, and the continuance of a plentiful Fortune, etc. But here it is to be Noted, by every one desirous of this Knowledge; that in the precedent Examples, the Incisures and small Lines, are not all of them Delineated, partly, for that they were exceedingly slender, and partly, because they could not be described so accurately as requisite. Besides, we must observe, that even of those Lines which we have posited, some aught to be more obscure and slender: Others more clear and conspicuous; and therefore good Caution must be had, when we would apply them to other Examples. The Skill of the Engraver can never follow the form of the Lines so precisely, as they present themselves in the Hand. Moreover, we have often omitted some Accommodations in the Geniture; lest their significations (as considered in themselves) might Nauseat the Readers. Example XIX. Now, that I may perform the present Task by a more Commendable Example, I shall annex the whole Judgement of the Geniture to the Practic of Chiromancy, as I delivered the same almost two Years ago to a certain Saxon, a Friend of mine; He was Born in the Year of Christ 1561. Jan. 17. Hor. 13. Min. 35. Sec. 40. Afternoon; in the Latitude 54 degr. 45 Min. HERE are Five Planets excellently well Placed in their own Prerogatives: [Saturn and Mercury Received from Houses, and Locally in their own Triplicity: So Jupiter and Mars assume a just Power by their Reception of Houses: Venus also is in her Exaltation, and in the Angle of the Earth.] Lastly, the Moon is in her Triplicity: But she having not as yet obtained her due Light from the Sun, is here very Silent. Mercury and Saturn are notably united by a Trine. The Part of Fortune Rises with the Scorpion's Heart. Venus and Jupiter are the Prime Rulers of the Geniture; Saturn and Mercury participating, etc. 1. A Long-Life is conjectured from the Horoscope, and the Luminaries being not impedite; although the Moon be opposite by the Quartile of Mars: Yet the Progress of the Horoscope is first to the Opposition of Saturn; whereof anon. 2. His Temperature excels by an Equal Mixture of Humours, because he receiveth his Ferment chiefly from the Perfusion of Jupiter and Venus; Saturn and Mercury besprinkling a Melancholy juice. 3. Hence the Force of Discerning and Representing (vulgarly cally the fantasy) breatheth nothing but what is Moderate and Agreeable to Reason: For Jupiter maketh such as are Born under him, Honest, Just, Wise, and addicted to Quiet and Peaceable Counsels, doing always that which is Right and Honest both in Judging and Advising: Such also as are very desirous of Praise and Renown: Yet (in gaining the same) recede not from their Natural Modesty and Temper, neither from good Arts, whereby Honour and true Glory are wont to be obtained. But because Saturn and Mercury are both excellently well placed (in respect of their Reception, and Partile Trine) they also do largely bestow their virtues: They make the Native exceeding diligent in his Arts, and Affairs: So that in administering them, he useth singular Sedulity and Care; they cause him to search after secret things, and make it his study for to Penetrate hidden Mysteries, to find out the Causes of Natural things; to understand the Civil Laws, and to unfold men's Secrets: Generally, such Men as are addicted to all manner of Sciences. Venus' the chief that participates in the Rule of the Geniture, occasions such Commotions of the Native as be Delightful, Merry, Pleasant; yet so, as that he studyeth Good Works, and Friendships, whereof he is most observant, and hereby becomes grateful to all Men: He abhors all filthy, but is taken with cleanly things, comely Gestures, decent Attires, Ornaments, and Elegance. 4. Venus (therefore) and Jupiter do Promise great Felicity in Affairs both Civil and Ecclesiastical. 5. There are most evident Testimonies of an Excellent Ingenuity. (1.) Mercury in Aquarius doth of himself suscitate the strength thereof. (2.) Besides, there is a Reception (from Houses) and a Partile Trine betwixt Him and Saturn. (3.) Venus' Angular, doth the like. (4.) Especially for that the Moon and the Dragon's Head are together in the same Angle. (5.) Mercury and the Moon are Asyntheti [Pure and not vitiated:] yet both behold the Horoscope; [she by a Platique Trine; he by a Partile Quadrature. 6. Jupiter Lord of the Second, Direct in Motion, and Received of Mars, plainly assures an abundance of Wealth. The Part of Fortune most excellently augments this signification, the same being posited in the Second, where he is disposed of, and Aspected by Jupiter. These Riches take their Increase from Services faithfully performed, from most Eminent Honours and Dignities, and they more abundantly in the third, or last Age. 7. Mercury Lord of the 10 th'. and having convenient society with Saturn, presages Dignities not obscure. We have spoken before concerning the Dominion of Jupiter and Venus; wherefore seeing they equally share the Rule of the Geniture, How can it be that they should not reward the Native with some or other most eminent Dignities? 8. Your Neighbours or Kindred shall sometimes occasion your Damage in Household Goods or Affairs; and you shall expend very much in Building. 9 Mars Lord of the 6 th'. engendereth Hot Infirmities, yet they not so vehement, because of Jupiter's Interposition. Moreover, Mars in Sagittary, causeth most commonly a gravel in the Joints of the Feet: If he be found in that Sign, and in the Sixth, he inevitably brings the Gout, the pains whereof are not to be taken away, but by the Influence of Sagittary, Pisces, etc. deduced from Heaven itself, etc. Some other Remedies also may do much, yet not any that are got by Common Artifice. 10. Your Death will be Natural by the means of some Chronical Infirmity, proceeding chiefly from Saturn, such as are Distillations upon the Jaws, the Breast, the Lungs, Spleen, etc. Howbeit, Old Age is a Disease, and an easy Passage unto Death itself. 11. The Sun and Moon disposing of the 9 th'. House, do discern Honourable Journeys: Mercury well posited in the Third, occasioneth Journeys undertaken for the Cause of Honours and Dignities, and to Persons most Honourable for Learning and Dignities Civil and Ecclesiastical. 12. Venus' Lady of the 11 th'. concerneth a Multitude of the best Friends: Yet Mars beholding Venus by a Quartile, shall stir up the Envy of some Persons, sowing oftentimes Dissension, and inverting all goodness. 13. Venus shall give you Victory over your Enemies; whereof indeed there are but a few denounced, because she is Lady of the 7 th'. Angular, and in her Exaltation. 14. Your Marriage shall be Fortunate, as to an Affluence of Riches; yet herein beware of the Faithless Brawling, and Luxurious Quadrature of Mars. But this very much depends upon Man's freewill; and Young Men ofttimes find themselves at a loss, through their Ignorance and Rashness. We will now consider the Signs of the Four Angles. 15. Scorpio Ascending, gives the Native an Elegant Acuteness of Wit, Plenty of Discourse. It also often Instilleth Great vices, [Infidelity, Envy, Covetousness, Ingratitude,] which Learning and Right Reason Exterminate. 16. Virgo Culminating is wont to Raise the Native to Magistracy: It confers a toleration of Great Authority: It transfers many Benefits to others; from whom it returns not the like Favour. 17. Taurus in the West-Angle presents you with such Adversaries, as at length he will see oppressed by sundry kinds of Misfortunes: He there incites you to Love, Luxury, Delights, and Jeasting. 18. Pisces posited in the Fourth, endue the Mind of the Native with much Faith, Integrity, and Dexterity of Wit, whereby they gain great Authority in their Administrations: they delight to Walk and Dwell near Rivers: But almost abhor uxorious Matters. The Planets in the Houses of Heaven. 19 The Sun in the Third, presages Journeys in the Causes of Honours and Dignities: He brings a Mutation of Places, and Honour in Foreign parts. 20. Mercury there, well posited, renders a Man most Learned in every Science: whereof I could produce innumerable Examples: Those shall invent many things by their own Ingenuity: They are Fortunate in Church-Matters, Writing, and Merchandise. 21. Venus most excellently well collocated in the Fourth, will give you Large Possessions, and Habitations, chiefly in your Last Age: she declares the Period of your Life Honourable and Praiseworthy. 22. Mars in the First, and there not Infortunate, makes a Man Courageous, Rash, and somewhat Angry: sometimes he presageth Wounds in the Head and Face. 23. Jupiter in the 5 th'. doth sometimes confer the Great Rewards of Great Men: He makes a Man Fortunate in Embassies. 24. Saturn thus excellently seated in the 8 th'. gives many Inheritances: He threatens death by Catarrhs, A Cough, etc. and oftentimes by the Plague. The Planets in the Signs. 25. The Sun in the House of Saturn, makes the vital virtue more Robust, and as it were more Compact, whence he gives a Longer Life than ordinary. 26. The Moon in the House of Jupiter, promotes all things that are good; yet being here Afflicted by the Quartile of Mars, exciteth some strifes in Possessions; often reiterateth small Fevers. 27. Satu●n in the House of Mercury, gives a Profound Wit, Occult Sciences. 28. Jupiter in the House of Mars indifferently well Affected, makes one Victorious. 29. The same is signified by Mars in the Mansion of Jupiter: Thus they both of them render the Native very gracious with Princes and Noblemen, and under them to have Authority. 30. Venus in the House of Jupiter, bestows many Benefits, either by the means of Women, or of some Ecclesiastical Preferments. She makes you Discreet, Honest, Healthful: Sometimes she occasioneth strife, and falling out with your Neighbours, and some of your Friends, for that Venus is exposed to the Quadrature of Mars. 31. Mercury in the House of Saturn, gives always a profound Wit, and a Man that is greedy of all Sciences. The Lords of the Houses. 32. The Lord of the Horoscope received of Jupiter from Houses, plainly declares a Generous Mind. 33. The Lord of the Second in the Fifth, increaseth your Wealth through Rewards bestowed by Great Men. 34. The Lord of the Third in the Eighth, occusioneth Journeys, either on the behalf of some that are Dead, or by reason of the Plague: He often destroys Elder Brothers. 35. The Lord of the 4 th'. in the 5 th'. makes you Fortunate in Tillage, or Navigations. 36. The Lord of the 5 th'. in the 4 th'. brings Gladness and Delight to you from things that be Immovable, as the Building of goodly Houses, and the Tillage of sweet and pleasant Gardens. And here Venus undoubtedly confirms that Portent, because such things are contained under her Dominion. 37. Mars Lord of the 6 th'. in the First, excites many hot Infirmities, but this is qualified by the Reception of Jupiter. 38. The Lord of the 7 th'. in the 4 th'. presageth strifes about the Father or Wife's Inheritance, and this the rather, for that he is most cruelly Afflicted of Mars. 39 The Lord of the 8 th'. in the 3 d. shows that the Native shall survive all his Brothers. He often designeth Death in a Foreign Country. 40. The Lord of the 9 th'. in the 3 d. occasions Journeys for the Cause of Dignities. 41. The Lord of the 10 th'. in the 3 d. and there excellently well Placed, makes the Native more Honourable than the rest of his Brethren. 42. The Lord of the 11 th'. in the 4 th'. denotes a second Fortune in Goods that be immovable, especially in Old Age. 43. The Lord of the 12 th'. in the 4 th'. Displeasures and Strifes for Possessions, and church-good. These may be sufficient in General Judgements. Now, if we will Consider the Principal Lines of the Hand, we shall every where find the same things signified, notwithstanding that we have curtailed the Decrees of the Significators. We told you (Experience herself bearing Witness) that the less Principal Lines are changed at a certain time, according to the Progressions of the Celestial Places and Stars, who are Significators: Whereby it comes to pass, that we may best judge of any thing from them, either when they appear de novo, or begin to wax clearer than they were before. 1. The Vital indeed is continued, but yet Marked with some Incisures, although but slender ones. Whence judge you some Diseases about the 14, 30, 40, etc. Year of your Age. 2. Venus is Fortunate in the Geniture; and therefore she hath thus Razed her Region with the accustomed Furrows. 3. The Epatica decently drawn, and without Sections, argues a good Temperance of the Liver, Health of Body, and a Life that is long enough. 4. The Mensa full of Branches, shows an Increase of Riches. 5. The Mensa formed by a sufficiently decent space, perspicuously bearing the Character of Jupiter under the Region of the Annular (or Ringfinger) is an excellent Argument of Honours, chiefly Ecclesiastical. 6. The Place of Jupiter beautified with a most clear little Line, the same. So likewise the Tuberculum of the Sun, not undecently Furrowed. 7. The Moon's Region presenting a clear Incisure, premonstrates Journeys. 8. The Dominion of Mercury is also most obvious, in that he excellently adorneth his Region, as also the First joint of the Auricular, or Little-finger. 9 The Cephalica contributes to the Wit, in that it decently composeth the Triangle. Jupiter, Venus, and Mercury, do the like. 10. Saturn also hath some Portents, especially a Disease, in that he bears a Character under his Finger. 11. The Parallel Lines which run through the midst of the Hand, towards the Ferient, confirm the Arguments of Felicity. 12. The Saturnia produced even to the Epatica, declares uprightness of Judgement and Manners. The same Line having a Cross about the Restricta, argues a Peaceable, and most Honoured Old Age. General Elections. In the use of all Purgative Medicines, you must observe the Decurse of the Moon, in Scorpio, Aquarius, and the third Decade of Pisces; although she be not joined to Jupiter or Venus. For, the Conjunction of these Planets with the Moon, inhibits the virtue of the Purgative Medicine, in regard they affect the Body, and incline the Medicine to the nature of Nourishment. In other Actions, [as in Buying of Houses, in Journeys, and the Commencement of Administrations, etc.] Let the Moon be in Aries, Taurus, Cancer, Leo, Libra, or Aquarius, and Aspected by one or both of the Fortunate Planets. And as for the Day, let it be upon a Wednesday, Thursday, or Friday. And now, lest this Geniture should have seemed Defective, I present it wholly as I composed the same, unto the studious in Astrology: Indeed chiefly for that it is not in the Number of the Vulgar sort, but diligently enough composed. A Special Judgement of this Geniture, giving you the Directions of the Principal Places, and their Significations. 1. THE HOROSCOPE to the Body of Mars. Deg. Min. The Place of Mars in Sagittary 03. 10. His Latitude 00. 06. N. Declination 20. 56. S. Right Ascention 241. 06. Circle of Position 54. 45. Ascentional Difference 32. 47. Oblique Ascention 273, 53, Direction sought for 29, 40, The Oblique Ascension also of the Horoscope, is 144 deg. 13 min. 2. The Horoscope to the Sextile of the Sun. Sextile of the Sun in Sagittary 08, 00, Oblique Ascention 280, 32, Direction sought for 36, 19, 3. The Horoscope to the Scorpion's Heart. Scorpions Heart in Sagittary 03, 45, Latitude 04, 00, S. Declination 24, 53, Right Ascention 240, 53, Ascentional difference 40, 52, Oblique Ascention 281, 45, Direction required 37, 32, 4. The Horoscope to the Opposition of Saturn. Opposition of Saturn in Sagittary. 13, 40, Latitude 2, 20, N. Declination 20, 10, S. Right Ascention 252, 34, Ascentional Difference 30, 36, Oblique Ascention 283, 10, Direction required 38, 57, 5. The Horoscope to the Trine Dexter of Jupiter. Trine of Jupiter in Sagittary 19, 30, Latitude 00, 43, N. Declination 22, 23, S. Right Ascention 258, 36, Ascentional Difference 35, 41, Oblique Ascention 293, 17, Direction sought for 47, 04, 6. The Horoscope to the 26 deg. of Sagit. (the Term of Saturn) he hath in the Year. 59, 20, 7. To the end of Sagittary in 63, 47, 8. The Horoscope to the Sextile Dexter of Venus. Sextile of Venus in Capricorn 04, 30, Latitude 00, 27, S. Declination 23, 50, S. Right Ascention 274, 55, Ascentional Difference 38, 36, Oblique Ascention 313, 31, Direction required 69, 17, The Directions of the Sun. Sun's Place in Aquary 08, 00, Declination 18, 19, S. Distance from the Fourth House 23, 47, Circle of Position 21, 40, Oblique Ascention 318, 00, 9 The Sun to the Square Sinister of Mars. Quartile of Mars in Pisces 3, 10, Oblique Ascention 339, 09, Direction required 21, 09, 10. The Sun to the Body of Venus. Venus in Pisces 04, 30, Latitude 00, 55, S. Declination 10, 44, Right Ascention 336, 43, Ascentional Difference 4, 28, Oblique Ascention 340, 11, Direction required 23, 11, 11. The Sun to the Square Dexter of Saturn. Quartile of Saturn in Pisces 13, 40, Oblique Ascention 347, 32, Direction sought for 29, 32, 12. The Sun to the Trine Sinister of Mars. Trine of Mars in Aries 3, 10, Oblique Ascention 52, 24, Direction required 44, 24, 13. The Sun to a Proper Sextile. Sun's Sextile in Aries 08, 00, Oblique Ascention 06, 07, Direction sought for 48, 07, 14. The Sun to the Sextile Dexter of Saturn. Sextile of Saturn in Aries 13, 40, Latitude 1, 10, S. Declination 4, 21, N. Right Ascention 13, 00, Ascentional Difference 1, 40, Oblique Ascention 11, 20, Direction required 53, 20, 15. The Sun to the Body of Jupiter. Jupiter in Aries 19, 30, Latitude 1, 26, S. Declination 6, 20, N. Right Ascention 18, 32, Ascentional Difference 2, 31. Oblique Ascention 16, 01, Direction required 58, 01, 16. The Sun to the Sextile Sinister of Venus. Sextile of Venus in Taurus 04, 30, Latitude 00, 26, S. Declination 12, 40, N. Right Ascention 32, 22, Ascentional Difference 5, 7, Oblique Ascention 27, 15, Direction required 69, 15, 17. The Sun comes to the Trine of the Mid-heaven in the 66. 50 Years. The Directions of Venus. 18. Venus to the Sextile of the Sun. Sextile of the Sun in Aries 08, 00, Right Ascention 7, 20, Right Ascension of Venus 336, 21, Direction sought for 30, 59, 19 Venus to the Body of Jupiter. Jupiter in Aries 19, 30, Latitude 1, 26, Right Ascention 18, 32, Direction required 42, 11, 20. Venus to a Proper Sextile. Sextile of Venus in Taurus 4, 30, Right Ascention 32, 24, Direction required 56, 13, The Directions of the Mid-heaven, whose Right Ascension is 154, 13. 21. The Mid-heaven to a Sextile of Mars. Sextile of Mars in Libra 30, 10, Right Ascention 182, 54, Direction required 28, 31, 22. The Mid-heaven to the Trine Dexter of the Sun. Trine of the Sun in Libra 00, 00, Right Ascention 187, 20, Direction required 33, 07, 23. The Mid-heaven to the Trine of Saturn and Mercury. Trine of Saturn in Libra 13, 40, Latitude 1, 10, N. Right Ascention 193, 00, Direction required 38, 48, 24. Mid-heaven to the Virgin's spike. Virgins spike in Libra 17, 40, Latitude 2, 00, S. Right Ascention 195, 32, Direction required 41, 19, 25. Mid-heaven to the Opposition of Jupiter. Opposition of Jupiter in Libra 19, 30, Latitude 1, 26, N. Right Ascention 198, 32, Direction required 44, 19, 26. Mid-heaven to the Trine Dexter of Venus. Trine of Venus in Scorpio 4, 30, Latitude 0, 26, N. Right Ascention 212, 13, Direction required 58, 10, 27. Mid-heaven to the Southern Lance of Libra. Lance of Libra in Scorpio 09, 00, Latitude 00, 40, N. Right Ascention 216, 50, Direction required 62, 37, The Directions of the Part of Fortune. 28. The Part of Fortune to the Sextile of Venus. Sextile of Venus in Capricorn 04, 30, Latitude 00, 28, S. Declination 23, 51, S. Right Ascention 274, 55, Distance from the Fourth House 59, 18, Circle of Position 40, 20, Ascentional Difference 22, 02, Oblique Ascention 296, 57, Direction required 28, 06, 29. The Part of Fortune to the Antiscia of Mars. Antiscia of Mars in Capricorn 26, 50, Declination 20, 47, S. Right Ascention 298, 55, Distance from the Fourth House 35, 18, Circle of Position 29, 00, Oblique Ascention 310, 26, Direction required 48, 45, 30. The Part of Fortune to the Body of the Sun, giveth Years 60.30. 31. To the Trine of Saturn. Trine of Saturn 13, 40, S. Latitude 1, 10, N. Declination 15, 36, S. Right Ascention 315, 48, Distance from the Fourth House 18, 25, Circle of Position 18, 12, Ascentional Difference 5, 15, Oblique Ascention 321, 3, Direction required 64, 22, 32. The Part of Fortune to the Sextile Dexter of Jupiter, giveth Years 71.12. 2. The Horoscope to the Sextile of the Sun. Sextile of the Sun in Sagittary 08, 00, Oblique Ascention 280, 32, Direction sought for 36, 19, 3. The Horoscope to the Scorpion's Heart. Scorpions Heart in Sagittary 03, 45, Latitude 04, 00, S. Declination 24, 53, Right Ascention 240, 53, Ascentional difference 40, 52, Oblique Ascention 281, 45, Direction required 37, 32, 4. The Horoscope to the Opposition of Saturn. Opposition of Saturn in Sagittary. 13, 40, Latitude 2, 20, N. Declination 20, 10, S. Right Ascention 252, 34, Ascentional Difference 30, 36, Oblique Ascention 283, 10, Direction required 38, 57, 5. The Horoscope to the Trine Dexter of Jupiter. Trine of Jupiter in Sagittary 19, 30, Latitude 00, 43, N. Declination 22, 23, S. Right Ascention 258, 36, Ascentional Difference 35, 41, Oblique Ascention 293, 17, Direction sought for 47, 04, 6. The Horoscope to the 26 deg. of Sagit. (the Term of Saturn) he hath in the Year. 59, 20, 7. To the end of Sagittary in 63, 47, 8. The Horoscope to the Sextile Dexter of Venus. Sextile of Venus in Capricorn 04, 30, Latitude 00, 27, S. Declination 23, 50, S. Right Ascention 274, 55, Ascentional Difference 38, 36, Oblique Ascention 313, 31, Direction required 69, 17, The Directions of the Sun. Sun's Place in Aquary 08, 00, Declination 18, 19, S. Distance from the Fourth House 23, 47, Circle of Position 21, 40, Oblique Ascention 318, 00, 9 The Sun to the Square Sinister of Mars. Quartile of Mars in Pisces 3, 10, Oblique Ascention 339, 09, Direction required 21, 09, 10. The Sun to the Body of Venus. Venus in Pisces 04, 30, Latitude 00, 55, S. Declination 10, 44, Right Ascention 336, 43, Ascentional Difference 4, 28, Oblique Ascention 340, 11, Direction required 23, 11, 11. The Sun to the Square Dexter of Saturn. Quartile of Saturn in Pisces 13, 40, Oblique Ascention 347, 32, Direction sought for 29, 32, 12. The Sun to the Trine Sinister of Mars. Trine of Mars in Aries 3, 10, Oblique Ascention 52, 24, Direction required 44, 24, 13. The Sun to a Proper Sextile. Sun's Sextile in Aries 08, 00, Oblique Ascention 06, 07, Direction sought for 48, 07, 14. The Sun to the Sextile Dexter of Saturn. Sextile of Saturn in Aries 13, 40, Latitude 1, 10, S. Declination 4, 21, N. Right Ascention 13, 00, Ascentional Difference 1, 40, Oblique Ascention 11, 20, Direction required 53, 20, 15. The Sun to the Body of Jupiter. Jupiter in Aries 19, 30, Latitude 1, 26, S. Declination 6, 20, N. Right Ascention 18, 32, Ascentional Difference 2, 31. Oblique Ascention 16, 01, Direction required 58, 01, 16. The Sun to the Sextile Sinister of Venus. Sextile of Venus in Taurus 04, 30, Latitude 00, 26, S. Declination 12, 40, N. Right Ascention 32, 22, Ascentional Difference 5, 7, Oblique Ascention 27, 15, Direction required 69, 15, 17. The Sun comes to the Trine of the Mid-heaven in the 66. 50 Years. The Directions of Venus. 18. Venus to the Sextile of the Sun. Sextile of the Sun in Aries 08, 00, Right Ascention 7, 20, Right Ascension of Venus 336, 21, Direction sought for 30, 59, 19 Venus to the Body of Jupiter. Jupiter in Aries 19, 30, Latitude 1, 26, Right Ascention 18, 32, Direction required 42, 11, 20. Venus to a Proper Sextile. Sextile of Venus in Taurus 4, 30, Right Ascention 32, 24, Direction required 56, 13, The Directions of the Mid-heaven, whose Right Ascension is 154, 13. 21. The Mid-heaven to a Sextile of Mars. Sextile of Mars in Libra 30, 10, Right Ascention 182, 54, Direction required 28, 31, 22. The Mid-heaven to the Trine Dexter of the Sun. Trine of the Sun in Libra 00, 00, Right Ascention 187, 20, Direction required 33, 07, 23. The Mid-heaven to the Trine of Saturn and Mercury. Trine of Saturn in Libra 13, 40, Latitude 1, 10, N. Right Ascention 193, 00, Direction required 38, 48, 24. Mid-heaven to the Virgin's spike. Virgins spike in Libra 17, 40, Latitude 2, 00, S. Right Ascention 195, 32, Direction required 41, 19, 25. Mid-heaven to the Opposition of Jupiter. Opposition of Jupiter in Libra 19, 30, Latitude 1, 26, N. Right Ascention 198, 32, Direction required 44, 19, 26. Mid-heaven to the Trine Dexter of Venus. Trine of Venus in Scorpio 4, 30, Latitude 0, 26, N. Right Ascention 212, 13, Direction required 58, 10, 27. Mid-heaven to the Southern Lance of Libra. Lance of Libra in Scorpio 09, 00, Latitude 00, 40, N. Right Ascention 216, 50, Direction required 62, 37, The Directions of the Part of Fortune. 28. The Part of Fortune to the Sextile of Venus. Sextile of Venus in Capricorn 04, 30, Latitude 00, 28, S. Declination 23, 51, S. Right Ascention 274, 55, Distance from the Fourth House 59, 18, Circle of Position 40, 20, Ascentional Difference 22, 02, Oblique Ascention 296, 57, Direction required 28, 06, 29. The Part of Fortune to the Antiscia of Mars. Antiscia of Mars in Capricorn 26, 50, Declination 20, 47, S. Right Ascention 298, 55, Distance from the Fourth House 35, 18, Circle of Position 29, 00, Oblique Ascention 310, 26, Direction required 48, 45, 30. The Part of Fortune to the Body of the Sun, giveth Years 60.30. 31. To the Trine of Saturn. Trine of Saturn 13, 40, S. Latitude 1, 10, N. Declination 15, 36, S. Right Ascention 315, 48, Distance from the Fourth House 18, 25, Circle of Position 18, 12, Ascentional Difference 5, 15, Oblique Ascention 321, 3, Direction required 64, 22, 32. The Part of Fortune to the Sextile Dexter of Jupiter, giveth Years 71.12. Judgements upon the Precedent Directions. IN the 22 Current Year of your Age, The Direction of the Sun to the Quartile of Mars had surely excited some Commotion of Humours, or Misfortune in Journeys: But that Venus Corporally Assisting the Degree of Direction, easily averted every Adverse thing. In the 24 th'. Year, the Sun's coming to the Body of Venus, foretell some Dignity or Commendation of your Name amongst Churchmen, and other Great Personages. You attained then (if I be not mistaken) to Possess the Good you wot of. In the 29 th'. Year, the Part of Fortune coming to the Sextile Dexter of Venus, and the Mid-heaven to the Sextile of Mars, brought an Increase of Goods, and a happy and speedy success of your Affairs. In the 30 Year Current, the Horoscope came to the Body of Mars, and the Sun to the Square of Saturn, which caused that Alteration of Humours whence the Quartan Fever proceeded, which invaded you the following Year, but turned to a Tertian. From this manifest Accident, (truly agreeing with the Significators thereof,) the present Figure of Heaven was Corrected. And therefore no scruple is left of the following Directions, because they are Diligently and Faithfully enough Calculated, and made manifest in their Significations. Venus to the Sextile Sinister of the Sun in the 31 th'. Year, will spread your Name far and near, especially in Foreign Parts: And soon after you shall Commence Doctor in V. I. and obtain some other much Honoured Privileges. In the Year of Christ, 1592. May 16. (Old Style) The Profection of the Mid-heaven comes exactly to the Sextile Sinister; and Venus to the Trine Dexter of Mercury. In the 34 th'. Year, the Mid-heaven coming to the Trine of the Sun, will augment your Fame in Foreign Countries. But because the Sun is not very strong, the Effects of this Direction will be the obscurer, and as if they were Private. Of the same Nature is the 23 d. Direction falling out in the 39 th'. Year of your Age, for this will amplify the Celebrity of your Name and Learning in the Courts of Princes and Noblemen, and in other Places. In the 38 th'. Year of your Age the Horoscope comes to the Scorpion's Heart, which usually brings some Evil to the Eyes, otherwise it afflicts with a Wound, or excites some short, but vehement Fever, or Ague. Mars comes by Transite to the Square of the Horoscope, about the 27 and 30 of August (according to the Old Calendar) in the Year 1598. and soon after to the Horoscope itself; to wit, Octob. 13. Again, Quadrangularly from Aquary, January the 8. 1599 The Direction of the Horoscope to the Opposition of Saturn falls out also in 39 th'. Year of your Age, (almost Complete,) 1600. and threateneth you with a dangerous Disease, [viz. a total Dejection of the Powers of the Body, Poison, a perilous Plague, the Pestilence, sudden Catarrhs, etc.] The Profection, or Revolution of the Sun, comes to the Opposition of Mars, in the year 1600. about the 20 of November: The Direction of the Horoscope to the Quartile Sinister of Mars, about the 21 of September, after the Old Calendar: In Transite, you shall observe the 1, 7, and 8 of January, the Feasts of Epiphany: As also the 22 and 24 of September; the 24, 25, 27, and 30 of November; the 2, 4, and 6 of December: For on those days Mars afflicts the Horoscope by his Transite. QUESTION. Whether you shall escape this Disease? I Answer: Indeed, that year shall be grievous, and dangerous enough: But because the present Direction is Celebrated in Benevolent Terms, and that Jupiter follows with his Triangular Beams, I positively conclude, that this Year shall not be Destructive unto you. Ptolemy and other Astrologers have a Rule approved of by Experience, which is this: Benevolent Stars beholding the Degree of a dangerous Direction by the Mediety of their Orbs, do Refraene the Malignity thereof, and make the Cure of the Disease easy. Therefore the Trine of Jupiter herein Benignly Irradiating the Directional degrees of the Horoscope, sufficeth: But let not Humane Prudence be wanting, the which if it do not totally avert an Eminent Evil, yet so much it declines it, that it proves neither so grievous, nor yet so hurtful as otherwise. He that is knowing may divert many Effects of the Stars, if he know but their Natures. Ptolom. Centiloq. Aphorism 5. Let such Medicines be applied beforehand, as may both Purge the Body from all Filthy Humours, and likewise comfort the Principal Members, strengthen the Vital Spirit, and Native Heat, which are of another Quality. The Scorpion (as also the Serpent) deduced from Heaven (I speak with Virgil) preserves him safe that carries it about him, from Fevers, Poison, and Pestilence. These are Secrets. In the same Year of your Age, the Mid-heaven coming to the Trine Sinister of Saturn, presages Goods to ensue by means of the Dead: Ancient Possessions, the Gift of some Aged Man. The 42 d. and 43 d. Year of your Age will be Honourable and Prosperous: Because the Mid-heaven comes to the Virgin's Spike, and Venus herself to the Body of Jupiter. By this means they bring some Notable-good in the Increase of Dignities and Wealth, and that by the occasion of a certain Great Personage. You shall observe the 14 th'. day of July, 1602. and then the 11. and 16 of August. Also the 3 d. of September. In the following Year, 1603. the 22. and 23. of January; the 7 and 8 of June. Here the Profection of the Sun succeeds the Trine Sinister of Jupiter: There the Mid-heaven shall come to Venus herself. In the 45 th'. Year of your Age, the Mid-heaven coming to the Opposition of Jupiter will intercept, or subvert the Friendship of some Great Lord: At which time take heed how you Manage your Affairs with Noblemen, etc. In the same Year, upon the Sun's receding to the Trine of Mars, you shall fall into the Friendship of some Martially disposed Person, not without some Advantage. Use his Benevolence and Friendliness prosperously. In the 48 th' Year of your Age, Anno 1608. The Horoscope coming to the Trine dexter of Jupiter, gives you a most Thriving Constitution of the Body, and makes you Conversant with Great Men, whereby Great Good is to be expected. Of the same Nature is the subsequent Direction, [to wit, the Sun to a Proper Sextile in the Terms of Venus,] falling out in the 49 th'. Year of your Age, in the Year of Christ 1609. In this Year the Part of Fortune coming to the Antiscia of Mars, will add unto your Expenses occasioned by the means of Kindred and Journeys: Beware also of some Thieveries of your Servants, or Messengers. In the 45 th'. Year of your Age, Anno 1614 The Sun coming to the Sextile Sinister of Mercury, and the Dexter of Saturn, shall enlarge your Authority and Esteem with or by the Learned. For seeing you are unweariedly carried by a certain. Natural Violence, both to the Sciences of Mighty things, and also to the knowledge of Hidden Secrets, I easily foresee What a one, how great a one, you shall suddenly be! Go on Courageously, that you may Act things Answerable to your Ingenuity, that you may advance and further your Fortune. The 57 and 59 Years of your Age will be very Honourable, and the most Acceptable of any: You shall therein find a Signal Increase of your Possessions, Renown, Dignities, and Authority: For then Venus will come to her Proper Sextile; The Mid-heaven to the Trine Dexter of Venus: And the Sun to the Body of Jupiter. The Profection of the Mid-heaven to the Sextile of Venus, falls out in the Year of Christ, 1617. the 14 and 15 of January (Old Style:) But the Profection of the Sun to the Trine of Mercury, and the Body of Saturn, will happen about the Ver●al Equinox. There are also Fortunate Profections in the Year 1618. about the Winter Solstice. Also Jan. 21. etc. Saturn is in the second Degree of Gemini Adverse the Mid-heaven, whereby he shall in some sort endeavour to protract an Event by the means of some Man's Death. In the 60 th'. Year of your Age, Anno 1620. The Horoscope coming to the 26 Degree of Sagittary, the Contiguous Terms of Saturn and Mars, shall occasion a Feverish Disease, which will easily be removed by the help of a Physician: Or if the yearly Medicines and Evacuations were not (as is requisite) forborn contrary to Custom, it could hardly be, that any Disease should trouble you. The Profection of the Horoscope and the Sun are removed from the Society of the Malevolent Planets. The Transite of Mars (in Taurus,) by the Point opposed unto the Horoscope, shall happen the 15 of April; then in Leo, by the Point in Square thereunto, the 22, 23, and 24 of August: which are more to be observed. In the 61 Year of your Age, Anno 1621. The Progress of the Part of Fortune, to the Body of the Sun, shall multiply your Treasure, by the Rewards of Kings, and some other Great Personages: The like for your Honours. In the 63 Year, the Mid-heaven coming to the Southern Lance of Libra, favours you with no mean Dignities. In the 64 Year, the Horoscope arriving at the end of Sagittary, threatens you with a Disease, attended especially with Lassitudes of the Body, Filthiness of Defluxions, and with Pains in the Feet above all other Signs are Interficient: The which I have oftentimes found to be true. But because that here, Venus most Powerfully beholds this Place, by an approaching Sextile Aspect, I boldly Affirm (Humane Providence assisting) You shall not Die this Year. In the 65 Year of your Age, Anno 1625. The Part of Fortune coming to the Body of Mercury, and the Trine of Saturn, confers upon you a Large Inheritance; or fair Possessions by the means of some Deceased. For Saturn being so Fortunate, it is impossible this Direction should be Fruitless. So in the Year 1627. The Sun coming to the Trine of the Mid-heaven, will again occasion all manner of Good to befall you. In the 70 Year of your Age, Anno 1630. The Sun coming to the Sextile Sinister of Venus; The Horoscope also to the Sextile Dexter of Venus, point out ● most Honourable time in Dignities, Possessions, and Renown in all manner of Benefits: The same almost is discerned by the Progression of the Part of Fortune to the Sextile Dexter of Jupiter, falling out in the 72 Year of your Life; for that also Presages Kingly Rewards from Foreign Countries. But enough, and more than enough concerning this your most Fortunate Geniture. Farewell. In the Year 1593. A BRIEF DISCOURSE OF The Soul of the WORLD, AND The Universal Spirit thereof. THE World is a System of Celestial and Terrestrial Bodies, constant in Order, Number, and Measure, but Living, Animate, Intellectual. The former Part of the Definition is clear from the Holy Scriptures: The latter is Proved of Plato, and that by manifest Reasons. Where we say A Living System, we intent a certain Natural Life, diffused through the Bodies of the World, extended and movably Acting together with the Body of the World. Where we call it An Animate System, we mean the substance of the Soul of the World, whose Essence indeed is both Indivisible and Immutable, like the Intellect, yet it may in some sort be termed Divisible and Movable, because it is the Proper Fountain of some Powers that are declining to Divisible and Movable. Virtue also (and Action) is partly Individual and Immovable, so far forth as it agrees with Divine things, steadfastly worketh: And partly Divisible in some Respects, both because it is manifold, and also for that it declineth to a manifold and Divisible Body: And Movable, because it worketh Temporally. Where we term it Intellectual, we mean the Angelical Intellects, which are properly Perfect and Indivisible (according to Place,) in their Government of the Spheres: And Immutable in respect of time, the Natural Life, and Form Corporeal being Opposite thereunto, [Divisible, and Mutable.] That even these Angelical Intellects be in the Body of the World, Necessity requires it, because the Body of the World is through Life made fit for the Intellect. Therefore look how it is in regard of Life, and the like it is in respect of the Intellect. And as it hath not only a Natural lying hid in the Matter of the World, but an Animal also; that is, A Soul existing in itself: So hath it not only an Intellectual Quality infused in the Soul, but also an Intellectual substance therein remaining. For certain Qualities are very where reduced to certain Substances: As a Vital Quality to a Vital Substance; so also an Intellectual Quality, to an Intellectual Substance. But as touching these things, we shall explain ourselves more at large. The whole Body of the World is a certain Body composed of all the Four Elements, the Members or Parts whereof are the Bodies of all Living Creatures. For the small Body of every Animal is a Part of the World's Body: Neither is it composed of the whole Element of Fire, Air, Water, or Earth, but of some parts of these Elements. By how much therefore the Whole is more Perfect than a Part thereof; by so much is the Body of the World more Perfect than the Body of any one Living Creature. Hence were it absurd to think, that an Imperfect Body should have a Soul: But that it neither hath a Soul, nor can live Perfect: None will be so mad, as to say, the Part Liveth, and not the Whole. Therefore the whole Body of the World Liveth, whilst the Bodies of the Animals therein Live, which are the Parts thereof. And now seeing there must needs be One Soul of the whole World, we will in the next place inquire, in what part thereof this Soul may Reside, whence she distributes her Spirit through all things, and preserves the same so distributed? She fixeth not her Seat, and Pavilions, in Bodies subject to variety of Change, and manifold Corruption, as are the Elements and Elementary Bodies: Wherefore seeing that in Heaven there is no Corruption of Bodies, there certainly is her Place of Residence. And although those Elements also may be in Heaven, (but most Purely or Spiritually:) Yet is it manifest, that the Element of Fire hath therein Dominion: Even as here in this Inferior Part of the World, where the Sovereignty of the Elements remains in the Power of Fire. And this we are sensible of in our own Bodies: But much more, if we do but consider, how the Fire by no means Pu●rifieth, nor is any way Corrupted, notwithstanding it often Corrupteth other Bodies, where it gets Preeminency. Moreover, Nature affords it Earth, Water, and Air, as a certain Subject Matter, whereon to Exercise its Power: The Air itself, (as also the Earth, with the Water surrounding it, whence we are Nourished, and draw our Breath,) is indeed so Affected of the Fire about it, that sometimes Heat doth therein predominate; otherwhiles it is so Extenuated, that for want of Heat, it leaves its own Quality, and is forsaken of Cold. In like manner we see such Impressions conveyed from the Fire above us upon the Earth, and Water, that sometimes the Nature and Quality thereof is capable of some Excess, otherwhiles of Defect, the Celestial Fire itself remaining Entire: Wherefore seeing the Soul of the World hath its Residence in Heaven, of Necessity it must live in a Fiery Substance: For Heaven is a Fiery Essence, but withal most Temperate, Pure, Lucid, and Incorruptible. Nor shall they trouble us, who deny the Fiery Heaven, in regard the Motion of the Heavens is Circular, the Fires Motion Perpendicular. For, because our Fire is Peregrine, and Impure, therefore it tends directly upwards, and (by a kind of Veneration) Covets the Place of the Proper and Natural Fire; yet is it not to be supposed such a Fiery Hot Heaven, as that 'tis Burning or Heating. By how much less Fire is mingled with strange Matter, by so much the less it Burneth: The which is seen in the Flaming of the Purer sort of Oil, but especially of Oil Artificiously Extracted from Gold: The which true Alchemists do Witness, and as these Mortal Eyes of mine have sometimes tried. Therefore seeing there is not any Matter in Heaven estranged from the Celestial, no Adustion, no Heat is made there: We see no Adustion in Comets running through the Celestial Spheres, but only some Illustration; for that doubtless the Matter thereof much participateth of the Nature of the Celestial Bodies. But TYCHOBRAHE, A Dane, A Nobleman, An Astronomer, and a most incomparable Philosopher of this Age, shall anon more plainly unfold to us this matter far different from the Madded Nursery of Peripatetics, and that not without the Infallible Curiosity both of Observations and Demonstrations. Now, because some Matter Opposed is Heated and Burnt by the Rays of the Sun, contracted by a Glass; that is, a sudden generation of Heat, and Fire, increasing by the Flagration of the Collected Rays in the Glass, and applied to fit Matter, which are of another Disputation. Some will have the Matter of Heaven to be Aërial: But for that Light is a Property of Fire, enlightening even the Air itself; in my Judgement, we do better, in supposing it to consist of a Fiery Matter. Besides, Heaven is next to the Divine Seat, and God himself: Yet not so, as that God is not every where. God is called The Father of Light, with whom there is no Change, by whom the Light may be Extinguished, or Diminished: Neither an over-shadowing of Change, whereby sometimes he either is turned into Night, or suffereth an Eclipse. GOD is Light, in which there is no Darkness; that is, Form, wherein there is nothing Inform: Beauty, in which there is nothing of Deformity. As therefore GOD is Light Invisible, Infinite, the Truth itself, the cause of every truth, and of all things: So the Light of Heaven is the splendour, or rather the shadow of Heaven, Visible, Finite, the cause of visible things: For, the whole Universe receiveth Light and Life from Heaven. Moses, Aaron, Nadab, Abihu, and 70 of the Elders of Israel, saw the God of Israel, and under his Feet, as it were, a work of Saphire stone, and as the very Heaven when it is clear, etc. Exod. 24.10. Whence we shall not speak absurdly, if we say that GOD shineth upon us by his Light from Heaven, and the Sun as a Candle shineth through Glass, and Windows made thereof: Otherwise, we can hardly explain this matter, because of his Inscrutable Majesty. That therefore the Celestial Bodies are Animate, is hence rightly concluded: For, it were absurd to deny a Life and Soul to be in Heaven, and the Stars, the which Inspire both Life and Soul even in the vilest of these Inferior Bodies. They give Life unto Plants, which grow without Natural Seed, as we see in the Mountains and Places untilled: So likewise to the Earth: For, if a Lump be taken out of the Bowels thereof, The Stars have Life. and for some time exposed to the Rays of the Sun, it yieldeth Grass, or some Herbs, oftentimes the twiggs of little Trees. The Stars also bestow Life upon Animals not generated by Copulation: Nor can we be so stupid, as to imagine that Plants, Trees, etc. are of a Nobler Condition, than the Celestial Bodies. This manifest perpetual Operation cannot come but from a Pure, and Cleansed Body. These things (I suppose) are sufficient to prove, the World hath a Soul, placed in Heaven, as in the most Noble Part thereof. But perhaps you desire it may be further Proved, that these Celestial Souls are Rational, and participate of the Divine Mind. The Matter is not obscure. For if the World (as Plato saith) be the best effect that could be of goodness itself, [That is, of GOD, The Stars Rational and Intelligent. for we Germane so express it, because (Got) sounds nothing else with us than Gut, if we rightly inquire the Reason of the Idiom] it must certainly participate not only of Life, Sense, and Reason, but also of Intelligence. The Soul is the Perfection of the Body. And that Body most Perfect, which hath the Perfectest Soul. Wherefore if the Celestial Bodies be most Perfect, they must of necessity enjoy the most Perfect Souls. The Heavens therefore do Participate of the Intellect and Mind: Which very thing the Platonics plainly approve by Musical Concord's. For, seeing that Musical Concord is, as it were, Living, Rational, and Efficacious; what Resemblance hath it unto Life itself, how Pleasing is it to the Mind, and even Ravisheth the whole Man! And, which is more, the Mind and all things else are made by the Soul: By her they are preserved, by her they are moved. And therefore Plato did not amiss, when he Described the Soul, to be she that made, preserved, and moved all Natural things, especially by Musical Numbers and Proportion; constituted (I say) by Numbers, not Mathematical, as some Calumniate, but by Ideal and Metaphysical Proportions of Numbers. This Harmony consisteth altogether in Motion, Harmony of Heaven consisteth in Motion. because that by an Aërial Nature (posited in Motion) it moveth the Body: By a Purified Air, it stirs up the Aërial Spirit, (the Chain of Soul and Body:) By affect it at once disposeth the Sense and Affection: By signification it Operates upon the Mind. Lastly, through this Motion of the subtle Air, it penetrates vehemently: It floweth sweetly through the Contemplation: And (by its conform Quality) poureth out itself with a wonderful Pleasure. By its Nature, as well Spiritual as Material, it at once Ravisheth, and Claimeth all that is Man. Wherefore let us seriously consider, how the Sounds of most sweet Music elevate, and, as it were, double and treble our Minds. And in like sort judge the Melody of the Celestial Bodies, who now by a slower, but anon by a swifter Motion, produce a tone that is Grave or Acute: Whereunto agreed (in these Sublunaries) Gravity and Levity, Cold and Heat, Moisture and Dryness of Elements: So likewise Matter and Form in the Generation of things, Meekness and Magnanimity, Temperance and Fortitude in Humane Affairs. Seeing therefore that Motion is ●very where Free in its own Nature, it might easily prevaricate, and wander, unless it were Ruled by the Intellect, and Mind: The which we cannot further inquire of in this Place, according to the Exigence of the Matter. Besides, it is absurd for us to have Reasons of our own works: For the Celestial Souls, and so the Soul of the Universe, have no Reasons of theirs, of whose Spirit even we ourselves are generated, and live continually. If the Lesser World enjoy an Intelligent Soul, such also enjoys the Greater: But we will cease to prosecute this any further; concluding, that the World is a System of Celestial and Terrestrial Bodies, constant in Order, Number, and Measure, but Living, Animate, Intellectual. Whence we safely gather, that the Soul of the World is a certain singular Life, filling all things, vivifying all things, producing and connecting all things that it may accomplish, and preserve one Fabric of the whole World; and be as a Monochord sounding out by the threefold kinds of Creatures, Intellectual, Celestial, and Corruptible, at one Blast, one only Life. [The Mystery of Unity is but known of a few.] Now, can we here pass by the Authority, both of the Holy Scriptures, and also of the most approved Philosophers? Deut. 4.19. Thou shalt not Worship the Sun, Moon, and Stars, which God hath Distributed to all Nations under Heaven. Deut. 28.12. God shall open unto thee his good Treasure, the Heaven, etc. Deut. 33.13. Concerning Joseph: Thy Blessing shall be of the Precious things of the Sun, and of the Precious things of the Moon. But above all let us consider those things which are in Levit. 26.19. I will make (saith God) your Heaven as Iron, and your Earth as Brass. The same is repeated, Deut. 28.23. And also in Hosea 2.21. And I will hear the Heavens, and they shall hear the Earth, and the Earth shall hear the Corn, and the Wine, and the Oil, and they shall hear Israel. [Therefore we hereby see, that God doth set the Root of Worldly Benedictions in Heaven, as it were in the Soul of the Universe, so that the Beginning of Blessings is from Heaven, as the Beginning of Motion from our Soul; which are of themselves perspicuous enough.] To this also belongs that in Job 38.33. Knowest thou the Course of Heaven, or canst thou dispose the Rule thereof in the Earth? [The Rule of Heaven proceeds through Terrestrial and all Inferior things, as the Rule of an Emperor or King, throughout his Empire and Kingdom: As therefore a King is the Soul of his Kingdom; so the Heaven and the Stars are the Soul of the World.] Likewise that of Job 26.13. His spirit hath garnished the Heavens: Psal. 33.16. By the Word of the Lord the Heavens were made, and by the spirit of his Mouth the whole Army thereof: [In whatsoever Body the Spirit of God dwelleth and shineth, that Body without doubt shall be Animate and Intellectual.] Psal. 19 God hath set his Tabernacle in the Sun: One Day telleth another, and one Night teacheth another knowledge: There is no Speech, nor Language, in those (Heavens) yet understandeth he their Voice. Their Line is gone forth through all the Earth, and their words unto the ends of the World, in them hath he set a Tabernacle for the Sun. Psal. 89.5. O Lord, even the Heaven's shall confess thy wonderful Works! John 3. Our Saviour saith to Nicodemus: I have told you of Earthly things, and you believe not, how would you believe if I should tell you of Heavenly things? As if he had said, I now propound the Comparison of the Generation of Earthly things to Spiritual, which are obvious to you all, and yet you believe not; much less therefore would you believe, if I should dispute of Heavenly things, which are not so obvious to your senses. Christ is called by the Prophet, The Sun of Righteousness: How far we might hence Philosophise, concerning the Sun, and Celestial Fires, can hardly be expressed. Very notable is that place of Gen. 37. in the Dream of Joseph, who saw himself Worshipped of the Sun, the Moon, and eleven Stars, therefore his Father Jacob, expounding this Dream Magickly, saith, Shall I and thy Mother, and thy Brethren come and Worship thee? Therefore that Holy Father knew that he had the Sun instead of his Father, the Moon instead of his Mother, in the World, and Worldly Generations, and 12 Stars (for Joseph was as the 12 th'. Star, in that he was the 12 th'. of the Brethren) to stand in stead of the 12 begotten Sons. You may understand by those 12 Stars of Heaven, the twelve Signs, constituting the 12 Months by 12 Conjunctions of the Sun and Moon in them, by whose Congresses, the Year is completed, and its Annual Generations finished. There are other things to be seen among the Cabalists; notwithstanding we have perspicuously enough enucleated the present matter. We write not these things to vain Men; [that is, such as are Ignorant and Proud.] but to the truly Honest and Ingenious, who constantly love the Knowledge of God and his Works, and such as have Learned That Divinity is True Philosophy, and True Philosophy Divinity (to wit, Mystically) which is, (that we may yet be more plain,) By the Workmanship of the Heavens and the Earth (touching which all approved Philosophy teacheth) and the Inscrutable System thereof, to know God himself as in a Glass, that he is the most Wise, Ineffable, and Eternal Goodness. The other Authority is that of the Great Philosophers, Plato, Aristotle, Pythagoras, Orpheus, Trismegistus, Theophrastus, Avicenne, and the like: But we will here follow Plato especially, (a Philosopher most full of Piety, and the knowledge of God) and his Interpreter, the never to be too much Praised Marsil. Ficinus, of Florence, than whom whether Italy ever afforded a greater, I shall not easily determine. If any man doubt (saith Theophrastus the Peripatetic) whether the Heavens live or not, To deny Heaven to Live, is not to be a Philosopher. let him not be accounted a Philosopher: And he that denies Heaven to be Animate, so as that the Mover of it is not the Form thereof, destroys the Foundations of Philosophy. Neither are the most Noble Poets to be Despised of us. M. Manilius in his Proem. WHen every species of the glittering Sphere, The Stars returning) Ranked did appear In their own Seats; and by the Fates Decree Each had restored its Formal Potency; Experience framed Art, by various Use; Example Guiding where it was Abstruse; And (though at a vast distance) plainly saw The Stars All-Ruling by a Tacit Law, The whole World Moved by REASON Alternate. The same Manilius, Cap. 2. GOD and the Virtue of the Divine Soul Do by a Tacit Law, and Sacred Course Inspire, Turn Round, Guide, Govern, and Control This Immense Structure of the Universe: And all its Natural Parts which Framed be In Different shapes of Air, Fire, Earth, and Sea. Lucan also. HE that sustains the Earth Poised up with Air, Is a Great Part of Jove— And Boetius. THou in consenting Parts disposed hast Th' All-moving Soul, 'midst threefold Nature placed, Which cut in Parts, that run a different Race, Into itself returns, and doth embrace The highest Mind, and Heaven doth wheel about With like Proportion— And Virgil, not the last of the most Excellent Philosophers, 6. Aen. By Mr. J.O. AT first the Heaven, and Earth, the liquid Plain, The Moons Bright Globe, and Stars Titanian, A spirit fed within, spread through the whole, And with the huge heap mixed infused a scroll. Hence Man, and Beasts, and Birds derive their strain, And Monsters-floating in the Marbled Main. These Seeds have Fiery Vigour, and a Birth Of Heavenly Race; but clogged with heavy Earth. But enough of the Soul of the World. And now seeing it is manifest the World hath a Soul, it will be no less apparent, That the same World shall consist also of a Spirit; which is called the Spirit of the Universe. Where the Soul is, there also is the Spirit: The Soul groans in the Spirit, the Intelligence in the Soul. The Spirit also of the Universe, is the vigour of Divine virtues, dilated through all things, whose continual Excitation resides in the Soul of the World, and the Celestial Bodies. Democritus, Pythagoras, Orpheus, and such others called these Virtues, Gods: Zoroaster, Divine Allurements: Synecius, Symbolical Enticements: But some called them Lives, others also Souls. Nor that indeed undeservedly: For seeing the Soul is the Primum Mobile, and truly of its own accord, or by itself movable, but the Body or Matter of itself Ineffectual for Motion, and much degenerating from the Soul: Therefore we have need of some more Excellent Medium; that is to say, such a Medium, that may be (as it were) not a Body, but yet as if it were a Soul; Or as no Soul, and yet (as it were) a Body whereby the Soul may be united to the Body. For such a Medium is the Spirit of the Universe itself, which otherwise we call the Fifth Essence, because it is not wholly subsisting of the Four Elements, but a certain Fifth over and beside them. Therefore such a Spirit is necessarily requisite as a Medium, by whose Intervening, the Celestial Soul may be in a Grosser Body: And this Spirit is of such a Form in the Body of the World, as is ours in the Humane Body: Because that as the Powers of our Soul, are by the Spirit communicated to the Members; So the virtue of the Soul of the World, is dilated by that Fifth Essence, throughout all things; So that nothing can be found in the whole World, which wants a vivifying spark thereof. Through this Spirit every occult Propriety is propagated unto Herbs, Stones, Metals, and to all living Creatures, by the Sun and Moon, by the Planets and other Stars of the Eighth Orb. And those things that contain a more plentiful and excellent Spirit of that Nature, shall perfect a more manifest and swifter Operation in our Bodies: if so be it be duly separated from the Body and Feces: for, the Feces profit nothing; yea, they plainly Impede and oppress the Penetrating virtue of the Spirit. And indeed all Physicians should have a special Regard, that they Artificially segregate the Medicinal virtues of things from the Body, and the Elementated Impurities thereof, and not so Foolishly hasten to their Patients, the Medicines and Feces together. But the most part either wholly omit that Labour, or account it in a manner Dishonest; Leaving that separating Art to the Diseased Body. Nevertheless these Men make too huge a Progress in Philosophy, they shall often dispute against Astronomy itself, Herbs more just to Heaven, then Men. not knowing indeed that they can nothing say, or Dispute, without that Syderial Spirit communicated to them, (as also to every Man, yet more or less,) from above, by the Heavens and the Stars. Truly the Lote (which shutteth its Leaves before Sun Rise, but when he Ascendeth openeth them by degrees,) will be accounted more Just and Charitable towards the Celestial Princes, than these so Rational Men. And so we believe shall the Cock, who applauds the Rising Sun, as it were with a Hymn, from his Inferior Rousts. But these are from the matter. We formerly told you, There can nothing be found in this Lower World, that wants a vivifying Spark of this Spirit: but yet to know, under what Star, and in which Sign of the Zodiaque, every thing Perceiveth its Spirit, This is the Work, here the Labour is Nevertheless, there hath so much of this nature been Manifested to us, by sedulous and skilful Men, as is sufficient for Humane Ingenuity and Pains, to find out greater things. Gold hath in it the Spirit of the Sun, and therefore is, (in value,) the most precious of all Metals: It also nourisheth every Spirit of all things Growing: So that the Sun possesseth the virtues of all the Stars. No marvel then the Spirit of Gold (skilfully extracted, or separated from the elementated, or Metallique Body) should extirpate all Diseases of the Body. The reason is manifest by Astronomy itself. But that there is Gold of the Solar Spirit, (to omit other Reasons) the purified sign thereof sufficiently testifies, where you shall find Incense Burning with perpetual Fire: which thing true Alchemists know very well; and there yet remains such a thing to be found in some Sepulchers, that hath continued its Ardour and Fire for more than 100 years; Even as the Sun enjoys Perpetual Light. The same Metal is not unfitly called the Terrene Chaos: because if the Spirit of the Universe residing in it, should at a set time be reduced to a competent Form with the Body, plainly produces the same, or even greater things, than that Essence of the Sun, so earnestly sought for by Covetous Persons. So also to other Metals, there in a Proper and Perpetual Seed plot in Heaven. The like for Trees, Plants, Stones, etc. If therefore any thing growing nourisheth in it an Astral Spirit, we account the Incensive matter of the Generative and Seminary virtue much more such, and indeed more Perfect in Man himself. Those Philosophers who know not any such thing in Man, can pronounce nothing certain as touching the Ingenuity of Man, his Inclinations, Antipathy, Sympathy, of the Magnetic virtue and operation, and such other things as are hitherto appertaining: Whence it is they so Foolishly and Filthily heap up Reasons of Philosophising, which are no better than Volatile Air. We must not forget that there is a twofold Spirit in Man. One infused from the Heavens and Stars, at the time of Generation: the other Inspired by GOD; This was the breathing-hole of Life, in Adam; and that indeed Perfect, but afterwards Lost. The First Man was made of the Slime of the Earth, that is, of the Greater World, of the sidereal Creatures and Elements: whence he received a certain Astral Soul resembling the Soul of the World. The Object whereof, is, The Universal World, and the things contained therein, that is, Worldly Wisdom, generally comprehending all manner of Arts and Sciences within itself: some such thing was Anciently called in Man, the Proper Genius, or Daemon of every one. He is not wholly Ignorant of the Natural Law, (that is, of the Divine Will, commanding and approving the Good; but Abominating and Condemning the Evil done unto us) because the World was the First Image of God: and Man himself the next Example of any thing Possessing the Reason of the Word. And although Man have freewill, yet so it is in him, that what an one soever the Predestination of the Mundane Soul made him; such an one also every Man would (and desireth to) Die, by a natural instinct. Thus we more plainly conceive how Man is subject to the Stars. Hence likewise we will not deny, but that very many Diseases, and consequently the term of Life, proceed (especially in a flourishing Age) from the Stars, touching which we have elsewhere produced manifest Reasons, and a manifest Experience in Examples. Hereunto belongs the whole Genethliaque Part of Astrology. Theophrastus' Paracelsus hath most Plentifully and Learnedly explained the Foundations of this very Matter, in his Volume of Wise Philosophy. There was another Breathing Hole Placed by God in Adam, (beyond this Rational Spirit, and operating Soul, deducing its Original and Branches from the Stars,) which was the Breathing Hole of Life, in which regard he was said to be the Image of GOD. The Beauty of this Image was lost by the Fall of our First Parents, (a very small spark thereof surviving in us:) But may be reduced to its pristine Condition by a Regeneration in Christ. This Spark (Christ being Mediator) shall grow into a Flame of Celestial Wisdom; It is the proper spirit of those that Believe in Christ, Joh. 7. Rejecting, Despising, Deriding all those Worldly things, not as that they are the Works of GOD, for they testify of GOD what he is, but in that they are Corruptible, unstable, and draw a Man from the presence of GOD, and from Eternal Joy in him. This Wisdom is that sorrow with the Flesh, and its Concupiscences, at last overcoming, Christ being Conqueror. Of this is that vulgar saying, Sapiens Dominabitur Astris. A wise Man shall Rule the Stars. By this very Rule we are led from the Love of Corruptible things, and brought into the Love of Eternal. By this we take the Cross of Christ upon our Shoulders, and Follow him, that is, we shall hereby Purge out the Old Leaven, crucifying our Flesh with Evil Affections, and Concupiscences, studying to learn abundantly the Fruits of a Christian Spirit, without Hypocrisy, as Charity, Faith, Peace, Joy, Liberality, Meekness, Temperance, Gal. 5. In a word, This Celestical Spirit is no other thing, than Faith triumphing through Charity, without which none shall Prevail before GOD, although (as it is in 1 Cor. 13.) He should speak with the Tongues of Angels, and had all Faith, so that he could Remove Mountains out of their Places, although he had all Sciences, and knew all Mysteries, though he should give his Body to be Burnt, and were full of Prophecy. GOD is CHARITY: we were Created and Redeemed of Charity, in Charity, and by Charity. Charity Preserves in us the Command of GOD. Charity is the Bond of Perfection, Col. 3. Charity is Long suffering and Bountiful: she Envieth not, she maketh no Tumults, she is not puffed up, she doth nothing whereof she is ashamed, she seeketh not her own, she Provoketh not, she thinketh no Evil, she rejoiceth not at Iniquity, but the Truth, she beareth all things, she believeth all things, she hopeth and sustaineth all things. Charity Buildeth up, knowledge puffeth up: Charity is greater than Prophecies, Sciences, Tongues; Prophecies shall be abolished, Tongues shall be Silent, Sciences Perish: Charity remaineth for ever. He that remaineth in Charity remaineth in GOD, and GOD in him. Now we must know, there is a Twofold Man: One Astral, External or Carnal, which is called Animal, (nor perceiveth he the things which are of the Vivifying Spirit:) The other Spiritual or Internal, busied in Renewing the Corrupted Image of God, Rom. 7. In like manner, there shall be a Twofold Wisdom; One, Worldly or Astral, the Wisdom of Arts, Sciences, Dignities, Possessions, and of Curruptible things, wherein the Gentiles are alone Busied, Mat. 6. The other Celestial, consisting in the knowledge of GOD, in the consideration of his Ineffable Mercy, in the desire of Eternal Happiness. This Wisdom acknowledges no other Governor, than the Holy Spirit, Operating by the Word of GOD: That, the Heavens and Celestial Influences: Both which may be joined in a Man that pleaseth GOD. But in whom the Celestial Wisdom Reigneth, that other is only a Handmaid; she seeks for nothing at all, but the Glory of GOD, and the welfare of her Neighbour: which indeed is as much as is granted in this Life to the Elect, or those whom the Father hath given unto Christ. Now, where the Astral Reigneth, (suppose that alone,) There are Dogs, and Swine, unto whom we are forbidden to cast Pearls, or that which is Holy. Lastly, where the Celestial and Astral do Conjunctly Rule; that is, when we endeavour to serve Two Masters, There is true hypocrisy, very displeasing unto GOD. No Man can serve Two Masters: Such were the Pharisees in the time of Christ, whose Righteousness if ours exceed not, we shall not enter into the Kingdom of God; Christ himself hath spoken it. It was but requisite that we a little touched upon those things, lest Ignorant Detractors, (who are either far out of the way, or abhor this True manner of Philosophising) should take occasion to mingle Holy things with Profane, or Profane with Holy, whilst perhaps they might take upon them to Disprove these Realities. Furthermore, as hitherto we have Treated of the Soul and Spirit of the Universe, and of the sidereal Governor in Man: So now we may possibly be informed concerning Four Senses in the Universe, accommodating themselves to the fourfold Virtue or Power of the Soul of the World. There are Four Elements which contribute Matter to the Body of the World: And there are also Four Powers in the Soul of the World. The first is, the Intellect, of itself Immovable, the Mover or Governor of the Sphere; Instituted by the Author of all things Governing the Spheres. The second is, the Soul of the Sphere, A Mover indeed that is Movable, yet so of itself. The third, a certain Intelligence, excellently placed in this Soul by GOD, and the superior Intellect. The fourth is Nature, that is to say, A Seminary and Vital virtue, every way infused into the Matter, by the Soul. The Intellect and Soul are indeed Substances: But the Intelligence and Nature are Qualities: Those of the Soul, these of the Matter. The Four Images, of these are the Four Elements: For, Fire resembles the Intellect; Earth, the Water; Air, the Intelligence; And lastly, Water, the Soul. And as there are three things proper to Fire, three things also opposite to Earth, and that the Mediums agree with Mediums by a certain Proportion, so there are three things proper to the Intellect, and their Opposites are proper to Nature: The Mediums also to the Mediums: For the Intellect is Individual, Uniform, Eternal; Nature, Dividual, Multiform, Temporal: The Soul (amongst these Mediums) looks indeed (through the Intelligence) more participating of the Intellect itself, than of Nature: But through the Animal Power, the rather agrees with Nature, than the Intellect. Wherefore it is called partly Individual, partly Dividual: Partly also Uniform, and partly Multiform. Again, partly Eternal, and partly Temporal. From Substance, Virtue, Action. Fire Subtle Acute Movable. Air Subtle Obtuse Movable. Water Gross Obtuse Movable. Earth Gross Obtuse Immovable. The Intellect, Individual, Uniform, Eternal. The Soul by the Intelligence Individual, Uniform, Eternal, The Soul by the Animal Power, Dividual, Multiform, Temporal, By Nature, Dividual, Multiform, Temporal. Hence also are the Four Lives Delivered and Believed of Plato. The Life of Saturn admiring (in the Intellect) Heaven the Father thereof; that is, God the Father of Heaven. The Jovial in the ●ntelligence declining to Action, yet Movable. The Venereal, in the Animal Virtue, yet Affecting Matter: And the Dionysiacal, as if Drunk in Nature; that is, of a Drenched, or Drowned Matter. And by a like Reason, there are Four Senses in the Universe. The First, in the Soul of the World, Commune (I say) and one Sense: That is, a certain Imaginary Virtue so accompanying its Intelligence, and touching the Particular Forms of things, as the Intelligence doth the Universal: Touching (I say) Intrinsically, and therefore it wants no Instruments, neither proceeds, or suffers it any where without. The second is, in the Souls of the Spheres and Stars, Commune indeed, and Impatible also, but proceeding without. The third, in Particular Souls, distributed through all the Instruments, beyond Common strength, and spreading itself without, but ending in the Judgement. The Fourth (and last) Sense is (according to the Pythagoreans) allowed to Plants, yea, a certain Image of Sense, and that indeed Stupid, having no Judgement of Quality, but Posited only in the Passion of some Pleasure or Grief. The First Sense represents the Intellect: The Second the Intelligence; The Third, the Animal Virtue; and the Fourth, the Natural: Wherein we must remember that the Matter of the World, doth not otherwise enter the Soul, than by Nature, nor otherwise the Intelligence than by the Soul, nor otherwise the Intellect, than by the Intelligence: Even as it receiveth Water by the Earth; by the Water, Air; and by the Air, Fire. But at length to come to our Matter, we must know, that the Lines of the Hands are not otherwise produced (giving GOD, in the first place, His Due) than from the Imagination of the Greater World, thus, or so Affected in the Generation of Man, yet performing its Authority and Office by the Stars. It is hardly perceptible to our Humane Wit, how such an Operation should be made in our Hands, by Lines shadowing out the Fate of every Man. This Imagination of the Soul of the World is otherwise called Predestination, Science, Fate: And she it is that performs her Power in the Conception and Birth, by the Influence of that Star which then predominateth in the Heavens, and thence poureth out that Peculiar Genius upon every Man: If many Stars be to do the Work, the proper and accustomed Signatures are by them distributed and Engraven, Fortunate, or Infortunate, according to the Affection of the Planets, and other Stars, in their respective Signs and Quarters of Heaven. Those Conjunctions and other Aspects of the Planets, which but seldom happen, do make the most Noble and Excellent Impression: Such be the Conjunction and Sextile of Venus and Mercury, the Conjunction and Trine of Saturn and Jupiter: So also of Jupiter and Mars, Jupiter and the Sun, Jupiter and Venus; likewise the Trine of Mars and Mercury: The Moon also partily supputated in an Angle, or begirt with the Favourable Ray of a Noble Star, etc. yet more or less according to the Quarters of Heaven, and the Places of the Zodiac. The presence of the more Notable Fixed Stars do hereunto contribute very much of strength. So also they whom the Position of the Stars shall incline to the contrary. But there is so Beneficent a Virtue Planted in this Science, or Predestination, and so great LOVE, that to forewarn us of Future Events (the Times whereof the Directions of places in Corrected Genitures, which I certainly know by often Experience, manifest) she often premits her Signatures in this or that Place of the Hand, th●t if Fortunate Events be near, a Man might happily know thereof, and by his Endeavour Nourish and Enlarge the same to his Benefit:. But if any Misfortunes, that he would and might be careful in Averting, at leastwise in Mitigating the Evils ensuing. And indeed concerning the LOVE extended in the First Creation, unto all things Celestial and Terrestrial, (not withstanding an Adjunct or Opposite Strife elsewhere) a who●● Volume might be writ●●n: See the Golden Commentaries of Marsilius Ficinus, upon Plato's Banquet of Love. We daily Observe how some Lines are quite Vanished, which were but even now in our Hands, and that other arise in Lieu thereof, with a different Face: Some to wax Pale, and others to Flourish with a kind of Ruddyness, etc. and indeed deride them all, as Vain and Casual. But yet now that Experience herself hath by several practices reduced all to an Art, we cannot be so Impudent and Stupid, as to deny them to contain some Events. Indeed 'tis requisite that the Cause or Beginnings both of the Signatures themselves and the Affections therein, should not elsewhere reside, than in that very Science of the Soul o● the World, sending as it were her Standard beforehand, by the peculiar Stars and Progressions of the Stars of every Man: For unless this Imagination, Science, Fa●e, or Predestination preceded by a certain perpetual Power, nothing could be Generated, nothing Increased: Visible cannot be made of Invisible things: Corporeal of Incorporeal: The Shapes, Magnitudes, Colours, Odours, and other Signatures of Bodies will not be unfolded, whether the Efflux of Nourishment be Plentiful, or but small: For that they have not the Foundations, Roots, or Principles, under whose Power, Protection, and Patronage they might be received into the Society of a New Republic. He that is oppressed with Thirst, conceives in his Mind a Species of Familiar Liquor: That Appetite is an Individual Companion of this Imagination: And such an Imagination is Thirst, made by such an Appetite. The same is the desired Liquor to this Imagination; because the Species that made the Imagination is the Property of the Liquor, and the Liquor by means of such Imagination may satisfy Predestination, Science, Fate. Therefore what is a Nutriment requisite to a Living Body, the same is the Impletion of the Events, or Impressions, the Conceptions and Signatures of Worldly knowledge; whether it be for good or bad: which very thing the most Laudable Idea of Philosophical Physic of Peter Severine, the Dane, a most Excellent Man in Truth, and a very Nervous Writer, doth also direct us to. This therefore, that effects so great things in the World, by a Natural and Inseparable Love, is also employed in delin●ating the Hands of Men, signifying whatsoever things a Man doth, and they for the most part are in one manner or other described in the Hand itself. Here we except such things as aught to be excepted: The Will of Man is not in every part subjected to the Decrees of the Stars, neither also that saying, [If today I feed upon Flesh, whether shall I Dine to Morrow with Coleworts or Carrots? etc.] which are here added, to remove timely the Objections of Fools. But if you desire to know wherefore these Signatures are found in the Hand, and perhaps not in any other Part of the Body, you must conceive, that our Hands are the most Noble Members in perfecting of all manner of Actions; they are the Executors of all our Primary Conceptions: Insomuch, that if we wanted the Benefit of our Hands for a few days, it must needs be we should all of us Perish together: That therefore our Fate for the most part, and our Power are very much reposed in our Hands, we (even not knowing it) openly testify, when with closed Hands, we make them Petitioners to GOD, or any Man, truly declaring, we can do nothing of our own strength; we despise and reject these Flags of our Fate, folded up (like those of War) and yet that one thing which we humbly crave, they obtain and make good unto us, as if some Sacrament were interposed betwixt them. I know not of whom such things as these may seriously be considered on, in their Prayers. It may now be Asked, wherefore the Excellent Positures of the Stars, do not always shape and depaint the Lines very clear in our Hands? I have seen a Noble Man, in whose Geniture all the Seven Planets were Collocated in their Dignities; yet were not the Lines perspicuous in the most parts of his Hands, but rather Obscure. I have seen another Nobly Descended, in whose Nativity Mercury was Excellently well Posited in Gemini, and in the Cusp of the Tenth: Yet the place of this Star had afforded him at that time no perspicuous Signatures in his Hand, but such as were dark and slender, when notwithstanding this Planet was both strong and Fortunate in the Geniture, and also at the time of Conception: Besides, the same Planet disposed of the Horoscope, and was moreover Lord of the New Moon preceding the Nativity. Now, how the Power and Dominion of this Star, than so strong and Powerful, should be thus Impedited, is the Question. It may be again Demanded, how it comes, that sometimes you find a Diversity of the Principal Lines in both Hands? I have seen the Epatica of the Right Hand, adhering in some to the Line of Life; but in the Left Hand the same Remote from the Vital by a notable space: Which we have also mentioned somewhere else in our Practic part. Touching these, we must know, that many times the Seed of the Parents proves a great Impediment to the Superior Commotions. For indeed the Seed receiveth one Condition from Parents that live in Concord, and Temperately; but another from such as live in Discord and Anxieties; especially about the time of Conception. Besides, there is in either Parent a certain Pattern of the Imagination of the Macrocosm, both of them receiving from every part thereof sundry Impressions: And therefore when the Imagination of the Greater World is one way affected about the Conception, and the Fathers and Mothers another way, it must needs be that some Discrepancy will hence arise. But the Impression of the Mother's Imagination is vulgarly known (as much as may be) at the time of the Birth. The finding out of all Causes, is very Abstruse. Nevertheless as touching those who have the Lines of either Hand appearing with a different Face, we cannot otherwise appoint and Pronounce, but that such are disposed and inclined to a double Fortune, Good and Bad. And now at length being about to put a Period to this our Tract; we earnestly desire all Learned Men, that whatsoever they know in Chiromancy, as having made some certain Trial thereof, they will be pleased freely to contribute the same to these our Endeavours. I confess I have not every where in my Praxis satisfied my own self: I know what Experience I have need of, to Complete an Absolute Praxis: And other Men also may know I have Assayed to dig at some such thing. It had been requisite to have annexed somewhat of The Soul of the World, and of what appertaineth thereunto, as well lest some should Rashly Proclaim Incertain things to be Explained and Confirmed by Incertain: As also that we might in some sort Admonish both the Ignorant, and likewise such as Deride the Lethargy of the Celestial (in these Terrene) Bodies, comprehending much in a few words, from which Beginning, there may be Degrees of confirming these truly sincere things in Philosophy. Thanks be to GOD, that it is not estranged from the Holy Scriptures: See the Book of Wisdom, Chap. 7. & 13. wherein the Lethargy of Celestial things is separated from these Inferiors, lest they should Feed on the Tares of Philosophy. I shall be persuaded, it is possible, That the Knowing and Ingenious may Favour this my First Endeavours. If otherwise, it sufficeth me that I received a Sober Censure, at least amongst those Wise and Learned Men, to whom I presented this in writing: Nevertheless there be some of that Profession, who suppose it otherwise. I have nothing to do with the Ignorant and Malevolent. AN END. ERRATA. PAge 585. Line 1. Read adverse to. Ibid. l. 25. r. hostilly. Pag. 615. l. 3. r. Pag. 545. l. 16. r. 551. Speech at Oxon.